Ed Driscoll.com Ed Driscoll.com
When The Debris Hits The Fan

Glenn Reynolds links to a post on the Flying Debris blog on the apparently systematic harassment of a group of anonymous Chicago-based blogs:

The bloggers at the fantastic Chicago blog Uptown Update and the now defunct blog What the Helen have been subpoenaed by a developer of the notorious Wilson Yard project in the Uptown neighborhood. Additionally two Uptown community groups have recently been subpoenaed, the Uptown Neighborhood Council and the Buena Park Neighbors.
Glenn adds, "Expose Chicago politicians and their cronies, and they'll try to expose you, I guess."

See also: Plumber, Joe The.

Quote Of The Day

"At least Henry Ford knew how to make a car."

The E-Cast

I was on the Breitbart.tv B-Cast earlier today discussing the future of online video, as well as the current difficulty in making Internet advertising revenues work. Tune in here to watch.

The lead item has nothing to do with the future of multimedia, but it's quite a moo-ving story in its own right...

"We're Not In It To Make Money"

Set the Wayback Machine for 1981, fire up your TRS-80 and experience the magical new world of...online news!




Much more retro-futurism here.

The Journalist and the Blog

Wendy Sullivan on the power of blogging:

I started blogging five years ago. It was news and political stuff, which I still do today. I had no educational background for it - just passion. I love it - it's my writing fetish. I do it for pleasure more than profit.

At the time I began, my dearest friend in the world was an unemployed journalist. She had done the "necessary" years of university to give her some kind of paper that said she had the "right" to report the news. Yet, she remained unemployed.

Out of my exuberance, I suggested she start a blog to help get her name known in the right circles. Her reply? "I'm a journalist. I don't write about the news for free!"

Fast forward five years. Today I will be lunching with the editor of the National Post, one of Canada's two national newspapers. Next week I will be a pundit once more on the Michael Coren Show.

And my friend? She gave up and now works in a bookstore, stocking shelves.

Exactly. Not that Wendy's friend needed to do blogging, but those who don't know how to proactively market themselves and who expect offers to magically arrive at their doorstep are largely doomed to fail.

Change You Can Believe In--And Drink To!

Steve Green, my partner in crime on Pajamas Media's weekly show on Sirius-XM has taken the Boeing, and moved his blog into the Pajamas portal--complete with a swanky new logo designed by Blogress Stacy Tabb (who also styled this blog a few years ago) that would make Ian Fleming--not to mention Maurice Binder--proud.

To Boldly Tweet Where No Tweet Has Twittered Before

James Lileks proffers key advice for navigating the final new media frontier:

Dull tweet: The plane just landed

Good tweet: The plane just landed in the hudson

Found, appropriately enough, here.

A Pinch Of Identity Theft

I've met Neo-Neocon in person a few times. Everyone knows she blogs anonymously (and man, is it hard talking to someone at a cocktail party when she holds an apple in front of her face the whole time), but who knew just how secret the life she was leading really was?

For you see, Neo-Neocon is also, simultaneously, Meryl Yourish at the same time. With the Bush administration concluding this week, this could be the final closely held American secret blown wide-open for the next four to eight years by the intrepid New York Times--not to mention its layers and layers of ace fact checkers and editors.

(H/T: Glenn Reynolds, who is also both Glenn Greenwald and Glenn Corbett. And maybe John Glenn, too. Who can say?)

Don't Tweet This At Home, Kids

Media Bistro's "AgencySpy" blog explains "why it's vitally important to watch what you say on Twitter":

A representative from Ketchum New York (a PR and Marketing firm) heads to Memphis to give a big presentation to their big client, FedEx, and totally offends everyone who works there before even stepping foot in the building.

Upon landing in Memphis and getting a lay of the land he tweets:

"True confession but I'm in one of those towns where I scratch my head and say, 'I would die if I had to live here.'"
Someone from inside FedEx was following Capt. Footinmouth, whose Twitter name is 'keyinfluencer' -- quite possibly the douchiest nickname of all history -- and that person sent the letter we posted below. You'll want to read it, because not only is it amazingly poignant, but because it was copied to "the FedEx Coporate Vice President, Vice President, Directors and all management of FedEx's communication department AND the chain of command at Ketchum." Thank you Peter Shankman for sharing this story.
"Mr. Andrews,

If I interpret your post correctly, these are your comments about Memphis a few hours after arriving in the global headquarters city of one of your key and lucrative clients, and the home of arguably one of the most important entrepreneurs in the history of business, FedEx founder Fred Smith.

Many of my peers and I feel this is inappropriate. We do not know the total millions of dollars FedEx Corporation pays Ketchum annually for the valuable and important work your company does for us around the globe. We are confident however, it is enough to expect a greater level of respect and awareness from someone in your position as a vice president at a major global player in your industry. A hazard of social networking is people will read what you write."

Now that you know what not to do, John Hawkins has assembled "The Super Awesome Right Wing News Twitter Guide For Newbies."

(Main story originally found, naturally enough, here.)

Related: Via Melissa Clouthier, helpful new media definitions--like, um "Twitter!"--are defined definitively, here.

"The Mainstream Media, It Be Troubled"

Dr. Melissa Clouthier takes the pulse of the MSM, with some assistance from Charlie Martin of Pajamas Media's "Edgelings" tech blog, and a little video help from your humble narrator himself.

And speaking of a troubled MSM, Newsbusters reports that the Minneapolis Star-Tribune has declared Chapter 11. Its best-known journalist in the new world of the Blogosphere and Satellite Radio directs us to this piece in the Minnesota Post for some additional details of the Strib's bankruptcy and what may be to come. (But not before including a sublime screen capture from A Night To Remember, taken at the apex between iceberg and eternity.)

Related: "Your MSM Moment of Zen."

Blacklisting Himself

In the mail today are the galleys for Roger L. Simon's new book, Blacklisting Myself. Here's an excerpt of an excerpt from (appropriately enough) "Big Hollywood":

In some ways, this new, less overt list is worse, because there is nothing concrete to rebel against, no hearings, no committees, no protest groups pro or con, no secret databases. There don't need to be. There is no there there, in Gertrude Stein's immortal words--only the grey haze of this mindless received liberalism, the world as last week's New York Times editorials, half-digested and regurgitated, never questioned, going forth forever with little perceived chance of reform, as if it were the permanent religious text of some strange new orthodoxy.

You see this new faith in practice at the average Hollywood story meeting. These are ritualized events and have been for the decades that I have participated in them. You wait an inordinately long time for your appointment, often longer than at a doctor's office, but with nowhere near the legitimate excuse on the part of the executive keeping you waiting. They are definitely not in surgery. The intention is merely to confirm your lower place in the pecking order. (I have personal knowledge of an instance when John Huston and Jack Nicholson were kept cooling their heels in a tiny room by the now-forgotten head of ABC Motion Pictures for nearly two hours--I assume he didn't realize they'd come to pitch him Prizzi's Honor. Or maybe he did and this was a form of envy or vengeance.)

Once inside the executive's office, the pecking order of talent and management thus confirmed, it's instantly waved off in a burst of small talk and a call for the requisite mineral water--originally Perrier, now something more exotic like an obscure Welsh brand in a blue bottle whose unpronounceable name you can barely remember. But the small talk is what's important. It usually revolves around the freeway traffic (a perpetual subject), the Lakers (depending on the year), and, over the last half-decade or more, a ritualized Bush bash. (What will they do without him?) Fucking Bush did this or that ... Did you hear the stupid thing Chimpy the Idiot said? You didn't even have to hear Bush referred to specifically-- the word "idiot" sufficed. You knew. The subtext was that we were all together, part of the secret society, the world of those who know as opposed to those who don't.

If you didn't agree with this particular Weltanschauung, if you dissented from its orthodoxy just a tiny bit, you had but three choices: One, you could argue, in which case you would be almost certain to be dismissed as a fool, a warmonger, or a right-wing nut (all three, probably) and therefore have had little or no chance at the writing or directing job that brought you there. Two, you could shut up and ignore it (stay in the closet), in which case you felt like a coward and experienced (as I have) a dose of nausea straight out of Sartre. Three, you could stop going to the meetings altogether--you could, in effect, blacklist yourself.

While this is (to the best of my knowledge) Roger's first non-fiction book, he's long been an exceptional fiction and comedy writer, and as we've long been documenting here, reality is always far stranger than satire. And as Hollywood's politically correct purges (see post below) continue and the level of dissent even less acceptable in a town that prides itself as being full of "free thinkers", many more people may well be blacklisting themselves as well in the years to come.

"Big Hollywood"--Now Even Bigger!

My interview last week with Andrew Breitbart, discussing his new "Big Hollywood" group blog for Saturday's edition of PJM Political unfortunately needed to be edited to fit into the rest of the show's weekly 55-minute running time on Sirius-XM Satellite Radio. However, the complete 15-minute interview is now online; click here to listen!

Twitter Feed Added

Finally added my Twitter feed to the sidebar on the right (along with a few other minor revisions). What is Twitter? For those who have not been assimilated into the Twitter Collective, a recent edition of the B-Cast on Breitbart.TV is a great primer:


Fortunately, He's Not Christine Amanpour, Either

Jazz Shaw has an epiphany: "Joe Wurzelbacher Is Not Edward R. Murrow":

During a recent interview, Joe informed us that he felt his safety would be well augmented as a good Christian, since he expected to enjoy "the protection of God." Our parting question should be: Who will protect the Israelis and the global news audience from Joe?
Israel has survived CNN, Reuters, the AP and AFP. I think they can handle Joe The Plumber.

The Weblog Awards--Or As It's Known In My House, Passover

Despite producing 50 hours of Blogosphere-oriented radio last year and a couple of dozen videos, plus another 2,000 or so blog posts in 2008, I'm curiously absent from here. I'm sure it's merely a glitch in the paperwork.

Fortunately, Iowahawk has a Festivus for the rest of us--and in the spirit of Ving Rhames, I'm giving this award to Jack Lemmon--but not before keeping one for myself.

Besides, I was Time's Man of the Year a couple of years ago, so why not?

From The Gaza Strip To The Sunset Strip

Steve Green, my partner in crime on PJM Political, Pajamas' weekly show on Sirius-XM Satellite Radio is celebrating his blog's 7th anniversary today--"That's 21 in Blog Years", which means that at last, the blog itself can drunkblog legally.

And you can hear its boss in the latest edition of PJM Political, which also features Glenn Reynolds, Michelle Malkin, James Lileks, Roger L. Simon, and special guests Andrew Breitbart on his new "Big Hollywood"...and the man, the myth, the plumber turned war correspondent himself, Joe Wurzelbacher.

Tune in here!

New Blogs Focus On The Big Screen And Small

In addition to Andrew Breitbart and John Nolte's new Big Hollywood, John Hawkins has just added Right Wing Video to make a troika of Websites he's running. The new site is your one-stop-shop for libertarian and conservative clips--err, like mine!

Wait, That's Not What It Stands For?

"For at least ten seconds there, it appeared Margaret Warner thought PBS stood for the Palestinian Broadcast Service."

Fortunately, there are new media alternatives available, as "Israel Shakes Up the Information War."

Top 10 Conservative Videos Of 2008

Danny Glover rounds up his choices; here's an excerpt:

3) Burning Down The House: When conservatives create videos that strike a chord with the public, they often become the target for copyright-infringement "takedown notices" at YouTube.
I can certainly relate to that; you can watch the rest of our videos here, including the Hillary 3:00 AM mash-up from March that the McCain Campaign eventually copied.

Danny also links to an interview with the anonymous maker of this awesome video, which was referenced in our recent "In Dodd We Trust?" video.

In YouTube We Trust

One reader emailed that he wasn't able to view my "In Dodd We Trust?" video earlier in the week apparently because of bandwidth issues. If you've had similar problems, that video is now up on my YouTube page. (The higher res, higher bandwidth version is still available here.)

And if you received a DV camera in your stocking today and want to put it to work, I have an article that recently went live on Videomaker magazine's Website on the rudiments of videoblogging titled "Medium Cool: Launching Your Own Video Blog."

News From 1997

This just in: "Americans prefer news from Web to newspapers: survey."

The enormous readership of Matt Drudge (where I found the link) proved that to be the case a decade ago, which is why he was so initially despised by those he made obsolete.

"The Great Byline Strike Of '08"

Even as newspapers are shedding staff and hemorrhaging money, Roger L. Simon spots "The Great Byline Strike Of '08" amongst journalists at the Associated Press:

I read with amusement that reporters and photographers for the Associated Press are staging (via the Newspaper Guild) a 'byline strike.' Say what? To stage a such a strike people have to have heard of you, but practically no one is more anonymous than a writer for a news service. It almost comes with the job description. You are the "Associated Press," not yourself. The AP is not exactly where you find the next Norman Mailer. News service reporters are not even as well known as bloggers. I mean whose names are more famous to the general public at his point -- Glenn Reynolds, Michelle Malkin and (yikes) Markos Moulitsas or [insert any Associated Press writer here]?

Not that I don't have some sympathy for my AP colleagues. These are trying times for all in the media. But they made a choice by joining a news service and that choice was for a form of literary facelessness. Also, they opted for a form of homogenization, since the AP and other news services are by mission supposed to be uniform in style and content.

And therein lies the rub. Of recent years the uniformity of the Associated Press in publishing a kind of bland, accepted liberalism of the most uninspired (and sometimes distorted) sort may be the root of their business woes - not the presence (or not) of bylines or even the current economic situation, although the latter certainly plays a part. I would suggest to the writers and owners of the AP that they consider opening up their company to people of different biases and opinions. They are supposed to be a news service, after all, not a ideological distribution center. People on the more extreme right love to compare them to Tass. That's not fair. The AP is nowhere near as bad as that. But they are pretty bad. And they are failing economically. And when you're failing economically, you're supposed to do something. [Maybe they're waiting for a TARP bailout.--ed. I'd rather drive a Buick.]

As that sage philosopher of Springfield, H. J. Simpson once told his daughter, "Lisa, if you don't like your job you don't strike. You just go in every day, and do it really half-assed. That's the American way."

And from that perspective, the staff at AP have been doing an exceptional job of alerting readers of poor working conditions there for years.

The Top 40 Conservative Blogs For 2008

John Hawkins makes his list here.

There are lots of great blogs on John's list who are well worth your time. Personally though, I'd like to find a blog that cranked out a weekly show on Sirius XM radio that also featured others in the Blogosphere, and regularly uploaded new videos on topics of interest to conservatives, in addition to blogging every day.

I know it's out there somewhere.

Indoctrinate U

PJTV subscribers can watch Evan Coyne Malone's 88-minute Indoctrinate U video here.

For my 2006 interview with Evan on DIY video, click here.

Rush To Judgment

Mort Kondracke, a man of the moderate center left writes, "How can the Republican Party rebound? The first step would be to quit letting Rush Limbaugh, Sean Hannity and Laura Ingraham set its agenda."

John Hawkins notes correctly that in terms of the GOP's candidate in 2008, talk radio didn't set the agenda:

Then there's the perfectly ridiculous idea that Rush Limbaugh, Sean Hannity and Laura Ingraham set the agenda of the Republican Party. Really? That's funny, because I remember a guy named Bush in the White House -- who bent over backwards to cooperate with the Democrats, expanded the size of government, ran large deficits, and tried to push the Dubai Port Deal, Harriet Miers, and amnesty for illegal immigrants -- over the loud protests of people like Limbaugh, Hannity, and Ingraham.

I also seem to remember a fellow by the name of McCain -- you know, older gentleman, served in Vietnam, white hair -- who won the nomination even though people like Limbaugh, Hannity, and Ingraham said it would be a disaster. You know who did like him though? The Mort Kondracke and David Brooks wing of the Republican Party that was thrilled that they finally had their champion running as the party's nominee. Then, after eight years of big government Republicanism and John McCain, these same people want to blame the very people who pointed out the political pitfalls the GOP was stepping into almost every step of the way?

Please. Give. Us. A. Break.

McCain and Rush have had a pretty vocal Louella Parsons/Hedda Hopper feud for ages (or a Tom Wolfe/Norman Mailer-style feud for something more macho sounding); when McCain was nominated, my first thought was, "This should be interesting to watch: how does a Republican win the White House when he hates Rush Limbaugh--and the feeling's mutual?"

The answer of course was that he couldn't. And as John writes, it's quite a stretch that believe that Rush is what's wrong with the GOP when he had zero impact on whom the party chose for its nominee.

Duffman Says A Lot Of Things! Oh, Yeah!

Ed is getting a definite DuffMan! vibe from the new VodkaTwitter page.

(With Lileks and now Steve Twittering away, Ed is wondering how long it is before he's absorbed into the Twitter collective himself.)

Who Killed The Electric Car?

Scroll down to the bottom of IowaHawk's recent "Lemon" post for an unlikely six degrees of environmental separation, as two great Blogospheric satirists exchange notes over one of the first electric cars.

Happy V.I. Day!

Details at Zombietime:

VID500.jpg

MySpace: 1999

"Why the Drudge Report is one of the best designed sites on the web"--Well, it probably does boot quickly on a 56k modem, given its Web 0.0 aesthetic.

Or maybe it's a Windows 1.0 aesthetic:


While Matt's pioneering Internet status is a given, it's definitely for his content, not his visual style.

Doppel-Romney? Romney-Ganger?

Considering he was at least as tall as Romney, I wouldn't want to call him Mini-Mitt, but the gentleman whom Jim Geraghty pointed out to me during the National Review cruise as looking like Mitt Romney's stunt double is actually a blogger at Red State, and he has a terrific round-up (complete with video) of the cruise: "If we're going to have a nuclear holocaust, I'm going to the buffet first."

(You can read my immediate impressions of the cruise here.)

November 22nd: VI Day

Zombietime proffers a new holiday: Victory in Iraq Day, November 22, 2008:

The moment has come to acknowledge the obvious. To overtly declare a fact that has already been true for quite some time now. Let me repeat:

WE WON THE WAR IN IRAQ

And since there will never be a ticker-tape parade down Fifth Avenue in New York for our troops, it's up to us, the people, to arrange a virtual ticker-tape parade. An online victory celebration.

Saturday, November 22, 2008 is the day of that celebration: Victory in Iraq Day.

What do you need to do to participate? Simple. Just make a post on your blog on Saturday, November 22, announcing that the war is over, and declaring that day to be Victory in Iraq Day. That's it.

If you want to write a short post (or a long essay) analyzing the nature of our victory or cheering the troops for a job well done, great; but if you just want to make a simple announcement of the victory, that's fine as well. Anything will do. Just come and join the celebration to mark the day.

Works for me--especially since we'll never see the folks who were forgainst the Iraq War acknowledge their 180 degree pivot in 2003.

It's Cool For Camcorders

Just received my copy of the December issue of Videomaker magazine, which contains my Camcorder Buyer's Guide 2008--complete with a cameo appearance by James Lileks, fresh off documenting hecklers at the GOP convention for the Strib.

(For what to aim those camcorders at--besides protests and hecklers--click here.)

The Joy of Virtual Sets

Both my prerecorded Silicon Graffiti video blog and PJTV, Pajamas' live Internet TV coverage out of L.A. use virtual sets, and this new article of mine at Videomaker magazine explains how they work. (This demo reel for Adobe's Ultra 2 product is a pretty good video intro in and of itself.)

Of course, first you need a green screen--but that's a topic I explored at Videomaker last year.

Dean Barnett Has Passed Away

I let out an audible gasp when I read the news a few minutes ago, even though I knew he had been ailing: Dean Barnett dead at the far-too-young age of 41.

You can hear my interview with Dean from last November, here.

Update: The Weekly Standard has a round-up of blogger and pundit memorials to Dean, here.

More On Mapes' "Monster", Plus Blue Is The New Yellow

Scott Johnson of Power Line --part of the "monster" that Mary Mapes, inadvertently helped to create when deliberately cooked the books at CBS in 2004 (back when viewers were still surprised that such things occurred), has some thoughts on her post this week at the Puffington Host. He reaches a conclusion similar to my take from Friday.

As to Big Media in 2008, the Professor and his readers have some thoughts on the state of "Blue Journalism."

What A Run! From Navel Gazers To Monsters In Seven Years

Mary Mapes, the woman who brought you RatherGate, wrote yesterday at the Huffington Post:

Americans aren't responding to the old plays -- the fake fears, the faux outrage, the conservatives who yell "Communist" at the news cameras, the pompous right-wing bloggers who once held such sway. I know all too well how scary and effective these old tactics were in 2004. Today, they are toothless. Ha, ha. Nothing makes me happier than seeing once swaggering players like Powerline, Free Republic and Little Green Footballs forced onto the sidelines, left to limply watch this campaign pass by like a parade in which they play no meaningful part. They just don't matter anymore.
Mapes' post is titled, "The Monster is Dying"--so "conservatives who yell 'Communist' at the news cameras" are declasse, but attacking conservatives as a monolithic "monster" on a Weblog is reasoned nuance journalism. Charles Krauthammer, call your office!

But behind each of those "monsters" was at least one person who in one form another said, "I don't know how many people will actually listen, but why shouldn't my voice be heard as well?" (Just as the founder of the Huffington Post presumably said as well at some point.) Much like a certain Ohio tradesman with entrepreneurial dreams who is now called "the now infamous Joe the plumber," on over 500 Webpages. Or as another journalist with the same initials as Mary Mapes wrote today:

So much for the Standing Up for the Little Man, so much for Speaking Truth to Power, so much for Comforting the Afflicting and Afflicting the Comfortable, and all of those other catchphrases we journalists used to believe we lived by.
And calling one half of the Blogosphere "toothless" because their presidential candidate isn't an effective purveyor of the same message as they are seems awfully disingenuous to the other side--I don't think the bloggers at, say, the Daily Kos would take kindly at being called, by extension, toothless in 2004 because John Kerry was such a feckless candidate. It also fails to take into consideration that pundits supporting the out-of-party are able to go on the rhetorical offense, something that the right-hand of the Blogosphere will likely have ample opportunity to do so over the next four years.

But if indeed "The Monster is Dying", what a run! In September of 2005, a year after RatherGate broke, Mapes admitted that she had never heard of any of the blogs that she quotes above, even as she was a working TV producer at a corporation which billed itself at the time as "America's Most Watched Network", and hence, presumably, had her pulse on the nation's political scene:

Within a few minutes, I was online visiting Web sites I had never heard of before: Free Republic, Little Green Footballs, Power Line. They were hard-core, politically angry, hyperconservative sites loaded with vitriol about Dan Rather and CBS. Our work was being compared to that of Jayson Blair, the discredited New York Times reporter who had fabricated and plagiarized stories.
And accurately so, of course.

But hey, from cat food eating pajama-wearing navel gazers to a journalistic "monster" in the space of seven years after 9/11 is a pretty amazing growth cycle--and something tells me that the starboard side of the Blogosphere isn't going away anytime soon, no matter how much Mary wishes it were so, and no matter what the outcome on November 4th.

You Kids Today!

Young'ins today (or younglings, for you Revenge of the Sith geeks) just don't know what it was like back in the old days, when we had to walk five miles in the snow just to snail-mail out our query letters hoping to impress an editor high atop a far off office tower to maybe--just maybe--publish our wares. Of course, "the old days" means as late as about 2002, so I can absolutely vouch for what Robert Stacy McCain writes here:

Politically, Andrew Sullivan is erratic, and his attacks on Sarah Palin have been wildly irresponsible, but in two sentences of his latest article for The Atlantic Monthly, Sullivan makes a huge point:
If you added up the time a writer once had to spend finding an outlet, impressing editors, sucking up to proprietors, and proofreading edits, you'd find another lifetime buried in the interstices. But with one click of the Publish Now button, all these troubles evaporated.
Younger people -- i.e., those under 35, who have started their careers since the online explosion of the mid-1990s -- have no appreciation for how instantaneous Internet communication has transformed the world of the professional writer, of which blogging is the ultimate example.

I'm 49 and Sullivan's 44, so we both began our careers when there were no Web sites, when the Internet was something known only to academics and technogeeks, when editorial "gatekeepers" stood squarely between the writer and the reader, and when the only way to gain access to mass readership was to present yourself and your work to these gatekeepers, in person or via mail (I would say "snail mail," but that term did not exist).

Of course, Sullivan started his career at a much higher level -- I used to read his articles in the New Republic when I was a staffer at the Rome (Ga.) News-Tribune -- but in recalling the limitations of journalism in the pre-Internet age, he echoes my own memory.

Applying for a staff position, you would "send clips and resume" or, if you were a freelancer, mail out manuscripts in hope of finding a publisher. It required the commitment of an enormous amount of time and energy, with a lot of time spent waiting for replies, if any. Mail out a clips-and-resume package on Monday, which might be delivered to the editor on Thursday or Friday, and if you were lucky you might get a phone call the next week.

On my desk is a book, The Proud Highway, a collection of Hunter S. Thompson's letters from 1955-67. Reading it, you get some sense of the difficulties a writer faced seeking assignments in the Bad Old Days. The young Thompson was a genius (and arrogantly aware of it), but had to spend an enormous amount of time pitching articles to editors, at a time when that meant typing letters on a manual typewriter, and most of the time getting rejected.

All this tended to limit a writer's career mobility. If you got a staff position, you tended to stay wherever you were and work your way up (rather than hop from job to job, as many young journalists do now) since the process of applying for jobs was so laborious. And once a freelancer found an editor who'd publish one of his articles, he would keep pitching that editor, trying to establish a regular outlet for his work. For example, Thompson regularly freelanced for the National Observer, and when he sold a feature to the national men's magazine Rogue in 1961, he kept pitching them for future assignments (without luck).

Though I'm not sure, as Robert writes above, that "blogging is the ultimate example"--or at least text blogging. Because the Internet has also opened up podcasting and video blogging, allowing anyone to do his own one-man radio or TV show, in addition to traditional text-based journalism. It goes without saying that not everyone will alchemically fill those vessels with brilliantly transcendent content (just poke around YouTube for 30 seconds or so)--but the platforms are readily available to virtually anyone. Which is why those with aspirations of becoming the next fill in the name of your favorite superstar pundit here are well advised to read the whole thing.

Yeah, But Think Of Its Carbon Footprint...

Power Line has a spiffy new look, and even more power under the hood. Stop by and take a look!

Get Down With Your Bad Self, Roger!

As Allahpundit is wont to say...Duuuuude!

(Jerry Carroll could not be reached for comment.)

Pray For Dean Barnett

Ed Morrissey writes that the great Soxblogger "is currently in the ICU with a terrible attack of his cystic fibrosis"--and could really use your prayers and good wishes:

So often in this business, we become friends with people whom we've never met face to face. That's certainly true of Dean Barnett of the Weekly Standard. I've long admired his writing, and Dean has always been kind enough to request me as a guest whenever he guest hosts for Hugh Hewitt. He calls me his "crazy uncle", a humorous reference to Jeremiah Wright.

My friend Duane "Generalissimo" Patterson tells me that Dean has had to be admitted to the hospital and is currently in the ICU with a terrible attack of his cystic fibrosis. I'd like to ask Hot Air readers for their prayers for my friend and his family. I know they will appreciate the support.

After exchanging numerous emails and a phone call or two, I finally met Dean at the first Blog World in November of 2007, and interviewed him there for last year's Thanksgiving edition of PJM Political. The interview appears about 23 minutes into the show; we discussed his then-new pamphlet, whose gritty title is The Plucky Young Kid With The Fatal Disease: A Life With Cystic Fibrosis. Dean's whole life has involved four decades worth of beating the odds; here's hoping that this current episode is no exception.

New Podcast: The Tyranny Of Nice

"Since I had the misfortune to become ensnared in the Canadian 'human rights' racket, I've come to appreciate more and more the comment one fellow left on an Internet post somewhere or other, remarking that he was in favour of free speech, because the alternatives 'were just too weird.'"

That's a brief excerpt from Mark Steyn's article-length introduction to Pete Vere and Kathy Shaidle's new book, The Tyranny of Nice, on Canada's "Human Rights Commissions", and their patented show trials to purge all doubleplusungood thoughtcrime from Airstrip Canada.

How weird do those trials get? And could similar such weirdness be coming to the US? Tune in to my 40-minute long interview with Kathy and Pete over at Pajamas Media.

Progress Of A Sort

Mark Sheldon of IlliniPundit writes, "I got a call yesterday from Steven Gray, a reporter for Time magazine who was in town today doing an article on student voter registration":

He left a message on my voice mail asking for ten minutes of my time. I didn't get back to him so he showed up in my office today. He asked for five minutes, no doubt noticing how busy I was and I politely said no. He comes back with..."come on, just five minutes?"

I told him no, because first, I was busy, and two, I really had no idea what he would do with the video he was planning to shoot of me. He gave a little roll of the eyes and so I asked if I could have an unedited copy of the entirety of what he taped of me. He said "No one does that!" That was the end of the conversation.

He seemed like a nice guy and I have no particular reason to doubt his integrity as a reporter. Except for his instant negative reaction to my request.

Glenn Reynolds, Instapundit, has suggested that everyone bring their own cameras to interviews. I was a little busy to try that stunt, so I went with the next best thing. I wasn't surprised that the reaction was negative, if for no other reason than I expect my response was pretty much out of the blue.

Not doing the interview is probably a good career move. After all, if Time does you right, you get 15 minutes of fame. If they do you wrong, you get a lifetime of infamy on their website.

No hard feelings Mr. Gray. Next time I won't ask for the tape, I'll take Reynolds' advice and bring my own camera.

I guess it's a form of progress that Gray's reply was simply a startled, "No one does that!", because a decade ago, our sensitive legacy media considered taping your own interview "intimidation", as former CBS journalist Bernard Goldberg wrote in Arrogance, his sequel to his first inside the trenches book on media bias:
You know the old saying "They can dish it out but they can't take it"?

In October 1999 the ABC newsmagazine 20/20 was about to air a story on a man named Michael Ellis, the founder and CEO of a company that markets a controversial weight-loss pill. It was the kind of investigation that doesn't always end well for the person on the other end of the camera, the one being interviewed. So, fearing his comments might be taken out of context and that the interview might be edited to make him look bad, before the 20/20 piece aired Ellis took the unedited transcript and video of the entire interview-which he'd recorded on his own-and put it out on the World Wide Web.

This made people at ABC News very angry. In fact, one vice-president told the New York Times, without a hit of irony, that "We don't want other people attempting to get into and shift the journalism process." [Things were much more fun for the legacy media when they had a monopoly--Ed]

Next to be heard was former ABC News Vice President Richard Wald, now teaching young journalists at the Columbia Graduate School of Journalism. Wald called the CEO's strategy, "a not-so-subtle form of intimidation".

Got that? When the media disseminates information about "other people", it's news. When "other people" disseminate information about themselves, it's intimidation.

It didn't take long for the tsunami to reach CBS News, where its president, Andrew Heyward, put out the following in-house memo. I share it with you now, in its entirety.

You can read Heyward's memo at my original blog post on the topic from 2005. Bernie doesn't mention if CBS typed it up on the 1973 edition of Microsoft Word or not, though.

(H/T: IP)

PJM Political Preview Post-Debate Wrap-Up Podcast Now Online!

For a sneak preview of today's PJM Political on XM Satellite Radio, check out the podcast of the blogger round-table recorded immediately after Tuesday night's debate, featuring:

Mercy Mercy Me (The Ecology)

As John Dickerson writes in Slate, "The 41st president's run-in with Ponytail Guy left such a mark that it haunted his son throughout his campaigns":

I remember watching a town hall during the 2000 campaign in which George W. Bush consistently refused to call on a man waving from the middle of the crowd like he was trying to flag a rescue plane. Bush pretended not to see him but let on afterwards that he'd seen him and avoided calling on him for fear of creating a moment. In 1996, when Bob Dole was given the chance to attack Clinton's character in a town-hall debate, he demurred, saying the debate should be about the issues.

This year's campaign shows how partisans on both sides go after the journalists who ask questions they don't like. During the Democratic primaries, Chris Matthews, Tim Russert, and George Stephanopoulos were all savaged for the questions they asked and how they asked them. Last week, Gwen Ifill was attacked for a book she hasn't written about a subject she isn't addressing. [Say what?--Ed]

"Real" people (by which I mean people who don't do this for a living) who are asking the questions may be harder to rough up. Or maybe not. On Tuesday night, if Son of Ponytail Guy asks a question, he can rest assured that he will receive a thorough going-over in the blogosphere. So I suggest all prospective questioners Google themselves, make sure they're on good terms with their co-workers, and wipe clean their Facebook page. If they don't--or even if they do--they could become the story very quickly.

Indeed--Michelle Malkin suggests that bloggers carefully check the flora and fauna in the bleachers of tonight's town hall debate. Specifically, the wide array of plant life that's likely to be sprouting up amidst the whichy thickets of the audience.

Update: I was just talking about this post at the top of today's edition of PJTV--subscribers can tune in here to watch. (And if you're not a subscriber--what are you waiting for? Click here!)

An American Carol Opens Today

The great conservative filmmaker and film blogger "Dirty Harry" reviews David Zucker's new movie on his blog. And tune in here for a recent edition of PJM Political featuring audio interviews from Glenn Reynolds, Roger L. Simon and myself with stars Jon Voight and Robert Davi, and screenwriter/executive producer Myrna Sokoloff recorded during the film's premiere at the GOP convention in Minneapolis.

As Glenn writes, "If An American Carol does well this weekend, it'll make it a lot easier for the next film of its type to be made." As someone who's enjoys--on one level or another--the starboard side of the Blogosphere, you can help ensure the film's success; check here for times and theaters near you.

Update: Much more on the film from Kathy Shaidle, at Examiner.com.

A New Addition To The Pantheon

Right Wing News posits that it as unfortunate as Obama forgetting the name of the soldier on his bracelet was, it was the tone of his response that created the takeaway moment of last night's debate:

And from yesterday's debate: "I've got a bracelet too." A lot of conservatives want to give Obama heat for the fact that he couldn't remember the name on his bracelet, but I actually find that forgivable. Obama was in the hot seat and, at moments like that (at least if you're me), names are the first thing to go. The sin wasn't the memory failure, the sin was that he made the statement in the first place.

Let's start with some context: In connection with his belief that there is no peace and honor without victory, John McCain told the moving story of the moment Matthew Stanley's mother gave McCain Matthew's bracelet and asked him to wear it and, more importantly, to honor and give meaning to Matthew's death by making the Iraq War an American defeat, not an American victory.

Obama, had he wanted to, could have scored some substantive points by immediately saying that we don't honor one man's death by creating more dead, or some such argument. That seemed to be where he was heading, but I tuned out because I was so overwhelmed by his actual response: "I've got a bracelet too."

What is this? Kindergarten? Could anything show more clearly what a selfish, self-centered, shallow man Obama is. McCain is talking about real people, and he's talking about how the beliefs he shares with those real people drive him to his understanding that, both for the good of the nation and for the honor of her troops, America must leave Iraq as a strong, viable nation. It breaks faith with both America and her troops to slink away as Obama so wants to do. This is a deep substantive argument. The bracelet wasn't the central point. It was simply a human-interest lead-in to that point.

And what does Obama say? "I've got a bracelet too." What that means, translated, is "I can't think of an original argument, I don't have a deep emotional story, I don't have sound policy justifications for abandoning Iraq now that we're trembling on the verge of actual and complete success but, 'Nyah, nyah, nyah-nyah-nyah -- I've got a bracelet too.'" The attitude and ignorance behind the statement was appalling.

If this was just one example, it would be bad enough, but we've seen this before. When Hillary, the darling of huge chunks of American women, self-deprecatingly (and rather charmingly) acknowledges that she grates on some people, Obama snaps back with the condescending "You're likable enough." If I'd been Hillary, I would have marched across the stage and bitten him. So, I suspect, would all of her female followers.

And then when Palin comes on the scene, this man of Indonesia, Hawaii and Chicago suddenly discovers his inner Southerner and, when speaking of Republican policies, comes out with an old Southern expression: "You can put lipstick on a pig. It's still a pig." At that moment, the remaining chunk of American women who aren't Obama acolytes lunged for their TV screens, teeth bared.

The MSM, no doubt recognizing how damaging this statement, is going to downplay "I've got a bracelet too" in the hope that it doesn't enter the pantheon of memorable moments in debate history. It's therefore our responsibility to make sure that this telling moment into Obama's character does not vanish into the abyss.

Elsewhere, Roger L. Simon explores Obama's Kissinger Blunder.

And Newsbusters opens up the Memory Hole: "Media Fail to Correct Obama's Claim of No Al-Qaeda in Iraq Before Invasion."

Update: Related thoughts here.

More: Biden's gaffe slowly begins to permeate the cocoon: the L.A. Times' campaign blogger writes, "Barack Obama: We'll never forget what's-his-name."

A Quick And Dirty Blogpost

While this weekend's edition of the annual Blog World Expo was all about the ongoing revolution in electronic media, Mr. Gutenberg's pioneering analog blog format isn't going away anytime soon, of course--which is a good thing in my book. (Hey look--a pun!) While Barnes & Noble had a large display in the convention hall selling several existing books on blogging and new media, there were two new books of note discussed at Blog World:

Austin Bay gave me the galleys of his upcoming Fourth Edition to A Quick And Dirty Guide To War--right after Steve Green was done holding up the book, Brian Lamb Booknotes-style, during his interview with Austin for PJM Political on XM and PJTV on, err, PJTV. This is a sprawling (the galleys are over 600 pages) overview of the current wars of the world, and what could come in the future, written by two authors who also review what they accurately predicted--which was quite a bit--over 20 years ago. (Here's the Amazon link to an earlier edition of the book; the new edition is scheduled to hit the streets later this year.)

At the start of the month, I had interviewed Scott Ott for PJM Political. Scott is the proprietor of, and chief satirist in residence at Scrappleface, on the floor of the Republican convention (while Joe Lieberman was performing his sound check on stage in the background). He's contributed a chapter on politics and journalism (Scott, not Joe) for the upcoming book titled, The New Media Frontier, edited by John Mark Reynolds and Roger Overton, whom I interviewed on Sunday at Blog World. Their book, featuring an introduction from Hugh Hewitt, debuts at the end of the month. My very early first take? If you can picture a book aimed at Christian Americans that combines Hugh Hewitt's Blog book with some of the broad 3000 mile "medium is the message" overview that Marshall McLuhan and Alvin Toffler have provided, you get a sense of The New Media Frontier. I'd even suggest it to the non-religious, who can skip the more proselytizing chapters, for a pretty nifty look at the ability to use the Internet to build broad social networks and virtual communities.

Finally, speaking of books, Stephen Michael Kellat of a Website geared towards libraries and librarians stopped by the booth and interviewed Steve and I about Pajamas Media and PJTV as part of their weekly podcast. I haven't a clue why a library-oriented podcast wanted to talk to us, but hey, we were there and happy to talk to anyone who stopped by, including those who stuck a mic and digital recorder in front of us.

Tune in here to listen; Steve and I appear about 15 minutes into the show, which requires no iPod--or library card!--to hear.

(And click here to see a slide show featuring about a babillion photos of the exhibitors (including Pajamas) and the weekend's events.)

9/11 And The Overculture

I just recorded a brief segment for PJTV's September 11th show. I had tons of notes prepared, since I didn't know how long I'd be on, so I'm reprinting some of them here in the form of a blog post on 9/11's impact on the culture war:

9/11 changed the culture quite remarkably, but it did so in ways that may not have been expected. Back in 2004, the great Charles Krauthammer wrote a piece in which he referred to "the Pressure Cooker Theory of Hydraulic Release":

The loathing goes far beyond the politicians. Liberals as a body have gone quite around the twist. I count one all-star rock tour, three movies, four current theatrical productions and five best sellers (a full one-third of the New York Times list) variously devoted to ridiculing, denigrating, attacking and devaluing this president, this presidency and all who might, God knows why, support it.

How to explain? With apologies to Dr. Freud, I propose the Pressure Cooker Theory of Hydraulic Release.

The hostility, resentment, envy and disdain, all superheated in Florida, were not permitted their natural discharge. Came 9/11 and a lid was forced down. How can you seek revenge for a stolen election by a nitwit usurper when all of a sudden we are at war and the people, bless them, are rallying around the flag and hailing the commander in chief? With Bush riding high in the polls, with flags flying from pickup trucks (many of the flags, according to Howard Dean, Confederate), the president was untouchable.

The Democrats fell unnaturally silent. For two long, agonizing years, they had to stifle and suppress. It was the most serious case of repression since Freud's Anna O. went limp. The forced deference nearly killed them. And then, providentially, they were saved. The clouds parted and bad news rained down like manna: WMDs, Abu Ghraib, Richard Clarke, Paul O'Neill, Joe Wilson and, most important, continued fighting in Iraq.

Stripped of his halo, the president's ratings went down. The spell was broken. He was finally once again human and vulnerable. With immense relief, the critics let loose.

The result has been volcanic. The subject of one prominent new novel is whether George W. Bush should be assassinated. This is all quite unhinged. Good God. What if Bush is re-elected? If they lose to him again, Democrats will need more than just consolation. They'll need therapy.

The pressure was released during the 2004 election cycle, but when John Kerry lost, it mutated further into a virulent strain that was only fully released after Katrina. As Mickey Kaus very presciently noted, Hurricane Katrina gave the media a way to talk about Iraq without talking about Iraq:
I'm not saying Bush and the Feds don't clearly deserve major grief for not getting today's National Guard aid convoy into downtown New Orleans a couple of days earlier. Some people are probably dead as a result. But the commentators on Washington Week in Review seemed a little too happy when proclaiming this a "debacle" that will damage Bush politically for a long, long time. And I don't think they were happy just because Bush has suffered a blow. I think it's because the hurricane and its New Orleans aftermath at least seemed to solve a big problem for anti-Bush commentators and politicians. Previously, they couldn't grouse about the Iraq War without seeming defeatist (and anti-liberationist and maybe even selfishly isolationist). Even the Clintons never figured a way out of that trap. But nature has succeded where they failed; it has opened up a way out, at least temporarily. Now Bush opponents can argue, in some cases quite accurately, that without the Iraq deployment aid would have gotten to New Orleans faster. And 'if we can [tk] in Iraq, why can't we [tk] in our own South?' They aren't being selfish. They are just asserting priorities! In short, Katrina gives them a way to talk about Iraq without talking about Iraq. No wonder Gwen Ifill smiles the "inner smile."
In a very real sense, 9/11 also created the Blogosphere and the idea of partisan journalism--and I don't mean that in any sort of pejorative sense--which began with Matt Drudge and Fox News in the mid 1990s, and Rush Limbaugh's national radio show nearly a decade earlier, and began to become an increasingly accepted element outside of the conservative media.

In 2004, the New York Times admitted what was obvious to all concerned--that it was a liberal publication; and a year prior, Eason Jordan, then of CNN, admitted that his network had shilled for Saddam Hussein. The pressure cooker that Krauthammer refers to led directly to some incredibly sloppy thinking, such as Dan Rather's MemoGate at CBS, and the rise of MSNBC, an openly hyper-partisan division of an otherwise staid establishment liberal news operation like NBC. This morning, MSNBC nobly ran the videotapes of The Today Showfrom 9/11, when all was chaos and uncertainty except for the two towers and the Pentagon being hit. But yesterday, as Kathryn Jean Lopez noted, Keith Olbermann of MSNBC said:

The television networks were told that the Convention would pause, early in the evening, when children could still be watching, for a 9/11 Tribute, and they were encouraged to broadcast it.

What we got was not a tribute to the dead of 9/11, nor even a tribute to the responders, or the singularity of purpose we all felt. The Republicans gave us sociological pornography, a virtual snuff film.

In addition to hyper-partisanship, 9/11, also fueled (if you'll pardon the carboncentric pun) the rise of environmentalism in the media. Julia Gorin, whom I've interviewed for PJM Political on XM, had a piece in the Christian Science Monitor in 2006 in which she talked about environmentalism as a sort of Freudian displacement for the War On Terror:
Tough language is borrowed from the war on terror and applied to the war on weather. "I really consider this a national security issue," says celebrity activist and "An Inconvenient Truth" producer Laurie David. "Truth" star Al Gore calls global warming a "planetary emergency." Bill Clinton's first worry is climate change: "It's the only thing that I believe has the power to fundamentally end the march of civilization as we know it."

Freud called it displacement. People fixate on the environment when they can't deal with real threats. Combating the climate gives nonhawks a chance to look tough. They can flex their muscle for Mother Nature, take a preemptive strike at an SUV. Forget the Patriot Act, it's Kyoto that'll save you.

That's why in 2004 we got "The Day After Tomorrow" - so we could worry about junk science that may or may not kill us in 1,000 years instead of the people who really are trying to kill us the day after tomorrow.

While the hawks among us worry about preventing the Armageddon that's coming, our modern-day hippies just want to make sure the planet is pristine when it does. In fact, the more menacing terrorism becomes, the more some people seem to worry about the weather. Scared and unsure how to fight terrorists, they confront "climate change," which only requires spending trillions of other people's dollars on something that may not need fixing or may not be fixable. No wonder some of these people chain themselves to trees - they think money grows on them.
Why are these people so worried about the environment, anyway? It's not like they're living on this planet. Speaking of which, scientists have recently discovered global warming on Mars. See that? Martians need to stop driving those darn SUVs!

Notice that the undercurrent in all the doomsday rhetoric is America as chief culprit in the axis of enviro-evil (just as it is in all the world's turmoil). Having found a warm and fuzzy cause to snuggle up against in this big, bad, scary world, the enviros pick a fight with the one guy they're not scared of: America.

Such displacement also helps to explain the conspiracy theories and "trutherism." For a very long time, ABC had no problem running someone like Rosie O'Donnell as part of their daytime programming, who in the course of five years went from publicly claiming support for President Bush in the early stages of 9/11 to literally telling ABC viewers not to trust what they had just heard on Good Morning America and other news shows.

The events of the morning of September 11, 2001 have changed the culture in ways that few could anticipate that morning, and will continue to do so, no matter who wins in November.

How To Secede In Blogging Without Really Trying

Thank God that ABC lets its hosts of The View blog. Back in 2006, there was the sophisticated and nuanced prose stylings of Rosie O'Donnell, and successor Whoopi Goldberg is proudly upholding the same commitment to high-quality journalism that has made Big Media what it is today. In both cases, the 21st century medium of the Blogosphere allows them to share with us insights into their personalities--and dare I say it--views, that simply cannot be boxed into the tubercular blue small screen of television alone.

Such as the fact that Whoopi Goldberg doesn't know the difference between "succeed" and "secede", and sees in Sarah Palin, a conservative tax-cutting pro-life candidate with libertarian leanings, the return of a hard left racially driven socialist agenda governmental leviathan bent on euthanasia and ethnic cleansing.

Or as Tim Graham puts it, "Whoopi Goldberg: Palin Sounds Pro-Nazi, Wants to 'Succeed' From U.S."

(And speaking of secession--I guess this means that the left has finally come to their senses on the Akaka bill, whose author has said could eventually lead to "outright independence" for Hawaii, and is supported by Barack Obama.)

Fast, Cheap, And Out Of Control

Well, out of control of old media, that is. In the Washington Times, Matthew Sheffield explains, "Candidates use Web for cheap, edgy ads". Your friend and humble narrator is mentioned here, right after Matthew discusses McCain's "The One" ad, which pokes fun at a certain obscure young Chicago community organizer's rapid rise to the dizzying heights Hollywood stardom:

Besides demonstrating how the Web can be cost-effective, "The One" phenomenon is illustrative of another way the Internet has become useful for the presidential campaigns: helping them spot organic political themes that they can help develop into larger ones. The inspiration behind the ad is straight out of the conservative blogosphere where it has proven enormously popular with center-right readers long dissatisfied with the elite press' love affair with Mr. Obama.

That inspiration isn't restricted to just online ads, either. Just this week, the McCain camp released an ad that looked astonishingly similar to a parody ad created by blogger Ed Driscoll, which combined Sen. Hillary Rodham Clinton's famous "3 AM" ad with a second segment telling viewers that Mr. McCain also could be relied upon to respond to a crisis situation.

It's highly likely this will continue to happen, Mr. Driscoll told me in an e-mail.

"While a campaign still has to spend large sums of money buying advertising time on TV, as the older generation still glued almost exclusively to the television tube begins to fade away, watch for the Web to continue to grow in power as the political advertising venue," he said.

He's exactly right. It's simply a matter of time.

Matthew was of course instrumental in organizing the sprawling Newsbusters blog. He emailed me yesterday afternoon alerting me that the above article would be online today, and asked me if I was in St. Paul. I wrote back that indeed I was--and was immediately following him on C-Span in this online video shot on Wednesday.

To Paraphrase The Great One...

...Minneapolis audiences are the best audiences in the world!

Special thanks to Roger L. Simon for allowing me the last word on this week's PJTV coverage from the convention. As maiden voyages go, this one was surprisingly smooth sailing--though not without a surprise or two of a different sort.

The Palin Teleprompter Myth

I can second what Danny Glover writes here:

Word on the cable networks this morning is that Republican vice-presidential nominee Sarah Palin is a superstar because she delivered her rousing speech at the convention here last night despite a broken teleprompter.

MSNBC reported that tidbit. So did Fox News, with an aide to GOP presidential candidate John McCain talking about the teleprompter woes. Now the blogs are running with the story.

Don't believe the myth. I watched the speech from the area to the left and behind the stage in the Xcel Center and had a perfect view of the teleprompter. It worked fine. I have the footage to prove it.

Because of the positioning of the PJTV booth, I had a clear view of the teleprompter as well, and it never conked out. On the other hand, I also noticed that Palin's hilarious "What's the difference between a pit bull and a hockey mom" line--and she may have been the only person on the planet to successfully sell such a joke--was an improv; it wasn't on the teleprompter.

(H/T: IP)

Update: Ed Morrissey (who's my kind of community organizer!) deflates the Palin speechwriter meme--with a little help from Barack Obama and Joe Biden.

Ed On C-Span

Somehow the caffeine, adrenaline, brain and mouth were all wired correctly together last night to give a full-tilt promotional boogie for PJTV in the booth when a C-Span cameraman appeared to discuss bloggers at the convention. I'm on right after Matthew Sheffield:

Den Beste's Three Four Laws

Sound advice under any and all circumstances; we should print up a copy in huge type and tape it to the PJTV green room.

It beats having to issue these sorts of addendums.

Do Republicans Have A Death Wish?

Rick Moran is far from the first person to ask the above question, but he frames his query in terms of a media that the GOP should embrace as tightly as possible:

What's the problem with the Republican party and bloggers?
We've been pretty happy with our Mission Control-like PJTV booth, but Rick notes that in contrast Bloggers' Row in 2004, "The dungeon that the GOP has put bloggers in this time around would be familiar to Torqumada and his buddies who made the Spanish Inquisition such a great party."

PJTV's Second Night Is On The Air

Pajamas TV's second night--both at the convention, and it's existence as a streaming Internet TV site--is on the air right now. Click here to tune in!

John McCain And New Media

You can watch the interview that Glenn Reynolds, Roger Simon and I did with Jerry Seib of the Wall Street Journal yesterday from the convention hall right here. Among the topics discussed were several questions I asked Jerry regarding John McCain and his YouTube operation.

The Television Will Be Revolutionized

Capt. Ed writes:

CNN reports that the thankfully moderate impact of Hurricane Gustav will mean that the Republican convention will get back to business. At this point, they have no article with specifics, but apparently their sources indicate that the Gustav-imposed restrictions on campaigning in St. Paul will be lifted. The schedule will return to normal, and the speakers originally slated to speak tonight will do so.
As for Monday's events, you can watch a full recap on PJTV for free, several segments of which feature yours truly.

Maximum Pajamhadeen Roger L. Simon did a Herculean effort supervising the Army of Davids it takes behind the scenes to make PJTV's ability to debut live on location (which I'm not sure if a traditional TV network ever tried). He then switched seamlessly into host mode--and even blogged about it in the midst of the action:

How was it? Well, to be honest, in sixties parlance, it was a trip. There I was (only 75% befuddled) sitting in the high director's chair passing the baton to Cindy McCain and Laura Bush on stage, trying to sound suitably solemn about the hurricane and glad I was on with Glenn Reynolds, Ed Driscoll, John Hinderaker, Scott Johnson and James Lileks - all gentlemen who know how to move their mouths... because let me tell you you run out of ideas fast. This is especially true because, as the world knows, this is a convention in temporary postponement. Luckily for us we are only streaming about three hours today. Coming up... some intereviews I did with American Carol director David Zucker and Jon Voight (who plays George Washington in the film). These guys are members of the Friends of Abe (FoA), a Hollywood organization started by Gary Sinise for the folks in the entertainment industry who think the battle against Islamic facism might actually be worth fighting. This org was supposed to be hush-hush but the cat has now gotten far out of the bag. (Yes, I'm member - though we don't have cards.), so Zucker and I talk about it. Anyway.... tune in on our convention coverage and let us know what you think. But be gentle, dear reader.
Roger's being remarkably modest. It was difficult to get a sense of how the complete package looked to viewers from the snippets I saw on various monitors in the booth. But Nina and I watched a good hour of the coverage late last night back in the hotel room, and the finished product, which includes not just the remote from Minneapolis, but also the virtual studio back in L.A., a video feed from the convention floor, and several pre-recorded segments, looks incredibly smooth for an opening night's effort.

Like A Hurricane

An addendum to the last post: Former Democratic National Committee Chairman Don Fowler issued an apology for his Wolcott/Moore-style joke rooting for Hurricane Gustav.

As Glenn Reynolds writes:

What's interesting is that the apology came before the story was picked up by the traditional media. It was just blogs and Drudge, but it forced a public apology.
200,000 or so unwanted YouTube views within the span of a couple of days will do that to you.

The Macaca Boomerang

Greetings From Minneapolis! I have arrived; the convention may now proceed. Unless of course it doesn't.

But if it does (and hopefully that means that Hurricane Gustav's force will have greatly diminished before hitting land), this clip should aired on the Xcel Jumbotron in prime time and referenced by several candidates in their speeches:

Ed Morrissey asks:

This also prompts a question of ethics, which all of us should consider carefully. Should private conversations between politicians get videotaped surreptitiously like this? If so, then perhaps Fowler and many, many others should take better care about having a laugh at the misery of others, even among friends.
Plenty of traditional liberal journalists have turned off the record remarks of politicians and celebrities into major stories. (Which is ultimately part of what earned them their "drive-by media" sobriquet from Rush.) As Roger Ailes noted several years ago:
Jimmy Carter's famous confession that he sometimes had lust in his heart for women other than his wife was uttered to a Playboy magazine journalist as he was leaving Carter's home at the conclusion of the formal interview.
And there are numerous additional examples of such moments, a few of which are described in the above link.

But as is its wont, the Internet amps these sorts of moments not up to 11, but 1100. George Allen's Senatorial re-election in 2006 was sunk by his "Macaca" gaffe, which was part of a coordinated effort by the left to videotape Republican candidates during every possible appearance (and then some), waiting for any sort of gaffe that could be turned into a YouTube clip and exploited by a friendly news organization such as the Washington Post, which ran over 100 stories on Allen's gaffe in the space of about less than three months, in which he apparently mispronounced his campaign staff's nickname of the young mohawk-haired James Webb campaign operative assigned to tape him.

Whatever the explanation, Allen's gaffe, given massive exposure from the Washington Post and other quarters in the MSM ended his senatorial career, which ultimately lost GOP control of the Senate, and sank Allen's presidential ambitions. In its wake, Markos Moulitsas of the Daily Kos gleefully wrote:

Every appearance by a top Republican official or candidate should be recorded. Every one of them.

All it takes is one "Macaca" incident to transform a race or create one where one didn't exist. As the Montana incident blogged earlier today showed, a video can knock out prospective candidates before they even enter.

And this is no longer about finding one big blunder to put on a campaign commercial. It's about using video and (free) technologies like YouTube to build narratives about opponents, using their own words, at their own events.

A couple of years ago, Jonah Goldberg wrote:
Liberals are geniuses at unleashing social panics because A) it never occurs to them that their motives are anything but pure and B) because they are almost exclusively focused on short term tactics. And yet they are invariably shocked when these moral frenzies come back to bite them.
The "tape 'em all, let YouTube sort it out" philosophy began on the left, but its eventual boomerang was merely a matter of when, not if.

That Was The Podcast Of The Week That Was

Austin Bay interviews Steve Green, Glenn Reynolds, Jennifer Rubin, and--live from Denver International Airport--James Lileks. In a half-hour interview recorded by yours truly earlier today, they look back at the then just recently announced Sarah Palin pick by John McCain, Barack Obama's speech last night, and the gestalt of the Democratic Convention in Denver.

Tune in here to listen!

All Is Proceeding According To Plan, Part Deux

When we last left Team Obama, they were attempting to get the above video banned from TV. (More on that here.) Now they're attempting to smear NRO journalist Stanley Kurtz for attempting to report the story, thereby bringing maximum attention to it, as Ben Smith of the Politico writes:

Barack Obama's campaign hasn't advertised this a great deal this week, but the campaign's "Action Wire" has been waging large-scale campaigns against critics. That includes tens of thousands of e-mails to television stations running Harold Simmons' Bill Ayers ad, and to their advertisers -- including a list of major automobile and telecommunications companies.

And tonight, the campaign launched a more specific campaign: an effort to disrupt the appearance by a writer for National Review, Stanley Kurtz, on a Chicago radio program. Kurtz has been writing about Obama's relationship with Bill Ayers, and has suggested that papers housed at the University of Illinois at Chicago would reveal new details of that relationship.

The campaign e-mailed Chicago supporters who had signed up for the Obama Action Wire with detailed instructions including the station's telephone number and the show's extension, as well as a research file on Kurtz, which seems to prove that he's a conservative, which isn't in dispute. The file cites a couple of his more controversial pieces, notably his much-maligned claim that same-sex unions have undermined marriage in Scandinavia.

"Tell WGN that by providing Kurtz with airtime, they are legitimizing baseless attacks from a smear-merchant and lowering the standards of political discourse," says the email, which picks up a form of pressure on the press pioneered by conservative talk radio hosts and activists in the 1990s, and since adopted by Media Matters and other liberal groups.

"It is absolutely unacceptable that WGN would give a slimy character assassin like Kurtz time for his divisive, destructive ranting on our public airwaves. At the very least, they should offer sane, honest rebuttal to every one of Kurtz's lies," it continues.

Andy McCarthy of NRO describes the results thusly:
The pro-Obama callers on the Milt Rosenberg show are a riot.

In the last few minutes, two called to scald Milt for having Stanley on without having an Obama rep on to give the counterpoint. Milt explains, repeatedly, that he contacted the Obama campaign (he gave the name of the campaign official his producer spoke with) and the campaign -- the HQ of which is about a quarter mile from the studio where the show airs -- declined to come on. They were offered the opportunity to have someone there with Stanley for the entire two hours, and they said no.

Another pro-Obama woman called and, after accusing Stanley of slander but of course not citing anything he said that was slanderous, stated, "We want it to stop." Milt asked what she wanted stopped, and she replied, "It's just not what we believe as Americans." Milt tried again, asking what she didn't believe. She responded that it was someone saying bad things about Barack Obama and, again, we just want it to stop.

Very compelling.

Earth to Obama supporters: no one is claiming guilt by association -- though willful association with an admitted terrorist would be worthy of noting in a presidential candidate. Obama and Bill Ayers had a working relationship. Yet, Obama claimed Ayers was just "a guy who lives in my neighborhood," and has otherwise minimized the relationship. Aside from the fact that Obama is not telling the truth, which itself is important, the details of the relationship are important. If the press was doing its job, we'd have those details already. Finally, the media's job is being done ... by Stanley. He should be saluted, not smeared. If the Obama campaign has a substantive response, let's hear it. If all they can do is smear a good faith critic, they are strictly bush league ... and it comes as no surprise that their guy thought Bill Ayers was someone worth cultivating.

We're still in the early rounds, but this is playing out remarkably like John Kerry and the Swift Vets all over again. As I wrote right around this time four years ago:
Kerry's massively invented narrative ("swashbuckling Swift Boat lieutenant"--as Steyn describes him--turned brave defender of soldiers' rights) was built to survive the glancing scrutiny (if you can call it that) of a 1972-era media that consisted of three TV networks with half hour evening news shows, and a few liberal big city newspapers, all of which were staffed with journalists more or less largely sympathetic to Kerry's leftist anti-American beliefs.

But between the Swift Boat Vets and the Blogosphere, there are far too many people examining Kerry's story, and his "reporting for duty" edifice has crumbled.

Is that fair? We'll, we're deciding if we want the man to have the key to the most powerful arsenal ever assembled. If he can't survive the scrutiny of the Blogosphere, who James Lileks recently described as an "obsessive sort with lots of time on their hands", is he someone who should be trusted with this power?

The 1972-style media seems to think so.

And a year later, John O'Neill of the Swift Vets gave an interview in which he said:
TAE: Were you surprised when Senator Kerry focused so much on his Vietnam record at the Democratic Convention in late July? How do you account for this when he clearly knew you were out there?

O'NEILL: I think he thought that he had good control over the mainline media, that they were sympathetic, that they would kill the story. And I think he was very confident that was the case with the New York Times and the three major networks and CNN, and that he could intimidate the portions of the media not already friendly to him. And so he thought the story would never come out. That had been his experience over and over again in Massachusetts.

TAE: Everything changed in early August, after your first ad.

O'NEILL: All of a sudden, Kerry and the media were faced with an ad that was actually showing. There was a time when they controlled the entire world of communications. That day is over.

Change the name from Kerry to Obama and the state from Chicago to Illinois, and O'Neill's quote is remarkably timely.

Back in 2004, Kerry's brain trust could at least some ignorance in the difference between old media and new--when RatherGate broke for instance, Mary Mapes of the very Kerry-friendly and very old media CBS later claimed, "Within a few minutes, I was online visiting Web sites I had never heard of before: Free Republic, Little Green Footballs, Power Line."

Four years later, what's the Obama camp's excuse? And as John Hinderaker notes:

Obama's suggestion that it is illegal for a 501(c)(4) entity to fund issue ads that are negative toward him appears ludicrous. Here's the real question, though: if Obama is elected President, will he appoint an Attorney General who will carry out politically-motivated prosecutions like the one he is now demanding? I suppose we can't know for sure, but why wouldn't he? If he demands criminal prosecution of free speech that opposes his political interests when he's a candidate, why wouldn't he order it as President?
Revel in the joy and optimism--the hope and change, you might say--that comes from the audacity of litigation.

Update: Don't miss Mickey Kaus's thoughts on this story as well.

Pajamas TV Launches At RNC

Two and a half years ago, I asked, "Will Video Kill The Blogosphere Star?" Now we know: the two parties are about to have a pretty bigtime merger, in beautiful downtown El Segundo.

Advantage: Ed!


Say, that new John McCain ad in the above video with a 3:00 AM cameo from Hillary looks awfully familiar--almost as though it was created months ago...

Update: Welcome Instapundit, National Review Online and Riehl World News readers--please look around; there's lots here you may enjoy, both on the blog, and our video page.

Fitting Network TV For A Toe Tag

If you enjoyed my "Atlas Mugged" article on mass print media and its successor, then you'll definitely want to read this recent piece by Mark Harris on the Wired Website:

For 20 years, Ted Harbert worked at ABC. He started there right out of college in 1977, when the network, along with CBS and NBC, was the only game in town and was the hit factory responsible for Happy Days; Charlie's Angels; Rich Man, Poor Man and Roots. By 1996, when Harbert was running ABC, those glory days were ending. All three networks were still colossal, but Fox had established its beachhead, and cable's market penetration was almost complete. The '80s had seen the rise of MTV. And CNN was by then a big deal, not just an incinerator for Ted Turner's extra cash. ESPN was competing aggressively. Individually, none of these channels got much of a rating most of the time, but the damage was starting to add up.

"People would say, 'Oh, they're nibbling away, they're nibbling away,'" Harbert recalls. "And we would always say, 'Well, they can nibble, but they're never gonna really take us.' And then they took us."

Detroit and the newspaper industry each thought the same thing--despite numerous predictions from futurists of diversification just around the corner in each industry. Why should Jurassic television be any different? And the Wired article doesn't even get into the next wave of video technology, which is slowly beginning to level the playing surface in much the same way as the Blogosphere did to print.

And speaking of Jurassic and futurists, if you missed a recent edition of my Sillicon Graffiti video blog I did on the topic, I explore what Michael Crichton and Alvin Toffler had to say about the media and demassification:

Week Of The Living Zombie!


This is going to be fun:

Little Green Footballs and Pajamas Media are joining forces to send the undead creature known only as Zombie to the Convention, for the kind of exclusive, slightly bent coverage only an undead creature can provide.

We have a full schedule of newsworthy stuff laid out, but you'll just have to keep checking LGF because the Recreate 68 moonbats may act up and change our plans. We'll be staying in touch with Agent Z minute by minute during the circus, through the magic of teh innernut.

Zombie's reports will begin tomorrow, the opening day of the Convention. The reports will appear simultaneously at LGF and PJ Media; here at LGF they'll show up as front page articles just like the ones I post.

We're looking forward to this week; stay tuned to LGF and PJ for the latest.

Of course, plenty of zombies are already in Denver...

AP Buries The Lead

Obama finally makes it official that it is indeed Biden, and instead of pointing out the obvious story here--because that would hurt their candidate--AP simply notes:

Barack Obama named Sen. Joe Biden of Delaware as his vice presidential running mate early Saturday, balancing his ticket with a seasoned congressional veteran well-versed in foreign policy and defense issues.

Obama announced the pick on his Web site with a photo of the two men and an appeal for donations. A text message went out shortly afterward that said, "Barack has chosen Senator Joe Biden to be our VP nominee."

The real story here is that everyone knew hours ahead of time, via the Weekly Standard, hoary old CNN and AP itself, the Blogosphere and Drudge. Instead of hype such as this, reminiscent of the McLuhanesque purple technoprose so common in the late 1990s (he said, having written tens of thousands of words of just that sort of prose himself back then) when the Web was bright and shiny and new:
It's beautiful.

In one fell swoop, by choosing to disclose his vice-presidential pick directly to voters through text messaging rather than revealing his pick through choice leaks to the press, the Obama camp has given us a momentary reprieve from having to watch smirk-faced pundits gloat about "inside scoops" and "my sources tell me." No "scoops" for the Villagers, followed by anti-climactic press conferences to the people as an afterthought. No "special access" to them, no matter how much they clamor. Technology has allowed the Obama camp to keep all, reporter and regular citizen alike, on the edge of their seats.

For today, the talking heads are absolutely powerless and impotent, staring stupidly at the screen, searching for words to make themselves relevant. For once, they finally feel what we have known all along --that they have absolutely nothing to offer outside of what is selectively hand fed to them.

With all this baseless VP speculation, with their special status and access stripped away, the "insiders" are exactly where we are, inside the cone of silence huddled together in unawareness, exuding palpable excitement, and waiting for what will now be truly breaking news for all but a select few in Obama's circle. Welcome, Villagers, to the land of the regular. I know it's unfamiliar territory, but enjoy your stay. I know I certainly will.

I'll bet. If there were any Obamamaniacs relying solely upon their text messages to find out who the Messiah's veep would be, they were the last to know--and as Robert Stacy McCain noted:
Imagine the reactions of those poor saps getting their text messages: "WTF? Dude. Joe Biden?"
Bob Owens puts it this way:
It's got to be disappointing when you discover that the candidate you helped elect into office lied to you. It must be worse to find out he's lying to you, when he hasn't even nailed down the nomination yet.
The anti-climactic feel of it all, a combination of a perfectly routine choice by a guy who was supposed to bring fresh bold unconventional outside the box thinking to presidential politics, coupled with more than a little techno-overreach by team Obama with the text gaffe is the real story.

Which is why it's apparently not worth reporting by AP.

More Wiki Weirdness

Having read this article on New York Mayor Michael Bloomberg's loony return-of-the primitive proposal to put wind turbines on top of apparently everything in Manhattan, I was about to post the usual bloggerific snark, though Rush and GlobalWarming.org have you well served in that department.

But when I looked up Bloomberg's Wikipedia page, I came across this truly bizarre passage:

Bloomberg has on numerous occasions been accused of sexually harassing men under his employment, which he has denied.[24][25] T. Dan Winger sued Mr. Bloomberg for sexual harassment, alleging that he had made explicit comments about his body and encouraged him to spend time alone with him. The lawsuit was withdrawn in 1999.[26] In 1997, a former Bloomberg L.P. employee who became pregnant while employed filed a lawsuit accusing Bloomberg of saying "Kill it!" and "great, No. 16," a reference to the number of pregnant women in the company.[24] The lawsuit was settled the same year for an undisclosed amount of money.
Somebody clearly has gone in and hacked the genders of those in that passage. "T. Dan Winger" is in all likelihood "T. Diane Winger" with a quick, err snip. I took a screen cap to record the weirdness, which will probably be reversed in the not too distant future.

Just another day at the faith-based encyclopedia.

Spotty Technorati

Glenn Reynolds asks:

IS IT JUST ME, or has Technorati become almost useless lately? Seems like half the time it doesn't work, and the other half the time it's days behind. What gives?
I found it to be that way for quite a while, to be honest. I sort of assume if one of their servers crashes, some sort of backup kicks in with old posts, but this seems to be happening at an accelerating rate in recent weeks.

Hopefully it will be back to 100 percent by the end of the summer, as this fall will no doubt be a peak period of usage, for obvious reasons.

Newly Found, Founding Bloggers

Veteran new media videographer Andrew Marcus and Gateway Pundit's Jim Hoft have teamed up in order to form a more perfect blog titled Founding Bloggers. (Note proto-very early analog-era citizen journalists displayed on masthead.)

They'll be going on the road to both conventions, so stop by daily!

The Vote Reaper

Forget The Clone Wars--this is the best Star Wars (and Matrix) homage this summer:

(Via the Anchoress.)

Grace Under Pressure

As John Hinderaker writes, "Give This Woman A Purple Heart". As a journalist, she's definitely the anti-Katie Couric, delivering a story under intense pressure--not the least of which is the bullet, apparently from a Russian sniper, which grazed her left arm.

How Traditional Media Lose Audience To The Web

As I wrote yesterday, it's obvious that the chief role of the legacy media is keeping news out of circulation, rather than generating it. Matthew Sheffield concurs:

In far too many newsrooms, the question is no longer about serving the public's right to know but protecting the public from things it wants to know. No wonder they're looking elsewhere.
And just to follow-up on my quote on Tuesday from Umberto Eco about the age of outrageous credulity, the legacy media's role as gatekeeper is combined with their utter naivete when faced with a candidate whom they admire, as John Weidner writes:
Everybody who retained any objectivity could see that [John Edwards] was a phony, and were not surprised by this. When a guy talks populism and green-ism while building the biggest mansion in the county, there's a 99% chance that he's a sham. When a guy spends minutes in front of a mirror fluffing his hairdo, there's a 99% chance that he will not resist the sexual temptations available to a celebrity.

And when you make millions as a trial lawyer, it means you are skilled at convincing people of things that just ain't so.

Most importantly, what you are comes out in your life. If you are real, then a presidential campaign will bring lots of stories to the surface, from people who were impressed with the candidate's actions long before they could be helpful in any campaign. If Edwards really cared about that poor little girl supposedly shivering because she could not afford a coat, he would have been spending time working with groups who help the poor. And doing so long ago, before it might gain him any advantage. (And if Shapiro were a real journalist he would have taken note that cheap coats are available at any thrift store, and that people just give old coats away by the ton. The story was always bogus.)

Hey, Sam Kinison figured out that last part over 20 years ago.

Update: Dean Barnett adds:

So is it shocking that such a fellow would cheat on his mortally ill wife while recklessly jeopardizing his political agenda (not that he ever gave a fig about that agenda)? Of course not. The more pressing question is how he was able to get away with such a stunt. Okay, he personally charmed Walter Shapiro so Shapiro gets a pass based on his apparent congenital gullibility. But what of the rest of the putatively objective media that didn't get to bask in Edwards' golden glow over "raw" dinners? Why were only Mickey Kaus and the National Enquirer curious about this fellow who so energetically sought to be the world's most powerful man?
Related thoughts from Mark Hemingway.

Tethered

Jules Crittenden returns, if only temporarily, from his summer hiatus to remind us that he's not the only writer in his household---his wife has a new book out: "Think CSI on a soul-searching journey in which the protagonist is doing everything she can to look the other way."

Escape From The Undernews!

The latest edition of PJM Political is online. The newest show features Steve Green, Roger Simon and myself discussing the MSM running interference for John Edwards, Amanda Carpenter on the Washington Post's own journalistic gaffes, and James Lileks and Austin Bay on Russia's invasion of Georgia.

Tune in each week!

Return With Us Now To The Thrilling Days Of The Undernews...

Ann Althouse links to a late December edition of Bloggingheads.tv featuring Mickey Kaus discussing this strange story circling John Edwards, much to the chagrin of an extremely skeptical Robert Wright.

As Ann notes, "the only thing interesting to me about the story at this point is how Mickey Kaus will act when he gets back on Bloggingheads."

For a more recent Kausian take on the story in its late undernews stage, tune into my interview with Mickey on PJM Political from July 30th.

Nothing Gets Past The L.A. Times!

News from 2004 reaches Tim Rutten!


Old Media Dethroned
Edwards' admission signals the end of the era in which traditional media set the limits of acceptable political journalism.


When John Edwards admitted Friday that he lied about his affair with filmmaker Rielle Hunter, a former employee of his campaign, he may have ended his public life but he certainly ratified an end to the era in which traditional media set the agenda for national political journalism.

From the start, the Edwards scandal has belonged entirely to the alternative and new media. The tabloid National Enquirer has done all the significant reporting on it -- reporting that turns out to be largely correct -- and bloggers and online commentators have refused to let the story sputter into oblivion.

The whole story of the 2004 election was that the gatekeepers were dethroned--the Swift Vets made their case against John Kerry by doing an end-around old media by running their commercials on the Internet, and Dan Rather's case against George W. Bush was demolished in a tidal wave of distributed information sharing, first via Free Republic, which was joined shortly thereafter in the Blogosphere. Both stories demonstrated precisely how Old Media's role as a gatekeeper was dethroned:




Earlier today, Glenn Reynolds reminded us--well, the left, to be precise--of Eason Jordan's admission that he was willing to allow CNN to lie for Saddam Hussein, in order to able to put "LIVE FROM BAGHDAD" on the CNN Chyron. Jordan finally came clean on this propaganda coup for Baathist Iraq in mid-2003 after Saddam fled US soldiers in an op-ed titled, "The News We Kept To Our Selves." Evidently, the L.A. Times thought they kept the news of 2004 to themselves as well.

PJM Political: Mickey Kaus On John Edwards And The Undernews

Mickey Kaus's ongoing victory lap takes him to the virtual studios of PJM Political this week.

Speaking Of Heretics And Converts

As a follow-up to our previous post on Orson Bean, John Gibson, in a clip posted at Johnny Dollar's Place, looks at the calm, nuanced reaction of the left to the news of Bob Novak's brain tumor. Novak was a JFK and LBJ-supporting liberal who made the journey right in the 1970s.

Headline Of The Day

Robert Stacy McCain writes, "Blogging sucks: Women, minorities hardest hit:"

If there's anything in the world I hate, it's women reporters writing "Oh, we're so oppressed" stories in the New York Times:
[M]any women at the conference were becoming very Katie Couric about their belief that they are not taken as seriously as their male counterparts at, say, Daily Kos, a political blog site. Nor, they said, were they making much money, even though corporations seem to be making money from them. . . .

Yet, when Techcult, a technology Web site, recently listed its top 100 Web celebrities, only 11 of them were women. Last year, Forbes.com ran a similar list, naming 3 women on its list of 25.

"It's disheartening and frustrating," said Allison Blass, a BlogHer attendee. . . .

Ladies, please: If your blog sucks, it's not because of some patriarchal conspiracy, OK? And as for making money, you could almost certainly fit into my living room every independent blogger who earns a full-time living off blogging. Generally speaking, bloggers either have some other job to support their blogging habit, or else they're "blogging for the man" (e.g., the Atlantic Monthly bloggers, the Gawker cartel, etc.).
I wrote my rebuttal to this legacy media perennial three years ago; and it's not as though the Times itself is in the black, as Thomas Lifson and I discussed this week on PJM Political.

(Via Dr. Helen.)

GOP Losing The New Media War

Instapundit notes that GOP has--shocker!--fumbled its battlefield preparations after the 2004 election.

Were they asleep at the wheel? Did they think that John McCain would automatically be The Man, and therefore, his mutual love affair with the media would continue once a Democratic nominee was found? Did they think Rush, Fox, the Freepers, Drudge, and a few dozen blogs and Websites would be enough?

A while back, Patrick Ruffini compared lead pipes and leaky pipes in the two party world of online political media. Certainly a lot more plumbing should have been installed by the GOP immediately after 2004 (which might have prevented the 2006 debacle). Or an even better metaphor that fits into the usual battlefield preparation riffs that I can't think of right now.

"Get It First, But First Get It Second"

Mickey Kaus explores "Edwards and the agony of the MSM", beginning with his paraphrase of a Business Week article on John Edwards by Jon Fine:

Fine notes that "Edwards isn't considered a likely vice-presidential candidate by the press." That's true. But he is a likely Obama cabinet official. Many Dems would like to see him as Attorney-General. That's what's at stake in the love-child coverage. The Enquirer has killed him as a VP candidate. But if the MSM goes into full "protect Elizabeth" mode the damage might yet not quite be enough to stop his confirmation by a Democratic Senate next year. "Protect Elizabeth" = "protect A.G. John."
After a long list of MSM outlets that fail to report the story, Mickey quotes Jim Treacher:
"Which story gets a bigger audience: A story the blogs run with but the mainstream news ignores, or a story the news runs with but the blogs ignore? I'm thinking the news comes out ahead, but just barely. And at this rate, not for much longer."
And it's not like such an MSM bottleneck on a story that everyone knows the basics of hasn't happened before. As Tony Blankley wrote in late August of 2004:
Mark the calendar. August 2004 is the first time that the major mainline media -- CBSNBCABCNEWYORKTIMESWASHINGTONPOST L.A.TIMESNEWSWEEKTIMEMAGAZINEASSOCIATED PRESSETC. -- ignored a news story that nonetheless became known by two-thirds of the country within two weeks of it being mentioned by the "marginal" press.

It was only after a CBS poll showed that Kerry had lost a net 14 percent of the veteran's vote to Bush -- without aid of major media coverage or substantial national advertising -- that the major media outlets began to lumber, resentfully, in the vague direction of the story. And even then, they hardly engaged themselves in the spirit of objective journalism.

According to Editor and Publisher, the respected voice of official big-time journalism: "Chicago Tribune managing editor James O'Shea tells Joe Strupp the Swift Boat controversy may be an instance of a growing problem for newspapers in the expanding media world -- being forced to follow a questionable story because non-print outlets have made it an issue. "There are too many places for people to get information," says O'Shea. "I don't think newspapers can be gatekeepers anymore -- to say this is wrong, and we will ignore it. Now we have to say this is wrong, and here is why."

Now, there are two revealing statements there. First, it is odd to see Mr. O'Shea, an official, credentialed seeker of truth, complaining about "too many places for people to get information." He sounds like a resentful old apparatchik glaring at a Xerox machine in the dying days of the Soviet Union.

The second noteworthy statement is the hilarious complaint that they can no longer merely think a story is wrong and ignore it: "Now we have to say this is wrong, and here is why." It apparently escaped his thought process that if he hadn't yet investigated the story, it might not be "wrong." A seeker of truth in a competitive environment might have phrased the sentence: "Now we will have to report it to determine if it is right or wrong."

As Blankley wrote, August 2004 may have been the first time the undernews bubbled straight to the surface, but obviously, it will be far from the last.

Great Moments In Headlines

"Blew That One."

And on a related note, here's great moments in mastheads.

Tell Us How You Really Feel, Roger!

Roger L. Simon:

John Edwards--he of constructing a 28,000 square foot home while preaching about the two Americas and remonstrating about the environment--is one of the most reprehensible schmucks to appear on the American political scene in some time. And that's saying something. That he played this game while his wife had cancer makes it contemptible beyond words. Now we know why he was always primping in the mirror. It is narcissism unbounded.
Elsewhere, Byron York notes, "Today Is Fitzmas for Mickey Kaus."

Lyons and Mankiewicz At The Movies?

Christian Toto sounds like he'll likely be tuning out the latest incarnation of what was once the Siskel & Ebert show:

Doesn't have a great ring to it, does it?

Turns out the folks behind "At the Movies with Ebert & Roeper" already have a backup plan. They'll throw E!'s Ben Lyons and Turner Classic Movies host Ben Mankiewicz into the balcony once occupied by Siskel & Ebert (hat tip Thompson on Hollywood).

I'm not a TCM watcher, alas. I've become an HD snob and that channel isn't broadcast in high-def on my system. And Lyons seemed affable the times I've caught him on E!, but I can't share any other pertinent thoughts about him.

This could be another Katie Couric moment, although on a less important scale. News hounds don't bother with the network's nightly newscasts anymore, but that didn't stop CBS from throwing tons of money Couric's way.

Do movie fans still wait for "At the Movies" before surfing over to Fandango?

Like the rest of the dino-media, the one-size-fits-all movie critic is going the way of the one-size-fits-all anchorman (sorry, Katie). Movie fans increasingly look for critics with similar worldviews, much the same way that news junkies have long sought out bloggers with compatible mindsets.

Update: Nikke Finke is not amused:

Ugh. The retooled Ebert & Roeper show premiering September 6th will be co-hosted by Ben & Ben -- a Generation Why duo who only got the gig due to nepotism. Ben Lyons is the nobody son of Jeffrey Lyons, the film critic world's biggest hack and quote whore with zero credibility, while Ben Mankiewicz is the slacker host on Turner Classic Movies, whose only claim to fame is that he's a watered-down member of the famous film family. Now, there's a working definition of the death of film criticism for you.
Heh.

Tomorrow's Jurassic Park, Today

Rick Moran writes, "The story of John McCain's discarded op-ed explains why the New York Times is dying":

Someday, when newspapers are a thing of the past and you take your grandkid to the museum where artifacts of the Washington Post, the Los Angeles Times, and the Chicago Tribune are on display in vacuum sealed cases to protect the yellowing, brittle paper from disappearing entirely, there will be a special exhibit devoted entirely to the New York Times.

Famous front pages will be featured along with pictures of the Sulzberger family who owned the paper for generations, famous reporters, and the last publisher when the paper folded in 2018--Matt Drudge.

The inscription on the shiny bronze plate below the exhibit might read:

Thought of as the "newspaper of record" for more than 100 years, the Times eventually succumbed to disappearing ad revenue, a catastrophic decline in circulation, and the consequences of a perpetual, unrelenting, obvious and sickening bias exhibited against its political enemies.

The news industry has already built the museum that Rick describes--join us on a video tour!

Life In Tranquil, Civilized Canada

In less than a year, Ezra Levant not only gets his right of free speech challenged by a Canadian Imam who thuggishly sicked the Alberta "Human Rights" Commission on him, he's now facing anonymous death threats on his blog. Having already witnessed, up close and personal, the failure of Canada's dangerous and incompetent government, as Kathy Shaidle writes, Ezra is "opening sourcing" things--and offering a $1000 reward to anyone who can identify the person who threatened him.

Sacrifice For Thee--But Not For Me!

Your must see eco-hypocrisy video of the day, via Americans for Prosperity:

Al was recently quoted in the New York Times (sure, but for the sake of argument, assume they got it right) as saying that:

"The survival of the United States of America as we know it is at risk," Mr. Gore said in a speech to an energy conference here. "The future of human civilization is at stake."
As Glenn Reynolds likes to say, I'll believe there's a crisis when the people who tell me there's a crisis start acting like there's one themselves.

The Alpha And The Omega Of The Internet

Though sometimes it's tough to tell which is which. First up, Andrew Ferguson gets "Lost in the Personasphere":

My first glimpse of the personasphere came several years ago at a county fair. It was like all county fairs, an all-American overload of colored lights and hurdy-gurdy noise and questionable smells. I'd always thought it was an experience that nobody could be bored by. Then I saw a gaggle of four teenage girls walking together along the midway. They were yacking away, as teenage girls, you might have noticed, sometimes do-but they were yacking into their cell phones. Walking four abreast, they were huddled in their personaspheres, each in her customized bubble, talking to someone who was far away instead of the friends that plan or chance had placed beside her. They were lost not only to one another but to the noise and color around them.

Since then, the appliances that furnish a personasphere have grown in number and complication. Walk down any city street and you'll see people deploying one gadget or another to construct their bubble, ignoring the nearby in favor of the faraway. Here comes a kid talking excitedly into a cell phone, followed by a businessman calling up a webpage from his iPhone, followed by an office hack scrolling through the messages on his Treo. Meanwhile, life erupts all over the place, unnoticed. If this were a just world, I'd get to see at least one of these busy people walk into a lamppost or fall through an open manhole, the way people used to do in silent movies. They never do, though, at least not while I'm around. This must not be a just world.

But it is a very distracted one-though maybe distraction isn't the fitting word. A distraction is supposed to be something that draws you away from immediate experience, pulls your attention from the matter at hand. The personasphere involves experience once removed, pressed through a piece of hardware; in the personasphere, immediate experience is the distraction, an annoyance that takes you from the now-primary business of texting, phoning, websurfing-being elsewhere. Faced with the real world, we draw our personaspheres over us like a cloak against the cold.

I'm a silver-lining guy, as my friends will tell you, always searching for the upside in any given situation, so I'll mention one nice thing about this cocooning, this withdrawal of everyone into his own personasphere: It has served to prove the techno-utopians wrong once again. From the dawn of the Internet through the coming of the Wi-Fi era, the utopians told us that technology would pull us together and restore a common life to a fragmented culture.

We can see how mistaken they were. Consider the man lost in his personasphere, at dinner, on a bus, in an elevator, scheming into a cellphone or tapping a message on his BlackBerry. If technology has brought him closer to distant friends it has also made it easier to detach himself from those near at hand. As his world expands, it shrinks-roughly to the size of his busy, excitable, unutterably lonely self.

And the flipside? Kyle Smith of the New York Post is about to receive comment number #300 on his review of Wall-E:
As always, I am humbled by the number of people who, upon reading a lukewarm reaction to a cartoon about cute robots, managed to reach down deep and bring up some deeply crazed fury.
To be fair, some futurists, such as Alvin and Heidi Toffler in 1980's The Third Wave, didn't predict, as Ferguson wrote, "that technology would pull us together and restore a common life to a fragmented culture." Just the opposite--it's the technology itself that's atomizing a once mass culture, as we've gone from three national TV networks in 1968 to 112,000,000 blogs in 2008. But within that atomization, there is room for shared bonds to be forged--even if it occasionally involves fending off a crazed Wall-E storm.

The Market's Up 48 Percent In 2008!

The Dow Jones? Of course not. But the Blogosphere's going great guns in this election year. Simon Owens writes that political blog traffic is up an average of 48 percent for first of half of 2008. Owens breaks this aggregate number down for 17 of the biggest blogs.

Life Imitates Lileks

On the Minneapolis Star-Tribune's home page, James Lileks has been doing a routine where he plays Jimmy Lileks, Ace Reporter, a sort of postmodern parody of '50s-style investigative reporter beamed into the 21st century. In the latest edition, he discovers that Apple has a new product that all the kids seem to rave over called the iPhone! It allows you to make calls without having a phone plugged into the wall and everything!

But Lileks is doing a parody, and one that's aimed squarely at online readers who are technologically savvy and know the news before the paper does. The only excuse the yutz in the clip below has for his shtick is that he's playing to his TV station's base: 80-something year old shut-ins who don't know what an iPhone is either. Watch how huffy he gets when someone in line calls his bluff and correctly asks him, is this really journalism you're doing, buddy? And the ultimate irony? With 158,295 views and counting on YouTube, he's probably gotten more viewers than his station's TV news show gets.

Celebrity Fauxtography

While Charles Johnson has spotted a serious example of fauxtography, and is thus only receiving belated, grudging acknowledgment from the Jurassic media, Ann Althouse looks at fauxtography's lighter side, and asks, "Why is it so hard for a magazine to shoot a decent celebrity cover?":

Some shocking examples of uglification here. My theory is that magazine editors want professional models and are annoyed to by the fact that celebrity faces on the cover help circulation so much that they can no longer do what their aesthetic sensibilities tell them is right. Thwarted, the wreak their revenge. It's passive aggression.
And speaking of fauxtography's lighter side, one of the house bloggers at Yahoo's music blog spots "Jennifer Hudson's Slim Chance" and asks, "Is it just me, or does Jennifer Hudson look, um, DIFFERENT on her debut album's cover?"

Tony Snow, RIP

Tony Snow, Fox News anchor, frequent Rush Limbaugh guest host, and of course, White House Press Secretary, has passed away at age 53.

By all accounts a remarkably fair and optimistic man; a sunny conservative in the mold of--well, isn't it obvious?--he was much beloved by fellow conservatives and many--but not all--on the opposite of the aisle in the legacy media.

Ed Morrissey has some thoughts here. And the Corner has loads of posts on Snow--just keep scrolling.

Snow's death, comes so quickly after the death of Tim Russert; both men passed at away at compartively young ages, in their mid-50s. News reports and op-eds in the coming days will allow for very interesting comparisons of how the legacy media treats one of their own, versus someone who questioned the conventional wisdom of an industry which pays lip service to multiculturalism and diversity, and yet reflexively leans, and hires, almost exclusively to the left. AP has already gotten their digs in; others are sure to follow.

Congrats To Hugh Hewitt!

In an era where media ranging from blogs to magazines come and go with alarming haste, eight years on the radio is a statement in and of itself. We had Hugh Hewitt on Pajamas' XM show yesterday to discuss his new pamphlet, A Letter to a Young Obama Supporter, but he never mentioned that the eighth anniversary of his radio show was occurring today. Many happy returns to the microphone!

PJM Political--Now With A Fifth Of VodkaPundit!

Steve Green, the great VodkaPundit, is taking over as host of PJM Political. If you missed this week's show on XM Satellite Radio's POTUS '08 channel, tune-in here for all of the 100-proof fun, including guests Hugh Hewitt, Evan Sayet, Roger Kimball, along with James Lileks' weekly segment.

Does Anybody Remember Laughter?

As Ann Althouse notes, judging by the tone of his voice, and the laughter that follows, I'm pretty sure McCain is kidding in the above clip, especially when bloggers and new media outlets such as Ed Morrissey and Pajamas were part of McCain's key media outreach strategy when he (a) needed to woo the base during the primaries and (b) was relatively cash starved. And note that McCain's camp has even attempted to reach out--in that patented it won't work but it looks good to squishy undecided voters Maverick style--across the Blogospheric aisle to prominent leftwing bloggers as well.

Clay Felker. Si Monumentum Requiris Circumspice

Frank Gannon notes the recent passing of Clay Felker, the man who brought you the New Journalism of the 1960s and 1970s.

In Sharp Contrast To The L.A. Times...

Matt Drudge notes:

While newspapers and traditional broadcast media are experiencing declining revenues, Limbaugh's golden microphone has turned diamond-laced:

Earnings now pace him ahead of the annual salaries for network news anchors: Katie Couric, Brian Williams, Charlie Gibson and Diane Sawyer — combined!

And this is obviously true for Matt as well:
The deal represents a stunning triumph over the establishment by an outsider who connected with and captured the spirit of the nation's heartland.
And both are absolutely hated by those still toiling exclusively in the predecessor medias.

My God, It's Full Of Blogs

When I was assembling the ancillary B-Roll material for the latest Silicon Graffiti video, I wanted to do a segment that charted the growth of electronic media, from three national television networks in the 1950s, to several hundred at the turn of the century, and then compare that to exponentially more rapid growth of the Blogosphere, from a few million in 2004 to 112 million plus today, according to Technorati.

I had remembered a pretty cool Edward Tufte meets Spirograph chart of the Blogosphere from very shortly after we went online in March of 2002, and used a screen capture of it, which appears at about the 5:05 mark of the video, rotating 360 degrees via a little 3-D animation to add some kinetic energy to an otherwise still photo:

But to the best of my knowledge, the above chart hasn't been updated for several years. I wish I had known about a successor to that format a couple of weeks ago, as I would have surely incorporated it into that portion of the video. It's a somewhat similar map of the Blogosphere galaxy, though the emphasis appears to be on a few hundred of the top political sites. Which makes sense--the Blogosphere is so huge today, it must strain even Google and Technorati's capabilities to map it all.

I'm happy to say that we made the cut--here's our position in the political Blogosphere--center right, but not too far out into the whichy thickets, which makes sense:

And here's a close-up of that quadrant of the galaxy, and some of our neighbors orbiting nearby:

(Found via the expert Blogospheric navigators at Hot Air and Protein Wisdom.)

The Road To Kosovo

Bing and Bob are nowhere to be found, but Michael Totten has an amazing assemblage of photos and stories from the road, in a locale that combines Christianity, Islam, and beautiful architecture amidst plenty of Soviet-era concrete monstrosities.

You Can't Stop Dirty Harry, You Can Only Hope To Contain Him

As Kyle Smith notes:

The indefatigable mystery movie blogger Dirty Harry has broken with the right-leaning site Libertas, where he posted tirelessly and well, and struck out on his own. Lend him your eyeballs at his personal site, DirtyHarrysPlace.com. Good luck, DH.
Absolutely--and as Kyle notes, definitely stop by Harry's Website. It's Magnum Force! (Sorry.)

Incidentally, Jason Apuzzo and Govindini Murty, the founders of Libertas are back posting there; as several commenters have noted, no idea why the split occurred, but it could be a win-win for the Blogosphere, if both sites continue to crank out great posts.

Mann Bites Dog

Or Fox, to be specific--Keith Olbermann trashes Fox's entire Monday morning coverage of Tim Russert's death, because of remarks made (quite accurately, from our perspective) by one guest, Andrew Breitbart:

The final segment included Breitbart as a guest. "He was the last of an old breed of journalists who came from the Democratic party who felt incumbent of them to be fair to both sides," he said of Russert, although acknowledging Russert was a liberal. Kilmeade and Breitbart discussed some possible options, and Breitbart called out Matthews and Olbermann by name for a "leftward lurch." Then, Breitbart described how Matthews brought up the Iraq war in his initial tribute to Russert, calling it "classless."

Fast forward to Countdown at 8:45pmET last night on MSNBC. Olbermann gave the "Worst Person in the World," award to Fox & Friends. He didn't mention what segment of Fox & Friends he is referring to, or quote any part of what was said, but he seems to take offense to the Breitbart interview.

"You want to do a segment dismissing the late Tim Russert as a member of the liberal media?" he said. "You want to continue to feed the delusions of your viewers that the failures of their lives are the fault of somebody else, like TV news, and not their own responsibility?"

This from a man whose entire Joe Pyne meets Howard Beale routine is built on whipping up a frenzy amongst a couple of hundred thousand hardcore lefties whose entire lives revolve around BDS. (And yet, sometimes even they see through Keith's shtick.)

Andrew of course, runs the great Breitbart.com news aggregation site, and its affiliated Breitbart.tv video aggregation site (and full disclosure, we've met and interviewed all of the players there on several occasions). Between his affiliations with Matt Drudge and the Huffington Post, he's building the successors to a very shopworn legacy media. As Michael Crichton noted 15 years ago:

The American media produce a product of very poor quality," he lectured. "Its information is not reliable, it has too much chrome and glitz, its doors rattle, it breaks down almost immediately, and it's sold without warranty. It's flashy but it's basically junk.
Much more on that topic in a bit.

Meanwhile, this: "Brokaw says he sometimes feels that he has been cast in the role of hall monitor at NBC News; if so, his charges have kept him busy." Heh.

Remember when television news anchors weren't being compared to unruly high school brats? Yes, I can too, but it's a period of time increasingly in the rearview mirror.

No Word Yet On What The Toledo Mudhens Think, Though

"Paco" has long been one of the more prolific commenters at Tim Blair's various blogging locations through the years, and he now also has a blog of his own, appropriately titled Paco Enterprises. Based on this recent post, we certainly applaud his excellent taste in blog linkage.

"The Hazards Of The Digital Age"

Yesterday, I wrote, "Congressman Paul Kanjorski (D-PA) gets busted by the Internet Immortality Thesis". The Scranton's Times-Tribune agrees:

U.S. Rep. Paul E. Kanjorski is getting a first-hand lesson in the hazards of the digital age.

For the second time in a month, a clip on the wildly popular video-posting Web site, YouTube, is earning him election-year attention he’d probably rather avoid.

The clip shows him apparently pushing down on the video camera of a man trying to question him about the Iraq war.

The man’s identity, known on YouTube as truthaboutkanjo, remains unknown. An attempt to reach him Wednesday via YouTube’s message system proved unsuccessful.

“I may have overreacted when this person stuck a camera in my face. But I feel like it was one of those ‘gotcha’ moments in politics, and my comments were misrepresented,” Mr. Kanjorski, D-Nanticoke, said in a statement.

I don't know--I'd say the congressman was misrepresented pretty accurately, myself.

Spotting The Icebergs--15 Years Ago

Back in February of 2007, as old media seemed to be peddling faster and faster to stay afloat and its tone seemed to quickly become even more hysteric than usual, I asked if the media's Red Queen's Race had begun--and indeed it had. In Slate, Jack Shafer writes that Michael Crichton--who knows a thing or two about dinosaurs facing extinction--predicted its death rattle 15 years ago:

In 1993, novelist Michael Crichton riled the news business with a Wired magazine essay titled "Mediasaurus," in which he prophesied the death of the mass media—specifically the New York Times and the commercial networks. "Vanished, without a trace," he wrote.

The mediasaurs had about a decade to live, he wrote, before technological advances—"artificial intelligence agents roaming the databases, downloading stuff I am interested in, and assembling for me a front page"—swept them under. Shedding no tears, Crichton wrote that the shoddy mass media deserved its deadly fate.

"[T]he American media produce a product of very poor quality," he lectured. "Its information is not reliable, it has too much chrome and glitz, its doors rattle, it breaks down almost immediately, and it's sold without warranty. It's flashy but it's basically junk."

* * *

As we pass his prediction's 15-year anniversary, I've got to declare advantage Crichton. Rot afflicts the newspaper industry, which is shedding staff, circulation, and revenues. It's gotten so bad in newspaperville that some people want Google to buy the Times and run it as a charity! Evening news viewership continues to evaporate, and while the mass media aren't going extinct tomorrow, Crichton's original observations about the media future now ring more true than false. Ask any journalist.

Read the whole thing.

Then, much like a visit to Westworld or Jurassic Park, let's hit the museum!

New Republic: "Drudge Hearts Obama"

That was the headline on this May 1st post by Michael Crowley on the New Republic's blog:

More on the Dems and conservative media: Early in the campaign, team Hillary courted Matt Drudge and earned remarkably kind treatment from his Drudge Report website. That changed a long time ago. When Hillary's artifice of perfection was first shattered in that October 2007 debate exchange over immigrant drivers licenses, Drudge led the gleeful pile-on, and he's never looked back.

But more recently I've noticed that Drudge is not only hard on Clinton, he's actually quite good to Obama. He gave this week's Jeremiah Wright flap surprisingly little play, and today he leads with a superdelegate story that is precisely the narrative-changer the Obama camp is pushing hard. (And recall that even when Drudge posted that photo of Obama in African garb, he basically spun it as a shocking Clinton dirty trick.)

One politico I know who watches Drudge closely says that he doesn't play favorites or push agendas (though he clearly has a conservative streak) but simply does what's good for business. I would think playing up the Wright story and a dramatic crisis within the Obama campaign would move the most traffic. But maybe his internal stats show that what people really want is more on the collapse of the Clintons.

Regardless, given Drudge's real (if absurd) influence over TV producers and some print outlets*, it's a welcome development for the Obama campaign. And given Drudge's historic antipathy towards John McCain, it'll be even more interesting to see how he handles the general election.

Obama selling out Rev. Wright's Trinity United (I keep wanting to spell it "Trinity Untied"--an appropriate Freudian slip if there ever was one) would seem to me to be a flashing police gumball story. But I don't recall it ever popping up yesterday evening.

Heh, Indeed

"It's IowaHawk's world; Hillary is just living in it":

From the earliest days of the campaign, the race for the 2008 Democratic presidential nomination has been a hard fought, neck-and-neck struggle. But now, as the race enters its final stretch, it has become increasingly obvious that the eventual outcome is no longer in doubt. With a difficult general election looming, Democrats need to put our family squabbles aside and unite behind the eventual nominee. And so, in the interest of Party unity, and his own health, I am calling on Senator Obama to gracefully accept defeat.

First, let me congratulate Senator Obama and his staff for running a tough campaign. He has been a worthy sparring partner, and one I would have once been happy to consider for my vice presidential undercard, had he not been a constant pain in my ass for the last six months. But even Senator Obama must know at this point that, even if he somehow pulls off a miracle by sweeping the remaining primaries and locking up all the contested superdelegates, he simply cannot escape the inevitable mysterious accident that will clear the Democratic nomination for Yours Truly.

Frankly, there's just no way around the stark mathematics of the situation: Inconvenience(Me) = 1.0 * Accident(You). It is an inescapable statistical fact, as proven over and over again by my loyal team of Karma accountants -- including Sid Blumenthal, Howard Wolfson, and Harold Ickes. Contrary to what some people say, my boys did not learn untraceable poisoning techniques from the Russians. In fact, it was the other way around. And let's face it: even if Senator Obama receives prompt medical attention for his eventual post-nomination accident, voters in the general election will be repulsed by his grotesque and permanent Dioxin scarring. Once again, Hillary Time.

So today Senator Obama faces a clear choice: (a) stay in the campaign through the convention, wasting millions of dollars on primary advertising and expensive food tasters, or (b) withdraw immediately and graciously transfer his war chest to the only remaining Democratic candidate capable of appealing to hard-working white voters, such as Hillary Rodham Clinton. Same outcome either way, with the possible exception of body count.

Though he may be young and inexperienced, I am confident Senator Obama will choose wisely. But to sweeten the pot, I am also prepared to guarantee him a post as Secretary of HUD in my administration, plus a two-year moratorium on plane crashes involving his senior campaign staff and immediate family. Senator Obama is a young man, and if he serves me loyally he will be eligible to run again in 2016. Barring any unforeseen changes to Presidential term limits.

I know this may come as a temporary disappointment to the various misguided Democrats who have supported Senator Obama in the primaries. But trust me, you'll grow up and get over it. We need an electable Democrat on the slate in November, but unfortunately the research shows the wheels on the Obama campaign bus are about to come off.

Possibly due to mysteriously loosened lug nuts.

IowaHawk, May 12th.

Luigi and Dino Vercotti could not be reached for comment.

Tales Of The Tape

Andrew Malcolm of the L.A. Times writes that he's just witnessed "Obama's Sniper Tale":

Is this another Bosnian sniper incident, where a Democratic candidate for president describes a scene involving some personal courage, but later videotape shows that maybe perhaps it wasn't really quite all like that exactly?

Sen. Barack Obama, the leading Democratic candidate for his party's nomination, is very fond of telling receptive audiences the story about how last May he walked right into the automotive lion's den of Detroit and told those industrialists they were going to have to shape up, change the way they do things and start making more fuel-efficient vehicles to protect our environment.

"And I have to say," the straight-talking Obama tells his chuckling followers, "that when I delivered that speech, the room got really quiet. [Laughter] Nobody clapped."

Well, in honor of Obama's return campaign visit back to Michigan this week, someone -- perhaps Republicans, perhaps someone closer to home politically -- assembled videotape of Obama's oft-told tale and spliced it side by side with videotape of that actual Detroit speech.

You'll never guess what. The room wasn't quiet at all. Obama, in fact, got a loud round of applause. And at the end of his address the camera's view of him at the podium is partially blocked because the audience of local businesspeople and automotive executives was rising to give him a standing ovation.

There were no departure ceremonies after the speech because of sniper reports. Far too dangerous for that. It was all he could do then to duck his head and just run for the vehicles. See for yourself below.


While the comparison to Hillary's Tuzla dash into fantasy is one way to look at this, given the setting, it reminds me of the imagined fables of another figure associated with the Clintons: Robert Reich, and a story that Jonah Goldberg tells in Liberal Fascism, based on a Slate article from 1997.


In "Robert Reich, Quote Doctor", Jonathan Rauch reviewed Reich's memoirs of his Clinton years, called Locked in the Cabinet:

Locked in the Cabinet, Robert Reich's new memoir of his years as labor secretary in the Clinton administration, is an engaging policy memoir: insightful, often witty and, what's most unusual for wonk kiss and tells, easy to read, partly because it's told in long stretches of well-written dialogue that add up to scores of novelistic scenes of Washington at work. The book reads like good fiction. Unfortunately, some of it is.

Call me old-fashioned, but I've always believed that there is something special about quotation marks. Whatever is between them, in nonfiction, is supposed to reflect accurately words that some real person actually said. Now, "accurately" leaves room for quibbling, and a memoir will be understood by most readers to be offered on an "as remembered" basis. Reich says, in his prefatory note, that he jotted notes to himself, "usually late at night," and then consolidated them to make the book. People know that Reich is not a reporter, and will adjust their expectations accordingly. Fair enough. Maybe he has a good memory.

So, much like Obama's speech above, Rauch went to the tape to compare what Reich describes with what actually happened, and noticed a slight descrepancy between, as Jonah would describe it, the "Thomas Nast cartoon world" where Reich "is in constant battle with greedy fat cats, Social Darwinists, and Mr. Monopoly", a world that Obama seems to live in as well based on his above reminiscences, versus that shared consensual hunch we call reality...as documented on videotape:
Or, perhaps most striking of all, consider a set piece in which Reich speaks to the National Association of Manufacturers. He describes himself as being ambushed by cigar-chomping capitalists who hiss at him so loudly that he has to yell to be heard. "They plan to carve me up into small pieces," he writes. "There isn't a lady in the room. All men, in dark suits. They've finished lunch. Some are smoking cigars. Others are quietly smirking, ready for the kill." His speech over, Reich is lambasted by a "John," and Reich's answer elicits an eruption of "Wrong!" "Bullshit!" and "Go back to Harvard!" As Reich speaks, the audience hisses so loudly "that I'm not sure anyone can hear me." The cigar smoke, he says, "is making my eyes water. I feel dizzy." He says, "We're in a boxing arena, John's the champ, and the crowd is loving every minute." Finally, the meeting over, he races "out the back exit before they can pummel me."

As it happens, the meeting was a breakfast, not a lunch. The NAM says the attendance list shows that a third or more of the people present were women (including the NAM representative with whom I spoke). If anyone actually was inclined to light up a cigar after breakfast, he would have been breaking the NAM's no-smoking rule, according to an association representative (who, like another witness I talked to, saw no cigars). Most important, a transcript of the meeting shows a respectful Q and A session, in which none of the comments attributed to "John"--nor any like them--were actually made.

One would hardly expect a roomful of corporate reps to hiss, boo, and shout "bullshit" at a sitting U.S. labor secretary. Sure enough, the transcript shows nothing nastier than sprinkled applause and laughter. I asked Richard Boyd, the professional court reporter who transcribed the session, whether his transcript might have omitted hisses, boos, and imprecations. "I never witnessed anything like that with Robert Reich or anybody else at a NAM meeting," he said. "I'm absolutely certain I would remember it." Reich portrays himself as the little guy standing up to a roomful of abusive capitalists--pure Hollywood. Again, don't take my word for it; click here.

I asked Reich what was going on in each of these cases. In reply, he pointed to his Note to the Reader: "I claim no higher truth than my own perceptions. This is how I lived it." He said that his notes accurately reflected how he felt and what he perceived. In the three cases cited above, he felt varying degrees of hostility. "I am not representing the book to be anything other than it is, which is my account of my experiences, my perceptions, what I saw and heard around me," he said. "That's all I can say."

In effect, Reich is saying that he's not writing journalism or history. He's writing ... well, what? He elides the very distinction between history and myth, memoir and novel, reality and perception. The problem is that those are real people he misquotes, real history he rewrites.

Steve Wasserman, a former Random House editor who now edits the Los Angeles Times Book Review, points out an irony: Books are often viewed as better sources for history than newspapers, but newspapers, which are generally much more careful than the average publishing house about such niceties as checking quotes, are often the more reliable source. Reich's memoir, if that's the proper word for it, is now ensconced between hard covers and will be read for years to come as part of the historical record. That is a shame. Quote me.

That's one benefit of the Internet age: while an experience can be seared--seared!--into our brains, more and more, it's also being uploaded to YouTube, allowing us to verify, before trusting.

If They Can Make It There

Reason's Nick Gillespie interviews Robert Asahina and Pia Catton, editors of the New York Sun:

The Man In The White Flannel Suit

If you haven't seen any of Peter Robinson's terrific video interview series last week with Tom Wolfe, you can watch all five episodes here.

Talk About First-Hand Reporting

The New TeeVee blog embeds a video uploaded to YouTube taken during the midst of the horrific Chinese earthquake yesterday and notes:

The devastating earthquake in China today is just the latest crisis to showcase YouTube’s role as a primary source of firsthand accounts of breaking news. Last year, the video-sharing site gave us glimpses of the wildfires burning in southern California and of pro-democracy demonstrations in Myanmar. Now a video shot by a student shows us what it was like during China’s earthquake.
Meanwhile, Virginia Postrel adds:
From initial reports, the Chinese earthquake sounds pretty terrible. With magnitude of 7.9, it was 10 times as strong as the 1989 San Francisco quake and, according to U.S. Geological Survey stats (but not the LAT), more powerful than the 1906 quake that leveled San Francisco. And San Francisco, in either case, was much less populous than Sichuan province, which has 100 million people.

As bad as it was, however, the Sichuan quake would have been much worse had it occurred a few decades ago, when China was less open and prosperous and, thus, less resilient. As this MSNBC video points out a weaker 1976 quake killed a quarter million people. Back then, the Chinese government tried to suppress news of the quake, a stark contrast to today. Reading between the lins of this LAT report about local concerns, however, it seems Chinese government officials still don't quite know how to channel the charitable giving that inevitably follows such a disaster. But the Red Cross seems like a good start.

Back in 2001, in the aftermath of an Indian earthquake that killed 20,000, Jonah Goldberg also discussed the comparison between earthquakes in developed democracies and elsewhere:
Modern buildings have a tendency to fall down less than squalid tenements or shantytowns. Especially when you're rich enough to make them quake proof.

So again you ask, why is this relevant?

Well, if you listen to what the anti-globalization protesters are saying at the World Forum in Davos, Switzerland, or at my local coffeehouse, you'd get the impression that they have the best interests of poor people at heart. Of course, it turns out they don' t.

Globalization is generally something rich people are against and poor people are for, which is funny since rich people are supposed to be greedy and poor people are supposed to be content. This is true about both certain conservatives and liberals but for different reasons. Conservative anti-globalists and trade unionists fear what globalization will do to people inside our borders. That creates problems to be sure, but it's not nearly so evil as a certain breed of liberal nostalgia which wants to make the world safe for righteous tours of impoverished lands where noble savages still live in huts and starve with surprising regularity.

Okay so maybe most of them don't live in huts, but they do live in a crushing poverty that so many liberals think is preferable to being forced to eat at McDonalds or drink Starbucks coffee.

Modern buildings are also often a good place to be during hurricanes, much to the chagrin of some on the left.

Update: Via Instapundit on its brand new Pajamas-centric URL, Business Week explores firsthand earthquake blogging. That's something I'll be happy never to do again, and mine was nowhere near as severe as what Chengdu just went through.

More Writers Than Readers

Jeff Jarvis spots an interesting stat:

Pew said that in 2007, 53 million Americans “have used the Internet to publish their thoughts, respond to others, post pictures, share files and otherwise contribute to the explosion of content available online.”

Only 50 million Americans now buy daily newspapers.

The writers are starting to outnumber the readers.

And the readers are reading something else. Pew says that in 2006, 57 million Americans read blogs, more than read newspapers.

More signposts on the road to 2014.

The New, New Criterion

The New Criterion, and their blog, ArmaVirumque (now with added pronunciation key!) have a spiffy new look. Stop on by, today.

Less Is Moore

Along with Michelle Malkin's "Vents", Bob Parks' "Outside The Wire" videos were a definite inspiration last year as I began assembling the elements that would go into my "Silicon Graffiti" video series. And his latest video is a doozy--two guesses as to the subject of Bob's lead story:

(Via Eyeblast.TV)

Saudi Blogger Freed After Four Months Jail

Reuters reports that "A Saudi blogger detained without charge for more than four months after expressing pro-reform opinions has been released, a colleague said on Saturday":

Fouad Farhan was detained in early December after running an online campaign over 10 men arrested since February 2007 on suspicion of financing militant groups, but whose supporters say they are being punished for pro-democracy activity.

"I spoke to him and he's in good spirits. He said he was treated really well," said Ahmed al-Omran, who published the news on his website (https://www.saudijeans.org).

"It was surprising. After blocking his website, I thought his detention would go on longer. It's good news."

Saudi authorities blocked Farhan's website (https://www.alfarhan.org) earlier this month.

Of course, for Reuters, one man's extended jail sentence is merely another man's visit to the Breakfast Club.

The News Mausoleum

If you enjoyed my "Atlas Mugged" article last year on the rise of both mass media in the 1920s, and its successor, new media in the late 1990s, and you enjoyed my recent video on the recently-opened "Newseum" in Washington DC, then don't miss John Podhoretz's exceptional article on "The News Mausoleum", which documents the rise and fall of 20th century mass media, and the opening of the granite tomb they've built for themselves in the first decade of the new millennium.

"I For One Welcome My New Pinhead Overlords"

Heh:

Click here for our recent interview with "Day By Day" artist Chris Muir on PJM Political. Incidentally, if Robert Plant is coming back and can't bring Jimmy Page, could he bring Robbie Blunt with him? Those first few post-Zeppelin solo albums before the "Tall Cool One" and Unledded eras were pretty darn nifty.

New Silicon Graffiti: "...Then They Put You In A Museum"

Rock & Roll has a museum in Cleveland; and Jazz has a de facto museum in Manhattan's Lincoln Center. What does the traditional news industry opening a museum of its own in Washington DC say about its viability in the age of Blogs and the Web?

Complete with cameo appearances by Mick Jagger and Orson Welles, my latest Silicon Graffiti video is online, using old media's recently completed museum honoring--who else?--themselves as a launching point:

The video references the nifty EPIC 2014 multimedia presentation from 2004, which you can view in its entirety on its homepage, and more of my own videos can be found here.

(Bumped to top.)

Radical Chic: The Next Generation

"Halle-frickin'-lujah", writes Mark Hemingway, "Someone in the mainstream media finally mentions the William Ayers connection" during the Democrat debate Wednesday night:

Obama knows the unrepentant domestic terrorist much better than he's letting on, and Hillary calls him on it. Obama worked with him for years and was even serving on the board of directors of the Woods Fund with him at the time he made his infamous remark in the New York Times about not regretting setting the bombs.

Mr. Cool actually looks angry and flustered. How flustered? At one point, he refers to Ayers' actions "four years ago" when he meant to say forty. Then Obama points out that (Bill) Clinton pardoned two members of the Weather Underground. That little bit of info doesn't help either of them. It is a good night to be Republican.

Speaking of Radical Chic: The Next Generation, as Tom Wolfe has noted in innumerable interviews, when he showed up at Leonard and Felicia Bernstein's infamous 1970 Park Avenue fund raising cocktail party for the Black Panthers, he had his reporter's notebook out and was openly taking notes and jotting down the conversation in plain view for all to see. (Wolfe wrote for New York magazine back then, in that publication's long-bygone era.)

It was only when his article hit the streets that the Bernsteins hit the fan, as they apparently never realized the backlash that would result from their fund raiser amongst people who didn't share their punitive far left politics--which would soon have a name, thanks to Wolfe's article and subsequent book.

Which is very reminiscent to the way that a Huffington Post blogger observed firsthand and recorded the audio that would become known as Barack Obama's Bittergate, as Betsy Newmark writes--and rather than pasting in virtually her entire post, go over and read the whole thing.

Austin City Limits

Austin Bay goes video, with an extremely slickly produced multimedia piece on the consequences of withdrawing from Iraq.

What's The Matter With Liberals?

Dean Barnett writes, "Several commentators have suggested that Obama's moment of sloppy candor repeats the thesis of What's the Matter With Kansas, and thus the book has a new lease on relevance":

In truth, as execrable as it was, Frank's book offered a much more tightly argued position than the one offered by the supposedly brilliant senator who has deigned to lead the American people.

Frank, a native Kansan, insisted that many poor Kansans vote against their economic interests because they're unreasonably preoccupied with social issues. The key additional ingredient to his argument was that conservative
politicians only use social issues to cynically manipulate churchgoing rubes, and really have no interest in achieving any results on matters like abortion. Frank particularly stretched to make the latter point, at one point even stating (without any evidence of course) that Sam Brownback was once pro-choice.

Although hardly identical, Obama's and Frank's sentiments do share critical commonalities. Both evidence an unbecoming condescension to the American people. And both share modern liberalism's assumption that Americans are a bunch of dullards. Perhaps no other trait has so thoroughly harmed the left at theballot box.

Anyone who has ever walked by Harvard Yard has heard the kind of condescending comments that Obama offered in San Francisco. Heck, anyone who has listened to a Michelle Obama speech has heard the same kind of contempt for the American people expressed in unequivocal terms.

If you want to find this kind of smug superiority on the left, you don't have to look very hard. If you're of a mind to do some field research, I recommend you tune into Bill Maher's show on HBO next Friday night. I predict you won't have to wait more than ten minutes before Maher and his panel of Hollywood philosophes agree on what a stupid and ignorant place America is.

Read the whole thing; elsewhere, Bill Bradley explores "The secret story of how Obama's gaffe made its way to the Huffington Post, of all places, and how it might affect campaign coverage from now on."

Update: Mickey Kaus makes a great point, via a comment submitted by one of his readers:

Alert emailer M wonders why Obama is applying a Tom Frank analysis--of working class voters who vote Republican--to Pennsylvania, since unlike Kansas, Pennsylvania is a blue state that "hasn't voted for a Republican presidential nominee since 1988." And the most economically distressed parts of the state are the most Democratic, despite all the clinging to guns and God that's going on. In short, Obama's explaining something that doesn't happen. ... I suppose one answer is that Obama wasn't explaining why Pennsylvanians wouldn't vote for a Democrat but why they might not vote for him--a black, liberal Democrat. But Obama says he's explaining why small-town Rustbelt voters don't buy the idea that government can help them, which sounds an awful lot like not buying Democratic ideology generally.
It's a false consciousness!

Quote Of The Day

This is a riot:

"Three guys in a garage create YouTube, and we've got 800 people in Chicago who don't know their ass from a hole in the ground!"
Sam Zell, owner of the Tribune Company, which publishes the Chicago Tribune, The Los Angeles Times, Newsday, The Baltimore Sun, and other Jurassic-era publications your grandmother still reads because the thought of turning on a computer makes her knees shake.

The NPR article on Zell also includes a subhead titled, "Journalists as 'Overhead'". Which illustrates that the author can't comprehend that unlike a government-subsidized operation, the owner can't force taxpayers to bail him out if readers aren't footing the bill:

"This is the first unit of Tribune that I've talked to that doesn't generate any revenue. So all of you are overhead," Zell said during the late February meeting with editors and reporters for the company's Washington bureau.

Most reporters and editors who cover the government don't consider themselves overhead — they describe themselves as fulfilling a key role newspapers play in a democratic society.

No, reporting the news is a key function in a democratic society. But the medium in which consumers receive that news is subject to change, as other dinosaur media conglomerates are discovering the hard way.

And as that YouTube allusion from Zell highlights, news isn't exclusively a top-down business anymore.

Related: "Will there always be print newspapers? The editor of The Washington Post said he thought so, though others might think he's in denial:

In November 2007, former “NBC Nightly News” anchor Tom Brokaw predicted the print edition of The Washington Post would “probably” be dead in 10 years. But Downie disagreed.

“I can’t see that,” Downie said. “Obviously I’m of an age where I can’t see so far out into the future, but I can’t see that.

Arthur C. Clarke could...41 years ago:
Newspapers will, I think, receive their final body blow from these new communications techniques. I take a dim view of staggering home every Sunday with five pounds of wood pulp on my arm, when what I really want is information, not wastepaper. How I look forward to the day when I can press a button and get any type of news, editorials, book and theater reviews, etc., merely by dialing the right channel.

Electronic “mail” delivery is another exciting prospect of the very near future. Letters, typed or written on special forms like wartime V—mail, will be automatically read and flashed from continent to continent and reproduced at receiving stations within a few minutes of transmission.

Meanwhile, this rather less exploratory prediction from Downie is definitely a two-edged sword:
Mid-size market newspapers may be in trouble, according to Downie. The small community newspapers and the newspaper titans – like the Post and The New York Times – will in some part be immune to the evolution of media, as it makes it way in a digital age.
Yes, it seems quite reasonable to assume that the Times will be immune to the evolution of news--that was one of the predictions made in this classic multimedia presentation beamed back from 2014.

Canadian Blogosphere Under Attack

Silencing Canadian bloggers into submission, one lawsuit at a time.

Much more from Kathy Shaidle, who's one of the bloggers being sued:

Richard "The Boy Named Sue" Warman has finally filed his statement of claim.

Canada's busiest litigant, serial "human rights" complainant and -- the guy Mark Steyn has called "Canada’s most sensitive man" -- Richard Warman is now suing his most vocal critics -- including me.

The suit names:

• Ezra Levant (famous for his stirring YouTube video of his confrontation with the Canadian Human Rights tribunal after he published the “Mohammed Cartoons”)
• FreeDominion.ca (Canada’s answer to FreeRepublic.com)
• Kate McMillan of SmallDeadAnimals.com
• Jonathan Kay of the National Post daily newspaper and its in-house blog
• and me, Kathy Shaidle of FiveFeetOfFury.com

Richard Warman used to work for the notorious Human Rights Commission, which runs the "kangaroo courts" who’ve charged Mark Steyn with "flagrant Islamophobia."

Richard Warman has brought almost half these cases single-handledly, getting websites he doesn’t like shut down, and making tens of thousands of tax free dollars in "compensation" out of web site owners who can’t afford to fight back or don’t even realize they can.

The province of British Columbia had to pass a special law to stop Richard Warman from suing libraries because they carried books he didn't approve of.

Richard Warman also wants to ban international websites he doesn’t like from being seen by Canadians.

The folks named in his new law suit are the very bloggers who have been most outspoken in their criticism of Warman’s methods.

Read the whole thing--including ways to help.

Tempting The YouTube Gods

You can come back baby, because rock & roll YouTube never forgets:

Well except when the powers that be at YouTube pull the video of course; related thoughts here.

Blackout Conditions Observed

I have no idea what the calendrical significance of the current date is, but wow, even Michelle Malkin's Website is going dark today...

The Huffington Boast

Tim Blair spots this amusing exchange:

Porter Berry, Fox News: Ms. Huffington, how are you? I’m Porter Berry from “The O’Reilly Factor.” I wanted to ask you a couple of questions about the Web site. Some of the stuff you have on the Web site, some hate speech. One person commented talking about Tony Snow. They said quote, “His cancer will return and he will die a very painful death ..."

Arianna Huffington, Huffington Post: You know what? I think you need to learn something about the Internet. The comments that appear there are taken down immediately.

Porter Berry: This was posted on the middle of February and was up yesterday.

Whoops.

Now Are You Bloggers Happy?!

In addition to killing print newspapers, you're killing their ink-stained wretches' favorite watering holes, too!

Of course, it's also likely that the political correctness of the modern newspaper person isn't doing much for saloon keepers: today's journalist on a bender is much more likely to blow through a cube of Diet Pepsi than a fifth of Chivas.

The Top 10 Reasons Bloggers Don't Succeed

Advice for the tyro new media journalist from John Hawkins, who's been blogging since 2001.

(Hey, that's a year longer than I have! So you know he knows from whence he says...)

Update: Kate of Small Dead Animals adds an 11th item that can also result in a small dead Weblog.

Three's Company

Just when you thought nothing could be geekier than a World of Warcraft LAN party: political bloggers living together in DC.

Silicon Graffiti: The Joy Of Virtual Sets

(Bumped to top--Ed)

In between the audio work for the weekly XM show, here's a short video I shot on the joys of green screen and DIY video, and the groundwork that's being laid for the eventual successors to the stodgy old network news:

For some background, tips on getting started, and links to the individual clips embedded in the video, there's an accompanying Blogcritics article as well.

And if you missed our previous Silicon Graffiti video (focusing on Ezra Levant and the now infamous Alberta Human Rights Commission), just click here.

Tanned, Rested, And Ready

It was only a matter of time before one of America's most influential former presidents finally joined the Blogosphere.

(H/T: HH and 5'F)

Follow These Three Simple Steps!

Tim Blair has "A Simple Guide To Avoid Being Fired for Blogging". Just follow Tim's three simple steps, particularly if you work for a stodgy old organization whose name consists of three letters, let's say--just to pick one entirely at random--CNN.

Ten Lessons From Mitt TV

Michael Kolowich, who ran Mitt Romney's online video operation, has some excellent tips for others who will be planning similar campaigns. This one is particularly spot-on, I think:

9. Don’t believe everything you read about clip length. The conventional wisdom is that video clips need to be under 2 minutes to have a prayer of getting watched. But looking over the viewing statistics, we see that many of the most popular clips were complete speeches or events that were as long as 20 minutes or even more. For example, the 21-minute “Faith in America” speech was the third-most-highly-viewed clip on Mitt TV in December and January, and nearly half of the viewers watched every minute of it.
Everything I've read from direct marketing copywriters is that you'll never get anyone who isn't interested to read a marketing piece whether it's one page or a hundred. So you might as well aim your material at those who have the best shot of buying the product, and writing long, detailed, and hopefully passionate copy to help close the sale.

Fortunately on the Web, the same material--whether it's video or text--can be reformulated and repackaged in all sorts of ways, offering both plenty of two minute clips, as well as lots of 20 minute clips.

(H/T: 5'F)

Mark Steyn At CPAC

Via Pamela Geller of Atlas Shrugs, who gave him a terrific introduction, here's Mark Steyn yesterday at CPAC:

Read More »


McCain Derangement Syndrome

Michael Goldfarb of the Weekly Standard writes (and my fellow Blogway Boy--not to mention Bob Dole--agrees) that Rush has got it bad, and that's not good.

(Of course, MDS is merely a pale substitute for the new and remarkably virulent strain of BDS sweeping the lands--Belichick Derangement Syndrome...)

Do Blogs Matter? Does The Legacy Media?

Glenn Reynolds asks, "Do Blogs Matter In Presidential Politics?"

Last time around, I said they'd probably matter in the primaries -- when it's mostly about a comparatively small number of tuned-in voters -- but not so much in the general election. With the Rathergate affair, that was proved spectacularly wrong as the explosion of CBS's bogus story may well have swung that close election, not only because it shut down a particular anti-Bush story but because it made other, similar stories less likely, and less believable. So who knows? So far I'd say blogs haven't made much of a difference. But the election is nowhere near over.
Meanwhile, does the legacy media matter? Roger L. Simon catches David Broder of the Washington Post claiming, "Few of those voters will have had more than a quick glimpse of the candidates, who have had little time to devote to the entire country since the last single-state contests in South Carolina and Florida." Roger responds:
Como se dice? What country is Broder living in? We have television and the Internet now. Any citizen with the slightest interest in the candidates has been bombarded by them and their minions for months. Most of us are ready to say "Uncle." Yet Broder wants more. Perhaps he missed the 17 or so debates where the same questions were asked several dozen times. Some of us are reciting Hillary's health plan in our sleep... Sheesh.
Finally, the New York Times decries blogs for passing on misleading quotes.

Yes, the same New York Times which led to the phrase "Dowdification". Hey--all the news that's refitted for print.

Microsoft-Yahoo And The New Media Landscape

As a follow-up to my earlier post, which quoted a Washington Post journalist liberally (but of course) when he forlornly pondered, "Does the news matter to anyone anymore?", Kevin D. Williamson writes:

To acquire Yahoo, Microsoft is offering nine times what News Corp paid for Dow Jones and The Wall Street Journal. If you want an indicator of just how much the media business has changed in the past decade or so, that's a good one. And 500 million sets of eyeballs for a struggling No. 2? That's nearly three times the audience of the major network news programs combined.
For more on the merger, don't miss this Jeff Jarvis post, in which he perceptively notes that Yahoo is "the last old media company."

"Isn't The News Itself Still Valuable To Anyone?"

This Washington Post columnist pines for the Good Ole Days, as he mournfully writes, "Does the News Matter To Anyone Anymore?"

Isn't the news itself still valuable to anyone? In any format, through any medium -- isn't an understanding of the events of the day still a salable commodity? Or were we kidding ourselves? Was a newspaper a viable entity only so long as it had classifieds, comics and the latest sports scores?

It's hard to say that, even harder to think it. By that premise, what all of us pretended to regard as a viable commodity -- indeed, as the source of all that was purposeful and heroic -- was, in fact, an intellectual vanity.

Newsprint itself is an anachronism. But was there a moment before the deluge of the Internet when news organizations might have better protected themselves and their product? When they might have -- as one, industry-wide -- declared that their online advertising would be profitable, that their Web sites would, in fact, charge for providing a rare and worthy service?

And which, exactly, is the proper epitaph for the generation that entered newspapering at the very moment when the big-city dailies -- the fat morning papers, those that survived the shakeout of afternoon tabloids and other weak sisters -- seemed impervious, essential and ascendant? Were we the last craftsmen prepared for a horse-and-buggy world soon to prostrate itself before the god of internal combustion? Or were we assembly-line victims of the inert monopolists of early 1970s Detroit, who thought that Pacers and Gremlins and Chevy Vegas were response enough to Japanese and European automaking superiority?

Yes, to the last rhetorical question, of course.

The news matters to many people--but unlike the 1920s through the 1970s, the Washington Post and the New York Times alone aren't the news anymore. They're merely two aggregators of news, with a particular tone that appeals to establishment liberal sorts of readers. The angrier far left have the Daily Kos and other Netroots sites, and conservatives and libertarians, long badly served by the Post have Instapundit, Drudge, NRO, Townhall, Michelle Malkin, Little Green Footballs, Pajamas, etc. (And sports junkies have sites devoted exclusively to their interests, and the elderly still have television news, of course.)

For the most part, like the Post, all of these sites are packaging up AP, Reuters and UPI feeds, but like the Post, each group repackages that info with a tone and a slant that appeals to their particular demographic. The period in time that one big city newspaper was the source of news will be proven by history to have been a fairly brief one, roughly from the 1920s to about the early 1980s, when the first cable television news networks, and the first online news sources (such as CompuServe and The Source) arrived.

These days, to compete against an endlessly growing Long Tail of information, newspapers must be much leaner to survive than their monopoly period, as Alan D. Mutter writes:

The deteriorating economics of the industry were underscored for the third day in a row this week when publisher Brian Tierney told union representatives of the two Philadelphia dailies that their company will face “a dire situation” by summer if it he cannot cut operating costs by 10%, according to a Newspaper Guild press release.

The Philadelphia meeting was reported the day after Chris Harte, the publisher of the Minneapolis Star Tribune, issued a strikingly similar warning to his staff.

At each newspaper, the story was the same. Profits are being sapped to an unimaginable and alarming degree by rapidly declining advertising revenues and rising expenses for everything from newsprint to payroll.

Tightening cash flow is a particular problem for the Philadelphia, Minneapolis and Tribune Co. newspapers, because each company has been bought within the last two years with vast sums of borrowed money. As such, a great portion of the operating profit at each company is earmarked to pay interest and principal on the newly acquired debt.

Mutter writes, "Worst case, and no one is saying the worst case is upon us, some newspapers could go out of business. Then, where would we be?"

In terms of receiving global, political and sports news--and certainly opinion--no worse off, to be honest. And in terms of local news, hopefully leaner operations will rise up to replace the dinosaurs who never planned on the asteroid arriving.

"Bloggers National Security Threat!"

Linking to a recent AP article, James Joyner ponders why bloggers are being considered a national security threat:

Let me get this straight:

  • The AP is publishing cyber-security planning scenarios, thus making it easy for the enemy to know what’s not being planned for.

  • The major papers are routinely publishing reports on highly classified documents.

  • Bureaucrats and Congressmen who are losing turf battles leak state secrets all the time.
  • And it’s bloggers that they’re worried about?

    Well, I'd be worried about these tyros joining the Blogosphere, myself.

    And To Think, I Knew Her When...

    I first met Mary Katharine Ham when I covered a special Senate briefing for bloggers for the second day of Pajamas Media's existence, back in November of 2005. She seemed so fresh-faced and innocent back then. Who knew that just a couple of years later, she would be destined to become.... The Worst Person In The World.

    Personally, I blame this tragic denouement on the all-corrosive effects of Las Vegas.

    Funny, He's Never Called Me "Pilgrim" Once
    Hotline TV Wraps Up Michigan

    National Journal's Hotline is releasing a series of well-produced vlogs to their own page on YouTube. Here's their wrap-up of the GOP frontrunners yesterday in Michigan:

    (Their preview of yesterday, with hosts Amy Walter and John Mercurio recreating the cold of Motown and the sunny cocktail spirit of Las Vegas via green screen and props is also a fun video.)

    Bad News Down Under

    Tim Blair, the man who put Australia on the Blogosphere's map, and whom I met at the infamous Pajamas pre-launch party back in November of 2005 writes:

    Feeling poorly for some time. Saw a doctor a few weeks ago, who sent me to a specialist, who booked me into hospital for tests.

    It’s cancer.

    Major abdominal surgery next week. If all goes well, the remaining non-cancerous section of me will be home by early-mid February. No idea yet how long a full recovery might take beyond then. Medical advice is very positive, but that wouldn’t count for much in the absence of care and love from family and friends. I’ve been overwhelmed. I’m lucky.

    Luckier than I ever knew.

    Usual posting to continue shortly.

    It better--Tim's gynormous carbon footprint is all that stands between us and the next Ice Age.

    (And needless to say, our thoughts and prayers go out to Tim for a full a speedy recovery.)

    I Wonder If This Scares CNN?

    About a minute into the latest B-Cast by Liz Stephans and Scott Baker of Breitbart.TV (whom we interviewed a few weeks ago on PJM Political), they casually mention that their previous show attracted about 400,000 views.

    In and of itself, that's an impressive number for a newscast. (Any show on MSNBC would be considered a hit if it pulled those numbers.) But consider the extreme economy of scale going on here:

    As of 2005, CNN in primetime attracted less than 700,000 daily viewers, but with a budget of zillions of dollars and a ton of real estate, technicians and on-air talent. In contrast, the B-Cast is, I believe, run out of an office in Pittsburgh by two people with one set, a couple of cameras, laptops for the on-air talent (in other words, Liz and Scott) to cue those cameras and YouTube clips, and I guess another computer or two to record the sum of all those parts and upload the show to Andrew Breitbart’s news aggregation site. The hosting of the video itself is supplied by any one of numerous online video hosting sites, which helps to reduce what was once a significant expense: the high-bandwidth, and associated costs, of online video.

    As I've written before, watch for more and more micro-TV stations to pop-up on the 'Net, using a variety of formats, from green screen and virtual sets to the Breitbart.TV model, to England's 18 Doughty Street Website, which is Internet TV on a fairly large scale. But still far more streamlined than traditional over-the-air and cable networks.

    I wonder if the executives at CNN and other networks are aware of the growth of Internet TV, and if it bothers them? Blogs are much easier to start of course, which is why newspapers are acutely aware of the Blogosphere, and their fear is palpable in their their often hysterical reactions to the Internet over the last decade. But as traditional television ratings hit new lows, and more and online video content goes live on the Web, could we see a similar reaction from the TV networks?

    We will when advertisers latch onto online video programming in big numbers. When something like the daily Breitbart.TV show opens and closes with ads from Toyota and Proctor & Gamble, we’ll know once and for all that after sixty years, traditional TV really is just another legacy medium.

    Update (1/12/08): Liz Stephans of Breitbart.tv emails, "Scott was referencing the traffic to the site -- Breitbart.tv as a whole", not the individual B-Cast show itself. While we regret the error made above, the basic points remains valid, I think: all those video clips viewed by those clicking into Breitbart.tv means time spent away from CNN, FNC, and traditional television. And a show like the B-Cast is proof that a quality long-form news show can be made, with smart use of the right technology, at a cost infinitely lower than the traditional networks spend.

    Would You Rather Read Garfield?

    "Day By Day's" Chris Muir is holding a fundraiser to offset his bandwidth costs. To keep his cartoon going, and its women in various stages of undress, contribute here.


    Exponential Toboggan Sledding With Helen Thomas

    As Michelle Malkin writes:

    The deterioration of journalism–from Janet Cooke to Stephen Glass to Scott Thomas Beauchamp to Staged News Galore to Rathergate to Reuters-gate to More Fake News Galore–isn’t the fault of individual MSM reporters, editors, or shoddy journalism schools.

    Whose fault is it? The “dean of journalism” Helen Thomas blames bloggers. Damned bloggers!

    Business and Media Institute quotes Thomas as saying:
    “What I really worry about is that I think the bloggers and everyone, everyone with a laptop thinks they’re journalists,” Thomas said. “And, they certainly don’t have our standards. They don’t have our ethics, and so forth. There’s a deterioration,” she continued. “Reporters laid down on the job in the run up to this [the Iraq] war.”

    * * *

    “I think they did a lousy job and we’re making for it now because the questions that should have been asked were not asked and because of 9/11 and the fear of being called unpatriotic, un-American and so forth. We let the country down,” Thomas added.

    So if it's all those darn bloggers that caused, as Helen put it, big journalism's "deterioration" back in 2002 and 2003, let's run the numbers and see how are bloggers are impacting its downhill slide today.

    Back in early 2004, I estimated the number of bloggers in the US at around 7,300,000 for a Tech Central Station article. That's an impressive number, but less than four years later, my, how quickly the neighborhood has grown! These days, Technorati tracks--say it with me now in your best Dr. Evil voice--over one hundred million blogs. And with Blogospheric growth that exponentially powerful, just imagine how much more intense the suckage of old media is today, as opposed to just five years ago.

    Actually, no need to imagine it. Just read their product.

    Viva Las Lileks!

    The Bard of Minneapolis travels west to Sin City for his Christmas vacation and dispatches a hilarious and well-illustrated Bleat. I wonder if he'll make it back out this September for the second Blog World Convention?

    Blogosphere Traffic Compared: Port Versus Starboard

    Simon Owens notices an interesting traffic pattern:

    It has long been understood that the largest liberal blogs have generally produced more web traffic than the largest conservative blogs. But I have noticed a general trend over the past few months that I didn’t want to write about until the end of the year. After surveying the traffic stats of many major political blogs, I found that web traffic for several major liberal blogs either declined sharply or stayed the same while major conservative blogs saw a sharp increase in traffic.
    Tim Blair suggests it may due to the presidential race: "the Republican nomination contest is relatively open, while at this stage the Democrat contest is a two-horse race. More viable candidates = more debate = more posts = more traffic."

    Even as the Blogosphere counts its numbers, Canada's CTV, on the cutting edge of societal evolution, notices that there is indeed this hot new trend called blogging that's just poised to take off!

    For a generation that has traded in pens and paper for wireless laptops and PDAs, blogging has become the new journaling, with millions spilling their guts in online forums that are available for anyone and everyone to read.
    Geez, talk about news from 2002.

    Acoustic Ladyland

    Kathy Shaidle of Relapsed Catholic, and more recently, her Five Feet of Fury blog, has an e-book out:

    The year was 1987. My then-housemate, the vegan lesbian stripper/art student, was off to protest the new Witches of Eastwick film as defamatory.

    Now, I marched against cruise missiles and CIA mischief every other weekend, but drew the line at picketing Cher.

    More details here.

    (Richard Miniter's recent post at his Pajamas Express blog dovetails nicely with the theme of the excerpt that Kathy has posted.)

    The Radiant City

    The Website of the great City Journal magazine, published by the Manhattan Institute, has been redesigned with a slick new look. And to kick off the rapidly approaching new year, a lead essay from one of the magazine's more prominent fans--a former mayor of Manhattan who's currently running for president. (And no, it's not Nurse Bloomberg.)

    The Velvet Undernews

    Mickey Kaus has a must-read post that dovetails remarkably well with the Don Surber article I linked to earlier today. Don wrote that the Lewinsky scandal "turned journalism inside out"--and one of the eventual results has been the birth of two very divergent voter classes:

    Room Eight's Jerry Skurnick has suggested that the electoarate is splitting into two diverging parts--people who follow politics and people who don't--with the people who follow politics much better informed than the were before (thanks to cable, web, etc.) and the people who don't follow politics less well informed (they used to get at least some information from Walter Cronkite). That certainly rings true to me. And it may, as Skurnick claims, explain some of the new volatility in polling--e.g., when the uninformed majority suddenly discovers, say, that Rudy Giuliani has been married three times.

    But there's a second way to divide the electorate that asks how the voters inform themselves. Do they rely on the traditional Mainstream Media (MSM), or do they get their political information from the Web, from cable news, from the tabloids, etc. This division may have once seemed unimportant, but it doesn't anymore--its seriousness is suggested by the MSM's impressive resistance to stories bubbling up from the blogs and the tabs that don't meet MSM standards (putting aside whether you regard those standards as high or merely idiosyncratic). "Rielle Hunter"--the woman whom the National Enquirer alleges was John Edwards' mistress--was the top-searched name on the MSN site at one point Thursday, I'm told. Meanwhile, in the traditional mainstream press, 'Rielle Hunter" was mentioned only ... well, zero times.

    Of the two ways to divide the electorate, the second is arguably more important. After all, even those who don't follow politics, will eventually inform themselves before the election.** But if the MSM/Web barrier remains as robust as it's been, those who inform themselves from the MSM will find out something different, when they finally tune in, than those who go to the Web and learn both the news and what might be called the "undernews." *** If you're thinking of voting as a Democrat in Iowa or New Hampshire, you might watch NBC and never know about this messy Rielle Hunter business. Or you might read DailyKos know the whole allegation plus the arguments against it plus seven theories about how it came to light. That knowledge might cause voters to vote against Edwards or to vote for him--but either way first they have to find out.

    Likewise, TNR's Noam Scheiber suggests that the egghead sector ( "urban, college-educated liberals") of the Democratic party--which used to be less partisan and combative than the blue-collar/labor sector--is now more partisan and combative, because its eggy heads are wrapped up in Kos and other anti-Bush sites, where they absorb the latest undernews about the machinations of Karl Rove and Tom DeLay. Scheiber argues this is a good development for Obama, who surprisingly doesn't have to become more partisan then he actually is in order to win over non-egghead (labor) Dems.

    As Mickey writes (and it's well worth reading the rest of his post), "The 2008 campaign will be a test of the relative strength of these various differently-informed electorates."

    Ten Years Gone

    Don Surber writes that a key milestone is fast approaching: the 10th anniversary of the Monica Lewinsky story. As Don writes, how newspaper journalists choose to describe how the Lewinsky scandal was broken will say volumes about what they think about their readers:

    Now here is the test for readers as they read in the next month rehashes of the Lewinsky scandal: Does the newspaper or columnist view the emergence of Drudge and the Internet as a good thing or bad?

    The whiners will complain that no one controls the Internet and that a lot of the information is inaccurate.

    Yes. And people soon learn which sites to trust. As bloggers point out, Jayson Blair worked for the New York Times, not Lucianne.com.

    Another complaint is there is too much celebrity news now, as if no one paid attention to the trials involving Fatty Arbuckle, Gloria Vanderbilt and Lana Turner's daughter.

    The 20th century had at least a dozen trials of the century.

    Then there is the complaint that Drudge is a conservative.

    But he seldom writes. He links. And the things he links to appear in liberal publications as well as conservative ones as well as middle-of-the-road sites.

    He did not become popular by suppressing the news. That seems to be the job of the editors at Newsweek.

    Of course, how the legacy media viewed their successors is public record. In their youth, leftwing journalists might have happily sung along with John Lennon in the late 1960s and said they wanted a revolution. But thirty years later, they certainly acted like the entrenched reactionaries they had become when it dared impinge upon their own profession.

    Everything Old Is New Again

    The National Journal's "Beltway" blog, which has a blogroll full of conservative and far left sites, believes it's spotted a new trend: "The Return Of The Partisan Press?" (As Glenn Reynolds writes, "Was it ever really gone?" My answer's here, for what it's worth.) The Beltway's Danny Glover writes:

    The Washington Independent went online a week ago yesterday (the official launch is next month), but don't let the citizen journalism outfit's name fool you. Politically speaking, it is no more "independent" than sister blogs funded by the Center for Independent Media.

    The Washington branch, led by high-profile journalists like former washingtonpost.com editor and writer Jefferson Morley and former New York Times editor Allison Silver, joins a rebranded Independent News Network that includes the Colorado Confidential, Iowa Independent, Michigan Messenger and Minnesota Monitor. The Washington Independent gets funding from the Better World Fund, Arca Foundation, Open Society Institute, Park Foundation, Quixote Foundation, Rockefeller Family Foundation, Sunlight Foundation and Surdna Foundation.

    All five publications in the network are independent only in the sense that they involve bloggers who work independently of mainstream media outlets. According to Wikipedia, the center's mission is to fund sites "that report news from a progressive perspective." In other words, the goal is to train an army of liberal bloggers who can infuse their opinions with actual reporting.

    "We agree with CIM's vision of citizen-driven journalism serving as a critical principle of our democracy," Ellen Miller of the Sunlight Foundation wrote at SunSpots. "We have a hunch that the new enterprise might just shake up the media establishment."

    It's a novel idea whose concept hearkens back to the colonial days of the American press, when journalism was a partisan pursuit. [As opposed to today?--Ed] The question now is whether the right, always behind when it comes to political and media innovation on the Internet, will try to organize a similar operation or cede this new media battlefield to the left.

    I'm not sure if I'm following his point, as the Washington Times has been publishing a conservative Washington paper since 1982. Town Hall, NRO and the Weekly Standard have also been on the Web since the mid-1990s. And since the rise of the Blogosphere after 9/11, loads of journalists have gone on the record to declare their biases, as well as those of their employers.

    Breitbart TV On The Road

    Liz Stephans of Breitbart TV emails with this link:

    While in Pittsburgh on his Christmas Tour, Glenn Beck sat down with Scott Baker and Liz Stephans of Breitbart.tv to talk about having the #1 book on The New York Times Best-Sellers list, the importance of freedom of speech, and his goal of bringing a sense of humor to conservative talk radio.
    Video here.

    One Million Years H.T.

    Not surprisingly, Jurassic journalist Helen Thomas isn't too happy about new media.

    But then, she's not all that crazy about old media, either: back in 2005, she famously shouted, "I'll never talk to a reporter again!"

    No blogs, no reporters. That kind of limits Helen's options, doesn't it?

    I guess she can always make her own videos...

    "Misty Watercolor Memories, Of The Fog of War"

    Iowahawk goes dumpster diving yet again, this time stumbling over the first draft of Franklin Foer's "epic blamestorm", buried within a dumpster "behind Marty Peretz's townhouse!"

    By now, the identity of Scott Thomas is publicly known. He is Scott Thomas Beauchamp, age 24. He first came to our attention nearly a year ago by way of Elspeth Reeve, one of three reporter-researchers who work at TNR as essentially yearlong interns and whose responsibilities include fact-checking and making sure that the break room has plenty of Coffeemate non-dairy creamer. When she sent along a piece from her friend Scott in Iraq, we were intrigued. "Hmm," we thought, intriguigedly, "here is a young man in thick of great tragedy of our time, who will bring readers an introspective view on the day-to-day life of a typical soldier, whether it involves massacres of innocent villagers or a humdrum fragging of a psychopathic sergeant." When, before publication, Beauchamp asked for a pseudonym, we granted it. We felt that a soldier in a war zone could write most honestly about his feelings and experiences under a penumbra of anonymity. In return, we asked for a 25% share of book royalties, with a 10% option on future theatrical film and DVD gross.

    His first piece, a Diarist titled "War Bonds" published in our February 5 issue, described the woes of an Iraqi boy named Ali Baba who found a magic lamp from which emerged a bikini-clad Genie, only to be killed when his magic carpet was downed by an insurgent RPG. This first piece didn't receive much attention, but the attention it did receive was positive. In any case don't remember any Hawks bitching about that one.

    Several weeks passed before Beauchamp sent us another story--one recounting dialogue between French soldiers along a guard tower, taunting and catapulting cows at British SAS forces, which we rejected. During that time, he took leave in Germany with Reeve. The two had been casual friends at the University of Missouri and resumed a relationship online, which quickly turned into something serious. During Beauchamp's leave, he and Reeve left Germany...

    ...And the rest is Blogosphere history. Read the whole thing.

    Dueling Debate Coverage

    As I'm prepping this week's segment of PJM Political on XM, here are two of the more extreme examples of new media round-ups of last week's CNN/YouTube GOP debate. First up, Breitbart TV, which has lots of clips of the more...horticultural...aspects of the debate:

    It's great stuff, and Liz and Scott have done their usual thorough job, as they round-up a number of CNN's plants--they're rapidly become the Nightly TV News of the Blogosphere (which, as much as we bash the MSM 'round here, is meant as a compliment, incidentally). But for sheer alternate Virtual Reality, don't miss Frank J's take.

    At least, I think it's the alternate reality version...

    From Peaktalk To PoliGazette

    Pieter Dorsman emails:

    Today PoliGazette launched, a new moderate right-of-center news and blogsite developed by Michael van der Galien (Van Der Galien Gazette) Pieter Dorsman (Peaktalk) and Jason Steck (Militant Moderate).
    Stop by and take a look, here.

    All The News That's Fit For Luddites

    If it seems like the New York Times is the paper your grandmother reads because she doesn't get the Internet, her VCR endlessly blinks 12:00, and if she's heard of videogames at all, she equates them with Pong, there's a reason why: the writers at the Times have a surprisingly similar mindset.

    Jonathan Last explores how the New York Times covers videogames--in a word, badly:

    This sort of thing drives me nuts because (a) the videogame industry isn't that hard to cover and (b) it's a big enough sector that it deserves semi-serious coverage of its business aspects. But here's Joystiq on a NYT story:
    First the Old Gray Lady says Gran Turismo 5 is "a hyper-realistic, high-speed journey, [and] is one of the best sellers for [the] Sony console." One little problem, the game isn't out yet. Next up they say the PlayStation 3 is $299, which would be awesome and perhaps the Times has some incredibly privileged info about Sony's holiday strategy, but we're pretty sure the system is going to be starting at $399 for a while. Oh, but they're not done yet. Did you realize the PS3 and Xbox 360 are both powered by the Cell processor? This is being reported by the venerable New York-freakin'-Times, so it must be true, right?
    Goodness knows there's nothing wrong with making a mistake in writing a story. And maybe these errors were inserted by copyeditors and not the reporter. But these errors are so elementary that they suggest that the writer knows very little about the business and is just kind of parachuting in because someone assigned the story to him.

    How hard would it be to have one guy on your business staff whose job was to keep half and eye on videogames while he went about his other beats?

    And as Steve Boriss and Jeff Jarvis note, if you think the Times' coverage of the video game industry is off the mark, just imagine how it covers the Blogosphere.

    The Tank Tanks

    National Review Online's in-house warblog, The Tank cooks the books, as Tom Wolfe would say, or more charitably, has a fog of war moment. Ed Morrissey compares and contrasts NRO editor Kathryn Jean Lopez's quick response versus the stonewalling of TNR's Franklin Foer:

    Every publication eventually makes a big enough error to warrant a retraction and an apology. Even here at CapQ, I've had to do it a few times, and believe me, it never feels good. One has to resist the urge to rationalize mistakes and spin enough to avoid admitting error. Just as with customer service, where I often described my management position as "professional apologizer", editors have to bite the bullet and admit error to maintain organizational credibility.

    Kathryn Jean Lopez did so here. Notice that she did not blame the critics for pointing out the error or assume that the criticism was motivated by some sort of conspiracy. She didn't, in essence, blame the customer for a faulty product. She took quick action to investigate, found obvious shortcomings, and issued an apology and a detailed accounting of the problem.

    Had Franklin Foer done that when the story fell apart at TNR, he could have not just saved the magazine from a credibility collapse, he could have enhanced its standing. Instead of acting professionally, he assumed the Nixonian posture that anyone questioning TNR's product must automatically be an enemy against whom all defenses were necessary. Instead, even in an apology, he couldn't help blaming the customers for a shoddy product.

    Much more from Michelle Malkin. As Kathy Shaidle suggests, "The Right should always be open to self-criticism"; it's certainly good for its collective mental health.

    New Media: The Dual-Edged Sword

    Dean Barnett has some thoughts on tonight's GOP YouTube debate. If you haven't already heard it yet, make sure you follow the link and listen to the interview that Dean refers to:

    Last night, [Hugh Hewitt] had YouTube's “director of news and politics,” Young Steve Grove, on his radio program. It's an interview that has to be heard to be believed. Young Steve showed an unusual mastery of the new left’s rhetorical tics; he mindlessly repeated his talking points, while evading such simple questions like where he went to school and how old he was.

    In a way, it's sad that this most important of Republican debates will descend into demagogic idiocy. Expect the same kind of purportedly heart-tugging rubbish the left faced, e.g. hospital patients asking about health care reform and school teachers inquiring about No Child Left Behind with a brood of smiling tykes in the background. Of course, it will probably be worse than that. Let your mind run wild, picturing wounded vets and grieving widows.

    The good news for the candidates is with all this stupidity running amuck and wildcards being dealt, there's a golden chance for some candidate to have a real “I paid for this microphone” moment. Tonight's format will likely reward the bold.

    And hopefully tonight will serve as a teachable moment for Republicans regarding technological flash vs. political substance.

    We'll be rebroadcasting the audio from Pajamas' recent video interview with Fred Thompson in tomorrow's PJM Political on XM. Near the end of the 16-minute long interview, Thompson thanks Roger Simon for giving him so much more time to discuss the issues (in this case, the GWOT) than the typical ten second soundbite on the evening news. That's the sort of way that technology can benefit the candidates, not video clips of sock puppets asking inane questions.

    Besides, doesn't the MSM do that already?

    Update: On the other hand, this guy's pretty good--run some of his questions, CNN!

    Breibart TV: The Pajamas Interview

    You watched their show, seen their clips from the candidates--now hear how they do it, their thoughts on the YouTube phenomenon and the role DIY video will play in the 2008 presidential channel, as Scott Baker and Liz Stephans of Breitbart.TV sit down with me for a 15-minute audio interview recorded live at Blog World Expo in Las Vegas.

    I Guess It's A Southern-Fried Umlaut

    Mary Katharine Ham--"Pronounced With an 'Umpty'"

    Heading Back From DC

    Just had a terrific afternoon visit to XM satellite radio's headquarters in Washington DC, to visit the production facilities for their POTUS '08 channel. It was a pleasure to finally meet Joe Mathieu in person after exchanging weekly emails and phone calls regarding PJM Political, and to also meet his fellow on-air talent, Rebecca Roberts and Tim Farley. (Not to mention spending a few minutes on the air discussing Pajamas and its origins in between the big story of the day.) XM has quite a production facility--on the other hand, in a way, it's also a slightly more compact than you might imagine. Just as today's technology allows individual blogs to punch far above their weight, it also allows a single facility in DC to pump over a hundred channels of audio out into the hinterlands via satellite.

    Matt Drudge On The Future Of News

    Matt Drudge doesn't make too many appearances in the legacy media, so don't miss this one, in which he quotes Tom Brokaw (or was it Egon Spengler?), who sees print versions of newspapers dead in ten years. Drudge sees the print editions of US newspapers burning out much sooner than their much more vibrant British counterparts.

    Matt's response one of the Sky News infobabe's queries regarding the imaginary superiority of the MSM (even after RatherGate, CNN’s efforts to prop-up Saddam and Hillary, Reuters and Adnan Hajj, AP and Bilal Hussein and dozens of other credibility meltdowns) is a classic: "That's a 1990s discussion. We're now in a totally new era where information is information."

    Viva Las BlogWorld, Baby!

    The latest PJM Political is online--click here to listen!

    Spanning the globe to bring you the constant variety of the Blogosphere, PJM Political, hosted by Bill Bradley, catches up with Colonel Austin Bay in Abu Dhabi, Richard Miniter and Vaclav Havel in the Czech Republic, and extensive coverage of last week’s BlogWorld & New Media Expo in Las Vegas, including interviews with:

  • Glenn Reynolds, from An Army of Davids to the limits of the Blogosphere.
  • Hugh Hewitt on changing lives, one Blog at a time, and A Mormon In The White House.
  • Ed Morrissey on a talk radio station that’s open to all, and interviewing Rudy Giuliani.
  • Stephen Green on Vodka, Vegas, Hillary, and Peggy Noonan.
  • Pajamas CEO Roger Simon looks ahead--next year’s BlogWorld, and to later this month, when he interviews Fred Thompson.
  • Rick Calvert, the CEO of BlogWorld Expo, on putting it all together.
  • James Lileks: Will Hillary revoke Wolf Blitzer’s license?
  • Bill Bradley: Has Elliot Spitzer revoked Hillary’s license?
  • Produced on location by moi.

    Extended versions of several of this week's segments can be found here. Finally, if you missed any previous episodes of PJM Political, click here and scroll through for hours of audio archives.

  • The Year Of Blogging Dangerously

    Yes, I've used that headline before, but it seems appropriate to dust it off again, since Jules Crittenden is celebrating his 366 day in the Blogosphere today.

    Let's Get Ready To Rumble!

    Billionaire entrepreneur and leftwing film producer Mark Cuban threatens to take on Bill O'Reilly at Blog World.

    Meanwhile, Back In Old Media

    If you had any doubts regarding the difference between new and old media, merely compare and contrast: In egalitarian Las Vegas: the Blog World Expo convention, in which bloggers with traffic ranging from zero to millions of bytes served could--and did--attend, mingle, ask questions, and learn from each other. Or as Steve Green puts it, "The job here was to meet people, make connections, and make for better blogging."

    Concurrently, in elitist Manhattan: "Stark, in-your-face snobbish social inegalitarianism", as Mickey Kaus puts it--which, if anything, sounds like an understatement, in which journalists and their audience maintained a forced distance from each other that was chasm-like in its symbolism.

    First Video Footage From Blog World

    As Pajamas HQ notes, "What Happens At Blog World Stays At Blog World."

    Well, except for any audio I bring back for use on PJM Political, that is!

    And you don't have to be Nostradamus (or Criswell for that matter) to know that Number 11 on this list of predictions is an absolute given.

    The Photo Of The Day

    Just click, as it starts making the rounds, as yet another meme rises to the surface from the ground up, rather than the top down. Which is one reason why it won't be incorporated into Hollywood's product anytime soon.

    Update: "As Instapundit notes, it beats the hell out of comparing it to this photo."

    Tony Snow: “The Days Of The Old-Fashioned Newsroom Are Over”

    Tony Snow recently told his audience at the Media Institute that "everyone needs to realize that the days of the old-fashioned newsroom are over. It’s a different world out there – wilder, more competitive, and much less predictable than even a decade ago":

    Rather than cursing innovation, journalists need to embrace it. They need to get out of their cubicles and plunge into the task that drew most of us into the business in the first place –the challenge of engaging a chaotic world filled with willful fellow human beings; a world of joy and agony; of triumph and crushing failure; a world united by love and atomized by hatreds and aggression, [sic: comma in original--Ed]

    The democratic media provide new tools for examining our world, new competitors for reporting about that world, and new reminders to the press establishment that markets really do work – and people want better than they’re getting.

    I come not to bury journalism, but to celebrate and challenge it. It’s a cliché that every crisis presents an opportunity, but it’s true: The democratization of the media is a good thing. We now face competition from all quarters – including from people who have specialized expertise that journalists lack. We ought to welcome the new participants in the game and learn from them. They should do the same with us.

    There’s an old boast in the business – that the job of a journalist is to comfort the afflicted and afflict the comfortable. The thing is, we never realized that we were becoming The Comfortable – with good pay, job security, and access to movers and shakers all around the world. We need to cast off our coziness — venture away from safe stories and presumptions and into the wilderness of new topics, new ideas and new sources of information.
    In that quest lies the possibility of fulfillment and joy — and the hope of keeping alive the text and the spirit of the First Amendment.

    Read the whole thing. Found, logically enough, via two sources which have done much to speed up the acceleration of the dino-media, Instapundit and Newsbusters.

    Learning From The Onion

    Greg Beato writes, "type 'best practices for newspapers' into Google, and The Onion is nowhere to be found. Maybe it should be":

    Are there any other newspapers that can boast a 60 percent increase in print circulation over the past three years? Yet as traditional newspapers continue to lose readers, only industry mavericks like the New York Times’ Jayson Blair and USA Today’s Jack Kelley have looked to The Onion for inspiration.

    One reason The Onion isn’t taken more seriously is that it’s actually fun to read. In 1985, cultural critic Neil Postman published the influential Amusing Ourselves to Death, which warned of the fate that would befall us if public discourse were allowed to become substantially more entertaining than, say, a Neil Postman book. Today, newspapers are eager to entertain—in their Travel, Food, and Style sections, that is. But even as scope creep has made the average big-city newspaper less portable than a 10-year-old laptop, hard news invariably comes in a single flavor: Double Objectivity Sludge.

    Too many high priests of journalism still see humor as the enemy of seriousness: If the news goes down too easily, it can’t be very good for you. But do The Onion and its more fact-based acolytes, “The Daily Show” and “The Colbert Report,” monitor current events any less rigorously than, say, the Columbia Journalism Review?

    During the past few years, multiple surveys by the Pew Research Center and the Annenberg Public Policy Center have found that viewers of “The Daily Show” and “The Colbert Report” are among America’s most informed citizens. Now, it may be that Jon Stewart isn’t making anyone smarter; perhaps America’s most informed citizens simply prefer comedy over the stentorian drivel the network anchor-mannequins dispense. But at the very least, such surveys suggest that news sharpened with satire doesn’t cause the intellectual coronaries Postman predicted. Instead, it seems to correlate with engagement.

    It’s easy to see why readers connect with The Onion, and it’s not just the jokes: Despite its “fake news” purview, it’s an extremely honest publication. Most dailies, especially those in monopoly or near-monopoly markets, operate as if they’re focused more on not offending readers (or advertisers) than on expressing a worldview of any kind.

    The Onion takes the opposite approach. It delights in crapping on pieties and regularly publishes stories guaranteed to upset someone: “Millions Participate In Cuban Version Of ‘Survivor.’” “Heroic PETA Commandos Kill 49, Save Rabbit.” “Gay Pride Parade Sets Mainstream Acceptance of Gays Back 50 Years.” There’s no predictable ideology running through those headlines, just a desire to express some rude, blunt truth about the world.

    Actually, there may well be an ideology hidden in those headlines, and it may not be the one you think.

    (Incidentally, the Onion's online videos are also often both very funny, and have absolutely first-class production values.)

    Austin Bay Is Back On The Blog Beat

    Just keep scrolling. And don't miss the good Colonel's segment with Michael Ledeen on this week's PJM Political show.

    Getting Your Video From The Garage To The Global Village

    I have a piece online at Videomaker today with some thoughts on how to choose which online video distribution sites are right for you, such as YouTube, Brightcove, Motionbox, etc. It's built around a fun interview I had this past summer with Scott Baker and Liz Stephans, veteran television journalists who left Pittsburgh's WTAE-TV to become partners with Andrew Breitbart to form his Breitbart.TV division.

    Paint It Black

    Variety explores the prospect of "A dark latenight ahead" as "Writers strike reality sets in":

    While the networks have been repeating the mantra that "screens will not go black," it won't take long for TV viewers to see the impact of a Writers Guild of America strike.

    The canaries in TV's creative coal mine are latenight hosts such as David Letterman and Jay Leno, whose monologues and sketches are dependent on union writers. If history is any guide, both shows will almost instantly go dark, as would "Saturday Night Live." Comedy Central's latenight stalwarts "The Daily Show With Jon Stewart" and "The Colbert Report" would also likely switch to repeats in the immediate aftermath of a strike.

    "Boom -- our show just shuts down," said "SNL" vet Amy Poehler. "It's just done. There is no backlog of scripts." (For more on latenight and the strike, log on to Variety.com)

    Primetime comedy and drama series will feel the pinch immediately, though the on-air effect will be delayed at least a few weeks for most shows as they air completed segs. Cruelest blows will hit the frosh crop of shows that are just starting to get a toehold with viewers, including ABC's "Private Practice," "Pushing Daisies" and "Samantha Who" and CBS' "The Big Bang Theory."

    The repercussions of scribes going out will surely be felt at Hollywood's major talent agencies. It's widely expected that a prolonged strike would result in serious layoffs; some agencies have already sketched out strike contingency plans involving salary deferments and other cost-cutting moves.

    Fight it out hammer and tongs fellas; take as long as you need. You'll only be speeding up the migration to here.

    Edwards Cried--Traffic Flies!

    "[The Edwards campaign] didn't want us to put it out there. Now, because of you and other broadcast and print reporters, it's everywhere."

    Funny how that's often the case...

    Beating The Odds

    Dean Barnett is The Plucky Smart Kid With the Fatal Disease--and he has quite a story to tell, in the latest volume from the New Pamphleteer.

    You're Obsolete, My Baby, My Poor Old-Fashioned Baby

    Nikke Finke explores the ultimate form of celebrity image control, which is actually smart self-promotion to end-run the drive-by legacy media:

    In a savvy bit of News Corp synergy, The Darjeeling Limited's star Owen Wilson tonight at midnight airs his first interview since his September suicide attempt on MySpace.com. This was the result of a marketing brainstorm by Darjeeling's studio Fox Searchlight, which approached fellow News Corp.-owned MySpace.com with the idea for the interview by Owen's friend and Darjeeling director Wes Anderson. It's a 5- to 10-minute pre-taped piece: Anderson and Wilson set the agenda themselves, and Anderson directed, edited and produced the whole thing. Hilariously, there's a really angry article about this on ABC News, which just happens to employ both Barbara and Diane. Headlined, "Tell All Or PR Ploy?", ABC News complains how fallen stars now have a far more appealing option than the ABC interview divas: "Cut the pesky journalist out of the mix and tell all, on their own terms, on the Internet. It's the ultimate form of image control." But ABC News defends the use of journalists for celebrity interviews, claiming the TV newsosaurs have integrity. What b.s.
    I doubt Nicolas Sarkozy would argue with that.

    Leaving The Union

    Jeff Jarvis:

    Roy Greenslade, a fixture of British journalism — former newspaper editor, now journalism professor and newspaper columnist and blogger — writes a powerful post today submitting his resignation to the National Union of Journalists there.
    Read the whole thing--it's the 21st century equivalent of the head of United Buggywhip Workers telling his comrades that this newfangled horseless carriage device just might possibly pose a moderate threat to how their industry does business.

    Update: So what's the future of news (besides the name of a terrific blog on that very topic)? That's a topic that Michael Malone, ABC's "Silicon Insider" discusses at length with me here.

    Saving Private Beauchamp

    Or not--as Ed Morrissey writes:

    Matt Drudge has announced his acquisition of documents from the Army investigation into allegations of misconduct made by Private Scott Beauchamp, and they make The New Republic look like the Nixon administration for stonewalling. He provides PDFs of the documents as support as well. Beauchamp admitted to investigators that he made up most of the stories, including the most disturbing tale of troops harassing a disfigured woman, as well as running over dogs in armored personnel carriers. Why did Beauchamp tell these lies? He had literary aspirations and didn't mind libeling his comrades to achieve them.
    Much more at Hot Air and Pajamas. And while Drudge has removed the PDF files that Ed mentions above, note that Charles Johnson has them available for downloading.

    When A Little Contrarianism Is Too Much

    Stephen Spruiell interviews Neil Cavuto on the launch of the new Fox Business Channel:

    Cavuto adds, however, that sometimes the controversy works in his favor. “I’ve heard it said that, particularly at Fox News Channel, a lot of people watch simply because they hate us. My response to that is, ‘Do they have a Nielson Box?’”

    “So I don’t really care,” Cavuto says, “but I do think that any impartial observer would look at how we’re presenting business information on Fox Business Network and come away with [the impression that] this isn’t about elephants or donkeys. This isn’t about red or blue. This is about green, and helping people make more of it.”

    Cavuto says that one reason that Fox News and now Fox Business have drawn so much scrutiny is that both networks are often willing to break from the media consensus. Of the biggest story in the business world right now, the trouble in the subprime mortgage market, he says most of the media’s hysterical coverage isn’t justified by the facts.

    “I do think the media have way, way, way overstated the severity of this situation,” he says. “To hear most of the media tell it, you’d think that every mortgage was melting down. In fact, that’s a popular term, to call it ‘the mortgage meltdown.’ It’s an expression I’ve forbidden to use here at FBN, because if you’re going to say ‘meltdown,’ you’d better damn well tell me that every house in America is under lava.

    In-farging-deed. More from Cavuto:
    “The statistics are quite the opposite,” he says. “Ninety-six percent of all mortgages are still being paid on time. Now, I’m not saying there isn’t a great deal of pain out there. There are a lot of folks in trouble, but not all folks. The same thing applies to the subprime mortgage situation. You’d think that everyone who has a subprime mortgage is a delinquent, yet close to 9 out of 10 of them are paying their mortgages back on time. And subprime mortgages, which is a bad name for them, gave young people opportunities to buy homes that, when I was a young guy, would never have been afforded to me in my life.

    “So it’s not all bad,” he says, “but the media leave that little part out, because that little inconvenient truth doesn’t fit in with the one that they want to push, which is that we’re going to hell in a handbasket… but that’s the kind of stuff I want to elicit out of my guests. I want to get a timetable of where they see things going, how big a problem this is. I let it be known that I think this issue has been overstated, but guests can come on and argue it with me. Many have. But that’s how the network serves viewers. We want to debate these issues, to get beyond the consensus views and be a little contrarian.”

    And as we've seen from the overwrought reaction to its predecessor news channel, even a little contrarianism is too much for many free thinkers to stomach.

    Reason TV

    To follow-up on my post yesterday about the divergent paths of old and new media, Reason magazine is producing their own videos, which feature high quality production values, and a pretty good anchorman to boot:

    One Stop Shopping

    The appropriately named RightyBlogs is your one-stop shopping source for hot conservative bloggedy goodness. Stop by today!

    Magnum Force

    Prominent Libertas film provocateur "Dirty Harry" is now also blogging at his own site. Go ahead, make his day!

    Multiculti Multimedia Monopoly

    Jeff Jarvis explores "The real media consolidation: Google":

    Bottom line: Google controls nearly 40 percent of online advertising.

    Now pair that news with the folding of TimesSelect. Consumers, as we used to be called, won’t support media and journalism with their money. Advertising will. We will become entirely dependent on advertising. And what happens when Google controls the majority of online ad revenue in this country? They’re headed there, for as a TechCrunch commenter points out, Google’s online ad revenue and share of revenue are growing faster than online advertising as a whole.

    On the one hand, we should be grateful to Google for enabling the support of much new media. On the other hand, we should fear teh vice in which Google holds our privates. That’s where media power is consolidating — not in old conglomerates (some of which now depend for a good bit of revenue on who? — on Google.)

    And yet, for a company involved in as many diverse projects as Google, Zombie notes that it's definition of "diversity" is awfully skewed in one direction:
    Google is completely infected by the multicultural bug, and that means they’ll honor anything that isn’t part of the “traditional” culture or power structure: American, Christian, conservative, and so on. I’m neither Christian nor do I consider myself a conservative, but even I bristle at Google’s hubris.
    Read the whole thing.

    It's A Dirty Job, But They Pay Clean Money For It

    James Lileks channels his inner Hunsecker:

    It’s a blogger’s life. You spend the night on the town in your accustomed style, beginning at the club where the maitre d’ waves you to the table from which you can behold the gaudy parade of humanity – and there you sit, entertaining well-wishers, tipsters, publicity agents, starlets, producers, guys on the make with two-buck gossip dressed up as a sawbuck expose. When one o’clock rolls around you collect your hat and walking stick and head over to the after-hours blogger’s club: brandy and Cubans until three. Your chauffeur motors you home as the city sleeps; you draw a bath, put a board over the edge of the tub for your laptop, and type your next post. It has that brisk insouciant patter that makes Winchell look like Henry James with a mouthful of syrup, but really, don’t they all. This is why they read you. This is why they fear you.
    Wow, and I thought I was the only one leading precisely this lifestyle!

    (And as James adds, "Alas, you wake..." For an actual look at a modern-day equivalent to Winchell and the nowhere near as Runyonesque life he leads, click here.)

    Tiny Luddites

    Found via Kathy Shaidle, New York magazine does a drive-by profile of Matt Drudge, without the cooperation of Drudge himself:

    Phillips and Drudge’s greatest collaboration was the speech he gave at the National Press Club in June of 1998. Doug Harbrecht, then–press-club president, invited Drudge over the objections of many members who wondered how he could invite Drudge “into the sanctum sanctorum of American journalism.”

    It was a staggering speech. Drudge was both revolutionary Tom Paine and dreamy populist. “I used to walk these streets as an aimless teen, young adult. Walk by ABC News over on DeSales. Daydream. Stare up at the Washington Post newsroom over on 15th Street, look up longingly, knowing I’d never get in. Didn’t go to the right schools. Never enjoyed any school, as a matter of fact. Didn’t come from a well-known family—nor was I even remotely connected to a powerful publishing dynasty … I would never be granted any access, obtain any credentials … There wasn’t a likelihood for upward mobility in my swing-shift position at 7-11.”

    The best line in that speech was Drudge’s statement that “It’s more fun to talk about Godzilla than watch it.” He was introducing the reporters to the new hierarchies of the information age, when events, from Putin to Godzilla, would collapse into so much spectacle for a surfer on the Net. Seriousness doesn’t interest Drudge; phenomena do. As he wrote in his book, “Politics is as Important as Hollywood. Is as Important as Science.” Drudge flattens all hard news into collage, and it is this, more than anything, that angers the old guard.

    Indeed it does. Not the least of which is New York magazine itself.

    Since Drudge doesn't need publicity from New York magazine, why would he bother being subjected to their snark? In a way, it's sort of reminiscent of the reluctance displayed by William Shawn of the staid New Yorker to be profiled by New York back in the mid-1960s, when the magazine was an insert in the scrappy New York Herald Tribune employing writers such as Tom Wolfe and the young Jimmy Breslin. Nowadays, New York is as much a Tiny Mummy as the New Yorker itself. Both are fighting a rear-guard battle attempting to keep pace in the rapidly changing world of Internet journalism that Drudge helped to usher in.

    (Incidentally, tune into this week's edition of PJM Political, either on XM #130 when it's rebroadcast tonight at 11:00 EDT, or tomorrow, when the podcast version will be online, for a few minutes with Andrew Breitbart, Drudge's Sancho Panza.)

    Newspaper Blogs: Where A Legacy Media Meets Its Successor

    Jack D. Lail uses my "Atlas Mugged" article as a jumping off point to explore the future of blogs actually run by newpapers, including a great quote from this Gawker article:

    Nearly all newspaper websites mistakenly segregate their blogs off with the other blogs. They're organizing by form, not by content. (The Times does a better job, both promoting blog posts on the front page and integrating each blog's content into existing sections.)

    Readers just don't come to a newspaper's website looking for a messy passel of blogs. They come looking for sports, or fashion, no matter what "form" it's in. Old newspaper editors may think blogs are some crazy different variety of publication; readers don't.

    Indeed. Here's how to do it right, which, needless to say, has everything to do with the blog's editor than the paper itself, though it would require some work to translate some of the blog's elements to one that was devoted to more serious topics, such as a blog covering the police or fire beat, which would seem a natural for the medium.

    The Doomsday Machine

    National Review Online is all Treked-up this weekend to boldly go where no conservative Website has gone before. K'plah!

    Postmodern Irony Alert

    Calvin Ross of the Napa Valley Register checks in on Andrew Keen:

    Lately many elite journalists have been attacking blogs, especially politically liberal blogs, as "vitriolic," "rabid" and "crude." Keen went to great pains to offer the "real" journalism of the Wall St. Journal, the New York Times, and the Washington Post as examples of what blogging is not.

    He said on the "Colbert Report" last month that "I think we need objective, professional journalists who responsibly collect the news rather than anonymous bloggers often in the pay of corporations and foreign governments.

    Go figure: Keen is assuming that responsible readers won't be able to distinguish between bloggers who produce responsible work, and those who manufacture fake news...on a comedy show hosted by an actor who's producing fake news by sending up the typical network anchorman.

    Update: Related thoughts on the faux news show where Colbert got his start.

    "Citizen Dinner Jacket"

    Dean Barnett illustrates the story of the week with an incredible Photoshop. Given where it's running and the iconic movie it's parodying, it can't help but remind me of one of my own Photoshoppery efforts along similar lines from a couple of years ago.

    Predictions From The Disco Era--And Beyond

    Glenn Reynolds links to a post that contains a quote from 1978 which accurately predicted the death of the printed newspaper as the online world took off.

    But long before the dreaded Days of Disco, Arthur C. Clarke made a similar prediction during the Johnson era.

    As I wrote in "Atlas Mugged"--and thank you for all of the posts linking to it!--Clarke, Marshall McLuhan and Alvin Toffler had all made predictions as early as the mid-1960s which predicted the demise of the newspaper as a physical medium. And like the quote from the 1970s linked to above, they all went unheeded by the newspaper industry, which is paying the price today.

    Atlas Mugged

    With the return of Dan Rather, an article I wrote for the September issue of the New Individualist magazine seems especially timely. It's titled "Atlas Mugged: How a Gang of Scrappy, Individual Bloggers Broke the Stranglehold of the Mainstream Media" , and I certainly hope you'll stop by and give it a read. It features quotes from interviews conducted especially for the piece with Glenn Reynolds, James Lileks, and also Shannon Love of the Chicago Boyz Website, who provided loads of great material on the birth of mass media.

    For better or worse, it was also a chance to shoot some video, obviously inspired by the look and feel of Hot Air's "Vent" series:

    Army Checkmates The New Republic

    More blowback to the New Republic in their efforts to save Private Beauchamp--and their own reputation.

    (Related item just a few posts below.)

    152.4 Centimeters Of Vehemence

    Kathy Shaidle of Replaced Catholic now has a new URL. Adjust browsers accordingly.

    Waiting For Franklin

    The fall Internet television season kicks off with a bang:

    Michelle interviews The Weekly Standard’s Michael Goldfarb about the Scott Thomas Beauchamp scandal. We also stop by The New Republic’s office in Washington to see if editor Franklin Foer will talk with us.

    Update: Junkyard Blog asks a great follow-up question.

    Related: "Army Checkmates The New Republic".

    Breitbart.TV Beta Tests New Internet TV Show

    Every man his own TV station: as of the time of this post, you can currently see Breitbart.TV live here. It's sort of America's answer to England's 18 Doughty Street Internet TV channel, and will only get slicker as they continue to roll out past the beta test.

    Back To The Future

    Steve Buress writes, "The coming age of the partisan press will begin with news for the frustrated":

    America’s century-old experiment with a one-size-fits-all, supposedly non-partisan press is coming to an end now that Internet content has taught news consumers that it has not been so non-partisan after all. We will be returning to the days when news outlets reflected the personal or market-driven worldviews of publishers (e.g. Greeley, Bennett, Pulitzer), and they attracted specific audiences that shared these worldviews. Not that there’s anything wrong with that. Thomas Jefferson never envisioned newspapers as objective truth-deliverers, but instead as diverse voices competing in a freewheeling marketplace of ideas. Debate, he thought, was the best way to determine truth and, more importantly, the will of a self-governing people.

    Partisanship is now entering and dividing the press in the way that it always has in America — through the cries of the frustrated against the powerful. Colonial papers railed against the British. Thomas Jefferson founded his own paper to rail against Federalists like Alexander Hamilton. Talk radio and Fox News rail against a liberal media. And now on the Internet, the advantage is with the left as sites like DailyKos.com rail against a Republican President, united by a common enemy that is unavailable to the right (see Dean Barnett). Ultimately, emerging partisan outlets move in the direction of the mainstream to build their audiences. But if you want to watch the leading edge of our coming partisan press, follow the anger.

    It's been building quite a long time.

    I'm In Ur Bio, Readin Ur Quotez

    To paraphrase one of the great early memes of the Blogosphere: we have computers, we can fact-check those asses:

    The sheets of paper seemed to be everywhere the lawmakers went in the Green Zone, distributed to Iraqi officials, U.S. officials and uniformed military of no particular rank. So when Rep. James P. Moran Jr. (D-Va.) asked a soldier last weekend just what he was holding, the congressman was taken aback to find out.

    In the soldier's hand was a thumbnail biography, distributed before each of the congressmen's meetings in Baghdad, which let meeting participants such as that soldier know where each of the lawmakers stands on the war. "Moran on Iraq policy," read one section, going on to cite some the congressman's most incendiary statements, such as, "This has been the worst foreign policy fiasco in American history."

    The bio of Rep. Ellen O. Tauscher (D-Calif.) -- "TAU (rhymes with 'now')-sher," the bio helpfully relates -- was no less pointed, even if she once supported the war and has taken heat from liberal Bay Area constituents who remain wary of her position. "Our forces are caught in the middle of an escalating sectarian conflict in Iraq, with no end in sight," the bio quotes.

    "This is beyond parsing. This is being slimed in the Green Zone," Tauscher said of her bio

    As Cassandra writes:
    If you're feeling "slimed" by your own words and deeds, Ms. TAU-sher (rhymes with "her"), perhaps that's because you've done or said something slimy.

    "How On Earth Could This Have Failed?"

    That's what Tim Blair is joking in response to Washington Post Radio going off the air:

    Washington Post Radio, which brought the newspaper’s journalists to the local airwaves, will go off the air next month after failing to attract enough listeners and losing money during its 17-month existence.

    Post Radio, which is broadcast regionwide on 107.7 FM and 1500 AM, was not able to draw even 1 percent of listeners during its first year.

    What, you've never heard of it either? Exactly.

    At least the Wall Street Journal is smart enough to concentrate on Internet video: Once they purchased their cameras and built their green screen set, their ongoing costs drop like a stone; it's got to be a much cheaper strategy to give voice to their pundits.

    I For One Welcome Our Newest Blogging Overlord

    That was fast--as a follow-up to my post late last night, the Technorati "About Us" page now reads:

    Currently tracking 100 million blogs and over 250 million pieces of tagged social media.
    Sometime in the last hour, the 100,000,000 blog arrived. Whatever its topic (and I wonder if Technorati can track which blog it is), congrats, and welcome to the Blogosphere!

    Update: It's a digital quagmire, as the "grim milestone" watch begins!

    Key Blogosphere Milestone Arriving Shortly

    The Technorati "About Us" page contains the following line:

    Currently tracking 99.8 million blogs and over 250 million pieces of tagged social media.
    100 million is right around the corner. Remember three years ago (a millennia in Internet time, I know) when six or seven million blogs seemed like a lot?

    (And yes, heeding Theodore Sturgeon's best-known aphorism is particularly key here.)

    Now Leaving Drydock

    Ed Morrissey's newly redesigned Captain's Quarters site is setting sail--hop onboard and take a look!

    "Frank Doesn't Want To Tell Ellie Her Husband Is A Liar, Dude"

    Sippican Cottage says:

    The New York Times et al., like to tell people that the internet is killing their business. Please. I can't be the only one that noticed that the front page is the editorial section now, and the editorial page has the quality and usefulness of unhinged rants. I'm not really in the market for either. And I'm too young to read the obituaries.

    I certainly do get my information in glittering pixels every day. But as usual, they're either fooling themselves, or trying to fool you. I buried you, Mr. Newspaper, in a shallow grave, a decade before I saw that magnificent arial text on that tiny little 486 intel computer over a modem. And I'm not interested in whether they're fooling themselves, or trying to fool me, trying to blame the internet.

    Meanwhile, Ace runs roughshod over the L.A. Times' latest anti-blog screed by Michael Skube. (Just add it to this pile and light the bonfire.) Ace adds that it "Seems an odd time for the MSM to lecture bloggers about the need for 'the patient fact-finding of reporters'":
    No one -- no one -- ever got into the media to report on local car collisions or new and exciting federal farm subsidies.

    What they got into the media to do was to tell people how and what to think, and its that prerogative of the Intellectual Aristocracy, and not the unglamorous business of information collection, collation, and dissemination, that they're crying about losing.

    Note that they do not dare actually state their belief that they are specially qualified to do the thinking for the American public. They can't say such a thing. The public would laugh at their presumption -- some idiots went to a one year finishing school (and not a particularly academically demanding one besides) and now they have the special privilege of deciding what the public should think about each and every issue?

    So instead they have to make the argument dishonestly -- whining about a job that isn't seriously threatened in order to preserve the job they really fret about losing, but a job which no one ever asked them -- let alone beatified them -- to do. How reporters got conflated with analysts and general-purpose experts without portfolio is anyone's guess. But that conflation having been made (at least in the minds of some, particularly their own), they'll be damned if they're going to give that gig up now.

    Reporters seem to think they sell the news at 75 cents a copy -- and they tell us all how to interpret and analyze that news at no additional charge.

    They think they're being generous by offering us their scary talents in this regard for free.

    The above headline is a quote from Ace, but Jeff Goldstein, as usual, places it into added additional ironic context:
    In his New Republic book review of Lucy Riall’s Garibaldi: Invention of a Hero, Alexander Stille writes:
    Riall does not overemphasize the modernity of Garibaldi; she recognizes that he is not quite our contemporary. One of the interesting cultural differences that separates us from the culture of the Garibaldi cult is the almost willful use of wholly invented stories and details in the vast majority of Garibaldi biographies that circulated at the time. Even though there was plenty of dramatic and novelistic material from the real life of Garibaldi to draw on, writers seemed to go out of their way to fabricate stories and details. As Riall observes, conforming to the canons of contemporary romance and melodrama was much more important than any notion of journalistic accuracy and historical verisimilitude. “One of the most striking features of this script,” she writes, “was the apparently seamless blend of fact and fiction, of novelistic fantasy and political truth, and this blend…seems to have been at the heart of Garibaldi’s public success.”

    [my emphasis]

    Perhaps that separation of cultural conventions is no so complete as Mr Stille would pretend it to be. Or maybe it’s just that someone forgot to tell Franklin Foer.

    For you lawyers out there, tell me: can one get a cease and desist order letter against a rather delightful example of situational irony…?

    Speaking of which, Randall Hoven of the American Thinker (it was great to meet Thomas Lifson, his publisher, on Saturday at BFW, BTW, to discuss key TLAs) updates his list of media fabulists to include over 80 prominent members: "It's Not Just Scott Beauchamp (II)".

    Saturday Night's All Right For Noshing

    One of the elements of the Blogosphere that’s often a feature, not a bug--especially in retrospect--is that if you don’t write about something fast enough, somebody else will. And often he’ll come up with a better take than you would. So for a quick summary of Saturday’s event, I urge to stop on by Jeremayakovka’s blog for his thoughts on Blog*Fest*West, our gathering in San Francisco this past Saturday. And note the photo in which I appear to have Karl Rove’s mind-control rays, or maybe simply frickin’ lasers--really, is that too much for me to ask for, people?--burning through my eyeglasses. (Or maybe I’m just eyeing the Guinness.)

    I will add though, that in addition to my co-conspirators, Cinnamon Stillwell and my wife Nina (who organizes parties the way that von Braun plans moon landings), the handful of major league hitters who bravely signed up for this test flight were a particularly nifty line-up.

    There was Roger Simon, the co-founder of Pajamas Media, who attended along with two of his trusted lieutenants, Neil Spolin and Aaron Thies. Joanne Jacobs, who virtually invented education-themed blogging in early-2001. And Mickey Kaus, whose pioneering Kausfiles Blog/E-Zine is what inspired Glenn Reynolds to start blogging. Which in turn, chances are, inspired your blogging--or at least blog reading--addiction. Combined, you’ve got a pretty good running start towards assembling the folks who originally brought you the center-right side of the Blogosphere in the days immediately after 9/11, in one room.

    Blogging, like most forms of writing, is a solitary task--which in a way, makes perfect sense. No matter how big your readership, it’s purely a one-on-one relationship with each individual reader, whether it’s via the printed page or the page click. But it’s great to get out and mingle with others in your field. I’ve been to a few previous blogger gatherings, including a Denver Blogger Bash in 2004, early conspiratorial neo-pajama-con planning in the mountains over looking Silicon Valley, the subsequent November 2005 wild & crazy pre-launch party in the bowels of the Seagram Building, and the actual launch of Pajamas the next day high atop Manhattan in the Rainbow Room.

    But ever since I started blogging in early 2002, I’ve been on the lookout for something like what we eventually dubbed Blog*Fest*West out here. Fortunately, so have lots of other folks, and it’s a safe bet that Saturday is merely the first of an ongoing series of get-togethers. Needless to say, we’ll let you know when the next one is happening--and hope you can drop by for a handshake. And maybe some Guinness.

    The Ultimate Convergence

    One of the my favorite relics from the mid-1990s, back when the promise of the Internet carried with it a gleaming aura that combined Buck Rogers with Marshall McLuhan, was Wired Style, Wired magazine's attempt at creating an AP Stylebook for a brave new switched-on world. Its definition for "Web" began thusly:

    Call it the Web, the World Wide Web, or W3, this is the place where your money, phone calls, and email may soon live.
    Along with every aspect of your news, whether print, audio, or video, according to The Future of News.

    Now That's Old Media Diversity!

    Just press play--the punchline is a scream:

    Thoughts on the above clip, and the much more diversified--and fun--British media from Steve Boriss.

    Mama Said Knock You Out

    Well, Rupert Murdoch's mom, I guess, as The Future of News predicts the "Wall Street Journal vs. NY Times fight will go three rounds and end in a knockout."

    Blogosphere Expands, Women Hardest Hit

    Tomorrow's fisking today--Ellen Goodman* of the Boston Globe decries the lack of women in the Blogosphere. Everything I wrote two years ago when this same theme appeared in a Newsweek article applies today. Just click here to read it.

    Found via fellow Neanderthal patriarchal oppressor Ed Morrissey, whose thoughts on Goodman's column are also well worth reading. As are those of Ann Althouse, that apparently rarest of breeds, the woman who blogs.

    Read More »


    The Mother Of All Media Consolidations

    The Future Of News writes that most of the usual suspects who complain about “fewer choices for information" due to consolidations in Big Media ignore the elephant that's been in the room for over 150 years:

    In fact, the mother of all media consolidations — the formation of the Associated Press — is the reason that all of our mainstream outlets run just about the same stories. It began in 1848 as a clever and benign arrangement in which NY newspapers pooled their transportation and telegraph resources to get news from across the Atlantic faster and cheaper. But, it soon degenerated into a collusive, anti-competitive scheme. The AP papers shrewdly signed an agreement giving Western Union exclusive rights to their telegraph business in exchange for higher telegraph fees for all other news providers. Then, AP bylaws were redrafted to give members veto power over admission of would-be competitors in their local circulation areas. In desperation, the fledgling Chicago Sun took the AP all the way to the U.S. Supreme Court, which in 1945 found it to be in violation of the Sherman Anti-Trust Act.

    But, bylaws or no bylaws, the damage was done, and we continue to suffer from the AP’s improprieties. Today’s papers are collaborators, not competitors. Through their membership in the AP, they share news with each other, and use precious column inches to reprint the same, single set of national stories — space that could be used to provide more choices of information. In fact, the reporting costs are so low when papers work through the not-for-profit AP that no one can make a profit by launching a paper with alternative information. Now you know why not a single, financially self-sustaining metropolitan daily newspaper has been founded in more than 60 years.

    Hey, FCC Commissioner Michael Copps! You really wanna do something about media consolidation? Move your Board seat from the FCC to the FTC, forget about Big Oil, Big Pharmaceutical, and Big Tobacco, and break-up the corporate conspiracy that has sharply limited our choices of information and greatly harmed our democracy — “Big News.”

    It'll never happen, but clearly, the Blogosphere and other market forces have at least diluted AP's influence somewhat. Meanwhile, The Future Of News believes that the future of news may be visible now amidst the fog and rain in Seattle.

    (Via Galley Slaves.)

    The Revolution Will Be Blogged

    Congratulations to Glenn Reynolds, who's celebrating his sixth anniversary on Instapundit. And while he links back today to what he was writing about in August of 2001, his current site lacks one of the most important elements that made his unique prior to 9/11: the Blogger.com button. You can see it here, on this page archived by the Wayback Machine.

    When my local neighborhood finally recieved broadband around 1999 or so, I began reading some of the same big boys I knew from my previous dial-up days: Drudge, National Review, Reason, and World Net Daily amongst them. There was also the Brothers Judd, in its pre-blog, book review-dominated early days, which seemed like massive self-publishing project.

    Eventually I discovered e-zines, including, I believe Mickey Kaus, maybe Andrew Sullivan, and definitely Virginia Postrel, since Reason, which she was then doing a superb job of editing, frequently promoted her personal Dynamist site. But e-zines seemed like a fair amount of work to me to maintain, based on my HTML skills--or lack thereof--back then: they had to be designed, new pages had to be FTPed up at least daily, lest the site start to develop cobwebs, and the whole thing seemed like the technological equivalent of custom tailoring: a lot of hard work and individual craftsmanship.

    I knew there were also blogs, but those seemed like an entirely an entirely different kind of flying altogether, as Ted Striker would say. (Who’s this Shirley he keeps referring to? What's her blog's URL?) Or as I wrote a couple of years ago:

    Prior to discovering InstaPundit, rightly or wrongly, I thought of Weblogs as being online diaries for teenagers to describe their latest trip to the shopping mall. It was only because Glenn used Blogger's software at the time that it began to dawn on me that a Weblog could do much more than simply be a daily personal diary for the world to see. I think I had a reaction similar to a young Woody Allen seeing Mort Sahl for the first time, and realizing there was a different form of humor than just one-liners and shtick, or a young musician hearing Charlie Parker and thinking, "Wow--there really is more to jazz than swing...!"
    And I imagine a lot of people had the same thought, as they began to discover the Blogosphere on or shortly after 9/11, and eventually realized how flexible the medium of blogging could be.

    Of course, the dinosaur media had the inverse reaction, but that's not all that surprising. Despite being in the business of reporting news, they're often the last to notice any kind of technological change. Once they do notice, if its one that threatens their livelihood, and especially, if it threatens their status, they'll attack it no end.

    Lead Pipes Vs. Leaky Pipes

    Patrick Ruffini writes that conservatives established a very healthy foothold on the Web in the late 1990s, but technologically, some of those sites are starting to get a bit long in the tooth, if you'll pardon the mix of anatomical metaphors:

    When covering the netroots vs. the rightroots, reporters look at things through a particular frame that by definition excludes the vast majority of grassroots activity on the right. For something to be newsworthy in this space, it must be blog-based, it must have emerged in the last five years, and it must be focused on elections over legislative or policy outcomes.

    The problem with this angle is that most of the conservative institutions online emerged in the late Clinton Administration or immediately after 9/11. At their peak, they were larger than Daily Kos, and arguably some still are. And they rarely receive any scrutiny because they don’t fit the frame. From a macro movement-building perspective, the left catching us to us is being covered as a need for us to catch up with something the left has invented anew.

    And despite how unfair that narrative is, there’s something to it. The conservative analog to YearlyKos is 30 years old. The 800lb. gorillas of the conservative Web initially went online in the 1995-97 timeframe. And many have failed to innovate. They are still Web 1.0, where the Left jumped directly into Web 2.0 in the Bush years.

    Read the rest for Patrick's examples.

    "He Gets News...And Much of It Is True"

    On Bloggingheads.TV, David Frum of National Review and Eli Lake of the New York Sun discuss Robert Novak (hence the above headline), and the hell of the 1970s, amongst many and other sundry topics. Tune in to watch here.

    No Worse Than Trainspotting

    With a headline like "Mary Katharine Ham On Better Living Through Bathroom Etiquette", that's your cue that this is must-see DIY video journalism:

    Rush And Rosett Riff On Rupert

    In the Philadelphia Inquirer Claudia Rosett writes, "Free men and free markets have just combined to produce a buyout by Rupert Murdoch of the Wall Street Journal":

    We're now seeing a lot of hand-wringing over what might happen to a newspaper that has been for decades an American icon. Will it change?

    Sure. But the imperatives have less to do with Murdoch per se than with the ways of a fast-changing marketplace. What so often gets downplayed in discussions of the news trade is that even the fourth estate is a business, serving customers - and trying to discern what they want to buy. And both journalists and their readers inhabit a world in some ways quite different from what it was even 25 years ago.

    This is a terrific anecdote about the slow old days:
    This sale has stirred memories of the whopping changes I've witnessed since walking into the Journal's Chicago bureau in 1980 to serve a brief stint as a lowly intern.

    In those days, we banged out stories on manual typewriters, and revised them with scissors and tape (not paste). If you had an urge to communicate with people in Mali or Mongolia, you pretty much had to hope that someday you'd become a correspondent important enough that the paper would buy you a ticket. By the time I arrived at the Journal's New York headquarters, in 1984, there were computers to write on, but if you wanted to look up old news stories, you went to the in-house library - once known in news jargon as the "morgue" - and paged through folders of yellowing clips.

    In those days, whatever the scoops from Wall Street, global business news moved to a slower beat. There was no weekend edition, let alone online updates. I still prize the memory of a lunchtime conversation in 1986, when one of my colleagues leaned across the table to ask a Page One editor - it was a Friday - "So, what stories are you keeping cryogenically alive till Monday?"

    Heh. On the day of his radio show's 19th anniversary yesterday, I thought Rush Limbaugh made a surprisingly good observation about the MSM's overblown reaction to the Journal's future:
    The New York Times are having a cow. The rest of the Drive-Bys are having a cow. I'll give you some examples here as the program unfolds, some of the headlines, some of the stories. They're all worried what he's going to do to this venerable institution. Oh, no! How will he destroy it? And, of course, if these people were honest, if they really think he's going to destroy the Journal, they'd be happy, wouldn't they?
    As Rush notes, "the New York Times set the agenda" for much of the rest of the legacy media:
    in an interview in 2005, Rupert Murdoch was the asked about the New York Times, and he said, you know, the problem with the New York Times is not really the New York Times. It's the rest of the media. The rest of the media adopts the New York Times agenda. Whatever is on the front page of the New York Times is what television cable news networks decide is news -- at least the networks, CBS, NBC, CBS, the liberal networks. The New York Times always was called "the paper of record." Stories on the front page throughout the front section ,determine what the agenda is in the press. In fact, when I moved to Sacramento is the first time I learned this. When I moved to Sacramento in 1984 to begin the program there that eventually became this program, the news director out there -- consultant, actually, who had hired me, was also consulting the station. I remember my first day there, he went strolling through the newsroom one morning, and all he found was the Los Angeles Times, the Sacramento Bee, and the San Francisco Chronicle. He blew up. He started shouting, "Where's the New York Times? You can't do news anymore without the New York Times!"

    The newsroom had to have the New York Times because the New York Times set the agenda. So Murdoch was making this point. He said that means that there is a whole market out there for a different way to do news and treat news, and he started talk in this interview in 2005 about the Wall Street Journal having the infrastructure in place to do that.

    Sounds like a great way to reset the Parliament of Clocks.

    "A New Kind of 'Chickenhawk'"

    Baldilocks notes that Columbia Journalism Review's Paul McLeary, in his attempt to both defend the New Republic's Scott Thomas Beauchamp and denigrate his attackers (which are now legion) apparently doesn't realize that the word "milblogger" is a portmanteau that combines of the words blogger and military:

    Apparently McLeary's Ivy-honed intellect didn't help him to deduce that milbloggers=military bloggers. Nor did that "superior intellect" lead him to discover that all military officers have an undergraduate degree, at minimum, and that half of enlisted men/women have obtained the same.

    He denigrates the military bloggers then has the nerve to quote Andrew Sullivan approvingly in the next sentence. :::shakes head:::

    I hope that he came to my blog, saw that "101st Fighting Keyboarders" link on the top right and got fooled. What a clown.

    Sounds reminiscent of the Boston Globe's Alex Beam being taken in by libertarian Bjorn Staerk 's 2002 April Fools' Day Stalin parody. Too bad that McLeary didn't stop for a moment to read Baldilock's bio page.

    Update: Here's a somewhat related item regarding a veteran journalist who's definitely on the other side of the aisle from the CJR: "So That's Why Novak Hates Blogs!"

    More: Dan Riehl compares CJR's coverage of Beauchamp with their thoughts on Scooter Libby:

    It seems, according to CJR, what Beauchamp himself published on the web should be left alone and kept private. In the Libby case, third party letters are fair game, mock away, it would seem. Given the particulars, this goes beyond simple hypocrisy, or a double standard. It's just plain biased.
    Huh--go figure.

    Mixed Signals

    Kesher Talk keeps score: "Thomas Lipscomb - 0, Milbloggers - 1"

    Nonetheless, when Robert Fisk declares, “The bloggers are winning", it's a sure sign not to get cocky.

    Lileks On Blog Week In Review Podcast

    It's not quite Tarkenton meets Staubach, Dylan meets Lennon, Prince meets Morris Day, or an even better Minneapolis-themed metaphor that's eluding me, but James Lileks is interviewed by Pajamas' own Austin Bay on this week's Blog Week In Review podcast to discuss the current state of the New, New Journalism.

    Tune in here--no iPod required; virtually any computer with broadband can stream an MP3 file.

    Related: Maybe Brian Williams should take a listen!

    John McCain On Blog Talk Radio

    Ed Morrissey interviewed the senator (fresh off his all-nighter earlier this week) today on the good Captain's Internet radio show. Click here for an archived podcast.

    Tamping Down The Prairie-Fire Revolt

    In an essay on the hypocrisy of the so-called "Fairness Doctrine", Victor Davis Hanson writes that "There is a sort of irony in the debate over talk radio":

    Of all our media, it is perhaps the most populist. A radio host requires neither a journalism degree nor political connections. He just needs sheer talent. The unforgiving market - judged by how many turn the dial to your show or call in with questions - alone adjudicates success. Liberals who profess affinity for the little guy should welcome this prairie-fire revolt against the more highbrow New York Times, CBS News or NPR.
    Absolutely. Just like they've welcomed an even more populist prairie-fire revolt against Big Journalism.

    (Via Beyond The News.)

    Explosion Reported Near Grand Central Terminal

    NOTE (3/3/08): If you're clicking in on March 3, 2008, you may be looking for this story, as the photo and story below concern an explosion from last July.

    Bloomberg (the wire service, not the mayor) reports:

    An explosion was reported near the intersection of Lexington Avenue and 41st Street near Manhattan's Grand Central Terminal, the New York City Police Department said.

    There was an underground explosion of unknown origin, possibly a manhole or transformer, said Sergeant Reginald Watkins. Officers are en route and he no additional information at this time. Watkins didn't have any information about a building collapse, deaths or injuries.

    "Officials said it was not terrorism related", according to AP.

    More as it comes in.

    Update: Here's a CBS report:

    Fire and emergency crews responded to the scene of a suspected steam explosion near Grand Central Station in Manhattan on Wednesday during the evening rush hour, officials said.

    There were no initial reports of injuries, reports CBS station WCBS-TV in New York.

    The New York Police Department said a steam pipe exploded, and it does not appear to be terrorism-related.

    A large column of gray smoke poured from the vicinity of a building near Grand Central Terminal and the Chrysler Building, and the air near the site was filled with ash.

    The explosion occurred at 43st Street and Lexington Avenue.

    Thousands of commuters evacuated the train terminal, some at a run, after workers yelled for people to get out of the building.

    Witnesses reported that their buildings shook.

    Photo above via the San Jose Mercury News.

    Update: Pajamas has addtional links, and notes that CNN has a live internet video stream covering the event. Meanwhile, Breitbart.tv has a CNN Headline News clip titled, "Hundreds of People Running Down Third Avenue", which initially blames the explosion on a faulty transformer near the Chrysler Building. "It sounded like an earthquake"..."an enormous hole in the middle of the street"..."billowing smoke".

    Update: K-Lo writes, "A Lexington Aveneu-er who was there six years ago comments: 'NYC people still remember — though you'd never know it on a normal day. but Lexington has been lined with people stopping and looking with those same faces from a few years back.'"

    Last Update? Hot Air's Allahpundit channels his inner Mike Gravel and posts the perfect video metaphor of his thoughts on the story's lack of newsworthiness. From what I've read in his book, I think Drew Curtis of Fark.com probably has a similar take.

    But what the heck. Since I'm in for at least a penny on this story, speaking of video, Wired's Danger Room has this impressive video clip:

    And the explosion is also a reminder of something that Nicole Gelinas of City Journal noted late last month: Manhattan's physical infrastructure "desperately needs renewal".

    More: Last update? Who am I kidding! Reader Peter Malloy writes in, "Ed, you seem to be the aggregator of the hour for the explosion in NYC. I thought I would pass along my eyewitness account":

    I was in a conference room on the 31st floor of a building at 43rd and Lexington, with windows looking directly over the incident. At first we heard a very loud rumble. It was not an explosion per se, but a very loud protracted rumble. Our building shook and the lights flickered on and off. We went to the window to see what it was, and saw a cloud of what appeared to be smoke engulf the building nearest the incident. The smoke or whatever it was was at our height and rising. There was a palpable moment where no one said a thing but all knew for a certainty that it was the destruction of that building which could only be caused by one thing. The persistent rumbling was clearly the building falling to the ground and the mushrooming smoke and dust (vapor actually, but we did not know it then) was all too familiar. Then someone said "Lets get out of here" and we moved to the elevators and evacuated the building along with everyone else in it. It happened orderly and without panic - clearly some lessons had been learned. We exited onto Lexington Avenue, took one look south at the seeming inferno and quickly headed north. Being the cynical New Yorker that I am, I had become a little tired of the NYFD hero act. However, as what seemed like all of the east side moving uptown on foot, I could not help but be moved by the fire trucks with firefighters in it rushing south into the mess, not knowing, like the rest of us, what exactly had happened but suspecting the worst.
    One person is dead and 20 injured, according to this report.

    Meanwhile, Dan Riehl posts a photo of onlookers along with a key detail:

    Everyone is taking video, or snapping photos with their cell phones.

    I imagine they easily outnumber the journalists doing the same.

    That won't make Brian Williams happy.

    Update: Ron Coleman has some thoughts on Dan Riehl's post

    Yes, we’re all on board — journalism is something you do, not something you "are," i.e., not a privileged caste.
    Exactly. Though that's not something that a caste whose privileges are slowly ebbing wants to hear, which helps to explain all of these cranky responses to the people they now share their turf with, however reluctantly.

    Mayor Bloomberg Won't Like This

    But chances are you will: David Harsanyi of the Denver Post launches Nanny State, a blog accompanying his new book. Both keep track of "an invasive band of do-gooders who are subtly and steadily stripping us of our liberties, robbing us of the inalienable right to make our own decisions, and turning America into a nation of children."

    Stop on by--before the Fairness Doctrine returns...

    Airbrush Alert

    Like T-1000 in Terminator 2, the L.A. Times' hit piece on Fred Thompson begins to morph--but unlike James Cameron's seamless digital effects, this transformation is spotted by various bloggers. No wonder the Times thinks of the Blogosphere as "Informational Vermin".

    Updating The Newspeak Dictionary

    As you'll discover if you click here and scroll through all of the posts contained within it, "The Newspeak Dictionary" has been the name of one of this site's organizational categories for a while now. And this post by "Gagdad Bob" will add many more items to its list.

    (H/T: The latest edition of the "Carnival Of The Insanities", which is also well worth your time.)

    Just to add more item to the Newspeak Dictionary, courtesy of the LA. Times, bloggers get yet another new name: "Informational Vermin". Add it to all of the existing epithets they've already been dubbed by their calm, enlightened betters in Old Media.

    BWIR: Andrew Breitbart On The New, New Journalism

    After getting some background on Breitbart.tv for an upcoming article, I realized that its proprietor (who’s also been Matt Drudge’s Sancho Panza for over a decade) would be a perfect guest for Pajamas’ Blog Week In Review. Fortunately, Austin Bay agreed, and the result is a great, fast-moving show. If you're curious about where online journalism is headed, and why it's been eating old media's lunch for the last decade, this is the podcast for you!

    (No iPod--or even iPhone--needed; virtually any computer with a broadband connection can tune in and listen.)

    Mary Katharine Ham Visits The Beauty Parlor

    ...And wonders just how much fabulousness $1,250 can actually buy.

    Related: EDWARDS LIED, PEOPLE DYED!!!!

    Old Media Versus New

    In an interview in the Washington Times, Andrew Breitbart documents the rise of the Blogosphere and new media sites such as his own and the Drudge Report:

    I think that, a lot of times, before the Internet, people ended their education when they graduated college. They stopped reading, that's when their assumptions would stop, and people would close their minds, and just go along with the rest of their lives.

    Part of the Generation X thesis back in the '90s was political apathy. OK, well, that's a crazy notion now, to me, because the Internet has created an environment where you've got your DailyKos and your FreeRepublic and your Lucianne.com and your HuffingtonPost. Now, everyone seems to have an opinion, and a strong one, at that.

    So we went from a period of raw apathy to hyperawareness of the political realm, without the mainstream media covering that radical transformation. And the reason why is because, in the past, the old media wasn't doing its job. It bored people to tears. It was conventional wisdom for the sake of conventional wisdom, and because they were in control, they were happy with it, it was a profitable business for them. Well, the Internet has created a wonderful environment of competition for the powers that be. And now they're going to have to figure out how to give the people what they want. And the people want new information, they want fresh information, they want accurate information, they want unbiased information.

    I think that in 10 to 15 years of the Internet, one thing that's for certain and absolutely, the New York, left-of-center tilt of the media had not been completely -- it was always the talk of the right wing -- but that notion is now self-evident. The Internet exposed who the reporters are. Before, people didn't know who the bylines were, now we know who they are. We know their histories. When they write something on Tuesday, we know what they said last Wednesday.

    There's such a high level of accountability out there, that the very people who were criticizing the online world because there's not accountability, because there's no gatekeepers, because there's no editors, were in fact wrong. Errors were allowed to live an exceptional life in the Old Media without debunking. In the New Media, a lie cannot get out of the door before it's waylaid.

    Meanwhile, an member of Old Media, posted anonymously by Glenn Reynolds, though it's a name "you'd recognize" he says, provides a snapshot of his industry's mindset:
    Yon's story [of Al Qaeda atrocities doesn’t get media attention] because it is humiliating.

    It is humiliating because it is obvious that we media – and our allies in the state department, the legal trade, the NGOs, the Democratic Party, the UN, etc., - can’t do squat about such determined use of force.

    Our words, images, arguments and skills can’t stop the killing. Only the rough soldiers and their guns can solve the problem, and we won’t admit that fact because the admission would weaken our influence and our claim to social status.

    So we pretend Yon’s massacre – and the North Korean killing fields, the Arab treatment of women, the Arab hatred of Israel, etc. - doesn’t exist, and instead focus our emotions and attention on the somewhat-bad domestic things that we can ‘fix’ with our DC-based allies. Things such as Abu Ghraib, wiretapping, etc. When we ‘fix’ them, then we get status, applause, power, new jobs, ego, etc.

    Please don’t be surprised. We media are an interest group not much different from the automakers, the unions, and the farmers.

    Tough to argue with that.

    Gentlemen, Start Your Fireworks!

    James Lileks' appointment as Blogger In Chief at the Minneapolis Star Tribune is paying huge dividends, as he's actually giving readers a reason to read a newspaper's blog without gnashing their teeth. (Fancy that.) Something tells me that the Strib hasn't run anything this much fun--not to mention patriotic--since about 1965:


    Online Videos by Veoh.com

    Obligatory exit question: in addition to his multimedia skills, is it safe to assume that Lileks knows his way around fireworks infinitely better than these huckleberries?

    Partying Like It's 1948

    Dean Barnett writes, "Some nostalgists like Trent Lott even yearned for the good old days of the Fairness Doctrine. But, as we saw in the past, Trent Lott is nostalgic for some pretty weird things".

    In contrast, Fred Thompson sounds infinitely more laissez faire in regards to media.

    Well, That Didn't Take Long!

    Cost:

    DV tape cassette: $4.95
    12 pack of Diet Coke: $3.95
    Confusing the hell out of the WSJ? Priceless.

    As I wrote a couple of hours ago:

    Speaking of Big Media, oh to be a fly on the wall in this newspaper's editorial boardroom.
    Today, the Journal writes, "Just who sponsors Hot Air’s ad, and other similar ads popping up across the Internet, is unclear".

    Allah highlights their multimillion dollar production values; Mickey Kaus could not be reached for comment.

    Update: "Maybe it will help the WSJ to be owned by Murdoch". Heh--but don't tell these guys that.

    "FARK Advice On Discerning News From Crap"

    Just got off the phone with Andrew Breitbart, Liz Stephans and Scott Baker on the nuts and bolts of Breitbart.TV and video hosting in general for an upcoming article. They also alerted me to their 18 minute video interview with Drew Curtis of Fark.com on his new book, It’s Not News, It’s Fark: How Mass Media Tries to Pass Off Crap as News. And lord knows there's plenty of that.

    Flashback

    Here's Jim Geraghty on May 18th:

    Two words for anybody who thinks this immigration bill is a done deal, and there's no way enough opposition builds:

    Harriet Miers.

    As Glenn Reynolds writes, "Score One For Alt-Media: Immigration bill fails".

    Mark Krikorian looks at all of the forces that Alt Media was up against:

    Today's defeat of the Senate amnesty bill was more than a run-of-the-mill legislative victory, representing as it did a self-organizing public's defeat of combined force of Big Business, (some of) Big Labor, Big Media, Big Religion, Big Philanthropy, Big Academia, and Big Government.
    Speaking of Big Media, oh to be a fly on the wall in this newspaper's editorial boardroom.

    Update: Welcome Jim Geraghty's Kerry, Hillary Campaign Spot readers! Please look around; there's sure to be a few other things here you'll also enjoy.

    Paging Sherman McCoy...

    Byron York has a great post on how the Web has helped to shine a light on the shady backroom machinations to get the amnesty immigration bill passed:

    Here’s something new. The first true Internet-Age presidential campaign was in 2004. The first major Internet-Age Supreme Court nomination was Harriet Miers, in 2005. Now, in 2007, we’ve got what is arguably the first truly major down-and-dirty Roberts-rules-of-disorder parliamentary battle fought under the searchlight of the blogs.

    The Internet was critical to the immigration bill’s first failure. If not for the blogs, the bill’s deceits and flaws would not have been so well or quickly exposed, and "comprehensive reform" would probably otherwise have passed within a couple of days. Now we’re at yet another new level. The public is being exposed to a basket of legislative tricks–of a sort that are rare in any case, and surely of a kind that have never been subjected to mass and rapid-fire public exposure. The undemocratic character of all that is happening here is being conveyed to the public in short order and with clarity–often through the medium of Senate aides themselves.

    Do the Senators now called "Masters of the Universe" understand this? Presumably, senate aides, who certainly read the blogs, have communicated to their senators how dangerous it is to be exposed in this fashion. But maybe some senators still don’t get it. They seem to think they can get away with backroom maneuvers in an era when blogs are serving as virtual fly-on-the-wall cloakroom cameras.

    Earlier today, in "Off the Table," I argued that passing this bill is not going to make the immigration issue go away. On the contrary, the blogs-eye-view we’re getting of all this sausage making is going to be frozen in the public memory for a very long time. It’s going to inspire new campaigns, and it’s going to haunt the Masters of the Universe–and the Amnesty 8, too. I still don’t think they quite realize this. In fact, the Masters’ false belief that quickly passing this bill is going to somehow get this issue off of their backs is the method behind this their deceptive madness. They don’t seem to realize that they’ve already been caught with their pants down.

    "Masters of the Universe" tend to have a fairly short-lived stay on Mount Olympus. Certainly, nobody's used that title to describe bond traders in a long, long time.

    Update: "I have only my intuition to go on. My intuition tells me that it is impossible to be cynical enough about what is transpiring here".

    Al And Then

    I think Bob Parks is safe if the left succeeds in reviving the "Fairness Doctrine"--cross-cutting Al Gore's words on Iraq from today and the 1990s certainly has all sides of the issue covered:

    (Via Tim Blair.)

    She's A Chick With A Gun And A Microphone

    That's the opening announcement to each edition of Tammy Bruce's radio show. And it certainly sums up her hot new photographs as well.

    Prelutsky's Pajamas Predictions

    Greetings from the command center itself--Pajamas HQ in El Segundo, where Burt Prelutsky is channeling Criswell:

    Moreover, I predict that whoever hosts the Oscars will feel compelled to tell us that Jack Nicholson is the epitome of cool for no apparent reason other than that he wears sunglasses indoors, and for some unfathomable reason, is always smirking.

    And, finally, gazing into my crystal ball, I predict that no matter how many troops we have left in Iraq, so long as a Democrat wins the presidential election in 2008 the mainstream media will not say a single word about a quagmire or ever mention an exit strategy.

    Hey, that just wouldn't be hip.

    A Pattern Emerges

    Last year, Jonah Goldberg wrote, "Here's a short rule of thumb for how to tell who is a 'respectable' conservative in the eyes of liberals: any conservative out of power or not seen as supportive of those in power":

    An even shorter rule of thumb would be: conservatives are respectable if they are useful to liberals. Pat Buchanan became respectable, even adorable, among a loose coalition of liberals leftists, from MSNBC's Chris Matthews to Ralph Nader, when he turned on the GOP establishment. Kevin Phillips, David Gergen and John Dean have been "real" Republicans — though rarely conservatives — for decades because they are willing to confirm the assumptions of liberals. An even more telling example would be the "neocons." Before the Iraq war, neocons were the nice conservatives, the good conservatives, the idealistic conservatives the un-racist conservatives, according to academics, The New York Times and others. This is not to say that they aren't nice, good, idealistic and un-racist. Rather, it's to point up the way in which conservatives become evil as they become influential, relevant, or otherwise inconvenient to liberals. John McCain was touted as a good choice for president by The New Republic and other liberal voices. Today, McCain is increasingly villified by many of these same voices because, it turns out, he's actually a Republican.

    Similarly, William F. Buckley is suddenly the voice of humane and decent conservatism, according to liberals. A more humane and decent man, you'll never meet. But it's doubtlessly true that if WFB had the president's ear, the same voices cheering him would once again be calling him a fascist. And, needless to say, if Bush governed on Pat Buchanan's playbook, Chris Matthews would lose his crush on him awfully fast.

    A year later, Ace of Spades notes that those same basic liberal media rules also apply when they report on their collective arch-nemesis--conservative blogs.

    The Fourth Rail

    Last week while in New Jersey, I met Iraq War blogger extraordinaire (and one of the few not named Michael!) Bill Roggio at a secure, undisclosed location a local restaurant we both knew well near his home. He appeared yesterday on the Hugh Hewitt Show; click here and scroll to about ten minutes in to listen.

    When Identity Politics Boomerang

    Glenn Reynolds has a fascinating take on how the rise of identity politics on the left has caused politicians such as John Edwards to appear increasingly phony--even to a fellow lefty like Paul Krugman:

    In his latest column -- link here for Times $elect subscribers -- Paul Krugman complains about the cult of "authenticity" in politics, and how it makes people like John Edwards come across as phonies. FDR was a rich guy who cared about the poor, he says, so why can't John Edwards be?

    Well, John Edwards is no FDR. But the answer to Krugman's complaint is found in the post 1960s political zeitgeist. Back before identity politics, and the notion that "the personal is political," the idea of a rich guy representing poor people was entirely plausible. He could be rich, but still have ideas about poverty, and care about them. But now that we have identity politics and the like, that's impossible: If only a woman can represent women, only a black person can represent blacks, etc. -- Barbara Boxer even suggested that Condi Rice couldn't understand mothers because she was childless -- then obviously only a poor person can represent poor people. And since there are no poor people in American political office, poor people perforce go unrepresented. Thus, the "progressive" causes of identity politics and personalization mean that the progressives' key clients can't get "authentic" representation. This is probably bad for the country, but it's certainly a bed that the progressives have made for themselves.

    Of course, maybe Krugman's column on how Really Rich People can authentically Care About The Poor is just a stealth defense of the New York Times' advertisers:

    Did anyone else read the NYT magazine this weekend? It was all about poverty and income inequality. Some articles were better than others, and I didn't read them all, but the hilarious part wasn't in the articles. It was in the ads. On page after page, the magazine hawked luxury condos starting in the 8 figures. Pictures of these glorious $10 million-plus pied-à-terres with 24-hour doormen, room service and Master of the Universe views of Manhattan were punctuated with ads for financial advisers and garish jewelry — and, oh yeah, essays on what to do about the poor. There was an almost Edwardian irony to the whole thing; a magazine for the New Aristocrats discussing the poor and how they live with a mixture of dispassionate, almost academic, bemusement and charity ball passion.
    It's all making sense, now . . . .
    And yet, something that Patrick Ruffini wrote during the time of the Oscar Awards still holds very much true, I think:
    Liberals get all pissy when conservatives decide to tune out institutions that don't represent them and create new ones -- just look at the sneering at "Faux News" and Rush and homeschooling and values voters. In Hollywood as in mainstream media, there is a price to be paid when an institution decides to leverage its prestige to push a political position where none is warranted; it's a price that is paid in viewership, influence, and profit -- in this case, a 30% falloff in viewers.
    That was only two years ago, and it's safe to say that liberals still continue to "get all pissy when conservatives decide to tune out institutions that don't represent them and create new ones". But given the near universality of identity politics and related "absolute moral authority" claims amongst the left, should they really be that surprised when a group of voters seek media (whether it's news or entertainment) that they feel best represents their own identity?

    The Demassified Future And Its Enemies

    One of the themes of Virginia Postrel's terrific The Future And Its Enemies is that for many, top-down control of markets can seem awfully reassuring. There are still lots of people who preferred the simplicity of the days when AT&T was synonymous with telephone, because of how simple and universal it made things. But never mind that rates for a long-distance call were much, much more expensive before AT&T was broken up. Similarly, many people long for the days when men wore suits when flying, even though an airlines ticket cost a heckuva lot more before the industry was deregulated to the casual masses.

    As Glenn Reynolds writes in the Philadelphia Inquirer, Andrew Keen, the author of The Cult of the Amateur: How Today's Internet Is Killing Our Culture (and at least for a time, a frequent contributor to Pajamas Media, ironically enough) waxes nostalgic for the days of mass media:

    Keen's thesis is that talent is rare and that worthwhile products - whether we're talking about news reporting, music composition or filmmaking - can be produced only if that talent is nurtured at great length and filtered to a great extent. Only a long and expensive process of refinement can dispose of the common dross and produce the pure gold of quality work.

    This argument would be more impressive if the "quality work" from the big media organizations he describes were, well, golden. Keen references Bach and the Beatles as examples of quality music, but when he complains about the music industry's current travails he doesn't note that today's record industry isn't giving us Bach and the Beatles - it's giving us Britney. Likewise, he blames Internet piracy for declining movie attendance when the cause appears to be elsewhere: a recent Zogby poll found that people are going to the movies less often because they think the films stink and, in a more literal way, so do the theaters.

    Likewise, Keen decries the decline of the news business, invoking Edward R. Murrow and Walter Cronkite, without mentioning that today's top newscasters include Dan "Forged Documents" Rather, Katie Couric and Geraldo Rivera. A lesser breed, by any standard. Keen even complains about declining radio listenership leading to financial problems for Clear Channel broadcasting - a chain many people regard as having ruined radio in America through its imposition of rigid formatting and too many commercials. What Keen sees as a tragedy, many will see as just desserts.

    And that's the story of Keen's elites overall. The Golden Age of mass culture didn't end just because the Internet let people do their own thing. It ended because people looked at the low - and steadily declining - quality of mass-marketed television, radio, news, films, and music and concluded that they could do better. And they are often right, not necessarily because the amateur productions are so terrific (though sometimes they are), but because the big media productions are so often dreadful.

    Like U.S. car companies in the 1970s, the television networks, movie and record studios, newspapers, and radio stations grew comfortable in their protected positions, and forgot how (or just didn't bother) to make good products. Now their market shares are declining, as people find substitutes. And while people in the 1970s had to look to Japan or Germany for substitute cars, they have only to look to the Internet for substitute sources of news and entertainment - sources that are often, Keen's assertions notwithstanding, just as good as their traditional versions. (Amateur embedded bloggers such as Michael Yon, Michael Totten, Bill Roggio or Bill Ardolino, for example, are producing some of the very best reporting from Iraq, supported by ads on their blogs and donations from their readers, not by big media organizations.)

    Remember when films like Rollerball and Network hyped the dangers of a world controlled by a handful of big corporations? That's exactly the mid-20th century mass media model that Keen prefers.

    Sturgeon's Law is an absolute in the sense that if, as Theodore Sturgeon quipped, "Ninety percent of everything is crud", then today's explosion of information and entertainment on the 'Net produces an exponentially greater amount of crud then the mid-20th century, when there were only three television networks, a handful of movie and TV studios and record labels, and only one or two newspapers per big city. So it is that much more difficult to mine the gold from the dross. But I'd rather have many more news and entertainment choices to pick from then less, (plus the option of creating in these genres myself) particularly when today's legacy medias, despite more competition than ever before, continue to underperform.

    Great Kid, Now Don't Get Cocky

    Bill Quick, who gave the Blogosphere its name, believes that its starboard side was crucial in sinking--for now at least--the near-universally reviled immigration bill:

    And I have to say that the right blogosphere as a whole did an excellent job of revealing and mobilizing this sentiment. First, we exposed the crudely hacked polls that claimed amnesty was overwhelmingly favored by those they polled. Second, we publicized the polls that showed the true state of affairs - that Americans hated this travesty - and thus gave folks who thought they were alone in their opposition the comfort of knowing that, far from being a lonely minority, they were part of a whopping majority. Third, we turned up the heat on congress, and kept it on flambe until the bill was toast. Fourth, we exposed the bill itself to public scrutiny, so that voters understood what was being attempted supposedly in their name. Fifth, we acted as instant response teams to the lies being told about the bill by the hacks, flacks, and whores desperate to pass it on behalf of the special interests they fronted for.

    Ten years ago, this bill would have been passed and signed by the president before most Americans were even aware that it existed. Those days are over.

    The right blogosphere has put many notches in its belt - Dan Rather, Trent Lott, Ports Dubai, Harriet Miers, Alberto Gonzales (for SCOTUS), the destruction of the GOP congressional majorities, and now the Bush/Kennedy/McCain amnesty plan. This one was the biggest yet.

    Pat yourselves on the back, folks. And welcome to the big leagues.

    On the other hand, Politico writes that it's not over yet.

    Beneath The Planet Of The Groundhog Day

    Michelle Malkin dons her Planet of the Apes mask to go Beneath The Planet Of The Wall Street Journal.

    In other movie-themed news from the Blogosphere, Don Surber wonders if Keith Olbermann is Bill Murray in Groundhog Day. But who would be Andie MacDowell in that scenario?

    Lileks Gets Buzzed In His Bucket

    Or gets a bucket in his Buzz, or something like that. In any case, the Strib definitely hired the right man to oversee its nascent blog.

    Boobage-A-Go-Go

    Plenty of boobs of all types exposed at Jules Crittenden's Forward Cleavage, err, Forward Movement.

    Bucket Obtained

    It sounds like the Minneapolis Star-Tribune came to its senses (which doesn't happen all that often, or they wouldn't be in the straits they're in), and won't be subjecting one of its very,very few nationally-known writers to covering sewer commission and planning board meetings after all.

    (Speaking of an entirely different kind of bucket, my flight got into Philadelphia safely, needless to say. But with the usual delays that make you pray that your flight finally takes off rather than simply worrying about it crashing.)

    Coalition Building

    Don't be entirely surprised if Michelle Malkin is wearing Pajamas in her next "Vent" video at Hot Air...

    The Circle Is Now Complete
    Deconstructing The Prince Of Darkness

    In their regular Bloggingheads-style video debate, Jonah Goldberg and Peter Beinart have quite an interesting conversation on what makes Robert Novak tick.

    And speaking of Bloggingheads, Glenn Reynolds and Conn Carroll debate the new, new and old, old journalism in general.

    Three Cheers For Three Bloggers

    A few months ago, we celebrated our fifth anniversary in the Blogosphere; this week Power Line celebrates theirs as well, as Hugh Hewitt writes:

    Powerline's trio are thus the most significant citizen journalists of the first age of internet journalism, and wold be even had they not toppled Dan Rather. Like it or not --and those on the left won't-- their coming into being and their writings and associated endeavors will be studied far into the future. They didn't just occasionally make the weather in American journalism over the past five years, they changed the weather patterns. They set a standard, delivered a product, and obliged MSM to change how it dealt with citizen journalists and their work. They were aided in this by tens of thousands of other bloggers, of course, but to a degree not yet even remotely appreciated Powerline's authors had an enormous and lasting effect on American journalism.
    If that sounds like hyperbole, remember that Mary Mapes, CBS's erstwhile producer who, along with RatherGate's namesake, foisted the scandal on the public, later admitted that she hadn't even heard of Power Line--nor any other Weblog on the starboard side of the 'Net. And prior to both parties' presidential conventions in 2004, when the TV networks had to fill hours of time somehow and interviewed bloggers, and then RatherGate itself, the general public as a whole had never really heard of blogs. For the previous three years, I felt compelled to explain in query letters to editors and publishers just what the heck a blog was. After 2004, there was no need to.

    I think a big part of the credit for RatherGate should also go to Charles Johnson for his famous "throbbing memo" gif--once it hit the 'Net, the countdown officially began on both Dan's reputation, and his career at CBS--and of course, Buckhead of the Free Republic forum for initially noticing that there something seemed amiss in the documents that CBS uploaded to attempt to support their story. But beginning with "The Sixty First-Minute", there's no doubt that Power Line did much to advance the story--and in doing so very much helped to put the Blogosphere as a whole on the map.

    The Spinal Tap Of Blogging Parodies

    Not that there are a whole lot of other blogging parodies out there of course. But this is exactly what my day looks like--including the moment when the scale model of stonehenge.blogspot.com descends on wires.

    Run at 78 RPMs, and it would be exactly what the Professor's day looks like.

    (Via Katie Favazza and Outside The Beltway.)

    Blog Week In Review--Special Anniversary Edition

    Blog Week In Review is celebrating its first anniversary with three quarters of its original line-up: Austin Bay, Glenn Reynolds, and Tammy Bruce. (Sadly, Eric Umansky had a scheduling conflict, but promises to return sometime this summer.)

    From my point of view in the producer's chair, I think the sound quality on this one is the best yet; I've been very fortunate to have the time to experiment and fine-tune things. So please have a listen, here.

    There's A Real Square Cat, He Looks Like 2004

    In the L.A. Times, Richard Schickel discovers the Blogosphere. I used to really enjoy Schickel when he wrote movie reviews for Time magazine 30 years ago (including the article behind one of my favorite Time covers for obvious reasons; note the poster in my den). But with a reaction that's much like my Bing Crosby-worshiping father hearing Led Zeppelin for the first time, Schickel does not like the successors to his genre.

    At all.

    But then, no one in a legacy industry likes to come face to face with his successors.

    Update: Not surprisingly, "Dirty Harry" of the heavily trafficked group film criticism blog Libertas takes umbrage with the screedy Schickel. I'm kind of surprised that apparently, no one at Blogcritics has yet posted anything about Schickel's rant, as Eric Olsen's pioneering site did much to create a salon for Blogospheric criticism from perspectives much more diverse than the monolithic LA Times.

    To be fair to Schickel, the ability to instantly self-publish does not immediately make someone H.L. Mencken, of course. There’s lots of dross in the Blogosphere—but then, there’s lot of dross everywhere; Sturgeon’s Law is inviolable. But it most assuredly includes newspapers and magazines, as well. Readers have long since known that the “halo effect” that was provided by being chosen to be in print by gatekeepers such as editors and publishers has faded badly over the last several decades. That's one of the reasons why newspapers are being abandoned in droves (as the circulation figures at Time and the LA Times help to illustrate) as readers seek alternatives.

    Quote Of The Day

    "I'm against torture. I'm also against moralistic, dishonest, self-righteous preening about torture".

    --Glenn Reynolds on Andrew Sullivan.

    (And for a hip reference to one of the Brian Jones-era Rolling Stones' more off-the-wall tracks in reference to illegal immigration, click here.)

    Drove The Defiant To The Levee, But The Levee Was Dry

    James Lileks' first local beat story for the Minneapolis Star-Tribune is now online.

    Getting Inside Your Opponent’s OODA Loop

    There are a lot of moving parts under the surface of the brief clip above. Bob Krumm writes:

    I don’t know what’s the best part of this video response to Michael Moore’s publicity stunt: the cigar, the appropriate disdain, the lecture, the humor, or the quickness of the response, but what I do know is that Fred Thompson is the first politician anywhere to understand how the speed of the internet can change politics.

    This is something that should alarm Fred’s opponents–both Republican and Democrat. In certain military circles there’s this concept known as the “OODA Loop.” OODA stands for Observe, Orient, Decide, and Act. The late Colonel John Boyd, a Korean War pilot, came up with the concept to try to explain why American pilots were so much better than their opponents in dogfights. He determined that through a combination of training, aerodynamics, and cockpit design, American pilots and their aircraft could more quickly observe a stimulus and respond. It allowed them to react and act again and again so quickly, that at some point, the American fliers were an entire decision cycle ahead of their opponents. It’s called “getting inside your opponent’s OODA loop.”

    Somewhere I recall reading that one of the (many) things that sunk George Allen's reelection campaign after his "Macaca" gaffe was the in-fighting amongst his staff for the proper response of a potential presidential candidate (ahh, hubris) such as Allen to being hammered endlessly by the Washington Post. Similarly, I can't imagine Hillary knocking off a quickie YouTube clip such as Fred's without having to go through at least a dozen different handlers, advisors, and speech writers.

    And note the timing of it:

    By the way, Thompson’s response to Moore will have a much greater impact on the presidential campaign than anything said at this little shindig tonight. It’ll be seen by many more people too.
    Plus a soundbite such as the above clip is infinitely more digestible than having to wade through 90 minutes or so of debate, particularly this early in the race.

    As Mickey Kaus adds:

    More important, I think: quite apart from its advantages as a campaign tool, the video is itself evidence of Thompson's actual presidential qualifications. You can't make a quickie spot like this unless a) you know what you think (or have a really fast pollster) b) you can react to new situations quickly, and c) you have some sense of theater. Those are all extremely important things for a president to have.
    George Bush was reelected in part due to New Media, which discovered CBS's RatherGate scam and acted as a force multiplier to the Swift Boat Vets' ad budget. But I'm not sure how much the Bush team fully understood the dynamics of the Blogosphere. (Remember, prior to both parties' 2004 conventions and RatherGate itself, blogs were far from a household world--and note that a certain former CBS producer later said that she hadn't heard of any of the big players on the right until after the fact. Thanks again, Dan!)

    It's too soon to fully gauge the impact, but we may just be witnessing the first Republican presidential candidate who actually knows what he's doing in the world of New Media.

    Update: Welcome Bob Krumm readers; Krumm notes that Moore brought a knife to a gunfight: "While Michael Moore wrote a letter, it was Thompson who bested the 'film maker' on film"--even better: digital video, on the brand new Breitbart.TV.

    More: "This stuff matters. And Thompson's damn good at it."

    Context Is Everything

    "If she does the tongue thing, I will scream like a little girl".

    15 Minutes Into The Future

    It isn't even Saturday on the West Coast yet, but thanks to the difference in time zones, the Anchoress already has tomorrow's links today!

    The Old Broadcast Model's Executioner

    Mark Tapscott has some kind words about my piece in Tech Central Station yesterday on 18 Doughty Street:

    As if it's not bad enough that executives and shareholders at ABC, CBS and NBC have to deal with continuing decline in their audience numbers, Tech Central Station goes and publishes a glowing piece on the old broadcast model's executioner.
    Tapscott writes:
    It's much the same set of factors that are driving traditional newspapers to move from dead-tree-only products to internet-based news and related content products and services. The internet-based news entity can dispense with the printing press, the circulation department, the costly staffs that man both, as well as lots of other traditional positions throughout the organization.

    Similarly, the internet-based entertainment and news network has no need of broadcast towers and associated equipment, nor the expensive lobbying staff in Washington to keep the FCC from getting troublesome.

    In short, the economic model is fundamentally changed and the price of entry is dramatically lowered. And when the price of providing a service or product drops, the number of providers of that service or product increases, as does the spectrum of consumer choice. Competition is the consumer's best friend. Government-sanctioned monopolies granted to myopic big businesses are the consumers' biggest enemy.

    Competition also makes it more difficult for peddlers of ideological bias to disguise it as legitimate news. In short, 18 Doughty Street and the technologies that make it possible is among the best developments in years for advocates of informed public policy discussion.

    I disagree with only one element of that--whereas Mark writes, "Competition also makes it more difficult for peddlers of ideological bias to disguise it as legitimate news", I'd argue that increased competition allows consumers to get their news with a worldview that matches their own. That doesn't mean the end of liberal bias, as, I believe, Mark is inferring. In fact, as the favorite "COD-piece" of the Strib's Jim Boyd told Hugh Hewitt yesterday:
    Jonah Goldberg: I think there is a certain irony here. I have argued for a long time that I think a lot of newspapers need to move in the European direction, where they just are honest about their biases, because one of the things that drives normal readers nuts is when these newspapers pretend to be objective when they’re not.

    HH: Right.

    JG: And at least in the British press, the press says hey look, this is our perspective, this is where we’re coming from. The irony here is that I think a liberal paper could actually do well if it were honest about it. But because a lot of these papers, they’re dishonest about it, and they pretend in this sort of arrogance that they’re speaking from the voice of God about how the world really is, it drives a lot of people nuts, and that’s what I sense is part of the problem with them.

    As I think I wrote in the Doughty Street piece, because (partially due to governmental regulation) airwaves were originally so scarce on both sides of the pond, radio, and then television, had to maintain a veneer of objectivity simply to get a license to get on the air.

    The Doughty Street model proves that the Internet can recreate all of the broadcasting that traditional local television station does--everything else (the content of the shows, where and how they're videotaped) is a matter of scale. And thus any group can build the Internet-equivalent of a TV station that fits their worldview perfectly. So that could very well be the Internet video equivalent of Town Hall--and the Internet video equivalent of Air America.

    The Three Michaels

    On Hugh Hewitt's radio show recently, James Lileks mentioned that when he wants commentary regarding the Middle East, he doesn't bother with the wire services, he checks out The Three Michaels: Michael Yon, Michael "Faster, Please" Ledeen...and Michael Totten, who's this week's guest on Pajamas' Blog Week In Review podcast, featuring Austin Bay, and produced by yours truly.

    And Speaking Of 18 Doughty Street...

    Hey, you got television on my Website! Hey, you got Web content on my television!

    At TCS Daily, I explain how the Tory British Web/Video convergence has managed to put all of the New Media pieces together, making them the model for future multimedia Websites.

    While the intricacies of British politics may be somewhat off-putting to the average American viewer tuning in for the first time from across the pond, the convergence of media is very much the message here. Expect somebody smart in the US (on one side of the aisle or the other) to emulate 18 Doughty Street's combination of long-form C-Span-style video programming and "traditional" Web articles and blogging in the not-too-distant future.

    Tales From Inside The Beeb

    Last month in Tech Central Station, I interviewed Robin Aitken, the former BBC journalist, about his new book, Can We Trust The BBC. Today, Mark Steyn has a review of the book on his own site, which recently ran in The Wall Street Journal.

    Flood The Zone

    Hugh Hewitt promises the closest he gets to "A Three Hour Rant Re: Lileks" on his radio show today, which starts in just a few minutes.

    Meanwhile, Glenn Reynolds and Robert McChesney debate the future of media in the L.A. Times.

    Do Newspapers "Get" The Web?

    The answer to that would be a definite emphatic "No!" based on James Lileks' latest post. Lileks writes that rather than creating synergy between his handsome, sprawling, ever-growing personal site and the Minneapolis Star-Tribune, the paper's new owners chose to assign him write straight news copy, thus ending his daily humor column in the Strib:

    There’s been some talk that I might leverage my mad web skillz into a tech beat, reporting on the Internet. But a local beat about the Internet? How many stories can do you about six guys in a loft coding a hot new start-up? And heaven forbid we have to illustrate them, because then you get the inevitable geek-by-the-screen shot. Look! He’s customizing the drop-down location menu so it defaults to the United States instead of Afghanistan!

    I don’t want to write about the Internet. I want to write on the Internet. I’d rather develop content than report about content developers. It’s that simple, and it’s also a matter of recognizing my failings: I am not Biff Deadline, Ace Reporter. I can do long stories with lots of color, all aslosh with subjective opinions, but writing straight news - clearly, simply, briskly - is a skill I lack, and I take off my hat to those who've mastered that discipline.

    My column will end a week from this Friday. (There’s a series of pieces I can’t wait to write.) After that, it's just-the-facts-ma'am - and I'll no longer be telecommuting, either. This means I will start burning my share of hydrocarbons like a good American. Hell, I may leave the vehicle running all day outside the building just to make up for lost time. Maybe I will put a green roof on the car to balance things out. Some turf, some switchgrass. It's murder on the paint but we all must do our part.

    Would it matter if you contacted the paper? It very well might. Here's the reader's rep's page.

    If I can get my column back and / or a nice big Online gig, that would be a satisfactory conclusion. Reporting on internet start-ups as opposed to joining an internet start-up – eh, not so much.

    This would read like yet another moment in this newspaper's de-evolution in the face of ever-more competitive information technology, if it weren't, you know, actually real.

    Update: More thoughts from "See-Dubya", and from Hugh Hewitt, who calls the Strib's decision "a New Coke order of blunder". Exactly.

    More: "Union rules may make the Star Tribune unmanageable. James's announcement makes it a joke".

    Still More: Speaking of which, this scenario makes the most sense:

    You’re fat, and the paper is on a crash diet. They don’t really want you to be a reporter; they want you to quit. They’re just making sure you’ll be in a mood to do so when, in a number of weeks or maybe months, they offer you a buyout to leave. Take it. There’s no guarantee the next staff reduction will be voluntary.
    Considering who else at the Strib's old guard is getting the same offer they can't refuse, apparently this is how you clean house in a union shop with minimum risk of getting sued.

    VodkaPundit's Will Collier has some thoughts for whoever becomes Lileks' next employer.

    Live From Baghdad

    Michael Yon was the special guest of the Blog Week In Review podcast yesterday, as he and Austin Bay discussed the Surge and the--hopefully stillborn--ban by the Pentagon on milblogging.

    The View From The North

    Still in Nothern Iraq, Michael Totten has a video interview with Iraqi Kurdish Peshmerga Colonel Salahdin Ahmad Ameen in his office in Suleimaniya, Kurdistan:

    He also told us about the notorious Abu Ghraib prison – where he was beaten and tortured by the agents of Saddam's regime – about the Peshmerga's doctrine of human rights during war time, Henry Kissinger's betrayal in 1974, why the Kurds have not yet declared independence from Baghdad, and what may happen if the United States withdraws its armed forces from his country. 'Eight times, eight times the American people have disappointed us. I ask the American people, not make it nine times," he says.
    What say you, George Clooney?

    Secrets Of Blogosphere Revealed

    Tim Blair tells all:

    Here’s how blogging works. First you run a site for four or five years, then one day John Malkovich turns up at your house.
    Click over for photos. Apparently, the Pope--or at least his personal haberdasher--visited Tim as well on the same day.

    "You Are Now Free To Move About The Blogosphere"

    To borrow from the Apple campaign of a few years ago, Southwest proves that it's possible to "Think Different", even in a field as staid and heavily-regulated as domestic commercial aviation. They’re not only sympathetic to their core market’s Red State sensibilities; the airline understands the Blogosphere as well. And in an age of increasingly morose stewardesses, their flight crews are some the friendliest I've encountered.

    As Hugh Hewitt suggests, perhaps a much older mass industry could learn something from Southwest's ability to prosper in a tightly competitive marketplace.

    Drawn & Quartered

    Ed Morrissey of Captain's Quarters interviews Day By Day impresario Chris Muir on Ed's Blog Talk Radio show.

    For our profile of Chris a few years ago in Tech Central Station, click here.

    The Day The Old Journalism Died

    Marvin Olasky makes a great point, writing that the death of David Halberstam in a Bay Area traffic accident on Monday may be looked back upon as a chapter in journalism closing. Olasky compares it to Buddy Holly's death signifying the end of 1950s-era rock & roll, even if the echoes of that style of music would linger on until 1964:

    These days, reporters regularly gather to bemoan the demise of old journalism and the rise of blogs. Future historians will peg Monday's death of David Halberstam, 73, in a California car crash, as a signpost of the old era's end.

    Halberstam was the first big-time journalist with whom I ever had dinner, in 1969 or 1970 when I was a college student. My fellow leftists and I venerated him for winning a Pulitzer Prize on the back of anti-Vietnam War reporting that had gained the ire of Presidents Kennedy and Johnson. As William Prochnau, author of "Once Upon a Distant War," later noted, Halberstam in his reporting of those he distrusted ''didn't say, 'You're not telling me the truth.' He said, 'You're lying.'"

    Compare that with fellow Jurassic journalist Marvin Kalb, who wouldn't commit to saying on the air yesterday whether or not he thought Bill Moyers and George Soros are on the left. More from Olasky:
    We loved that -- Halberstam wrote like a god -- but four decades later, the epigone of Halberstamism is found in books like Al Franken's "Lies and the Lying Liars Who Tell Them: A Fair and Balanced Look at the Right." Unlike some of his successors, Halberstam was a hardworking reporter who didn't grab for sneering laughs, but his 1965 book about Vietnam, "The Making of a Quagmire," has inspired journalists for four decades to look for a quagmire as soon as the first American soldiers set foot on sand. [Sometimes before they set foot on sand--Ed]

    Halberstam's perceptiveness and blindness were both evident in an interview he gave to the San Jose Mercury News in 1993. He said he was worried about journalism's future because "The public perceives us as being too powerful and too arrogant." But he went on to state his version of the problem: "We give a jarring perception of reality to people." Journalists knew reality, and people weren't strong enough to handle the shrink-wrapped truth.

    Cue Nicholson's nostril-flaring "You can't handle the truth" riff.
    Halberstam was the best and brightest of the old journalistic era, which will not be resurrected. He elegantly wove tales of government and corporate mendacity. He orated brilliantly about oppression. He worked hard, gained disciples and received not only numerous honorary degrees but something more important -- articles upon his death with headlines like "Halberstam was my journalistic hero" and "Saying goodbye to a mentor."

    According to song, the day Buddy Holly's plane crashed in 1959 was the day the music died. When a car broadsided the one Halberstam was riding in, he died almost instantly as a broken rib punctured his heart. The journalism he was the heart of, one where reporters claimed to possess gnostic wisdom, is also dying. We've entered an era of citizen journalism, where everyone has a camera and YouTube replaces You Believe What I Write.

    I think it's safe to say that to a man, the Marxist and socialist elite journalists of Halberstam's era believed in Marx's 19th century smokestack-era theories that eventually, the workers would own the means of production and enjoy the full fruits of their labor.

    When the information revolution finally came (surprisingly peacefully--we simply all went down to Best Buy and bought PCs and cable modems), the workers not only had an infinitely greater variety of news sources when compared to, say, Halberstam's 1965 quagmire mass media three TV network salad days. They could make their own news and opinion if they wanted to. And the men of Halberstam's era hate this new era--really, viscerally hate it.

    It's the new reality. But I guess some legacy journalists just aren’t strong enough to handle the shrink-wrapped truth.

    Rush To Edness

    Rush Limbaugh tells his audience today:

    Ladies and gentlemen, we are not going to play the audio of the Virginia Tech shooter on this program. It's airing constantly on cable. I think Fox News finally just suspended all video, both on their website and on the network. But the repeated replay of this stuff is literally nuts. You know, sports networks (well, the big networks that televise sports), refuse to televise some idiot that leaves the stands and runs around nude on the field or whatever. They don't do that because they don't want to encourage copycats.
    Gosh, you don't say.

    Where Kurdistan Meets the Red Zone

    As Glenn Reynolds recently wrote, "You know, for all the talk about bloggers not doing original reporting, it seems to me that lately the Blogosphere has had more people reporting from Iraq than all but a handful of MSM outlets".

    One key example of that development is Michael Totten, whose latest dispatch from Iraq (Kirkuk to be specific) is online.

    Who Writes The First Draft Of History Today?

    Dan Gilmour has some thoughts on what the coverage of the Virginia Tech massacre in both the Blogosphere and the legacy media says about the current states of each media:

    The democratization of media is not just about creation, though that has been the most notable aspect so far. Putting the tools into everyone’s hands has produced an explosion of media creation, as blogs and sharing sites such as YouTube and Flickr show us.

    Traditional media think of distribution: making journalism or movies or programs and sending them out to consumers. This is inverted in a democratized media world, where we all have access to what we want, as well as when and where.

    I didn’t turn on my TV yesterday except in the evening, to watch a national network’s news report. I wanted to see a summary of what a serious journalism organization had to say about what it knew so far.

    Instead, during the day, I used the online media — including the major news sites — to get the latest information, sifting it, making judgments about credibility and reliability as I read and watched and listened. That, too, is the future in many cases.

    It’s also worth noting that the citizen media component of this terrible event is not a new to the digital era. When President John F. Kennedy was gunned down in Dallas back in 1963, Abraham Zapruder caught the gruesome killing on a home movie camera — footage that became an essential part of the historical record. But the difference between then and tomorrow is this:

    In 1963, one man with a camera captured the event on film. In a very few years, a similar situation would be captured by thousands of people — all holding high-resolution video cameras — and all of those cameras would be connected to high-speed digital networks.

    That is different.

    Remember, too, that the passengers aboard the airplanes on Sept. 11, 2001, were making voice calls to loved ones and colleagues with mobile phones. What if they’d been sending videos to the world of what was happening inside those doomed aircraft?

    We will still need journalists to help sort things out. But the “burning city” words from 2001 revealed something.

    We used to say that journalists write the first draft of history. Not so, not any longer. The people on the ground at these events write the first draft. This is not a worrisome change, not if we are appropriately skeptical and to find sources we trust. We will need to retool media literacy for the new age, too.

    Related thoughts here.

    (Via Pajamas Media, which has been providing extensive coverage of the VT massacre.)

    A Media Cornucopia--If You Can Keep It

    In the latest edition of City Journal, Adam Thierer writes that this is "America’s Golden Age of Media"--and it could all be over soon:

    Throughout most of history, humans lived in a state of extreme information poverty. News traveled slowly, field to field, village to village. Even with the printing press’s advent, information spread at a snail’s pace. Few knew how to find printed materials, assuming that they even knew how to read. Today, by contrast, we live in a world of unprecedented media abundance that once would have been the stuff of science-fiction novels. We can increasingly obtain and consume whatever media we want, wherever and whenever we want: television, radio, newspapers, magazines, and the bewildering variety of material available on the Internet.

    This media cornucopia is a wonderful development for a free society—or so you’d think. But today’s media universe has fierce detractors, and nowhere more vehemently than on the left. Their criticisms seem contradictory. Some, such as Democratic congressman Dennis Kucinich, contend that real media choices, information sources included, remain scarce, hindering citizens from fully participating in a deliberative democracy. Others argue that we have too many media choices, making it hard to share common thoughts or feelings; democracy, community itself, again loses out. Both liberal views get the story disastrously wrong. If either prevails, what’s shaping up to be America’s Golden Age of media could be over soon.

    While the far left seems bent on knocking out talk radio because they can't otherwise establish a foothold there, it's worth noting that Democrats didn't need the medium to retake Congress in November.

    Beyond radio, call me a Pollyanna, but I can't help but think it's going to be awfully difficult putting the genie back in the bottle. There are now RSS feeds to shape content and blogs and podcasts to publish it. (Technorati was tracking 60 million blogs last time I checked, a mammoth growth from about seven million blogs when I wrote this piece in 2004 for TCS.)

    As I wrote last week:

    In one sense, the current hyperventilating by Imus, Rosie, Sharpton, et al represent the death rumbles of an eighty year old mass electronic media in an era when everyone will eventually have his own blog--and heck, if they want it bad enough, their own TV station.
    Napster in its original form was killed by the recording industry at the start of the 21st century, but the concept of file sharing and downloading individual tracks of music is the law of the land. Similarly, YouTube has demonstrated how millions want to get their TV.

    It's certainly a far cry from the days when mass media meant three TV networks and one or two monolithic (usually institutionally liberal--and arguably worse, deadly dull) newspapers per city.

    One downside to today's media cornucopia though: is our readers learning?

    "Why It's Dumb To Sue Or Threaten To Sue Bloggers"

    Check out the graph that Bill Hobbs has posted of blogger Katherine Coble's traffic since she was sued by JL Kirk Associates. Mutual fund managers would kill to have a mountain chart that looked like that.

    The Week in Peeps

    To wildly paraphrase Zero Mostel (yet again), they're the best possible actors. If you have any disagreement with them, you can always rip their heads off, and they won't utter a, umm, peep:

    In other words, Mary Katharine Ham's latest HamNation is up.

    A Face In The Crowd

    Not surprisingly, Don Imus loses his CBS radio gig in addition to his MSNBC cable TV simulcast; veteran magazine editor Myrna Blyth has a piece in NRO today on the power to bully the legacy media grants to those it gives airtime:

    I have never listened to Imus, and the only times I’ve seen him have been when I was flicking through channels in a hotel room, trying to find the morning news. But what struck me the few times I did watch him was his amazing arrogance. And, while I know we’re not supposed to criticize people for their appearance, this funny-looking guy in a funny-looking cowboy hat sure does get a lot of power when he’s sitting behind a microphone. David Frum in his Diary gives an example of Imus’s arrogance. For years, right up to this current fracas, he has been able to freely use his power to sneer at others and get the audience to laugh along. Imus, quite simply, is a bully, and he’s made that pay big. And like a bully about to lose a fight, he has started sniveling and proclaiming what a good and generous guy he really is.

    The other great bully on TV right now is Rosie, who has her daily soapbox on The View. It’s her schoolyard bullying tactics, which she so effectively employs on that girlie show, much more than her crackpot conspiracy theories, that I find most objectionable. Day after day, like a true grade-school tyrant, she shouts down anyone who disagrees with her, steps on any applause another opinion might elicit, and, like Imus with his sidekicks, gets the other women on The View to agree with and support her.

    Rosie is also an expert at playing the victim and making excuses for herself. As she constantly explains, she suffers from depression and her mother died when she was young — and she is very generous, too. Of course, Rosie, in true bully fashion, is afraid to have anyone on the show who might have the power to say, “Hey, Rosie, put up your dukes,” and then, through argument, win a fair fight with her.

    Maybe the next media tempest will be when Rosie goes too far. Although she is very well protected, it probably will happen, and the pundits will once again have the chance to talk about the one thing they all agree upon — the enormous power those in media now have.

    A couple of weeks ago, Libertas had a great post on A Face In The Crowd, Elia Kazan’s's seminal late 1950s movie about a populist figure given a national platform by television who quickly becomes a demagogue. When I saw the movie for the first time on TMC or AMC in the late 1990s, Andy Griffith's performance in the lead role (which instantly put him on the map in Hollywood) reminded me instantly of James Carville; some might instead see Rush or O'Reilly in it. But it really is a dramatic foreshadowing of how today's media both invents public figures, lets them run fast, loud, and out of control, usually until its too late, and then quickly pulls the plug on them, and is well worth your time on DVD or next time it's on cable.

    In one sense, the current hyperventilating by Imus, Rosie, Sharpton, et al represent the death rumbles of an eighty year old mass electronic media in an era when everyone will eventually have his own blog--and heck, if they want it bad enough, their own TV station. But considering how well a fifty year old movie still depicts today's events, the medium may change, but not the urge to demagogue it.

    Tracking The Course Of A Category Five Blog Argument

    This flowchart looks about right to me.

    (Via Dr. Helen.)

    Ten Years For Dave, Five Years For Us

    Clive Davis writes:

    Until I dropped into Jackie Danicki's, I wasn't even aware that Web pioneer Dave Winer had just celebrated his tenth anniversary. This is what "the longest continuing running weblog on the Internet" looked like, more or less, in April 1997.
    It's sort of along the lines of James Lileks' early Bleats in terms of first generation home-rolled HTML craftsmanship, though much more link-oriented than longform prose.

    And incidentally, we celebrated five years worth of blatherifics ourselves last month. Here are some overly exuberant thoughts on the subject a few anniversaries ago.

    Update: "The site sure was ugly back then. I think we've grown up a lot in ten years". Courtesy of the Internet Archive Wayback Machine, here's what TownHall.com looked like a decade ago in version 1.0 mode.

    Internet Incivility, Politely Unnoticed

    "I'm not saying that you defend it. I'm just saying that it goes politely unnoticed a lot of the time."

    --As Newsbusters notes, kudos go out to Mary Katharine Ham, "who went up against three liberals by herself"--not surprising on CNN--"and did quite well" discussing the topic of female blogger harrassment, (and specifically technology blogger Kathy Sierra) alongside Arianna Huffington, Joan Walsh of Salon, and Reliable Sources host Howard Kurtz himself.

    (Back from Vegas, incidentally.)

    Update: Here's video of MKH on CNN.

    More: Jeff Jarvis has related thoughts on how the Blogosphere works--versus how some wished it did work--that are well worth reading in their entirety.

    Elsewhere: Mary Katharine Ham comments on her CNN appearance.

    Visit "The Festering Swamp"

    No, seriously, please do.The group blog's slogan is, "In loving memory of Cathy Seipp and the World she let us play in", and her daughter Maia is one of the participants there. This seems like a great place to start.

    Hate Speech In The Washington Post

    That's what the headlines would read if newspapers treated their own comments sections the same way they do those on blogs.

    Transatlantic Summit

    In the Claremont Review of Books, England's best conservative journalist reviews the latest book by Canada's best conservative journalist: "The Gelded Age--Theodore Dalrymple on Mark Steyn's America Alone".

    Very much apropos of the territory that both of the above men frequently explore, James Lileks recently wrote:

    I drove home listening to Bob Davis on KSTP; he was revisiting one of his favorite topics, one that mirrors exactly something I’ve felt for some time: the lack of any prominent cultural direction, and the strange incoherent sense of anticipation that lack produces. It’s as if the culture is treading water, with nothing truly new to give it focus and purpose. That’s not exactly a good thing when you’re competing with cultures that have both, in large quantities, and a sense of historical momentum the West has lost. I grapple with this from time to time, usually in the morning; it’s the odd suspicion that the West is exhausted. Not done or over or dead or resigned, but simply exhausted. We live in the end stages of the application of the Enlightenment, at least as applied to our own culture; what now? If you’ve ended debate on the great issues, you’re left with smaller ones, like 720 vs. 1080i; you concern yourself with indistinct dreads and assign to them a moral component; you luxuriate in the hot springs of partisan politics and redefine the issues so the gap between left and right looks like Gog v. Magog territory.
    Near the end of his review of Steyn's book, Dalrymple has one response:
    The welfare state has sapped all will to what is often mocked as la gloire; but without a notion of glory, without a notion that there is something in human life more worth striving for than universal central heating and television, no great thing is ever achieved. That is one of the reasons why the public architecture in Europe is now so awful: once you have lost the habits of taste, taste itself disappears even when money is available for its exercise.

    This is a very urgent book, but I am unsure whether I want to be around to see whether Steyn's pessimism is entirely justified.

    Given that Steyn's forecast is surprisingly short-term, I'd like to think I will be around then. But unlike earlier glitteringly technology-oriented forecasts by Clarke and Toffler, I'm also not sure if I'm looking forward to checking how closely Steyn's infinitely gloomier profile of the future ends up becoming reality in a couple of decades.

    We Cannot Beat Terrorists If We Don't Embrace Media Realities

    At the end of a long detailed post describing how he became an independent journalist in Iraq, Michael Yon writes:

    I’m finally starting to understand what so many Vietnam Veterans have told me. One overarching message from the front is that our combat forces are overwhelmingly good to the Iraqis and extremely accommodating to media, but there is a deeper substrate. We simply cannot beat the terrorists if we do not learn how to embrace media realities. With all the focus on training Iraqi Security Forces, it might be worth considering training our own team, too.

    Yet trapped here with Dr Strangelove, while some commanders undermine the media war, it bears frequent reminding that General Petraeus has won complex battles before in Iraq. He is extremely open with the media, and nobody with PhD from Princeton would invite a bunch of writers to document an historical fight he plans to lose. He’s invited press to a process he aims to resolve. I’d planned to watch the surge unfold in and around Baghdad and focus on that, but haven’t had much of a chance with Brooks and Gang playing musical chairs.And so that’s a brief of the route here, and the struggle with some commanders to stay and report on your friends, loved ones, and your war. Because, like it or not, this is YOUR war.

    In closing, I’d like to suggest a pact with new readers. This site is 100% reader supported. Not a dime comes from FOX, and clearly I am not getting paid by the Army, cots and MRE’s notwithstanding. To maintain independence, there are no advertisements on my site. It all comes down to you, the reader. If you keep reading, I’ll keep writing the Good, Bad, and Ugly, but I definitely will still need the high-cover that comes from high visibility; truth has a stinger that some seem particularly sensitive to.

    As the Professor, who interviewed Yon recently, would say, read the whole thing.

    "Let's send Ernie home": Be sure to read this on "the general that has just threatened to kick Michael Yon out of Iraq".

    Goodbye, Cathy

    Cathy Seipp passed away at 2:05 PM today, according to Lewis Fein.

    Susan Estrich puts partisanship aside for a warm remembrance.

    Update: More from Luke Ford.

    "What’s Your Problem": Bloggingheads--The Sequel

    On her Dynamist Blog, Virginia Postrel has had an interesting couple of posts on whether or not it was worth it for her to appear on BloggingheadsTV, mainly regarding the technical complexity of arranging the two camera/mic set-ups required to record the interview.

    But the format must be working in one sense, as its the obvious prototype for a new videopodcast with NRO's Jonah Goldberg and New Republic's Peter Beinart.

    Widening The Gap Between The Two Americas

    Adding onto David Strom's take on Edwards' boycott of Fox News, Jonah Goldberg has some further thoughts on where the fallout could eventually lead:

    Fox’s biggest critics don’t appreciate why Fox News exists in the first place. It was created because vast numbers of Americans — including many Democratic voters — saw the mainstream media as too liberal and too elitist. Proof that Fox’s creators were right can be found in its enormous ratings success. In response to that success — as well as conservative talk radio’s - liberals have become obsessed with creating their own alternative media. The most famous example, Air America, has been a giant failure, and maybe that explains part of the left’s mounting frustration with Fox. It just seems so unfair that viewers like Fox but don’t really want to watch Al Franken whine about Dick Cheney all day.

    Regardless, the Edwards Maneuver ratchets this whole cycle up to a new level. Already, conservatives are mumbling that their politicians shouldn’t appear on liberal networks. That’s hardly surprising. After 40 years of bashing the media from the right, conservatives are unlikely to get one-upped now.

    This process of media balkanization may well be inevitable. I’ve long argued that we’re heading toward a European-style press where newspapers and networks are more honest about their ideological biases. But in an age where the press and many politicians decry this division, it’s worth pointing out what we’re getting ourselves into. [Or going back to--Ed.]

    For example, Edwards was tactically very smart to do what he did. But he’s also the guy who decries the “two Americas” and hopes to unite them. It’s a dumb metaphor, but by Edwards’s own standards, Fox speaks to one of those two Americas. And boycotting Fox isn’t going to help close that gap.

    Hey, it's not like he's running for president or something.

    Cathy's World

    Moving tributes to Cathy Seipp, in both text and (via Tim Blair) video.

    As James Lileks writes of Cathy, "Read the words and remember the name: in the end it's all an author can hope for. I hope she knows that we did, and we will".

    Update: Via Matt Welch, check out Cathy in better days stylin' and profilin' (probably literally, since her reporter's notebook is out) with Bill Blass.

    Best Wishes To Cathy Seipp And Family

    Speaking of new media pioneers, Cathy Seipp has been hospitalized and apparently is in rather grave condition, a thought which puts all of the Coke/Pepsi, Drudge/Malkin, GOP/Dem "wars" into sharp contrast.

    The Drudge Retort

    Back when most people we're still figuring out how to connect their 14.4 kbps modems to AOL, Matt Drudge arrived on the Internet and became the 'Net's first household-name journalist, much to the chagrin of every journalist dining in the Grill Room of the Four Seasons whose last name wasn't Ailes. Drudge got to the 'Net first, established a mighty beachhead, and was the source of breaking news (and a fair amount of gossip) before the Blogosphere began.

    Drudge of course is famously prickly when called a blogger. And while it's fair to say that Drudge himself is not a blogger based on his site's format, in the past he's a bit more open-minded about those who followed in his wake, telling an interviewer in 2005:

    They tried calling it “Me-Zine” before, that was the word they were going to do, which also was offensive, as if the editors of the papers don’t make their own decisions and it’s their own version of a Me-Zine, as if Bill Keller doesn’t make the decision what is on the front page - that’s HIS Me-Zine.

    I just don’t like these negative terms. They’re individuals on the internet, living out their dreams.

    But if their dreams also include video, apparently that's a technology too far for Drudge:
    Maybe we’ll do, uh, uh, a commentary on the Internet like Michelle Malkin. Maybe I’ll stand in front of like a blue screen and hold a banana and start talking into the Internets. (Sneering tone) ‘This is Matt Drudge reporting on Hot Air.’ Agggh. You know. It’s ridiculous. Looks like, you know, Captain Kangaroo time, Michelle. Get real.
    That seems an incredibly cheap shot to me. As Libertas writes about indy filmmaking, "If you’re going to make a no-budget film anything that has nothing to do with budget must be executed perfectly...What doesn’t cost money, you must excel at". And the videos produced by Michelle's small Hot Air team do just that.

    Don't believe me? If you're new to the technology, try making one yourself with the same production values: this isn't someone borrowing his family camcorder for a blurry unedited spittle-flecked rant to upload to YouTube. Michelle's videos, even setting aside their often well-written content, are extremely slickly produced, and could easily be cut into a nightly news program with no loss of quality, and that speaks volumes about how technology has leveled the playing field between billion dollar networks and (comparatively speaking), a shoestring operation.

    There's no doubt that Drudge deserves an enormous amount of credit from being both a prominent early adopter, and an even more visible target for elites fearful of their status. And yet, faced with an ever-increasing new media environment, Drudge certainly seems to spend a lot of time looking over his shoulder, and risks turning into a new media version of the very same dinosaurs whose hermetically-sealed media world he up-ended.

    Compare Drudge's quotes to those of the man who helped put another Internet news format--the Blogosphere--on the map, and has not only linked to those who've been inspired by him, but to whole lists of them. Since increasing competition is inevitable, that seems to be a much healthier attitude.

    Update: Welcome Drudge Podcast readers! Umm, listeners...err, readers...Let's try that again: Welcome Drudge fans!

    A Gathering Of Video

    You won't see it on the nightly news (and certainly not in this depth), but Hot Air has video of this weekend's Gathering Of Eagles event.

    Eyes Wide Shut

    Good to see that Hollywood is finally raiding the Blogosphere for new talent:

    And it's astonishing that YouTube selected the apex moment of the trailer for its random screen grab!

    (For the real thing, click here.)

    This Is HNN

    I'm not sure if that stands for HamNation News Network or Henson News Network, but after this recent self-inflicted debacle, Mary Katharine Ham assembles "a crack news team that might meet the Dems' standards. They're fairer than Katie Couric. Fairer than Jon Stewart. Fairer even than Dan Rather:"

    (And to paraphrase Zero Mostel only slightly, they're the best possible reporters. If you have a disagreement with them, you can always use them to wash your car.)

    Red Queen's Race Update

    Steve Frank of California Political News And Views asks, "Is The Mainstream Media In The Midst Of Its Demise?"

    Readership of newspapers is down 3% in a year. Viewing of ABC, NBC and CBS is down, in total. Do you know anyone that watches Katie Couric?

    Cable TV, blogs and online newsletters and web sites are believed more than CNN could hope for.

    Apologists for the Left are down to blackmailing Democrats NOT to debate, because the debate is sponsored by Fox News. This type of action is what you would expect in Cuba, not a free society.

    The Age of Cronkite is over. People talk back to Wolf Blitzer, challenge The NY Times and cancel the Washington Post.

    As Bob Dylan would say, "the times, they are a’changin". When Hillary claims to be anti-war, her votes are brought up. When she claims she supports the troops, her votes are brought up. Obama claims to be a moderate and his bill in 2003-4 to impeach President Bush, as a State Senator, is brought up. These are never written about in the SF Chronicle or talked about by Brian Williams, it is the new media that reminds us of the truth, not the press release fantasy of these Leftists.

    No thanks to the mainstream media, but the facts are getting out and they are inconvenient to the Left.

    It looks to me, by words and deeds, the mainstream media is causing its own demise.

    You're not the only one, Steve. But as I wrote at the start of last month, the sheer vested power of the legacy media means that they're not very likely to go away soon. I do wonder though, where all of their recent credibility meltdowns will lead them, while simultaneously, their power becomes increasingly diluted by the growing Long Tail of the 'Net and the Blogosphere since 9/11.

    Putting All The Pieces Together

    In early 2006, just as YouTube and Google Video were first making their mark, I wrote about the intersection of the Internet and television first for TCS Daily, and later, on the topic of IPTV for The Robb Report's Home Entertainment magazine. (Not on the Web at the moment, unfortunately, and somewhat ironically.) While there have been a number of great Websites that incorporate video clips (and the production values of Michelle Malkin's daily "Vent" segments on her Hot Air site are first class), from what I've seen of it so far, England's 18 Doughty Street Website, with its slick-looking evenings' worth of longform programming has really managed to put all the pieces together in an exemplary fashion. In a recent post, Jeff Jarvis explains what makes them tick.

    As IPTV allows for full-length programs to be downloaded into television set-top boxes via broadband, expect many more channels like this. If I was an angel investor looking to fund the TV station of the future for the Web and/or IPTV, 18 Doughty Street, its format, and especially its production values, is the model I'd crib from as carefully as possible.

    First To Know, First To Go

    David Horowitz writes:

    This is what is unforgiveable in the campaign that Democratic leaders have conducted against the war in Iraq and therefore against the war on terror. They were the first to identify the post-Gulf War Saddam regime as a national security threat, specifically because of his determination to build and eventually use weapons of mass destruction. This little video says it all:
    Just click.

    Update: In contrast, Jules Crittenden looks at those most rarefied of journalists: "Media who get it, and bring it to you".

    "Abundance Denialists"

    From the man who brought you "beclowning", a new meme is born.

    Neo Has A New Matrix

    Neo-Neocon has a new URL: www.neoneocon.com. Adjust bookmarks accordingly.

    The News Eating Surrender Monkeys

    "France Bans Citizen Journalists from Reporting Violence".

    Update: Helen Thomas sounds like she'd be happy with the French government's decision.

    "News War": Obvious Narratives Generate Bipartisan Consensus

    Last week I linked to Hugh Hewitt and Newsbusters' negative impressions of PBS's "News War" Frontline miniseries; as conservatives, it's not at all surprising that they'd have a beef with a PBS show. But while Jeff Jarvis is much closer to the demographic that PBS targets, he's also not very much impressed with their efforts:

    I just watched the third part of Frontline’s News War and found it utterly unsurprising and profoundly disappointing. It delivered the obvious narratives it wanted to deliver: a war between mainstream media and the rabble of citizen bloggers, a cultural and quality line between old media and new, and a moral battle between the business and editorial sides of the news business, as illustrated by its lionizing of deposed LA Times editors John Carroll and Dean Baquet and its demonizing of Tribune executive and now LA Times publisher David Hiller. I was part of it, briefly, to fulfill their blogger-v-MSM storyline; here is more of what I said to them. I remain disappointed that they didn’t investigate the future of journalism, the opportunities and possibilities. Instead, they played the themes we have heard again and again, as if on a Top 40 radio station: tsk-tsking the tackiness, fretting about the news that the big guys are sure we need, evil Wall Street, looney citizens. I could sit down and fisk, as we say, all its cheap shots and lazy analysis and incomplete reporting but, frankly, I don’t find it worth the effort.

    Meanwhile, Bill O'Reilly tells his viewers "journalism in this country is at a low point":
    And it comes right before one of the most important presidential elections in history.

    Much of the mainstream media now invested in promoting ideology at the expense of providing honest information.

    * * *

    We in the press have been granted special privileges by the Constitution. Those privileges are now being abused by corrupt editors and TV executives.

    If "The New York Times" and NBC News can explain why they didn't cover the ACLU debacle, I'd like to hear it. If not, all Americans should turn away from them.

    But they won't of course--at least not in numbers that generate any immediate attention from the legacy media, whose reaction to its slow erosion of viewers and readers ranges from surprising sanguinity to utter cluelessness. Which is why I've been wondering what--if anything--will happen as a result of what's been bubbling up for the last six months or so in the Blogosphere.

    The Patron Saint Of Quality Footwear

    In addition to Your Humble Narrator's interviews with Austin Bay and Adam Bellow, this week's Blog Week In Review podcast has hidden within it breaking news--The Manolo's first publication is due in March from Pamphleteer Press.

    Who Are You?

    Mary Katharine Ham puts it all into perspective:

    You know, when you live in D.C. and among the blogs, it's easy to forget you're really weird-- that not everyone knows that Andrew Sullivan's dramatic shift from pro-war ideological conservative to strident war opponent based mostly on a single social-issue disagreement with the Bush administration may have lessened his credibility as a pundit.

    Yep, you're weird. I was working on a special project this week, one of the topics for which was, "Do Pundits Matter?" so I took to the mall to find out. Aside from getting, err, questioned about our filming several times by mall security, all went smoothly for Katie and me, and we met many nice folks who, oddly, have no preference for Eleanor Clift or Tony Blankley.

    Yeah, I couldn't figure it out either.

    Wow, they don't even know that the refs (read: the powers that be at The Atlantic) seem to have called the fight between the Ali and Frazier of punditry.

    Beclowners Befuddled

    I didn't watch the debut episode of Fox News' Half Hour News Hour, but Libertas writes, "The numbers are in and that thing you’re tasting now my friends, is victory:

    How would you like to be Stephen Colbert right now? How would you like to be the media darling of 2007 who’s spent years building an audience only to get your behind waxed by the very first airing of a conservative comedy news show (On FOX!)? And how would you like to be Jon Stewart right now? How would you like to be the guy treated like the icon of all things funny and cutting edge only to find that the very first episode of a conservative comedy news show (On FOX!) almost waxed your behind? Methinks the lovers of irony aren’t enjoying this bit o’ it.
    Read on for the actual ratings numbers.

    Beclowning Bespoken

    Speaking of language and slang, the Word of the Year arrives early this year, courtesy of Tim Blair.

    You Can't Spell "Old School" Without "Old"--Even In Word

    Chris Sprow of The Chicago Sports Review writes

    KC Johnson is a 38-year-old bowtie-wearing Brooklyn College professor with a Harvard degree. He has a passion for American history, and he enjoys the classroom. And due to his own peculiar mixture of annoyance and curiosity, he might be the most oft-cited source for those looking for coverage of what could formerly be called "The Duke Rape Case."

    That it was ever dubbed "The Duke Rape Case" as opposed to "The Duke Investigation" or "Allegations in Durham" is part of why he exists as we know him. He's a common story in New York and Durham. Kurt Andersen has written about Johnson's work in New York Magazine, and calls him "heroic." The exceptional legal writer Stuart Taylor Jr. has written about him in Slate. Many others have, and some will surely follow.

    And yes, old-media lovers, he's a mere blogger; a word that our Microsoft Word still holds in contempt, an underlined outsider.

    My copy of Word doesn't--it only takes a keystroke to keep it up to date. Speaking of which:
    He's also further evidence of how, even inside a newsroom, it's long not been a debate whether the "web logger" has changed modern journalism for the better, no matter how much it can sting us in the old school…To. Print. That.
    Just because you come from the old school of dead-tree journalism doesn't mean you can't keep up to date with the new.

    In the body of the interview, Johnson states:

    there's a tendency among activist-left in the academy to just brand anyone who disagrees with them as a right wing-nut. It works, and it's hard for them to give up that stance. … Put it this way: before this case started I had never seen defending civil liberties as a right wing position.
    As Glenn Reynolds rebuts, "It all depends on whose civil liberties, K.C."

    Brilliant!

    Drinking Guinness with Christopher Hitchens and the Anchoress? Sounds good to me--I'll even bring the keg.

    Ask And You Shall Receive (More NJ Videoblogging)

    A month ago, I linked to the Newark Star Ledger's nascent video blog site devoted to all things New Jersey (designed by Sekimori, who previously overhauled this site's graphics), and wrote:

    Hopefully TV Jersey will have plenty of South Jersey video coverage in addition to Newark and the rest of northern New Jersey.

    While the project is being launched by a large metropolitan newspaper that's seeding the site's early video clips, there's no special sauce here. Anybody with a camcorder and editing software, along with a broadband connection for access to YouTube and Blogger.com could put something like this together for their region as well.

    David Corrigan wrote me yesterday about his own video blog, a well-produced site whose name says it all: South Jersey Video Magazine.

    Here's a recent sample, with footage of an impressive snowbound tiger and other critters "enjoying" a typically harsh New Jersey winter. Sadly, no sloths involved, but I can't tell you how representative the interviewed veterinarian’s accent is of the region I grew up in.

    That Was Then, This Is Now

    In the immediate aftermath of 9/11, a statement by early blogger Ken Layne became a rallying cry to the nascent Blogosphere, much like "Go West Young Man" was to an early generation of Americans (or "Food Fight!" to a newer one, to borrow Roger Ebert's riff). Layne's original quote went like this:

    It's 2001, and we can Fact Check your ass. And you, like many in the Hate America movement, are no longer able to dress your wretched "reporting" in fiction. We have computers. It is not difficult to Find You Out, dig?
    In the course of massive repetition, Layne's statement was boiled down to its essentials:
    We have computers. We can fact-check your ass!
    But 2001 and the spirit of the early days of blogging is increasingly receeding further into the distance, as this passage near the end of Howard Kurtz's new profile of Michelle Malkin illustrates:
    Sometimes, though, Malkin seems to use the same howitzer against every provocation. After she started crusading against the "Girls Gone Wild" culture as a "liberal assault on decency," the satirical site Wonkette received -- and posted -- a picture of Malkin's head on the scantily-clad body of a college student, whose image had been plucked from the Web. Malkin denounced what she called the "hate-filled cowards" at Wonkette's parent company for "repeatedly smearing and attempting to humiliate me."

    After being contacted by Malkin's lawyer, Wonkette ran a snarkily worded semi-retraction. The site's West Coast bureau chief, Ken Layne, says he doesn't know or care whether the picture is real and calls Malkin "incapable of getting a joke."

    "People send us dumb stuff all the time, and if it makes us laugh, we post it," he adds.

    As Ann Althouse wrote last year:
    People blog for lots of different reasons, and blogging is still burgeoning and developing. Don't cave into nostalgia for a Golden Age, especially one that got its golden glow from the horror that was 9/11. Things were bound to change and shake around, and some bloggers that you liked then may put you off now. But there are always a million new bloggers, and blogging is a beautifully fruitful format.
    If not always a beautifully truthful format, of course. But these days, what media is?

    Off The Record, On The QT, From Her Lips To Yours

    Between the politically-fueled Grammys, the death of Prozac-fueled Anna Nicole Smith, and the hydrogen and liquid oxygen-fueled past of Lisa Marie Nowak, the timing couldn't be better for the debut of GlossLip, the gossip-fueled blog of Dawn Olsen, wife of Blogcritics founder Eric Olsen. "Celebrity Gossip From Our Lips To Yours", is their slogan.

    It's all off the record, on the QT, and very hush-hush, to borrow from Sid Hudgens' old slogan.

    (And if you simply can't get enough of Anna Nicole Smith's trainwreck life and death, don't miss this recent post by Cathy Seipp on "The Loneliness of the Long Distance Bimbo".)

    Mashups--Not Just For Brokeback Mountain Parodies Anymore

    Infoworld reports:

    Yahoo Inc. has launched a service called Pipes designed to let regular users mix different RSS and Atom feeds and create data "mashups," a process that so far has required programming knowledge.

    Pipes features a drag-and-drop interface that the company hopes non-technical users will find simple and intuitive as they manipulate content syndication feeds to combine data in new and useful ways.

    An example of a Pipe is this one , which meshes listings from Craigslist with data from Yahoo's local search engine to display apartments for rent near any business, Yahoo said.

    Another one collates news about topics chosen by the user from a variety of sources.

    "Pipes' initial set of modules lets you assemble personalized information sources out of existing Web services and data feeds. Pipes outputs standard RSS 2.0, so you can subscribe to and read your pipes in your favorite aggregator. You can also create pipes that accept user input and run them on our servers as a kind of miniature Web application," reads Yahoo's description of the service , posted Wednesday night.

    While Pipes today lets users mix data from RSS and Atom feeds, Yahoo hopes to extend the service to support other data formats, Web services, processing modules and output renderings, Yahoo said. For example, Yahoo will open up access to the Pipes engine to programmers and add support for the KML data source, which is used to display geographic data in Google Inc.'s popular Google Earth mapping application and Google Maps Web site.

    As if they didn't need it, this is yet another reason for Pinch & crew to be scared: it's now a breeze to build your own newspaper out of the best bits of information sources from around the world.

    "What I Really Want Is Information, Not Wastepaper"

    Forty years ago, Arthur C. Clarke, with a film he co-wrote called 2001: A Space Odyssey about to be released the following year, was asked to speak at the annual meeting in Manhattan of the American Institute of Architects. Among the many futuristic predictions he offered were these glimpses that sound astonishingly prescient in retrospect:

    Newspapers will, I think, receive their final body blow from these new communications techniques. I take a dim view of staggering home every Sunday with five pounds of wood pulp on my arm, when what I really want is information, not wastepaper. How I look forward to the day when I can press a button and get any type of news, editorials, book and theater reviews, etc., merely by dialing the right channel.

    Electronic “mail” delivery is another exciting prospect of the very near future. Letters, typed or written on special forms like wartime V—mail, will be automatically read and flashed from continent to continent and reproduced at receiving stations within a few minutes of transmission.

    That was in May of 1967. This week, Arthur "Pinch" Sulzberger of the New York Times finally got the message, according to Hugh Hewitt:
    "I really don't know whether we'll be printing the Times in five years, and you know what? I don't care, either," said New York Times Publisher Arthur Sulzberger Jr. to Haaretz Tuesday.

    We don’t care either. The “we” are the one time loyal readers of newspapers. “We” are the “market.” And the market doesn’t “care” about carriages driven by horses, ships with sails, or the Pony Express. The market cares about demand, and demand for newspapers is drying up.

    In his latest op-ed, Hugh wonders if the efforts to complete the newspapers' move to the online world will also involve a strategic re-think of what information is delivered. Or will the newspapers will continue to try to pretend that it's still 1967, delivering the same sclerotic content on a CRT instead of pulpwood? As one of Hugh's readers emails in:
    Enjoyed this column. You touch on an important, underdiscussed part of daily papers' problem: They assume they are their readers' primary source of news. Hence the insipid game summaries in the Sports section (when, as you said, everybody who cares about the game grabbed all the info they need from ESPN and the Internet 8-12 hours before the paper hits their driveway). The same goes for Yesterday's Big Vote in Washington - it's ancient, but every paper feels compelled to cover it.

    This is an important flaw because its root is - ta da! - hubris. Arrogance. An unwillingness to live in today's world, where by the time a newspaper is delivered, I've read thousands of words of analysis at the Corner, Powerline, Michael Barone's blog, HughHewitt.com, etc.

    As Hugh responds, it's a matter of steam versus sail.

    Gutfeld Takes The Boeing

    As a follow-up to our post on February 1st, Greg Gutfeld, simultaneously Arianna Huffington's main man and bete noir, has a late night show debuting tonight on Fox News at 2:00 AM EST.

    Postmodern Retromobiusloop

    James Lileks typically has lots of fun by tweaking the nostalgia of the past with joyful irony. (As opposed to joyless irony, which has been an infinitely more common currency for the last 30 years or so.) But to celebrate ten years of The Bleat--if not the earliest online diary, then certainly one of the earliest that's still going strong and read by a huge audience--Lileks applies the irony beam on himself, and reminds us what the first Bleat looked like in those Jurassic Internet days of 1997.

    So what came before the Jurassic period? This.

    Is Gutfeld Taking The Boeing?

    Greg Gutfeld maybe getting his own late night talk show on the Fox News Channel.

    The sounds of HuffPost readers' heads exploding will be audible nationwide if this happens.

    Embrace The Suck At The L.A. Times

    Err, no that headline isn't quite what it sounds like at first glance: Austin Bay, host of Pajamas' Blog Week In Review podcast, has an excerpt from his new pamphlet in a recent edition of the L.A. Times.

    (Bugmenot works well of course, if you'd like to read the article without registering.)

    Omnipotent Tourist Syndrome: The Motion Picture

    Between Vent, Blog Week In Review, and now Mary Katharine Ham's latest HamNation video, I guess it's multimedia day in the Blogosphere. MKH writes:

    The distance between the communities "defended" by environmentalists against development and the communities themselves is often large, both philosophically and literally. Filmmakers and journalists, Phelim McAleer and Ann McElhinney have made a documentary that highlights these environmental battles and the exaggerations, fibs, and sometimes outright lies that keep some of the world's poorest cultures from developing. "Mine Your Own Business" is an entertaining, moving and sometimes humorous look at a side of the environmental movement we don't often see—the dark side.

    McAleer traveled to Rosia Montana, Romania several years ago to cover a story for the Financial Times—the story of Toronto-based mining company Gabriel Resources forcing people from their homes, planning an environmentally destructive mine, and ruining the pristine countryside of that remote Romanian village, all against the wishes of its residents. Only, when he got to Rosia Montana, he found a different story.

    "I pretty much found that everything the environmentalists were saying was either false, exaggerated, or just a plain lie," McAleer said in a telephone interview Monday.

    Residents told him they had sold their land for good money. Mining company representatives told him they planned to clean pollution left by now-deserted state-run mines that were built before environmental standards were in place and modernize housing and plumbing for residents. Locals told him the pristine rivers were actually running with cadmium and zinc.

    Environmentalists claim that 80 percent of the people of Rosia Montana are opposed to the building of the mine. When McAleer and his wife toured the streets and homes of Rosia Montana, they found many who spoke in favor of it, and who wondered why so many outsiders were interested in stopping it (a letter signed by the people of Rosia Montana is here).

    As I wrote in 2006:
    Last year, Matt Welch described a similar sentiment amongst equally leftwing and reactionary tourists to Cuba:
    this common sentiment has always irritated the hell out of me. Oh, the crumbling, no-longer-beautiful houses! Ah, the lovely two-feet-deep potholes, and rickety Chinese bicycles (because the 50-year-old Chevys and 30-year-old Ladas don't work, and at any rate there's no gas). How people can derive pleasure from evidence of the suffering of innocents is beyond me, and few sights are more unseemly to my eyes than seeing a Lonely Planet-waving travel snob whine about how some current or formerly misgoverned hellhole has been "ruined" by all that yucky reconstruction, material success, and (worst of all!) tourism. Oh how pretty! The baseball players make $20 a month, and they live on a prison, but at least there's no annoying electronic scoreboard!
    Val Prieto, who frequently blogs on Cuban issues at his own Babalu Blog dubs it "Omnipotent Tourist Syndrome".

    Sort of like the propagation of SARS, it appears to be spreading beyond travelers to one nation, into a global meme. And it's worth noting that a variation of it was the dominant theme of the 2002 U.N. Summit on Sustainable Development in Johannesburg, where numerous Gulfstream Transnationalists such as California's own Jerry Brown urged--for the sake of the global environment, if not local civilizational ruins--that the Third World remain as backward and shackled as possible.

    Recently, the Libertas film blog explored the one-meme-fits-all state of documentaries and wrote:
    Brave would be a documenatry filmmaker who took the Jesus Camp approach to Islam; who took the Iraq in Fragments approach to what we’ve done right in Afghanistan and Iraq: who took the Inconvenient Truth approach to extremism in the environmental movement. That would be diverse. That would be provoking. That would be brave.

    That would get you blacklisted.

    By Hollywood, yes. Fortunately, there are increasing alternatives, a topic explored, coincidentally enough, in this week's Blog Week In Review.

    AP Makes A Booty Call

    "Who needs journalism when you've got booty and disco beats?"

    Michelle Malkin, whose Hot Air Website produced a series of first class videos shot on location in Iraq, checks in on Big Journalism's state-of-the-art online video efforts.

    The Man, The Myth, The Vodka

    Steve Green returns to the Blogosphere by live blogging the State of the Union speech--"Cocktail-enhanced, of course".

    Cheers!

    Update: Allah writes:

    I’ve never understood the fuss, particularly given that it’s Bush. By my count, he’s delivered exactly four memorable speeches in the past six years and only one of them is still remembered fondly: the address to Congress after 9/11, the “axis of evil” SOTU, the “Mission Accomplished” speech, and the second inaugural address. We’re looking at an hour of energy-policy wonkery, global-warming alarmism, and shopworn bromides about how crucial victory in Iraq is. What’s left to say? If it’s worth watching at all, it’s only to see at which key phrases Hillary ostentatiously rolls her eyes.
    Vodka and vermouth seem like a necessity at this point.

    (Particularly to get through this, which Allah translates tersely as "lose faster".)

    Still Standing

    As I wrote yesterday, over to you, AP's Kathleen Carroll.

    (Additional links here.)

    Over To You, Kathleen Carroll

    Just back in the US from Iraq, Michelle Malkin writes:

    Well, the Iraqi Ministry of Interior says disputed Associated Press source Jamil Hussein does exist. But at least one story he told the AP just doesn't check out: The Sunni mosques that as Hussein claimed and AP reported as "destroyed," "torched" and "burned and [blown] up" are all still standing. So the credibility of every AP story relying on Jamil Hussein remains dubious.
    Note the photos that Malkin and colleague Bryan Preston took of those mosques, as well, on Michelle's site. (Video is apparently coming tomorrow.)

    Over to you, AP executive editor Kathleen Carroll.

    Commentary And Its Contentions

    Commentary magazine has added a new group blog, titled "Contentions". Click the link and give a look.

    Dynamic Truth

    Ever wonder what would happen if Lee Ermey wrote Wired magazine's "Jargon Watch" column? No, me neither, until now. Because that's the tone of Austin Bay's new pamphlet, Embrace The Suck, published by Adam Bellow's new Pamphleteer Press.

    As Austin writes in his introduction:

    Warrior slang accepts suffering as inevitable. It also says, “Buddy, you ain’t in this alone.” Take the acronym “MARINES.” The wry definition is “Many Americans Running Into Never Ending Shit.” (That addresses a “corps” identity issue.) The Operation Iraqi Freedom phrase “embrace the suck” is both an implied order and wise advice couched as a vulgar quip.

    Prussian General Carl von Clausewitz went to war when he was 12 years old. Over the last two decades, critics have argued that his treatise On War is a bit dated in terms of theory. However, everyone with military experience agrees that Clausewitz understood “the suck.”

    He called it “friction.”

    “Everything in war is very simple,” Clausewitz wrote, “but the simplest thing is difficult. The difficulties accumulate and end by producing a kind of friction that is inconceivable unless one has experienced war.”

    “Embrace the suck” isn’t merely a wisecrack; it’s a raw epigram based on encyclopedic experience. Face it, soldier. I’ve been there. This ain’t easy. Now let’s deal with it.

    This pamphlet should be made an appendix of the AP Stylebook--nobody would benefit more from it than journalists. But at a mere $4.00 a pop, which includes both a physical hard copy, and an immediately downloadable PDF file while you're waiting for the mailman, there's no reason why you shouldn't pick up a copy yourself.

    Forward Movement, Moving Forward

    Jules Crittenden has a handsome new upgrade to his blog's appearance. If you haven't stopped by in a while, take a look.

    Terrific Idea For A Video Blog

    I lived in New Jersey for over 30 years, so I'm happy to see Newark's Star-Ledger launch TV Jersey:

    New Jersey needs a television station to call its own. Programmed by New Jerseyans, for New Jerseyans. TVJersey has no broadcast towers, no satellites. It doesn’t even have a studio. But it has you. And what you produce, we’ll promote. Just tag your videos on youtube with tvjersey, and we’ll find them. (We’re going to start using some other services soon.) We might find them even if you don’t. And you can always send us ideas and links at video [at] tvjersey dot com. Together, we’ll build the TV station we deserve.
    And there's no reason why other sites can't join them, if Jersey-centric Websurfers detect a bias or tone they're uncomfortable with, or aren't happy with the site's amount of coverage. And speaking of which, hopefully TV Jersey will have plenty of South Jersey video coverage in addition to Newark and the rest of northern New Jersey.

    While the project is being launched by a large metropolitan newspaper that's seeding the site's early video clips, there's no special sauce here. Anybody with a camcorder and editing software, along with a broadband connection for access to YouTube and Blogger.com could put something like this together for their region as well.

    Update: Further thoughts from Jeff Jarvis; interesting comments as well, immediately below them.

    And Still More Impact From The Long Tail

    Matt Drudge writes, "Threatened By The Internet, Time Magazine Slims Down":

    TIME magazine, which has been coming out every Monday for over 36 years, hit the streets last Friday instead.

    "I believe that getting the magazine on newsstands on Friday helps us set the news agenda," explained Richard Stengel, the managing editor.

    NEW YORK TIMES media columnist David Carr takes the opportunity to rain on TIME's first weekend parade:

    "At the end of the month, there will be significant layoffs at the magazine division... In the last six months, the huge rate base of Time magazine has been cut by almost 20 percent, the street date has been moved, and at the end of the month, the standard editorial model -- a centralized, well-paid cadre processing every bit of copy that comes in the door -- will be kaput..."

    Carr explains: 'A tremendous amount of effort has been expended on TIME's new Web site, which makes its debut Monday."

    Carr knocks the print magazine: "In its current state, a thin weekly on increasingly thin paper, TIME magazine is not much of a thing to behold."

    Not that the New York Times is the picture of health of course, either financially or in terms of flawless journalistic credibility. The Feiler Faster Principle and the Long Tail of the Internet have both radically reshaped the media environment that both of these two old liberal warhorses compete in.

    James Lileks once described how that world used to work:

    The News was a venerable symbol of childhood’s World of Authority, like Life magazine and those boring but somehow important “White Paper” documentaries on TV. The news was handed down, not passed around. The news was bestowed, not shared.

    The news wasn’t out there 24-7, swirling around, waiting for you to open a window; it came in predictable intervals in varying portions. The radio news in the morning came at eight, brought to us by Northwest Orient (gonnngggg) Airlines; nothing happened in the world for the rest of the day. Paul Harvey summed up the general pith of the global gist at noon, but he rarely broke news. (He will, nevertheless, outlast them all. Because he's radio.) The paper came at four. It was a careful, measured thing, having had all day to think about matters. Then came the evening news: black and white, bare sets, Authority Men in grey suits with black glasses and the sober look of judges who had left the robe at home for a day. Nothing happened for the rest of the night; the ten o’clock news managed to squeeze the entire world through the tiny aperture of All Things Fargo. The world, in general, kept its distance – thanks to Cronkite and the AP wire.

    In this context, a Special Bulletin would make you soil your drawers. They didn’t break in for anything. When you heard the words “We interrupt this program,” the best you could hope for was an assassination.

    The news was like oil – pumped from select locations, refined by a few big companies.

    Unless you're in the demographic that's utterly frightened by the Internet (and you're not, since you're reading this), that's not at all how you get your news these days, is it?

    Of course, it's not like these trends haven't been continuously predicted since about forty years ago. But as I've noted before, the mass media seems utterly resistant at times to new trends. But in the 1990s, as the rate of media change began to dramatically accelerate, the legacy media seemed to think that attacking newcomers to the information sphere was a better plan than actually preparing for the current environment.

    Update: Related thoughts from Mickey Kaus:

    Page C5: The NYT sells moneymaking TV stations to refocus on "synergies" between its struggling newspapers and "digitial businesses." .... "Synergies." Where' did I hear that word recently, in a media context? ... Now I remember. ... P.S.: Stock down 14%. Sell off of profitable assets. We're only just beginning to glimpse Pinch's visionary plan for victory! ...
    In the meantime...

    Here's Where The Story Ends

    Well, eventually, at least. Kathy Shaidle writes:

    There's plenty wrong with blogging: the fanboy kiss-assery; the me-too-ism; the wholesale adoption of clunky, unimaginative catch-phrases; the military "experts" whose firsthand experience under fire amounts to having yelled "You sunk my battleship" at their cousin in the rec room; the blogs that are nothing more than too-eager auditions for party hack employment; the rush to denounce unseen movies, unread books -- and to publicize outrageous incidents that turn out to be figments of someone else's imagination.

    None of those real problems can, should or will be solved by some stuck up, dues-collecting, members-only acronym.

    But look at how much the guild mentality has done for elite journalism!

    How The World Works

    Well, the Blogosphere world at least; Richard Fernandez has a superb, Den Beste-esque post on the topic at The Belmont Club.

    For my own takes on the subject, follow the links, here.

    Neologism Born of British Orgins: "Zombietiming" Coined By BBC

    The BBC kicks off the new year by inventing a new meme:

    Lawrence Pollard (host): Hello, I'm Lawrence Pollard, and welcome to a very special edition of Culture Shock: four leading experts in the fields of technology, business, marketing and trend-prediction are here today to tell us what 2007 has in store for us. Our four prophets will give us a glimpse of the future, and they'll tell us each what they predict will be the defining trend of the next twelve months.

    And without further delay, let me introduce our council of experts. ... Tim Jackson is also here in London. Tim is a business entrepreneur and writer, recently selected as one of the 100 Global Leaders of Tomorrow at the World Economic Forum in Davos, no less. In addition, Business People in the New Economy recently voted him one of the most important people they would like to have in their contact book. He's in house, he's here. Tim, Thanks for coming. Again, briefly, what do you think will be shaping 2007?

    Tim Jackson: I think the biggest trend is going to be something which I call "zombietiming." And it's exceptionally bad news for journalists, because it's a trend in which people out there on the Web will be checking facts of television, radio and newspapers, and hauling people to account when they get them wrong.

    Not surprisingly, the audio of the show is at Zombietime itself.

    Latest Blog Week In Review Podcast Now Online

    This week, Austin Bay has an extended, one-on-one interview with Claudia Rosett on Kofi Anan, the Oil For Food Scandal, and the UN in general. It's great stuff, and very much worth a listen, particularly if you're not up to speed with incredible spadework that Claudia has performed to bring sunlight to the trainwreck that is the United Nations.

    "Why Can't The MSM Cover Iraq?"

    Hugh Hewitt writes:

    My question is whether there is even one MSMer currently reporting from Iraq who was an Iraq or Afghan War veteran? Even one?

    And why aren't there a hundred such veterans-turned-reporters?

    And have the journalism schools bothered to track down the accomplished and returned warriors and ask them to lecture the journalists-in-the-making on how to cover the war?

    One guest suggested MSM will not hire veterans because such a skills set will not produce the sorts of stories that advance the MSM's agenda, which is an anti-Administration, anti-war agenda. Perhaps he is correct.

    But it is undeniably true that there are ways to cover the war well --to "flood the (war) zone"-- and to avoid the trap that that General Mattis describes the MSM as having fallen into.

    There does not, however, seem to be the inclination. For in depth reporting on Iraq --and the war's many other fronts-- we will have to continue to rely on new media.

    Absolutely. Only a stasist would say that information diversification is a bad thing.

    Flying Back To San Jose Tonight

    I'm in the Admiral's Club at D-FW waiting for my flight back to San Jose, California; watch for regular blogging to resume tomorrow. In the meantime, Betsy Newmark and Pajamas have lots of thoughts and links regarding President Ford's death at age 93, and Hugh Hewitt has a devastating Socratic evisceration of the Wall Street Journal's anti-Blogosphere Joseph Rago, who fits Virginia Postrel's definition of a Stasist to a T.

    Wait'll Taranto Reads This One

    Opinion Journal, which, of course, publishes a superb blog-style daily update written by James Taranto, has a screedy, ill-tempered attack on blogs up today written by Joseph Rago, an assistant editorial features editor at Opinion Journal's parent publication, The Wall Street Journal:

    Blogs are very important these days. Even Mahmoud Ahmadinejad has one. The invention of the Web log, we are told, is as transformative as Gutenberg's press, and has shoved journalism into a reformation, perhaps a revolution.

    The ascendancy of Internet technology did bring with it innovations. Information is more conveniently disseminated, and there's more of it, because anybody can chip in. There's more "choice"--and in a sense, more democracy. Folks on the WWW, conservatives especially, boast about how the alternative media corrodes the "MSM," for mainstream media, a term redolent with unfairness and elitism.

    The blogs are not as significant as their self-endeared curators would like to think. Journalism requires journalists, who are at least fitfully confronting the digital age. The bloggers, for their part, produce minimal reportage. Instead, they ride along with the MSM like remora fish on the bellies of sharks, picking at the scraps.

    More success is met in purveying opinion and comment. Some critics reproach the blogs for the coarsening and increasing volatility of political life. Blogs, they say, tend to disinhibit. Maybe so. But politics weren't much rarefied when Andrew Jackson was president, either. The larger problem with blogs, it seems to me, is quality. Most of them are pretty awful. Many, even some with large followings, are downright appalling.

    Yes, there's no escaping Sturgeon's Law, is there?

    What I don't understand is the attack on the format itself. A Blog simply refers to a Web-based format that allows for instantaneous and automatic uploading of new post; its contents are as varied as can be imagined, from superbly logical 10,000 word essays from Steven Den Beste in the mid-naughts, to the video-oriented content of sites such as Hot Air. (All the way to the day-in-the-life fair that originally inspired the name "Weblog", of course.)

    Surprisingly, Rago is a man who sees bloggers as being virtually identical clones, despite working for a publication such as the Wall Street Journal, which published op-eds from early pioneer Glenn Reynolds during the 2004 election season. Ironically, though, Rago's piece is little indistinguishable from the the themes that tie together seven years worth of hit pieces on Internet-based journalists that I assembled last year.

    Update: Further thoughts on Rago's piece, media bias in general, and a reminder that diversification isn't just for mutual funds anymore, from Ed Morrissey.

    Power Line Funkadelic

    This week's Blog Week In Review podcast is now online:

    This week’s program is a Blog Week special, with John Hinderaker and Scott W. Johnson of Power Line. They talk about how and why they created their successful blog; the Baker-Hamilton Iraq Study Group report and its historical perspective as compared with Pearl Harbor, whose 65th anniversary was commemorated last week, and they predict next week’s events. As usual, Austin Bay hosts and moderates; Ed Driscoll produces.
    Click here to listen!

    Zombietime: The Antidote To The Victorian Gentleman

    Zombie Speaks! Shortly after witnessing the debacle outside the gates of San Quentin during Tookie Williams' much deserved execution in February, I dusted off Tom Wolfe's meme from The Right Stuff of the press as a hypocritical Victorian Gentleman and wrote:

    To easily see the Victorian Gentlemanly style in action, pick up a copy of a paper like the San Francisco Chronicle. (Or scroll through their Website of course, but it's even more obvious "on dead tree".) Read their coverage, of say, the protests outside the gates of San Quentin during Tookie Williams' execution. Then peruse the photos of the same event at Zombietime.
    I'm not sure if in the strictest definition, Zombietime is actually a blog, but it's very easy to say that Zombietime is one of the great additions to the Blogosphere. Its proprietor is interviewed here. Needless to say, read the whole thing.

    Missing The Love

    "Fox News: 'You Report, We Repeat' -- Without Attribution"

    Who Is Jamil Hussein?

    He's the mystery man of the hour (well, half-hour, actually) on this week's Blog Week In Review, with Richard Fernandez, Glenn Reynolds, and host Austin Bay.

    At the beginning of last August, Ace of Spades brilliantly predicted the scandals involving Jamil Hussein, and his immediate predecessor, Adnan Hajj, Reuters' bumbling would-be fauxtographer:

    The American media is setting itself up for a massive scandal. One day, it will in fact come out that they are guilty of willful blindness and a deliberate avoidance of asking their stringers tough questions to maintain their own plausible deniability.

    And they'll have to answer some hard questions, such as, "If you're so vigilant against being 'used' by the American government for its 'propaganda,' why are you so blithely nonchalant about being worse-used by America's enemies?"

    Many of Steven Glass' colleagues looked back and wondered how they'd been fooled by his fabrications for so long. Apart from the outlandishness of some of his stories, he also had an uncanny knack for getting the Killer Quote that tied together a piece or summed it up in one pithy, bullet-point sentence. We should have known no one gets that lucky so consistently, they said later.

    The American media seems to be an employing a possible Army of Steven Glasses, and yet they're more than willing to pretend they don't know what's going on so long as those suspiciously-dramatic front-page pictures keep coming back from the foreign stringers.

    Click on this week's podcast to explore the latest development in the MSM's faux journalism from the Middle East.

    Intramural Blogospheric Struggle Foreseen

    TigerHawk is taking credit for being the source of the well-linked Mark Steyn/Ralph Peters Thunderdome rumble this weekend, adding:

    Read TigerHawk today to anticipate the intramural blogospheric struggles of tomorrow.
    Fair enough!

    Would That Make The EU The Weimar Republic?

    James Taranto explores the Mark Steyn/Ralph Peters smackdown yesterday and writes, "Think about this: Peters is predicting a rebirth of European fascism, possibly including genocide--and he's the optimist of this pair".

    Mind The Gap--Between Civilization And Its Discontents

    As Glenn Reynolds writes, "If you're in London, Jackie Danicki could use your help with a photo identification".

    Crash And Burn

    It's a race to the bottom in a special NASCAR HamNation!

    Development Blogs Are A New Blogosphere Development

    One recent trend in the music software industry is the creation of development blogs, which, at their best, allow for interactivity with readers, describe new features of an upcoming product, and of course, build promotional interest before its launch.

    Two recent development blogs have been for TC-Helicon's Harmony4 plug-in, which we reviewed in a lengthy post that was a recent Blogcritics' Editors' Pick of the Week, and Cakewalk's upcoming Project5 Version 2.5. We discussed an earlier version of Project5, here.

    Cakewalk is also promoting their products via YouTube, such as this explanation of their Sonar recording program's ability to work with the 64-bit version of Windows, and its benefits:

    As Hugh Hewitt discussed a couple of years ago in Blog, there's no reason why any industry couldn't adopt either of these promotional ideas to introduce new products to the marketplace--and there's no doubt, smarter companies will increasingly be doing just that.

    "Now Instead Of Books, We Have Blogs"

    David Brooks believes that the era of The Big Book that shapes discussion about society and where it's going is no more. Nick Schulz disagrees, and over at TCS Daily, counters with a list of recent books that have shaped the national conversation--including one by Brooks whose meme was so significant, we named a whole category after it.

    "The Class Struggle of Jim Webb"

    In an article for The American, his own dramatically retooled magazine for the American Enterprise Institute, publisher James K. Glassman writes of James Webb, "Billed as a moderate, the new Virginia senator sounds more like an old-school leftist":

    Webb was widely portrayed as a centrist in a race in a state that has voted Republican in every presidential election since 1964. But such terms--left, center, right--mean less and less. Virginia Postrel, in her superb 1998 book The Future and Its Enemies, distinguished between dynamists, who, with realism and enthusiasm, welcome the opportunities of a new world of technology and global exchange, and advocates of stasis, like Ralph Nader and Pat Buchanan, who fear and rail against the changes.  Writing in the journal under the headline "Class Struggle," Webb reveals himself to be a member of the latter group--a chip-on-the-shoulder populist whose framework of analysis is an obsession with class and power relationships.
    Or as Jacob Weisberg recently dubbed them, "The Lou Dobbs Democrats".

    Read the rest of Glassman's essay.

    New Blog Week In Review Online

    In a post yesterday, I noted that we can't count out the MSM and its power. But the new media is making remarkable strides. In the latest Blog Week In Review, Austin Bay interviews fellow Pajamahadeenites Andrew Marcus and Richard Miniter on their use of tiny videocams to cover the midterms. And Miniter in particular discusses covering Washington--where the mindset concerning the Internet is very much like Larry King's--for an online new agency.

    Election Night Link-A-Palooza!

    The Anchoress, Fausta, and (of course) Pajamas are loaded with links to keep you busy while waiting for the voting machines--whatever kind they are--to open.

    And in the exact opposite of those posts--Bill Whittle is back with another long, long post, with very, very few links: he's written 8,497 words; read every one of them.

    Meanwhile, Hugh Hewitt writes:

    I will be up early looking for the first wave of Beltway-Manhatten media machine reports of doom for the Republicans and waves for the Democrats.

    Don't believe a word of it.

    And there will be many, many early words tomorrow, and no doubt, more than a few exit polls (real or imagined, ala 2004's election day) leaked, despite the networks' best promises to the contrary.

    Election Preview Podcast Potpourri

    The Pajamas Blog Week In Review election preview podcast should be up later today at this link. If the anticipation is too much for you and you need an additonal 10ccs of pre-election political podcasting while you're waiting, tune into my interview with Jonah Goldberg and Steve Hayward over at TCS Daily, or this podcast with Lorie Byrd of WizBangBlog.com, John Hawkins of RightWingNews.com, Scott Elliott of ElectionProjection.com and Richard Ross of ConservativeswithAttitude.com.

    (Found via Betsy Newmark.)

    A Pinch Of A Mobius Loop

    This just in: there were no weapons of mass destruction in Iraq, but our releasing of the details of Saddam Hussein's nuclear weapons program could benefit Iran.

    If that doesn't sound internally consistent to you at first glance, you're not alone. But that seems to be the big November surprise from The New York Times, which Jim Geraghty makes sense out of. Certainly more sense than Times does; as Geraghty writes:

    I think the Times editors are counting on this being spun as a "Boy, did Bush screw up" meme; the problem is, to do it, they have to knock down the "there was no threat in Iraq" meme, once and for all. Because obviously, Saddam could have sold this information to anybody, any other state, or any well-funded terrorist group that had publicly pledged to kill millions of Americans and had expressed interest in nuclear arms. You know, like, oh... al-Qaeda.

    The New York Times just tore the heart out of the antiwar argument, and they are apparently completely oblivous to it.

    The antiwar crowd is going to have to argue that the information somehow wasn't dangerous in the hands of Saddam Hussein, but was dangerous posted on the Internet. It doesn't work. It can't be both no threat to America and yet also somehow a threat to America once it's in the hands of Iran. Game, set, and match.

    Read the whole thing.

    As John Stephenson writes, "The New York Times confirms that in 2002 Saddam Hussein’s 'scientists were on the verge of building an atom bomb, as little as a year away:'" Which hands a nice "See I told you so" moment not just to President Bush, but to to Rick Santorum, though it may be too late for his campaign to benefit from it.

    Update: Ed Morrissey adds, " So I Guess The FMSO [Foreign Military Studies Office] Documents Are Legit":

    This is apparently the Times' November surprise, but it's a surprising one indeed. The Times has just authenticated the entire collection of memos, some of which give very detailed accounts of Iraqi ties to terrorist organizations. Just this past Monday, I posted a memo which showed that the Saddam regime actively coordinated with Palestinian terrorists in the PFLP as well as Hamas and Islamic Jihad. On September 20th, I reposted a translation of an IIS memo written four days after 9/11 that worried the US would discover Iraq's ties to Osama bin Laden.
    Read the rest.

    More: If--and that's a big if--this story does indeed occur before the election, hasn't the Times rather nicely paved the way for it?

    Quote Of The Day

    "Glenn, you describe a man that's simultaneously trapped in the past, and simultaneously stuck on stupid. Is that a fair assessment?"

    "Yeah".

    --Austin Bay and Glenn Reynolds, discussing the American military's favorite senator, in this week's Pajamas Media Blog Week In Review podcast, coming tomorrow.

    Update: Tammy Bruce, the third participant in this week's podcast, and one of the great Bellicose Women, to borrow from one of Glenn's phrases, is not at all surprised at this development, though Senator Kerry probably would be.

    Sinister Cabal Undergoes Radical Change Of Disguise

    Blogcritics has undergone a dramatic facelift. Click here for the new look; click here to peruse my occasional contributions to the site, which date back to its humble start back in 2002--a millennia in Blogosphere time!

    Morning In Hamerica

    Mary Katharine Ham goes video:

    Funny, slickly produced, and an utterly charming hostess: how long before this gets slapped with a warning label by YouTube?

    Mark Versus The Malthusians

    Austin Bay, whose "Blog Week In Review" podcast I produce, has a great review of Mark Steyn's new book, America Alone, over at Town Hall.com:

    Mark Steyn notes in his new book, "America Alone" (Regnery Publishing), "The end of the world's nighness isn't something you'd want to set your watch by. "

    Steyn provides a collection of the dire predictions made by "Chicken Little's eminent successors."

    Steyn's list includes:

    -- 1968, in "The Population Bomb," distinguished scientist Paul Ehrlich declared, "In the 1970s the world will undergo famines -- hundreds of millions of people are going to starve to death."

    -- 1972, in "The Limits to Growth," the Club of Rome announced that the world would run out of gold by 1981, of mercury by 1985, tin by 1987, zinc by 1990, petroleum by 1992, and copper, lead and gas by 1993.

    -- 1976, Lowell Ponte published a huge bestseller called "The Cooling: Has the New Ice Age Already Begun? Can We Survive?"

    -- 1977, Jimmy Carter confidently predicted that "we could use up all of the proven reserves of oil in the entire world by the end of the next decade."

    "None of these things occurred," Steyn writes. "Contrary to the doom-mongers' predictions, millions didn't starve."

    Steyn, however, isn't against gloomy prognostications, per se. In fact, "America Alone" is a doom book of a peculiar sort -- it's insistently witty and trenchantly written. Both are achievements, given the core subject matter: American demographic success and vitality (fecundity, folks) compared to the demographic decline of other democracies and modern, industrialized nations.

    That's a topic that Steyn explores further on his own Website, in a timely excerpt from his new book, and if you haven't listened to it yet, click here for my own interview with Steyn over at TCS Daily.

    Incidentally, this week's "Blog Week In Review" will have an interview with the author of another important book on the War On Terror, whose theme has a decidedly different slant than Steyn's. Watch for details here and the Pajamas mothersite.

    Cell Phones And The Future Of News Gathering

    Hollywood Reporter reports that when Cory Lidle's private plane "crashed into an Upper East Side apartment building on Wednesday, Fox News Channel delivered early live video to its viewers from the crash site using a hand-held mobile phone souped up with streaming video".

    Around 2000, long before anyone heard of the Blogosphere, I actually did an article on the future of news gathering for a short-lived magazine for cell phone users in England. Click here for a reprint.

    Brush With Hotness

    Dean Barnett looks back on his time with former Miss America, Vanessa Williams.

    (Unfortunately, Ms. Williams could not be reached for her thoughts on Mr. Barnett. Or if she has any.)

    Gee, I Wish We Had One Of Them Doomsday Machines

    Surely this development is all Bush's fault, and no doubt, Kofi Annan is deeply concerned, as yet another player in the global arms race goes nuclear. Well, the Blogosphere's arms race, at least...

    The Celluloid Closet

    Reponding to pressure from McCornthyism, Roger L. Simon comes clean...

    Update: The Anchoress outs herself as well, using words that begin with F and--gasp!--even H--in the process!

    Atomic North Korea, Foleygate, A Month Of October Surprises

    Sorry for the lack of posts today--we recorded the Pajamas Blog Week In Review show early today, and I'm the process of assembling and mixing it down. Watch for it to go live tomorrow--and tune in for one lively show.

    Ed Driscoll.com: 760 Days Into The Future!

    On August 28th, 2004 I contrasted how Kerry and the Swift Vets viewed the modern demassified media enviroment. First up, a look at the ol' Winter Soldier:

    Kerry's massively invented narrative ("swashbuckling Swift Boat lieutenant"--as Steyn describes him--turned brave defender of soldiers' rights) was built to survive the glancing scrutiny (if you can call it that) of a 1972-era media that consisted of three TV networks with half hour evening news shows, and a few liberal big city newspapers, all of which were staffed with journalists more or less largely sympathetic to Kerry's leftist anti-American beliefs.

    But between the Swift Boat Vets and the Blogosphere, there are far too many people examining Kerry's story, and his "reporting for duty" edifice has crumbled.

    Is that fair? We'll, we're deciding if we want the man to have the key to the most powerful arsenal ever assembled. If he can't survive the scrutiny of the Blogosphere, who James Lileks recently described as an "obsessive sort with lots of time on their hands", is he someone who should be trusted with this power?

    In contrast, while they were refighting the 1972-era Kerry's battles against America, the Swift Vets had an infinitely better command of the modern media world than the Senator's campaign team:
    Ironically though, while the Swift Boat Vets have been fighting Kerry over the events of Vietnam and immediately afterwards, they've demonstrated that they understand how the new media works far better than his campaign does. The anonymous staffer that Charles quotes above is quite right: initially, the dino-media didn't have the nerve to go after their man with these charges. But they've lost their role as information gatekeepers. And the Swift Boat Vets seem to understand that intuitively.
    "The Fix", The Washington Post's politics blog agrees that the Kerry Camp simply didn't understand today's decentralized media world:
    While Kerry's foibles have been well-documented, Harris and Halperin propose that the man most responsible for the Massachusetts senator's defeat was not the candidate but rather Matt Drudge -- founder of the widely read Drudge Report.

    Harris and Halperin call Drudge the "single most influential purveyor of information about American politics" and go on to add: "Drudge, with his droll Dickensian name, was not the only media or political agent whose actions led to John Kerry's defeat. But his role placed him at the center of the game -- a New Media World Order in which Drudge was the most potent player in the process and a personifications of the dynamic that did Kerry in."

    How was Drudge so influential? By serving as the online platform for carefully planned leaks of damaging information -- some of it personal, some of it professional -- that effectively defined Kerry negatively in the eyes of the voting public.

    Example: Kerry got his haircut at a pricey Washington salon? First reported by Drudge.

    One more: Negative comments by Kerry about the city of Dubuque? First reported by Drudge two days before Kerry made his first visit to Iowa as a presidential candidate.

    Harris and Halperin write: "Presidential campaigns are about storytelling. A winning presidential campaign presents the candidate's life story to voters. A losing campaign allows someone else to frame that story."

    Wise words for any candidate considering the 2008 race.

    While Drudge's role as a media hub shouldn't be undersold, Harris and Halperin themselves don't seem to grasp the Long Tail of the Blogosphere: between hundreds of bloggers, and the Swift Vets' ability to use the Internet to end-run the legacy media, Kerry suffered a death by a thousand cuts, because he was severely damaged goods long before he won the nomation. As I wrote earlier in August of 2004:
    This isn't Bill Clinton's shadowy Whitewater dealings and other murkiness from his salad days as an Arkansas governor. Then-Naval lieutenant Kerry led a remarkably well documented--and even audio and videotaped life in the early 1970s. Didn't he think this material would surface if he chose to run for the presidency? And if so, why did he choose to run so much on his four months in Vietnam, and only spend 26 seconds(!) on his 20 years in the Senate in his acceptance speech at the DNC?

    As Glenn Reynolds wrote yesterday about the swift boat vets' ad, "Kerry played right into this with all the stuff about Vietnam and medals".

    To have been as high profile, inflamatory, and as well documented as Kerry was in the early 1970s, and not expect it to be used against you if you ran for the presidency seems like an astonishing lack of understanding of the New, New Journalism, to coin a phrase.

    Update: Of course, it isn't just presidential candidates and their aides who don't get the Internet. Stephen Spriuell, who runs National Review Online's Media Blog, patiently explains to befuddled journalists assigned to cover the Foley scandal how the Internet works, a subject they haven't understood since, well, the early days of The Drudge Report. Spruiell writes:

    I sympathize with reporters who have to explain complicated stories in a small amount of space or time. But seriously: How hard is it to explain the difference between an e-mail and an IM?
    Ask Mary Mapes: she didn't even know who the players were on the Internet during the 2004 presidential election, let alone the difference between emails and IMs. And as Spruiell has witnessed firsthand, she's far from the only cyber-clueless member of the legacy media.

    Quote of the Day

    The last sentence of this is a classic:

    Ten years after he created Fox News Channel, Roger Ailes says he still avoids mentioning his place of employment in certain circles.

    "It's just not worth going through the hassle at an elite party," he says. And: "The only reason I know we're doing the right thing is that we're widely criticized." And: "I've never felt out of the mainstream in America. I've felt out of the mainstream at Le Cirque."

    Via Stephen Spruiell, who has more thoughts on Fox's tenth anniversary, as does Betsy Newmark.

    And incidentally, I think Jonah Goldberg had a great take on Fox a couple of years ago, when he wrote, "at least one of the things that has made Fox News successful isn't that it's right-wing, it is that it's populist." The channel openly roots for the U.S., which, frankly, is more than you can say about the other television news networks.

    (At least at the moment.)

    Mediamorphosis Spotted

    In Tech Central Station article titled, "Mediamorphosis", Alvaro Vargas Llosa looks at how poorly newspapers have handled their transition from a dead tree to a digital medium:

    I remember sitting round a table in my capacity as op-ed page editor for one of the Knight-Ridder papers in the early 1990s, listening to Tony Ridder, the chief executive, explain that technology was rendering newspapers as we knew them obsolete. We needed to adapt to the coming revolution: digital, interactive, customized information flows. Twelve years later, Ridder is the victim of what he so eloquently predicted. Forced by Private Capital Management, an important shareholder, he had to agree to the sale of the empire after trying all the options -- cutting costs, buying back shares, dumping a few papers. And off went Knight-Ridder, with its 32 papers and a combined circulation of 3.7 million, to the McClatchy Co.

    With exceptions such as China and India, the (slow) decline of the newspaper business is a worldwide trend. The big mistake that newspapers in America, Europe and Latin America have made in response to the new environment is to treat this trend as a financial and a technological challenge rather than a cultural phenomenon.

    The newspaper industry's response over the past decade -- and Knight-Ridder is a good example, but not the only one -- has consisted mainly of two things: restructuring finances and providing online versions of print products. Everything else -- including the creation of new businesses under their famed brands or going into cable TV -- was intended to salvage the traditional way of providing news. The result is, well, the "whodunit" yell.

    The cultural change taking place with regard to information amounts to a decentralization of power. Steve Greenhut of The Orange County Register in Southern California put it nicely when he wrote that "this is the equivalent of the Protestant Reformation for the media, where every man can become his own pope, or in this case his own publisher.''

    Matt Drudge's debut instantly made dead-tree newspapers (and television news) a legacy medium. Which is why it wasn't at all coincidental how viciously dead-tree reporters attacked* the first of their successors. And even though Drudge's politics (more or less conservative) were very different from theirs, it's worth remembering that the media devoted very little--if any--space in their pages to discuss the long-term ramifications of what his debut signified.

    * Note careful avoidance of the D-Word!

    MSM In The Headlights

    Peggy Noonan praises the freedom of choice that demassifying mass media has brought us, while simultaneously exploring its downside:

    Forty and 50 years ago, mainstream liberal media executives--middle-aged men who fought in Tarawa or Chosin, went to Cornell, and sat next to the man in the gray flannel suit on the train to the city, who hoisted a few in the bar car, and got off at Greenwich or Cos Cob, Conn.--those great old liberals had some great things in them.

    One was a high-minded interest in imposing certain standards of culture on the American people. They actually took it as part of their mission to elevate the country. And from this came..."Omnibus."

    When I was a child of 8 or so I looked up at the TV one day and saw a man cry, "My horse, my horse, my kingdom for a horse!" He was on a field of battle, surrounded by mud and loss. I was riveted. Later a man came on the screen and said, "Thank you for watching Shakespeare's 'Richard III.' " And I thought, as a little American child: That was something, I gotta find out what a Shakespeare is.

    I got that from "Omnibus."

    Those old men on the train--they were strangers, but in the age of media a stranger can change your life.

    And because the men on the train had one boss, who shared their vision--he didn't want to be embarrassed that his legacy was "My Mother the Car"--and because the networks had limited competition, the pressure to live or die by ratings was not so intense as today. The competition for ad dollars wasn't so killer. They could afford an indulgence. The result was a real public service.

    Now the man on the train is a relic, and no one is saying, "As the lucky holders of a broadcast license we have a responsibility to pass on the jewels of our culture to the young." In a competitive environment that would be a ticket to corporate oblivion at every network, including Fox.

    TV is still great, in some ways better than ever. Freedom works.

    And yet. When we deposed the old guy on the train, it wasn't all gain. No longer would the old liberals get to impose their vision. But what took its place was programming for the lowest common denominator. Things that don't make you reach. Things you don't want to teach. Eating worms on air-crash island with "Jackass."

    I spoke with a network producer a few weeks ago, an old warhorse who was trying to explain his frustration at the current ratings race. He wrestled around the subject, and I cut with rude words to what I thought he was saying. "You mean it's gone from the dictatorship of a liberal elite to the dictatorship of the retarded."
    Yes, he said. And it's not progress.

    When liberals miss something in the media, that's what they should be missing. Not a unity that never existed but standards that were high. When conservatives say there's nothing to miss, they're wrong. We lost some bias, but we lost some standards, too.

    Betsy Newmark asks, "Why be angry at Fox News"?
    But even if you grant that Fox is unequivocably conservative, they're a small, small part of the overall viewership of nightly news. And, I suspect that Noonan is quite correct - the people who are watching Fox regularly are the ones who are already going to vote Republican. So, why should liberals in New York City be so outraged by their watching a conservative news channel? Could Peggy be right that they just resent having had to give up their monopoly on news dispersal to talk radio, Fox, and the internet? They're just ticked off that the mainstream media's barricades have been breached.
    In the previous post, I noted the elite media's derision when Matt Drudge arrived on the scene as the first journalistic star created solely via Internet popularity. But I've always found their astonishment at the time so strange. Or as I wrote a year ago:
    It's weirdly ironic--despite the fact that they're in the news business, the media are often the last to spot a realignment of their own industry. Witness how the Big Three networks never expected cable TV's rise in the early to mid-1980s, the first in a series of (to borrow Alvin Toffler's word), demassifications. The next was Rush Limbaugh and talk radio's rise during the same period the following decade, equally unexpected. Witness how Matt Drudge took newspaper journalists all by surprise, even though he shouldn't have: the Internet had existed since 1969, the World Wide Web, which runs on it, since the early-1990s, and it was due for a media celebrity of its own. And others were destined to follow, as Weblogs make self-publishing a breeze.
    Liberals have had a commercial television medium that suited their biases for 50 years--a medium which titled further and further to the left beginning in the late 1960s as they did, and whose on-air representatives derided President Reagan's election in 1980 as they did, and the Republican Congress' Contract With America in 1994, as they did. Why on earth should they be so surprised that (a) conservatives would want at least one channel that reflected their worldview as well, and (b) someone was finally willing to give them one in the 1990s, once he saw an opportunity to make a profit?

    Hanging Stone

    A few years before the Blogosphere took off, Matt Drudge arrived on the scene as its harbinger. He was of course, instantly reviled by elite liberal journalists, who were feeling--at least subliminally--the ground shifting under their feet. But there was even earlier one-man news gatherer whom they did respect, immensely. As Jonah Goldberg wrote in January of 2000:

    I’m thinking of a journalist who works alone, without editors, accountable to no one. Many feel he has an ax to grind, but he is read furtively by government workers and journalists. Often, he levels wild accusations against public officials of broad conspiracies he cannot prove. He lifts much of his material from other publications and adds his own interpretation. He calls the mainstream press "collaborationists" with the President.

    Can you guess? Most people today would say Matt Drudge, the Internet columnist. But Drudge evokes nothing but scorn from the establishment press, while the guy I’m thinking of was called a "journalist’s journalist" by ABC’s Peter Jennings. The Los Angeles Times hailed him as "the conscience of investigative journalism." The New York Times’ Anthony Lewis praised him as "the reporter who taught us to penetrate the squid-ink of official truth."

    His name was I.F. Stone (1907-1989), and he won fame editing, writing, and publishing I.F. Stone’s Weekly. Unlike Drudge, Stone was a man of the Left, labeling himself a "Jeffersonian Marxist."

    A new biography of Stone by Myra MacPherson, reviewed in the New York Times weekend, labels Stone as a willing dupe of the KGB. Or as John Podhoretz writes:
    A dozen years ago Stone's reputation was rocked when a retired KGB officer seemed to finger Stone as a paid agent of the Soviet Union. MacPherson evidently went to great pains to disprove this charge, and in her book she triumphantly claims to have done so. But, as Paul Berman explains in a fascinating review of her book (and a new collection of Stone's writing), MacPherson "seems not to notice that in her ardor to rescue Stone from his enemies, she has yanked the rope a little too firmly and has accidentally hanged the man."

    * * *

    So Stone didn't work for the totalitarian government in Moscow. He merely "performed tasks" for the Soviet Union for free, out of conviction. I confess that in the past, I have described Stone as a paid agent. That wasn't true. What he was, though, was every bit as despicable.

    Read the rest.

    Update: A Cornerite comes to Izzy's defense.

    Another Update: "Of course, everyone is allowed to change his mind. What was missing from Stone during his lifetime was some candor about what made him swerve so radically from one view of Israel to another. But when we think back on Stone's Soviet boosterism, even during the worst of Stalin's crimes, we are reminded that candor was not always his strong suit."

    "I'm Glad I Didn't Have To Wear Pajamas"

    Senator Joseph Lieberman sits down to a video (and audio) podcast with maximum Pajamahadeen Roger L. Simon.

    Dogs And Cats Blogging Together

    Hugh Hewitt and Ed Morrissey are defending Keith Olbermann--and I agree with them.

    The Anchoress's recent thoughts on civility are well worth re-reading; maybe someone should email a link to them to The New York Post.

    Update: The Post's comments are even more despicable than at first glance: Ed Morrissey updates his blog with a reminder that the Post itself was victim of an anthrax mailing in September of 2001; one of the paper's mailroom employees required treatment in a nearby hospital.

    Another Update: In another example of dogs and cats blogging together, the Pajamas motherblog is praising Olbermann's network for its recent series of advertisements honoring our soldiers in Iraq.

    Cocooning Clarified By Pajamas-Clad Panelist

    INDC Journal highlights the Pajamas Media panel at DC's National Press Club:

    A blogger from the New York Times shot the panelists some skeptical questions, one asking if blogging increased partisanship because people could "choose news" that fit a worldview. Best counter-argument**:

    "Like the people who read the New York Times?" -- Val Prieto.

    Heh, as the panel's precision-opticalled antennae-less moderator is wont to say.

    The State Of The Union Of Two Media

    The Anchoress has a brilliant idea for a post: using President Clinton's appearance on Fox this weekend as a metric for assessing the power of two mediums: the legacy media and its successor:

    Blogs have made inroads, but not enough, and all of their fact-checking amounts (in the eyes of the MSM) to little more than soundwaves in the echo chamber. “One side” of the partisan chasm has the whole story and sits nearly impotent with it, while the other has the “preferred story,” accredited and promoted by the “mediating intelligences,” who still (and will for the foreseeable future) hold the largest sway over public opinion, by sheer dint of their control of public knowledge.

    The blogs did an incredible job of fact-checking Clinton - they were quick and accurate - they found files of articles from the NY Times and the WaPo utterly dismantling Clinton’s assertions. They floated the video from NBC News (not a known right-wing establishment) suggesting we had OBL more than “in our sites.” But it will be to little effect, I fear. In subsequent news reports, the “mediating intelligences” have not picked up a bit of the analysis, have not used any of the facts easily available on hundreds of blogs.

    Not the right story, you see. Clinton is not the right president to prove a “liar.” The press wants desperately to bring down a president, but Clinton is not the one. And so, facts-schmacts, the only facts that matter are the ones the master can pull out of thin air.

    And if that doesn’t demonstrate, more than anything, that we are living in an age of diabolical disorientation, where up is down (the excellent economic news is bad) and right is wrong (men who served with John Kerry know nothing about him) and truths are lies, (US policy from 1998 on was regime change in Iraq, but only until we did it) I don’t know what can.

    I feel no great thrill here to see Clinton in a purple rage, nor to see how brilliantly some parts of the blogosphere responded, because in the end our limited audience is still been trumped by the vast and attention-span-challenged audience of the MSM, who click on, absorb a thirty second “Clinton good, others bad” sound bite and click out, certain they’ve got the information they need.

    The blogosphere is growing in effectiveness. Blog commentary is increasingly dependable, professional and penetrating, and the fact-checking is above reproach, but our effectiveness is still limited.

    I think that's exactly right, and the Achoress's denouement dovetails nicely with some thoughts Peggy Noonan had this past summer, when she compared the strength of Democrats currently in office to the infinitely more powerful strength of Democrats permanently manning newspaper op-ed pages.

    Update: Here's another metric for the health of the Blogosphere: the Senate Majority Leader praises "the bipartisan citizen journalism of the blogosphere" for its role in passing the Federal Funding Accountability and Transparency Act--a.k.a., the Porkbusters Act.

    New Blog Week In Review Up!

    All sorts of doings on this week's Blog Week In Review show; we apparently were Mark Steyn's first-ever podcast; he discussed his new book America Alone as special guest this week.

    The book itself is exceptional, and I've been devouring my review copy. As Hugh Hewitt suggests, it's one of a handful of essential books for understanding the War On Terror, why we're fighting it in such a polite, reserved-style when compared with previous wars, and, as the title suggests, why America--along with, currently, a handful of staunch allies--is increasingly on its own in an ever-more appeasement-crazed world.

    The other big news is that Blog Week In Review is now sponsored by Volvo. But does this mean we risk being named in Bill Lockyer's lawsuit against seemingly every automobile manufacturer on the planet...?

    Update: Bumped to top of the page.

    Grace Under Pressure

    Mickey Kaus writes:

    Andrew Sullivan has decided to give out a Nancy Grace Award. Criteria (suggested by Sullivan's readers) include "a nauseating level of absolutist self-righteousness," an "unflappable self-assurance that [the nominee's] outrage represents the true moral high ground on any issue" despite a propensity to "flip flop"--and a habit of "excessive personal attacks." [Emphasis added]... You mean like righteously bullying anyone who fails to support a war in Iraq, then turning around and righteously attacking the people who are prosecuting it? ... Can you think of any nominees? I'm stumped.
    Me too. Don't rush me, I'm still thinking it over...

    Get It While It's Hot

    I'm always sorry when James Lileks uses up his Apple-allotted bandwidth. because ordinarily, his weekly Diner podcast appears late Thursday night/early Friday morning, and it's the perfect way for me to relax after finishing editing and mixing and mastering and uploading the Pajamas Blog Week In Review podcast. (The differences between the two podcasts illustrate just how endlessly versatile the podcasting format can be, incidentally.)

    But Apple has deigned to give James a fresh set of bandwidth, which means his latest Diner is finally accessible. Stop in today!

    Update: I didn't have a chance to see Lileks' powerful video clip of images from 9/11 before his bandwidth was quickly exhausted on Monday. If you didn't see it either, click here. Keep a handkerchief or ten nearby, though.

    Adjust Bookmarks Accordingly

    Darren Copeland, formerly of Colorado Conservative, whom I met a couple of years ago at a Denver Blogger Bash, has a new URL. Update bookmarks accordingly.

    The Thrilla In Pajamas!

    The new Blog Week In Review is online. Like Ali and Frazier, special guest David Corn and Glenn Reynolds slug it out over PlameGate!

    Wired News: "9/11: Birth of the Blog"

    Found via the Professor, Wired News writes:

    When the world changed on Sept. 11, 2001, the web changed with it.

    While phone networks and big news sites struggled to cope with heavy traffic, many survivors and spectators turned to online journals to share feelings, get information or detail their whereabouts. It was raw, emotional and new -- and many commentators now remember it as a key moment in the birth of the blog.

    I agree--and in true Blogosphere style (Advantage: Ed!), I'll simply mention that I made many of the same points as this Wired story myself.

    In an article I wrote four and a half years ago.

    "Murder in the Cathedral"

    Pajamas has an exceptional video produced by Andrew Marcus and featuring Richard Miniter, on Iranian President Khatami’s visit to the Washington National Cathedral. In addition to its important subject matter, the quality of the production is first rate, and could easily air as a segment on CNN or Fox.

    As of course, could Michelle Malkin's Hot Air video blog. When I wrote my TCS Daily piece earlier this year on the merger of the 'Net and TV, I speculated that television networks might want to co-opt this rapidly emerging talent pool. But another scenario is emerging: downloadable TV, which is just around the corner. And it will be very interesting to see how the availability of videos such as these to anyone with the right kind of set-top box (such as this early example) will change viewing dynamics in much the same way that Fox News has left CNN in the ratings dust.

    Well, That Didn't Take Long!

    On Thursday, I wrote:

    Quick thought: If the report about the cut scene involving Sandy Berger is accurate, given how many review copies of the [Path To 9/11] miniseries have already been sent out on DVD, how long before a clip of the scene in question ends up on YouTube? (And/or Hot Air?)
    The Websites I predicted didn't pan out, but here's the clip, on Red State and Traditional Values.org.

    Update: "Democrats Have Captured Their Greatest Threat and Placed Him in Gitmo!"

    New Blog Week In Review Up!

    Along with Gerard Van der Leun, Roger Simon sits in, and explains the reason he went into blogging.

    But then, it's the reason we all went into blogging, isn't it...?

    The Perfect Jurisdiction

    Mark Steyn dines with Australia's Jana Wendt:

    "It’s never that one society knows everything about how to live. There are always trade-offs … If I could devise a perfect jurisdiction, it would have New Hampshire gun laws – and French restaurants.”
    I'll second that emotion--and urge you to read the rest.

    "The Most Embarrassing Gig In The Blogosphere"

    Having a blog is such a personal, individual thing. It's probably the purest form of self-expression short of improvising on a musical instrument (and it's no coincidence that a number of prominent bloggers are also musicians of one sort or another). That is, unless it's purely a paid gig churning out posts for an enormous corporation as a "peremptory voice and clickety stiletto heels" clatter in the background.

    Dean Barnett looks at "a fellow named Greg Kandra, who can lay claim to the most embarrassing gig in the entire blogosphere"--although, to be fair, this fellow laid much of the initial groundwork last year.

    Tangentially-Related Update: Speaking of the purest form of self-expression short of musical improvisation, "Dan Rather Lays Down Rhymes Over Dope Beats!"

    Google News Adds Newspaper Archives

    This makes a lot of sense, though I would have been much more gung-ho before Google seemed to go out of its way to wreck its image:

    SAN FRANCISCO (Reuters) - Google News is getting a sense of the past to balance out its relentless focus on the present.

    Google Inc. has added the ability to search through more than 200 years of historical newspaper archives alongside the latest contemporary information now available on Google News, the market-leading Web search firm said on Tuesday.

    "The goal of the service is to allow users to explore history as it unfolded," said Anurag Acharya, a top Google engineer who helped develop the news archive search.

    "Users can see how viewpoints changed over time for events, for ideas and for people," said Acharya, who also built the Google Scholar service for academic researchers and once was a professor at the University of California at Santa Barbara.

    Archive Search instantly generates a timeline of stories on a particular subject over the years, allowing Web surfers to target particular dates, or to observe how coverage of an issue has evolved over time.

    As examples, he cited the 1969 Apollo moon landing or events with long histories such as the Palestinian conflict.

    Curious reference that last item is for Reuters to make, huh?

    In any case, the push to 2014 marches forward. And it will be fun to watch bloggers checking to see what (if anything) vanishes down whatever Memory Hole Google News installs, and checking it against, say, the Internet Archive Wayback Machine for years-later airbrushing.

    This Week On Meet The Blogosphere...

    I had already planned on interviewing promiment bloggers to get their thoughts on Stephen D. Cooper's new book, Watching The Watchdog: Bloggers As The Fifth Estate for TCS Daily. But when the Reuters "Picture Kill" scandal broke via Charles Johnson and his readers, this seemed like the perfect opportunity to focus in on that issue, along with the self-proclaimed oversight role the Blogosphere plays in regards to the self-proclaimed oversight role of the legacy media.

    So I was very happy to round-up Charles himself, Glenn Reynolds, and Dean Barnett of Soxblog, HughHewitt.com and The Weekly Standard.com on a conference call to discuss the topic. In other words--don't miss this one.

    Update (8/27/06): Bumped to top of page.

    Rough Description

    Just finished listening to the really interesting Pajamas Politics Central podcast with Andrew Keen interviewing Marshall Poe, the author of a recent Atlantic article on Wikipedia:

    “Wikipedia is really not an encyclopedia. It’s more like a dictionary. It has the definition, a kind of rough description, of the way we talk about everything. It’s not expert knowledge, it’s common knowledge.”
    A while back, Robert McHenry of TCS reached a similar conclusion on "The Faith-Based Encyclopedia" that's also worth revisiting as you listen.

    Update: "Wikipedia Celebrates 750 Years Of American Independence".

    Steyn On Air

    Mark Steyn is sitting in for Rush Limbaugh today. You can catch his last hour here, and a rebroadcast will be online later today.

    Rightwingsparkle Explains It All

    As Allah writes, Rightwingsparkle provides "a quickie intro to the blogosphere, both left and right":

    It makes a good video update to my own primers on the Blogosphere over the years. Not to mention, RWS is far easier on the eye than your humble narrator.

    Andrew, We Hardly Knew Ye

    Allah observes that of Time's "holy trinity of bloggers":

    Please note: Ana Marie Cox is now the only one...who hasn’t floated a bats**t conspiracy theory on the magazine’s website. And she’s “the dumb one.” It’s Sullivan and Joshy Rolled-Eyes, the “serious” political thinkers, who have taken to using an esteemed newsweekly as a bullhorn to minimize terrorism. But say this for Marshall: at least when he’s dogpaddling through the fever swamp, he doesn’t pause intermittently to lecture his readers about what “true conservatism” means.
    Read the whole thing.

    Meanwhile, the Professor adds:

    THE SUGGESTION, which doesn't seem to be tongue-in-cheek though it's not clearly serious either, that Cheney and Rumsfeld are sabotaging democracy in Iraq so that they'll have a free hand to level Iran with no pesky nation-building, seems pretty out-there to me. Bush's critics are one of his greatest assets, as C.J. Burch said a while back.
    IndeedTM.

    Back Behind The Bar

    Stephen Green--tanned and ready, if not entirely rested--is back behind the bar at VodkaPundit and is having more fun than Hugo Chavez can shake a giant wooden phallic symbol at. So click on over, already!

    Fauxtography And Its Future

    Adnan Hajj's infamous "fauxtograph" was so crudely modified that a group of bloggers could break it down and tear it apart within the space of a few hours (ahh, good times, good times, as Jonah Goldberg might say). But In TCS Daily, Rand Simberg asks, "what if the photographer was as good with photoshop as the web professional who exposed him?"

    What if he knew how to fake the photo in such a way that it would not only be not obvious, but difficult to discern that it was a fake? As tools advance -- and the recent spate of CGI movies from Hollywood and other film centers should demonstrate this explosion of technology -- and people, including unscrupulous and ideological people, learn to use them, it will in fact be much more difficult to know whether or not a published picture accurately represents the event that it purports to show.

    How, then, to know if a published photo is, in a paraphrase of the old commercial, real, or Memorex?

    There are no obvious easy solutions to this problem, other than the traditional ones for validating evidence -- chains of custody. Press photographers could be required to use certified cameras that time stamp pictures in an encrypted way that doesn't permit modifying the stamp. They could go to accredited image processors who would verify the validity of the original picture from the camera (perhaps even uploading it to a certified notary storage site), and describe any image processing they performed, at risk of loss of accreditation if they pull any funny business. This would, of course, come at a cost, in both dollars for the intermediary and (more importantly for the news business) timeliness. Unfortunately, in the wake of this and other news bias scandals, any news organization that doesn't pull in the reins on its stringers and freelancers, and implement a solution like this, is going to suffer in credibility as time goes on.

    And of course, it's not just an issue for the MSM. If the blogosphere wants to continue to build its own credibility, and self-publish home-grown photos (and videos) as part of its own increasing range of reporting, it will have to institute similar measures. Like many problems, this may in fact represent an enormous market opportunity.

    When RatherGate broke in 2004, Glenn Reynolds astutely noted that the Blogosphere's biggest weakness in the eyes of the MSM is actually its best feature:
    The world of Big Media used to be a high-trust environment. You read something in the paper, or heard something from Dan Rather, and you figured it was probably true. You didn't ask to hear all the background, because it wouldn't fit in a newspaper story, much less in the highly truncated TV-news format anyway, and because you assumed that they had done the necessary legwork. (Had they? I'm not sure. It's not clear whether standards have fallen since, or whether the curtain has simply been pulled open on the Mighty Oz. But they had names, and familiar faces, so you usually believed them even when you had your doubts.)

    The Internet, on the other hand, is a low-trust environment. Ironically, that probably makes it more trustworthy.

    That's because, while arguments from authority are hard on the Internet, substantiating arguments is easy, thanks to the miracle of hyperlinks. And, where things aren't linkable, you can post actual images. You can spell out your thinking, and you can back it up with lots of facts, which people then (thanks to Google, et al.) find it easy to check. And the links mean that you can do that without cluttering up your narrative too much, usually, something that's impossible on TV and nearly so in a newspaper.

    (This is actually a lot like the world lawyers live in -- nobody trusts us enough to take our word for, well, much of anything, so we back things up with lots of footnotes, citations, and exhibits. Legal citation systems are even like a primitive form of hypertext, really, one that's been around for six or eight hundred years. But I digress -- except that this perhaps explains why so many lawyers take naturally to blogging).

    You can also refine your arguments, updating -- and even abandoning them -- in realtime as new facts or arguments appear. It's part of the deal.

    This also means admitting when you're wrong. And that's another difference. When you're a blogger, you present ideas and arguments, and see how they do. You have a reputation, and it matters, but the reputation is for playing it straight with the facts you present, not necessarily the conclusions you reach. And a big part of the reputation's component involves being willing to admit you're wrong when you present wrong facts, and to make a quick and prominent correction.

    When you're a news anchor, you're not just putting your arguments on the line -- you're putting yourself on the line. Dan Rather has a problem with that. For journalists of his generation, admitting an error means admitting that you've violated people's trust. For bloggers, admitting an error means you've missed something, and now you're going to set it right.

    What people in the legacy media need to ask themselves is, which approach is more likely to retain credibility over time? I think I know the answer. I think Dan Rather does, too.

    Well, if Dan does know the future of journalism, it's playing it awfully close to his Brooks Brothers grey flannel vest. But otherwise, that is a safe prognosis for the future of journalism, both MSM, and DIY.

    Toy Story Meets Spy Versus Spy

    Like the old Mad magazine "Spy Versus Spy" series, AP has caught fellow Hezbollah public relations arm wire service Reuters in the act of laying out random children's' toys amongst bombed-out rubble to heighten the emotions of their photos, as Betsy Newmark observes.

    (Elsewhere, Allahpundit explores a far uglier use of props--that, sadly, at this point, isn't all that surprising.)

    "Baghdad Bob" became infamous after shouting about Saddam's glorious crushing of the invading infidels, even as American tanks were visibly arriving into Baghdad unscathed, and seemingly visible within the same minicam's viewfinder that was videotaping Bob. The Blogosphere is rapidly having a similar effect on several news sources, but right now, especially on Reuters. Which makes sense--those who are bending reality into the worst pretzel shapes are usually the easiest to catch in the act.

    Update: Speaking of bending reality, check out this video of "Green Helmet Guy" directing a photo shoot of a dead baby being placed into a Lebanese ambulance--but not before the best camera angles are chosen:



    All of which begs the question that Mark Steyn asked on his Website:

    Here's a question for western news organizations: If Israel is so obviously such a disproportionate bloodthirsty murderous savage beast, why is it necessary to fake the evidence?
    I'm not holding my breath waiting for a response.

    More: Green Helmet Guy is all over this EU Referendum post, appropriately titled, "The Corruption of the Media".

    Weapon Of Choice

    Whew! After all of that intense Photoshop wonkery, how 'bout a more benign use of digital effects in action?

    Fatboy Slim's "Weapon Of Choice"--you've seen the video...

    ...Now check out the cartoon:

    Fun With Photoshop

    If you have access to Photoshop or any of its innumerable competitors, you too can join the few, the proud...the Hezbollah Media Relations Department!

    (The inventor of the phrase is currently on vacation, but I think this qualifies as a "What Would Bugs Do?" sort of idea.)

    The Eye Of The Needle

    I'm not sure if Andrew Sullivan is still holding himself out as a conservative, though I'm sure he'll be called a conservative blogger for time immemorial. But last Friday, as Mickey Kaus wrote (scroll down), "The range of Sullivan-approved discourse gets smaller and smaller!"

    And it's gotten even smaller, as Dean Barnett and James Lileks note. If Sullivan's still a conservative, what is acceptable under his personal definition is the polar opposite of President Reagan's: it's the smallest of small tent conservatism.

    Atlas Shrugs--In Gaza

    Pamela of Atlas Shrugs is in Israel this week, photo, video and audio blogging on the Gaza border with the IDF. Just keep scrolling.

    Ned Steps In It

    Attempting to distance himself from yesterday's Joe Lieberman in blackface image on The Huffington Post, Ned Lamont is now claiming:

    "I don't know anything about the blogs. I'm not responsible for those. I have no comment on them."
    Video proves otherwise.

    The Red Zone: Remembering Steven Vincent

    Today is the anniversary of the death murder of journalist/author/blogger Steven Vincent in Basra, Iraq. I had the privilege of meeting Lisa, his widow, last November during the Pajamas launch in New York, along with Judith Weiss of Kesher Talk, who's posting a memoriam to Vincent today.

    Ten Years Gone

    EU Referendum looks at Lebanon's "Mr. Green Helmet", seen screaming while holding dead babies for Reuters/AFP/NYT propaganda photos--since 1996. As they write, "Doesn't Hezbollah have anyone else the media can photograph?"

    That someone is spotting and writing about these amazing "coincidences" is a testament to the Blogosphere. Does Big Media even know its tools of the trade are being exposed?

    Update: Allah writes:

    We’re right on the border of “Loose Change” land now. Thisclose.

    But … it does look like it’s the same guy.

    There’s probably an innocent explanation. He’s a member of the local civil defense. Or he’s just a villager with a helmet who’s happy to help out in a tough spot. Or, perhaps, he’s a member of Hezbollah.

    Either way, he sure does seem to get off on having his picture taken with dead babies.
    And there sure do seem to be a lot of photographers willing to help him out.

    He and Dan Riehl are also wondering why "the male corpses are covered with a sheet while the women and children are laid out for the photographers?"

    Ain't That A Kick In The Pants

    Allah's found the perfect video metaphor for the Blogosphere's ongoing auto-de-fe. Meanwhile, his boss looks at someone who's willing to debase children in her politically-motivated (read: BDS-motivated) performance "art".

    And remember, the midterms--and their aftermath--are still well over three months away. Meaning that it's only going to get worse, when the rest of the country begins to start paying attention.

    Uncle Walter's Ultimate Legacy

    Found via Newsbusters, Jeffrey Lord makes a great point: Walter Cronkite's ultimate legacy is that he led the way towards the creation of a conservative media to counterbalance the increasingly out of touch groupthink of the mass media.

    Which makes Cronkite an important transitional figure--as we've noted several times before, what we now call "the mainstream media" was once a diversified group of newspapers, magazines, and pamphleteers, each with their own unique viewpoints, serving audiences of like-minded readers. But the invention of radio, and its limited number of available frequencies changed all that in the early 20th century, as Shannon Love noted in 2004:

    Since broadcasters functioned as public utilities and had monopoly use of a public property, they could not follow the openly partisan traditions of the newspapers. Broadcast journalists began to advertise themselves as "objective" and lacking "partisan" bias. They had no choice. Nobody was going to tolerate their own political opponents having a monopoly on the broadcast media. Also, broadcasting was supported purely by advertising, so the broadcasters had a profound interest in making sure they did not offend any large chunk of their audience by overtly taking sides.
    Of course, it was only a matter of time before someone abused that privilege--and if Cronkite wasn't the first, he's certainly the best remembered by history, as Jeffrey Lord notes:
    It is hard to pinpoint exactly when this transformation took place, and no doubt there are differences to be had on exactly when this occurred. Surely one of the most notable moments of Cronkite's liberalism being unmasked in a highly visible fashion was his now famous series on Vietnam. It was Cronkite, personally, who took to the airwaves to inform the American people not about the facts of the Vietnam War -- but rather of his quite liberal opinion about the War. (It was, in short, get out.) Former CBS reporter John Laurence was so taken with this Cronkite decision that he rhapsodized in the PBS show that it was a "breakthrough" for a journalist to "express opinion."

    Well, now. It was surely news in 1968 that Cronkite would devote valuable air time to such an out front opinion on the war. But by this time conservative Americans were already well awake to the realization that this powerful new institution of television was being used in ways both subtle and not, to convey the message that there was no more enlightened or superior world view than modern American liberalism. Broadcast by broadcast it was increasingly apparent that those who disagreed or who challenged the liberal media status quo would be given either no air time or have their own views graphically misrepresented.

    Lord continues:

    Read More »


    Speaking Of Disproportionate

    Vital Perspective, and Pamela of Atlas Shrugs have maps showing the extent of Israeli damage to Beirut--and it's staggeringly small. As Vital Perspective notes:

    We've gotten a few emails from astute readers who say that our previous Beirut map was limited to the Beirut city limits. This is true. At the same time they claim the southern suburbs have been "decimated" by the Israelis. This map and supplemental information compiled by highly astute authorities on the issue negates those claims.
    Or as Pamela asks, "Devastation? What Devastation?" Charles Johnson writes, "The way the bombing of Beirut is being reported is highly reminiscent of the infamously exaggerated Jenin hoax".

    We Call It Voight-Kampff For Short

    Is this to be an empathy test? Capillary dilation of the so-called blush response? Fluctuation of the pupil. Involuntary dilation of the iris...

    We call it Voight-Kampff for short.

    The L.A. Times Should Investigate

    Sock Puppetry in new media and old; the L.A. Times is in a unique position to cover both of these stories!

    "Death At The Top Of The World"

    Dafydd ab Hugh pens (sorry--"types" just doesn't sound very atmospheric) a truly fascinating post in which he tries to explain to AP the many, many dangers faced by climbers ascending Mount Everest.

    (Via Maggie's Farm.)

    Bunkertime

    In a podcast over at Pajamas' new Politics Central site, Roger Simon interviews 17-year old Eugene of Live From An Israeli Bunker--and he is.

    Best Of The Web Is Back On The Block

    James Taranto is back from his vacation. It hasn't exactly been a slow couple of weeks in the news; click on over to read his take.

    Day By Day For Cell Phones

    Chris Muir's "Day By Day" cartoon is now available on cell phones. Does this mean that Dick Tracy can now read it on his two-way wrist radio, or would that be just another unfortunate cartoon crossover?

    Dogs And Cats Living Together Department

    David Weigel of Reason: "Michelle Malkin is absolutely right."

    Michelle Malkin: "John McCain (yes, McCain) has it right".

    (And yes, I agree with McCain as well.)

    The Long Tail Meets The Long Tail

    I interviewed Chris Anderson of Wired magazine on his new book, The Long Tail : Why the Future of Business Is Selling Less of More, for a podcast on TCS Daily that debuted last week. Glenn and Helen Reynolds have their own podcasted interview with Anderson on Instapundit today. It's the Long Tail discussing The Long Tail!

    Update: Here's one impact of the Long Tail on TV: Last week was "the least-watched week in recorded history for the four biggest broadcast networks".

    Another Update: Today is the launch day for Anderson's book; click here for media reaction and additional interviews.

    Launching TCS, Expanding The Army Of Davids

    Nick Schulz, my editor at TCS Daily, has a great podcast on Townhall.com with James Glassman, who launched and publishes TCS; and Glenn Reynolds, whose Army of Davids book began life there in his ongoing series of columns. It's a fun listen; just click here to tune in.

    "The Web Is Often A Nasty Place"

    Jeff Goldstein's Protein Wisdom was one of the first blogs to link to mine, after I went online in the Blogosphere's Jurassic period back in early 2002. And I had the pleasure of meeting Jeff and his better half in Denver a couple of years later. So this ugly, ad hominem attack coupled with a more or less simultaneous denial of service attack on his blog (which is currently still 404-ing as I'm posting this) against him yesterday was horrific to watch. Power Line and Michelle Malkin have many more details.

    Update: Michelle's just posted an update. Afterhis recent Viagra incident, Rush Limbaugh said, somewhat as a throwaway line, "I'll tell you, the election cycles of '06 and '08, especially '08, I think it's going to be one of the most vicious and filthy of our lifetimes". With incidents such as the attack on Jeff, and the "special delivery" to the offices of Colorado Republican Congresswoman Marilyn Musgrave (also allegedly by an academic, for what it's worth), looks like the first salvos of '06 have begun, long before their typical September/October appearance in election years past.

    New Podcast: The Long Tail

    I have a pretty nifty podcast interview with Chris Anderson, the editor of Wired magazine, on his new book, The Long Tail : Why the Future of Business Is Selling Less of More, over at TCS Daily. It's a follow-up, or sorts, to a piece I wrote for TCS back in early 2005, which discusses (with Hugh Hewitt) how the Long Tail impacts the Blogosphere. My discussion with Chris expands the Tail's impact to several aspects of pop culture, and the business world.

    But it's no substitute for reading Chris's book itself though, which Amazon says is due out on Tuesday. Chris is having a launch party the following day in New York, and he's having a drawing on his site for tickets, if you're in the area and would like to attend.

    You Can Blow Out A Candle, But You Can't Blow Out A Fire

    Frequent L.A. Times critic Patterico writes:

    I read something disturbing last night about the way the editor of the L.A. Times views criticism of his newspaper. Apparently, editor Dean Baquet sees criticism as something to “push back” against.

    And, he may be planning to use the pages of the printed newspaper itself to “push back” against the paper’s blogger critics — including, very possibly, myself. [UPDATE: The “pushback” against Times critic Hugh Hewitt has already begun — see UPDATE below.]

    Here are the details:

    Read the rest. As Patterico adds:
    It’s a far cry from the days when folks like myself were actually invited onto the paper’s own op-ed pages to make our criticisms heard.

    And that’s a real shame.

    Yes it is--but it's a development that says much about the increasing power of blogs, and the heat they can generate. The Minneapolis Star-Tribune's Nick Coleman decided to end 2004 in a self-immolating bang because he popped a vein over the newly ascendant Power Line blog. This prompted one of Glenn Reynolds' readers to note, astutely:
    One of the nation's leading papers now has an opinion writer who has picked a fight with a leading blog. It's practically incidental that the columnist appears to be losing. One of the rules of politics is that you try not to give your adversary any publicity, unless you have to. You don't mention the fellow's name. Even just a year ago, no one in the MSM would have entered into a debate with a blogger. Today, Coleman seems to feel threatened enough by Powerline that he has to attack them. How much does that say about the extraordinary growth of the Internet - and bloggers - as sources of news? To me, it seems that we've reached another major marker of the decline of the MSM.
    Surely the L.A. Times' plan to "push back" against their critics is yet another marker.

    Update: A much uglier example of a sort of push back, here.

    Townhall.com, Mark II

    The new Townhall.com, recently acquired by Salem Radio, is open for business, as Power Line notes.

    It will be interesting to see how long the blog-style comments and trackbacks last. Policing them for spam and trolls at such a high-profile site is going to become exponentially hard work.

    The Mona Log

    Mona Charen is now blogging; update bookmarks accordingly.

    That'll Leave A Mark

    Well, actually, probably not, because the New York Times' Bill Keller is too cocooned to notice. But this post by Glenn Reynolds eviscerates both Keller's moronic defense of the Times' exposure of classified wartime programs...

    Some of the incoming mail quotes the angry words of conservative bloggers and TV or radio pundits who say that drawing attention to the government's anti-terror measures is unpatriotic and dangerous. (I could ask, if that's the case, why they are drawing so much attention to the story themselves by yelling about it on the airwaves and the Internet.)
    ...And he explains the origins of America's press freedoms to boot. Or to paraphrase a man who surely must be one of Keller's heroes, these pixels were made for you and me.

    Update: Boy, if you thought Keller's argument above sounds specious, wait'll you see the first draft! (Man, and I thought my first drafts were pretty sketchy...)

    L.A. Confidential

    Come to Los Angeles! The sun shines bright, the beaches are wide and inviting, and the orange groves stretch as far as the eye can see. There are jobs aplenty, and land is cheap. Every working man can have his own house, and inside every house, a happy, all-American family. You can have all this, and who knows... you could even be discovered, become a movie star... or at least see one.

    Off the record, on the QT, and very hush-hush, you can also meet a certain very prominent shoe blogger and his posse and spend a marvelous evening trading thoughts on the John Lobb, the New & Lingwood, the Prada, and the Hasselhoff...

    Another Pajamas Podcast On The Way

    Look for it go online later today at Pajamas HQ, with another special guest sitting in for Glenn Reynolds this week. (I'm sworn to secrecy on this one...)

    While you're waiting for it to go online, to other great audio files to pass the time: Mark Steyn's weekly visit to Hugh Hewitt (which is normally required listening for me on Thursdays, except we were taping the podcast at that time yesterday) and...the return of James Lileks' Diner, back after a fresh tank of bandwidth has been deposited in his account.

    Update: It's up. Hey, I could have sworn it was Michelle Malkin who was sitting in yesterday. Apparently though, it was actually The Mommas And The Pappas...

    Blog Week In Review Online

    "PJM Sydney editor Richard Fernandez joins regulars Tammy Bruce and Eric Umansky in a spirited discussion of Haditha, the Canadian terror arrests and Internet click-through fraud. Moderator Austin Bay comments on Zarqawi’s death." Click here to listen.

    Spike This, Jonze

    It's sabotage!

    Somewhere, Hunter S. Thompson Is Insanely Jealous

    Roger L. Simon writes, "Want to see some video much more interesting than Spielberg et al's latest? Try Pat Dollard - direct from Iraq". This is journalism--well, video journalism--at its most gonzo.

    (With equally gonzo language and graphic images to boot. Don't say you weren't warned.)

    Baseball, Blogging, And Ballet

    Neo-Neocon finds the elements that connect these three seemingly disparate activities.

    Podcasting Through The Blogosphere

    Three really interesting podcasts went online over the past couple of days:

    Gerard Vanderleun of Pajamas has an interview with Mary Cheney, daughter of Vice President Dicky Cheney, on her role in the 2000 and 2004 elections. She was also on Hugh Hewitt's show yesterday (Radio Blogger has clips and a transcription), and is a great interviewee.

    Glenn and Helen Reynolds interview James Lileks and Cathy Seipp on parenting then and now. (I interviewed James in the fall of last year; which makes for fun simul-reading while The Glenn & Helen Show runs.)

    And finally, Michelle Malkin has a slickly produced video podcast documenting with chromakeyed photos BDS amongst the fashionistas, from Marc Jacobs' San Francisco storefront, to Johnny Depp's Che necklace on the cover of Rolling Stone. Then there's the Arafat-style kaffiyeh that Howard Dean was once spotted wearing on the 2004 presidential campaign trail. As Michelle mentions, the radical chic of thse fashion accessories unknowingly--or worse, knowingly--ties their wearers in with the very people who would put fashion models in burkas, and do far worse to someone openly gay such as Jacobs.

    Just to tie it all together (though not with a kaffiyeh), as Cathy Seipp once said:

    “one of the great paradoxes of our time is that two groups most endangered by political Islam, gays and women, somehow still find ways to defend it”
    Not all do--as Mary Cheney herself illustrates. But anarcho-authoritarianism certainly runs deep.

    Won't Get Fooled Again

    The anti-ACLU backlash appears to be both heating up--and getting bipartisan. Hey, I'm not crazy about all of their decisions myself, but geez, that's no reason to go Pete Townshend on your television set...

    Cats And Dogs Blogging Together

    AllahPundit is praising Salon for risking the alienation of "80-85% of your readership in one fell swoop".

    Update: Ian Schwartz has video of Kennedy on CNN earlier today:

    Robert F. Kennedy Jr. appeared on CNN’s The Situation Room Sunday to discuss his article in The Rolling Stone charging the Bush administration and Republicans of stealing the 2004 election. First, I don’t know about the rest of you, but I find it extremely funny that a KENNEDY is accusing someone else of stealing an election. Secondly, Kennedy uses the Mary Mapes “standard” that it isn’t up to him to prove what he is saying is authentic. In other wards, when he was asked about his proof for several of the charges, he says that they haven’t yet been challenged so therefore it must be true.
    Uh-huh.

    The Theory and Practice of Blogarchical Collectivism

    IowaHawk explores "The Two Minutes Snark" wherein the face of "Goldstein, the Enemy of the People" is used to whip practitioners of BlogSoc into a mindless robotic frenzy:

    Winston had heard the whispered story of a terrible blog, a compendium of all the heresies, of which Goldstein was the author and which circulated clandestinely here and there. It was a blog with a weird title. People referred to it, if at all, simply as 'Goldstein.' But one knew of such things only through vague rumours. Neither the blog nor its contents was a subject that any ordinary Faculty member would mention if there was a way of avoiding it.
    Indeed. (Whoops--that's from the frenzied climax of The Two Minute Heh.)

    Two New Pajamas Podcasts

    Richard Fernandez, Pajamas' Man In Sydney, interviews blogger Bill Roggio, who is reporting from Kabul, Afghanistan on that city's recent riots. As Glenn Reynolds writes, "Who says bloggers don't do original reporting?" (Somebody tell Gene Weingarten.)

    And the latest Blog Week In Review is up, featuring Glenn, Eric Umansky of Slate, guest blogger and Advice Goddess Amy Alkon, and hosted by Austin Bay.

    You can hear both podcasts, by clicking here.

    Who Watches The Watchers?

    Following the death threat he received last week from an Reuters IP address, Charles Johnson adds a counter on his homepage to track the number of daily visits that address drops by his site.

    Meanwhile, in another discussion of fear and loathing in the Blogosphere, Ace of Spades looks at Jeff Goldstein of Protein Wisdom, who sat-in on Pajamas' Blog Week In Review last week, and writes:

    Why Does The Unhinged Left So Hate Jeff Goldstein?

    Goldstein is, strangely enough, one of the most reviled figures on the right of the blogosphere. LGF may get death threats from jihadists, but actual American lefties seem to despise Goldstein the most.

    Read the rest.

    Related Update: Drudge: "NY Dem Apologizes For Saying Bush Should Be Shot Between Eyes..."

    The Blogosphere Full Employment Act Of 2006*

    John Kerry is back. And he has a hat!

    (* Not to be confused with The Blogosphere Full Employment Act Of 2004.)

    Update: John In Carolina has some thoughts as well.

    New Blog Week In Review Online

    This could very well be a historic first: I can't think of another podcast that combines the words "scone" and "nipple ring"--and certainly not within the same sentence, courtesy of special guest (sitting in for Tammy Bruce this week), Jeff Goldstein.

    In other words, don't miss this week's Pajamas Blog Week In Review!

    Update: Once a closely-guarded secret of anchormen everywhere, Jeff reveals the method of obtaining great-sounding Professional Pundit-Style vocals.

    Landing On Her Feet

    Lorie Byrd has joined the gang at Wizbang.

    "Is Google Purging Conservative News Sites?"

    As NewsBusters asks, "Is Your Internet News Service Fair and Balanced?"

    The AstroTurf Project

    David Mastio is planning to use his blog to catalog and help counteract the inevitable spread of astro-turfing that's sure to come this fall:

    Election season is here and with it will come a flood of fake letters to the editor from “real people” in reality written by political campaigns and activists groups of the right and left.

    America’s editorial page editors make a heroic effort to stem this tide every year, but hundreds of professionally-written plagiarized fakes sneak through, polluting one of the most popular features in newspapers. (Incidentally, for Internet triumphalists, letters to the editor are THE original interactive feature.)

    Just for a change of pace, I am hoping that the blogosphere can work with the mainstream media to stop the practice this year, or at least raise the price.

    Right now, the National Conference of Editorial Writers, uses a members-only list-serv to trade information about astro-turf letters. It serves to keep some letters out, but because it is private, letters fraud perpetrators pay no public cost and editors who aren’t NCEW members -- or don't have time to read the list-serv -- don’t find out about it.

    So, here’s what I am proposing:

    InOpinion’s blog is going to become a clearinghouse for letters fraud information through this fall’s election (we’ll decide on a permanent home for the Letters Fraud Project after the election). This is going to be a completely non-partisan effort – fake missives that I agree with are just as bad as ones I disagree with.

    I am going to invest my own time to report on as many instances of letters fraud as I can. We’ll report on which organizations are doing it and provide links to the online tool they use to help their supporters plagiarize. Most importantly, we’ll provide emails and phone numbers for the leaders of organizations engaged in this deceit as well as the same information for important financial supporters of these organizations. We are also developing information on the technology and consulting companies that make a profit from deceiving readers. We’ll be exposing them as well.

    Sounds like a great idea to me; David has some suggestions on how the Blogosphere can help.

    Pajamas Podcast Preview

    Roger L. Simon writes:

    Today's editorial on the NSA in the LATimes is an example of why I no longer waste any time on the newspaper (Food Section excepted, of course). The drones at the LAT wrote the following:
    The secretive NSA (an abbreviation, Washington wags say, for "No Such Agency") has overseen a domestic surveillance program whose existence is known only because of media reports and whose exact contours remain a mystery even to most members of Congress.
    Apparently the fellas at the LAT have never read the best-selling The Puzzle Palace (copyright 1983! and all about the NSA) or heard of the Echelon program, which has been running through several adminstrations. All this "Ohmygod, whatistheNSAdoing?" nonsense is so much propagandistic crap. Anyone paying the slightest attention has known for years what the NSA's brief was. What are all those satellites supposed to be for,anyway? The level of hypocrisy in all this is staggering. If you don't want an NSA, say so. But the obvious question is - where have you been for the last several decades?
    The NSA and Echelon, along with Harper's and Borders Books, will be among the topics discussed in the latest Pajamas Media Blog Week In Review podcast, which should be online later today. Don't miss it!

    Update: It's online, here.

    Byrd Lives

    Since 2004, Lorie Byrd's writing was one of the best things about the PoliPundit blog. But she's being forced out of the nest:

    I received a lengthy email from Polipundit tonight alerting us to an editorial policy change that included the following: "From now on, every blogger at PoliPundit.com will either agree with me completely on the immigration issue, or not blog at PoliPundit.com." I would provide additional context, but Polipundit has asked that the contents of our emails not be disclosed publicly and I think that is a fair request. There has been plenty written in the posts over the past week alone to let readers figure out what happened. Polipundit ended a later email with this: "It's over. The group-blogging experiment was nice while it lasted, but we have different priorities now. It's time to go our own separate ways."
    Chalk it up, I guess, to the Blogger fatigue that's been making the rounds lately. But it seems rather silly to (a) break up a winning team and (b) lose a great writer.

    Fortunately, she'll continue blogging on her eponomously titled Byrd Dropping blog.

    Blogs With A Face

    This seems to be one of those Million Dollar Home Page-style Internet collages. As Gerard Vanderleun wrote, "I like it because I'm in it"--to the right of Judith Weiss of Kesher Talk, and a few rows down from Glenn Reynolds, LaShawn Barber, and Gerard himself, all of whom I met in New York November, and are certainly good company to be in.

    Women Warriors

    As a follow-up to our previous post, Michelle Malkin has a video podcast on Ayaan Hirsi Ali and other women warriors, over at her Hot Air site.

    Update: Suggerio has video clips of an interview Ali gave (in English) to Norwegian TV in February.

    Because He Doesn't Show Reruns Of The Last Waltz

    Jeff Goldstein is having a fundraiser this week to keep his blog alive--and to keep the blogger in body and soul. And unlike PBS, he's not interrupting his usual schedule with reruns of The Last Waltz, The Compleat Beatles and Strawberry Alarm Clock: Live From Shelbyville.

    Isn't that reason alone to support good blogging?

    Pajamas Blog Week In Review Up

    The Pajamas Blog Week In Review is up early this week, because I'm travelling today. Fortunately, I was able to get it edited, mixed and uploaded last night. Austin, Eric, Glenn And Tammy really bent over backwards to accomodate my schedule, and I certainly appreciate it.

    Medium Cool

    I emailed documentarian Andrew Marcus yesterday morning, and suggested that he upload his great man-at-the-protest video interviews for Pajamas to YouTube, so that bloggers could put easily put the clip right into their posts. He called back shortly afterwards and said he thought it would be a great idea. And as you can see, it's up.

    Dissent The Way To Go

    Mark Steyn explores the textual stylings of a once and future presidential candidate:

    John Kerry announced this week's John Kerry Iraq Policy of the Week the other day: "Iraqi politicians should be told that they have until May 15 to deal with these intransigent issues and at last put together an effective unity government or we will immediately withdraw our military."

    With a sulky pout perhaps? With hands on hips and a full flip of the hair?

    Did he get that from Churchill? "We shall fight on the beaches, we shall fight on the landing grounds, we shall fight in the fields and in the streets, we shall fight in the hills; we shall never surrender, at least until May 15, when I have a windsurfing engagement off Nantucket."

    Actually, no. He got it from Thomas Jefferson. "This is not the first time in American history when patriotism has been distorted to deflect criticism and mislead the nation," warned Sen. Kerry, placing his courage in the broader historical context. "No wonder Thomas Jefferson himself said: 'Dissent is the greatest form of patriotism.' "

    Close enough. According to the Jefferson Library: "There are a number of quotes that we do not find in Thomas Jefferson's correspondence or other writings; in such cases, Jefferson should not be cited as the source. Among the most common of these spurious Jefferson quotes are: 'Dissent is the highest form of patriotism.' "

    Did Kerry's speechwriter endeavor to point that out? "Hey, boss, diss ain't a Jefferson quote."

    "Yeah, that's right. Dissent -- a Jefferson quote. Shove one in around the fifth paragraph, but snap it up, will you? I got a fitting for my new even-more-buttock-hugging yellow lycra cycling shorts in 20 minutes."

    It was the Aussie pundit Tim Blair who noted the Thomas Jeffefakery. American commentators were apparently too busy cooing that "Kerry may be reflecting a new boldness on the part of liberals to come out and say what they believe and to reclaim the moral high ground on patriotism" (CBS News) to complain that KERRY LIED!! SCHOLARLY ATTRIBUTION DIED!!! Instead, KERRY MISQUOTED!! MEDIA DOTED!!!

    Fortunately, some of us have computers. We can fact check your pompadour.

    Update: In his essay, Steyn believes that Nadine Strosser of the ACLU is the source of the bogus Jefferson quote; Betsy Nemark suggests that it was Howard Zinn.

    Another Update: Actually, it seems to be Dorothy Hewitt Hutchinson, World War II-era pacifist:

    From my research on Lexis and Westlaw, it appears that Ted Kennedy, John Kerry, and ACLU head Nadine Strossen are quoting views on dissent, not of Jefferson, but of Dorothy Hewitt Hutchinson, a dissenter and strict pacifist who opposed World War II as immoral, but who made a point of ignoring dissent when it was directed toward herself. To her critics and those who dissented from her views, Hutchinson's response was not to "budge one inch."
    But I thought dissent was...well, you know.

    The Young Person's Guide To Journalism

    Beginning with some very sound advice for the yutes of America--"The Bad News: Right Now, Your Writing Sucks"--John Scalzi posits "10 Things Teenage Writers Should Know About Writing".

    For those seeking a career from their words, pay particular attention to items #7 and #8.

    Attacking The System

    Hosting Matters, which services a number of prominent blogs (including Insta- and VodkaPundit, Little Green Footballs, and numerous others) has had at least two large scale denial of service attacks today, apparently originating from Saudi Arabia.

    Until further clues as to the reason become known, Mary Catherine Ham's theory as to the cause is probably as good as any...

    New Pajamas Podcast Online

    Sorry for the lack of posting today--I spent the morning putting the latest "Blog Week In Review" together--Austin Bay, Tammy Bruce, Eric Umansky and special guest Michael Ledeen had a great discussion of topics ranging from gas prices to Tony Snow to Iran to United 93. Click on over to Pajamas HQ to listen in!

    Wow, That Didn't Take Long At All!

    Wrong side of the aisle, but otherwise, this was an easy prediction:

    While I think Snow is a great choice myself if he does indeed accept the position, expect an endless amount of "Snow Job" headlines from first leftwing bloggers, and eventually the legacy media.
    And here's the first!

    Seriously though, assuming all the rumors are true, it's going to fun--I think--watching Snow sparring with the White House press corps. As a journalist himself, hopefully he'll know what not to say, which is half the job's role.

    Update: John Hinderaker writes, "It's Tony Snow!":

    The White House announced tonight that Fox News radio host Tony Snow will be the new White House press secretary, replacing Scott McClellan.

    Tony is one of the world's nice people. He is also a close student of the news, and I think he's been known to read our site from time to time. His congeniality and media background will buy him some popularity with the reporters who cover the White House. But essentially all of them are partisan Democrats, so that good will will last for about a week. What the White House really needs is someone who can push back aggressively against the liberal tilt of the media, and make the administration's case directly to the people. Tony Snow is equipped to do this, I think; the question is, will he?

    I think he might. Even a few nice, "You don't really mean that, do you Helen?" sort of jibes of the type that Ari Fleischer was a master at, might be enough to begin to (a) shake up the White House press corps again and (b) make them look even more like highly-partisan fools with a lead pipe tone when they react by sticking their claws into Snow and his classic nice guy Teflon delivery.

    Such gestures will also continue, and ideally, accelerate the pattern of The Bush Thesis of legacy media decertification that Jay Rosen first named back in 2004. As Rosen described it, it was a wildly postmodern theory: deliberately turning the rapacious instincts of the press back onto themselves to discredit a hostile liberal media, and provide endless material for conservative pundits and the Blogosphere, all of which--on paper, at least--makes the president look better in the process. (It helps to have coherent, logical policies popular with your base of voters, of course.) And unlike his ineffectual immediate predecessor, Snow seems to be ideally suited to resuming the strategery, increasingly important as mid-term elections loom closer.

    An Army Of Davids Searches For A League Of Gentlemen

    Theodore Dalrymple recently explored the boorish behavior of modern Londoners:

    The argument goes something like this: formality is etiquette, and etiquette is a manifestation of an unjust, class-ridden, patriarchal society. The rejection of etiquette and the formality it entails is therefore a sign that one is on the side of the angels, that is to say, of the egalitarians. Modern egalitarians, at least in Britain, do not content themselves with the kind of abstract or formal equality before the law that allows any amount of difference in wealth, status, taste, and sensibility; they demand some progress towards equalization of everything, including manners.

    Of course, egalitarians are just as attached as everyone else to their own material possessions and wealth and have no real intention of forgoing them by radical redistribution, at any rate, of their own money and possessions. The struggle for equality—of the actual rather than the formal kind—has therefore to be transferred to fields in which it will cost the egalitarian nothing, or nothing material and financial.

    What better way to prove your egalitarian credentials than by adopting the supposedly free and easy, utterly informal manners of those at the bottom of the social scale? The freer and easier the better, for such informality demonstrates another quality beloved of, and praised by, intellectuals: a superiority to the dictates of convention. Thus you can never be quite informal or unconventional enough.

    In Britain, this has led in short order to the rejection of the most elementary of social rules. Young Britons now appear to think, for example, that the function of empty seats on trains is as a receptacle for their feet. (Why they should be the footweariest generation in history is a mystery, unless their behavior is considered as a deliberate challenge to convention.) A passenger who draws the attention of a young adult to the anti-social presence of his feet upon a seat will be met either by a torrent of abuse or, if the person doing it is better-educated, by moral self-justification. The last time I said anything about it, the young woman in question, by no means unpleasant, pointed out that her feet were clean, she having first removed her shoes, and that therefore she was within her rights. I was left searching for a Cartesian point from which to prove beyond all possible doubt that putting your feet up on seats in trains was wrong. It is a wearisome business trying to prove from first epistemological principles in every instance of minor public misconduct that it is morally wrong, especially when every failure to make the case is a justification for further such misconduct. It is strange how egalitarianism results in a rabid form of individualism, an angry individualism without worthwhile individuality.

    Young women patients of mine who came from middle-class homes would routinely put their feet on the chair in which they were sitting in my consulting room. Patients chewed gum while speaking to me or ate snacks and drank soft drinks from cans (leaving them on the floor beside the chair when they had finished) as I inquired about their medical histories. A friend of mine, a doctor, told me how one of his patients had made her social arrangements for the evening on her cell phone while he was performing a gynecological examination on her.

    This excess of informality is very undignified and unattractive and results in a society constantly on edge, even in the smallest of interactions.

    As Glenn Reynolds notes in his rejoinder to Daniel Henninger in TCS Daily, the absence of manners in today's society impacts the Web as well (how could it not?) and it's been a long time coming:
    The "let it all hang out" ethos predates TCP/IP. And cable TV and hip-hop were around long before the Internet had much effect on American culture. And the truly defining moments of culture-shift are pretty old, too: Black-power salutes at the 1968 Olympics, the appearance of televised cursing on Norman Lear's All in the Family, the abandonment of court decorum at Wimbledon and the U.S. Open. And it seems to me that it's pretty hard to blame the Internet for what's on TV now, too. Instead, it seems to be a general cultural phenomenon -- the same thing that has people attending church, or dining out, in shorts and flip-flops. Disinhibition isn't just for the Internet. It has become general, and the notion of behaving better when in the public eye has taken quite a beating. Henninger's focus on the Internet misses the point: His own examples suggest that if people are behaving badly on the Internet, it's because they're behaving badly everywhere.

    Henninger seems -- like a lot of newspaper people these days -- to be focusing on problems with the Internet not so much because the Internet is a problem, generally, as because it's a problem for, well, newspaper people. The newspaper industry is sinking financially, and the Internet is getting blamed not only for that, but for anything else that's handy. That's too bad, though, because once you strip away the paranoia and FUD-spreading, Henninger has something of a point. Political discourse, of course, has been going downhill since, well, about 1968 too. (Or maybe 1967, with Barbara Garson's scurrilous play, MacBird, which featured a necrophile LBJ exulting over JFK's assassination.) Not that we ever enjoyed the kind of golden age that some social critics today might imply, but people certainly did, in general, maintain a degree of decorum, or respect for office, that vanished with the generalized hatred of LBJ and Richard Nixon. And things have certainly gone downhill since, if that's possible.

    In my own corner of the media world, the blogosphere, things seem to have gone downhill too, with personal attacks, efforts (sometimes successful) to get people fired, and worse becoming more common. It's reached the point, in fact, that bloggers on the left and right are actually talking about how to raise the tone.

    I'm very much behind that effort. Name-calling isn't argument, and in fact personal attacks get in the way of actual argument. They encourage division and ideological cocooning: You might not mind a site that calls your ideas wrong or dumb, but you probably won't spend much time visiting sites that call you, personally, evil.

    But you don't get over name-calling by engaging in name-calling, and that's basically what Henninger is doing. Things were better before those unwashed types got to share in the public square. Bloggers, Henninger implies, are unfit for public discourse. But there's another name for bloggers: readers. And more-than-usually interested readers, too. Newspapers are losing readers while dissing bloggers. Or, more accurately, newspapers are losing readers while dissing readers. Go figure.

    IndeedTM.

    Air Supply

    As I wrote in TCS Daily back in February, there's been an explosion of self-produced video on the Internet recently. The latest example is Michelle Malkin's Hot Air, which combines very professional-looking DIY video and a blog--stop by there today.

    Off To Big D

    It's the Pajamas Podcast, dude! Don't miss it.

    With the first Blog Week In Review safely ensconced on the server buried deep within Pajamas HQ, I'm off to Dallas for about a week, starting here. Watch for regular posting to resume tonight or tomorrow.

    This Monday's Especially Taxing

    Most Monday's are pretty rough, but today--as you're no doubt well aware--is tax day. You can get some idea of where your state taxes are going by listening to my podcast with Steve Malanga of City Journal on New Jersey's fiscal insanity.

    It made this week's Carnival of the New Jersey Bloggers, where you can find lots more coverage of my old home state.

    V For Videoblog

    Why yes that is me in today's "Day By Day" cartoon. Of course, in those carefree days, we wore our maskies... (Sorry, just channeling lines from a earlier dystopian parable.)


    Chris Muir, who draws the Blogosphere favorite "Day By Day" cartoon (and whom I interviewed a few years ago) emailed on Saturday night to tell me that my recent TCS Daily article on video and the Blogosphere inspired his latest satire. Needless to say, I'm thrilled--not to mention utterly astonished and surprised--to be immortalized by Mr. Muir's brilliant pen.

    "The Rage Begins As Soon As She Opens Her Eyes"

    When a paper as sympathetic to the left side of the aisle as the Washington Post begins a profile of someone on the left like this...

    In the angry life of Maryscott O'Connor, the rage begins as soon as she opens her eyes and realizes that her president is still George W. Bush. The sun has yet to rise and her family is asleep, but no matter; as soon as the realization kicks in, O'Connor, 37, is out of bed and heading toward her computer.

    Out there, awaiting her building fury: the Angry Left, where O'Connor's reputation is as one of the angriest of all. "One long, sustained scream" is how she describes the writing she does for various Web logs, as she wonders what she should scream about this day.

    She smokes a cigarette. Should it be about Bush, whom she considers "malevolent," a "sociopath" and "the Antichrist"? She smokes another cigarette. Should it be about Vice President Cheney, whom she thinks of as "Satan," or about Karl Rove, "the devil"? Should it be about the "evil" Republican Party, or the "weaselly, capitulating, self-aggrandizing, self-serving" Democrats, or the Catholic Church, for which she says "I have a special place in my heart . . . a burning, sizzling, putrescent place where the guilty suffer the tortures of the damned"?

    ....you know you may have a problem.


    Orrin Judd reminds us that "Rage Is A Tough Sell In America", an emotional state that Gerard Vanderleun recorded a literary snapshot of last month, when he wrote "Growl", disguised as "Gerard Allen Van der Ginsberg". And Betsy Newmark has an exceptional post today in which she places O'Connor's rage into context alongside the thoughts of both Hugh Hewitt and Dean Barnett of the Weekly Standard on how the Blogosphere has negatively impacted the left's tone.

    Update: Paul Mirengoff of Power Line has some thoughts on the article's rather silly "it's mostly the fault of the right--especially Newt Gingrich" subtext.

    Another Update: Tim Blair analyzes the sociopsychological ramifications of the photo chosen by the Post of O'Connor.

    One More: One of Tim's readers has his own insightful analysis of the photo:

    That picture is clearly a hatchet job though, and a deliberate one. Wide angle lens (I’m guessing 25-28mm), low camera placement, and a “Dutch tilt” of about twenty degrees to the right (look at the line of the bookshelves in the background; if the camera were held level, that line would be level too). It makes her look like something out of Mr. Arkadin.

    These are all tricks film folk use to give the impression of insanity, or of a world gone mad. Often used in the genre of psychological suspense by directors like Welles, Kubrick, Polanski, Reed. We may think it’s the approriate treatment in this particular moonbat’s case, but it’s hardly objective news gathering, is it.

    I like how the photog told what’s-her-name that he couldn’t open the curtains because he wanted a truthful, objective photograph, and then feigned disappointment when “that one” was chosen.

    Heh. Indeed.

    Just because we agree with their point of view in this one case doesn’t mean the media has stopped their habit of lying about everything.

    That last sentence isn't something I'd write, but from the photographer choosing that angle and composition, to the editor choosing that photo, it was all carefully planned. Could the Post have commissioned this article as payback--or were they simply inspired by--the far left's recent meltdowns over the Post's Deborah Howell and their (as it turns out rather brief) employment of Ben Domenech?

    Gentlemen, Start Your Camcorders--If They Don't Get Smashed

    Power Line is still collecting video of the pro-illegal immigration marches today.

    Here's one fellow who probably won't be contributing many images: his digital camera was smashed during the Dallas march.

    Update: These photos from the illegal immigration march in Rochester, NY probably won't make AP or Reuters any time soon.


    Another Update: Byron York checks in from the DC rally:

    By the way, I looked for Brian Becker, the veteran organizer for the neo-Communist group International ANSWER, which has been involved in some big immigrant events. I didn't see him, and one rally staffer I spoke to seemed anxious to suggest that ANSWER had no role in this particular gathering. However, there were a lot of yellow "Amnistia -- Full Rights for All Immigrants!" signs, which were produced by what is called the ANSWER Coalition.
    There is no involvement of ANSWER here. Absolutely none, and when I say none, I mean there is a certain amount, more than we are prepared to admit...

    One More Update: Michelle Malkin and Ian Schwartz each have photos from the DC rally.

    Her Satanic Majesty's Request

    4Pundits, via InstaPundit, explore "Ann Coulter's 666 release".

    Gentlemen, Start Your Camcorders

    John Hinderaker of Power Line notes that ANSWER is planning another round of pro-illegal immigration marches tomorrow. He's encouraging readers to bring their camcorders, and is promising to run the most newsworthy footage on Power Line Video. Which sounds like a good thing: if last month's coverage by the L.A. Times is any indication, there will be all sorts of aspects of this story overlooked by the legacy media.

    Iraq Liberation Day

    Pamela of Atlas Shrugs reminds us that today is "the three year anniversary of the day Saddam Hussein fled Baghdad and his atatue was toppled. It was a great day for Iraq and a great day for America".

    IndeedTM.

    Meanwhile, via Power Line:

    Investors Business Daily provides a good, albeit not exhaustive, summary of what we've learned so far from the Iraqi documents released pursuant to Project Harmony. But wait--aren't all these documents being "leaked"?
    James Taranto has some thoughts on that topic.

    Update: Judith Weiss of Kesher Talk also has some thoughts. (Via InstaPundit, who has additional anniversary coverage.

    Another Update: 1000 reasons why removing Saddam was right: "Iraqis Find 8 Mass Graves Containing 1,000 Bodies, Kurds Say".

    Political Pawns and Sweating Swingers

    Davids Medienkritik writes that Spiegel Online, "that great German Rosetta Stone of media objectivity, has just located the source media-political corruption in the United States":

    They've just uncovered another massive Bush administration conspiracy and struck a further blow for journalistic integrity. They've exposed the corruption of the media "anti-elite" and identified an online power vacuum filled with dangerous right-wingers who threaten truth, justice and the German way.

    And who is to blame? Bush and the Bloggers. Who else?

    In two recent articles, bloggers are characterized as corrupt, partisan, paid-off and out of control. And since no one in Germany currently fits that description, our friends at SPIEGEL have bravely set out to warn German readers of the grave dangers of the American blogosphere.

    The first article, entitled "Buyable Bloggers: Sweating Swingers," was authored by none other than Marc Pitzke, SPIEGEL ONLINE's master of the profound. His prime example of what he labels "buyable bloggers" is Andrew Sullivan, of whom he writes:

    "Bloggers pride themselves as the anti-elite of the media branch. But the upstart revolutionaries (Revoluzzer) have long since begun to come to terms with corporations. There have already been mergers between the once sworn enemies (Todfeinde).

    New York - "Time" Editor in Chief Jim Kelly sent out the invitation, and the crème de la crème of the press scene danced in. Shoulder to shoulder they pressed into Kelly's apartment, beer bottles and cocktail glasses in abundance: Bill Keller, the lord of the "New York Times," Hendrik Hertzberg from "New Yorker" CNN ratings savior Anderson Cooper and others.

    The guest of honor was someone else: Andrew Sullivan, the conservative-gay-Catholic-HIV-positive blog pioneer, who after five years of fighting alone on the internet sold his online flare-ups (Web-Wallungen) to "Time."

    The "Time" -Sullivan merger is one of the first marriages between established media and their supposed sworn enemies, the bloggers. Sullivan collected a license fee of an unknown amount. And Kelly hopes that Sullivan's "unmistakable, individual voice" represents the beginning of a "blog community at Time.com.""

    Unfortunately, the author is both wrong and completely out of his league. Andrew Sullivan may be an avid critic of major media, but he also possesses a journalistic resume that flat out dwarves Marc Pitzke. Furthermore, many successful bloggers have worked or are currently working in traditional media. To say that bloggers are the "sworn enemies" of the mainstream media establishment is an ignorant, sweeping generalization that could only have been made by someone with no real understanding of the blogosphere. To further characterize bloggers as "buyable" purveyors of "gossip" and "acidic commentary" reflects little more than a cheap attempt to smear new media.
    Via Tim Blair.

    For a more cogent and less sweaty and swinging, but not sugercoated look at the state of the Blogosphere, check out the latest post by Jim Geraghty.

    Blogging 9 To 5

    The San Jose Mercury (via the WaPo) notes that "Blogging's rise causes workplace issues":

    The number of bloggers continues to grow, but the number of workplace policies explaining the company's rules on blogging remains anemic. And that can cause a lot of workplace angst for both management and workers.

    Although there are no real statistics on how many people have been fired for something they wrote on their personal Weblogs, the stories keep coming:

    A reporter in Dover, Del., was fired earlier this month for offensive postings on his personal blog.

    He was just added to the list. Remember ``Washingtonienne,'' the intern who embarrassed her bosses on Capitol Hill when she described sexcapades with unnamed staffers? There was also ``QueenofSky,'' a Delta flight attendant who was fired after she posed provocatively (she meant for it to be funny, she said) in her uniform. A Microsoft employee was canned after he posted a picture that included Macs the company had purchased. And of course there is blogger Heather Armstrong, who was fired in 2002 from her Web design job for writing about work and colleagues on her site, Dooce.com. That's where bloggers get the now-popular term, to be ``dooced'': to be fired because of one's blog.

    According to a survey done by the Society for Human Resource Management in July, 85 percent of companies do not have a written policy that provides employees with guidelines on what is acceptable to write about in a personal blog, while 8 percent do.

    I asked my wife to jot down some very easy to follow rules to avoid problems in the workplace. (Please note that this isn't legal advice, merely the blogging equivalent of jotting on a cocktail napkin):
    1. Remember that your work computer belongs to your employer, your work time belongs to your employer i.e., don't blog from work.

    2. Read your employment agreement. Morality clauses or non-disparagement clauses etc. might limit what you might otherwise say.

    3. Know what is confidential information and don't post it. In some states theft of a trade secret is a crime, in addition to being just plain wrong.

    4. Ask your employer what their policy is about blogging that in no way reflects on the company. Double edged sword. It is the most professional and upfront thing to do. But if you are told that they do consider what you write outside the work area to be relevant to your employment (which I doubt they would) then you can't claim "who knew"

    5. Remember that in most states employees owe their employer a "duty of loyalty" Can't you think of something else to blog about other than whining about work?
    And as Jonah Goldberg might say, remember to keep all nudity tasteful and essential to the blog. What employer can complain about that...?

    2005 Blogger Of The Year

    Congratulations to Ed Morrissey of the exceptional Captain's Quarters blog for being selected as The Week magazine's 2005 Blogger of the Year!

    For a flashback to our look at Power Line's being named 2004 Bloggers of the Year by Time magazine, click here.

    Operation Dumbo Drop

    Danny Glover reminds people that he's not Danny Glover.

    Or is it vice-versa?

    Steyn On Redefining Sovereignty

    Mark Steyn mentions Orrin Judd's new book in his column in Canada's Maclean's magazine:

    In Redefining Sovereignty, Orrin C. Judd brings together a splendid collection of essays on the tension between national sovereignty and the new transnational entities. Full disclosure: there's an approving quote from me on the front of the book, but other than that I have no stake in its success or failure; don't know Mr. Judd, nor most of his stellar contributors, from Václav Havel and Jesse Helms to Francis Fukuyama and Kofi Annan. The token Canadian is a good choice: David Warren, represented by a fine essay yoking Bush's approach to Islamism with Lincoln's to the Civil War -- liberating the Middle East is not the point of the exercise, any more than liberating the slaves was. But in both cases it was necessary to fulfill the strategic objectives of saving the Union a century and a half ago, and of saving the nation-state system today. As another contributor, Lee Harris, puts it, "The liberal world system has collapsed internally." He means that there are no longer, in Kant's phrase, "maxims of prudence." That's to say, we don't know the limits of behaviour. When Iranian President Mahmoud Ahmadinejad threatens to wipe Israel off the face of the map, we cannot reliably assure ourselves (though many foolish experts do) that this is just a bit of rhetorical red meat, a little playing to the gallery for the Saturday-night jihad crowd.

    The transnational gabfests aren't much use in this new world. The Kyoto treaty is, in that sense, the quintessential expression of the higher multilateralism: the point of Kyoto is not to do anything about "climate change," but to give the impression of doing something about it, at great expense. If climate change is a pressing issue and if the global economy is responsible -- two pretty big "ifs" -- then Kyoto expends enormous (diplomatic) energy and (fiscal) resources doing nothing about it: even if those who signed on to it actually complied with it instead of just pretending to, all that would happen is that by 2050 the treaty would have reduced global warming by 0.07 degrees -- an amount that's statistically undetectable within annual climate variation.

    That's fine for "climate change," which, insofar as there is an imminent threat, is a good half-millennium away. As Kofi Annan, the bespoke embodiment of transnationalism's polite fictions, says, "There is no substitute for the unique legitimacy provided by the United Nations." Which is swell if your priority is "legitimacy." That and a dime'll get you a cup of coffee -- unless the tsunami hits and sweeps the lunch counter out to sea. Yet these days, even with natural disasters, the international order divides -- like Bagehot's view of the British constitution -- into its "dignified" and "efficient" halves. The efficient humanitarians -- the Pentagon and the Royal Australian Navy -- have boots on the ground in Indonesia and Sri Lanka within hours, rescuing people, feeding them, housing them. The dignified humanitarians -- the UN's 24/7 permanent humanitarian bureaucracy -- are back in New York holding press conferences to announce they'll be sending a top-level situation-assessment team to the general vicinity to conduct a situation assessment of the situation just as soon as the USAF emergency team has flown in and restored room service to the five-star hotel.

    Kofi Annan referred to the UN's "unique legitimacy," and he's right about the "unique" part. The transnational system, in insisting that the foreign minister of Syria is no different from the foreign minister of Denmark, confers a wholly unmerited legitimacy on the planet's gangster states. In Redefining Sovereignty, Roger Scruton wonders of Saddam "how it is that a petty tyrant could have defied the world for so long." But, if "the world" is represented by the UN's "unique legitimacy," you don't have to defy it, you just have to strike a deal -- in this case, the Oil-for-Food program, that Hydra-headed racket under which, among other fascinating codicils and appendices, a million greenbacks from Saddam got funnelled via his Korean chum Tongsun Park into a Canadian petroleum company run by the son of the quintessential transnational Canadian Maurice Strong -- Mister Kyoto himself.

    Based on current trends, by mid-century, America, India and China will each be producing roughly 25 per cent of world GDP, with Europe down to 10 per cent. As the columnist John O'Sullivan points out, the three global powerhouses are all strongly attached to traditional notions of national sovereignty, so Europeans and others who've bet on transnationalism have the next 10 years to cement its existing institutions and expand its reach. A worldwide eco-tax? Global gun control? Meanwhile, back in the real world, from terrorism to tsunamis, effective multilateralism is now the province of "coalitions of the willing." I'd like to think the Prime Minister's trip to Afghanistan was a first step toward the side of real global leadership.

    We interviewed Orrin about his book for TCS Daily last fall; after a false-start or two, the book is finally in print, and it, and its accompanying blog, are both well worth reading.

    Suicide Is Painless

    Betsy Newmark writes:

    It's good to know that I'm not alone in having my blog deleted and someone else take over my URL. Blogger did the same thing to the official Google blog!

    * * *

    You can't go around deleting yourselves. It gets just too existentially weird.

    Funny, I thought Google buying Blogger was supposed to stop this sort of stuff, not exacerbate it.

    "Pretty Hate Machine"

    Robert A. George has, I think, the most well-reasoned take on Ben Domenech's spectacular flame-out yesterday. Meanwhile, David M. explores the opposite of reason, here.

    (Both via The Professor.)

    Right Idea, Wrong Blogger?

    Earlier this week we praised the Washington Post for adding Red America, a blog designed to appeal to a segment of readers who might otherwise feel more than a little ignored by the Post. But Pajamas Media and Michelle Malkin look at charges that Ben Domenech, whom the Post chose to run their blog, earlier plagiarized passages from P.J. O'Rourke, and other authors.

    In light of those charges, Domenech has resigned, but it sounds like Red America will continue with a different blogger. That won't make Congressman Pete Stark (D-CA) happy: he's demanding that the Post add a Blue America blog. The obvious rebuttal is, of course, isn't most of the rest of the paper designed to appeal to Blue State-oriented readers? But I agree with Pete--the more proprietized media, the better.

    Update: "Like Caesar's wife, Mr. Domenech needed to be above suspicion to survive in that position. He wasn't".

    Meanwhile, additional charges of copying start to fly...

    Elsewhere, Bill Quick, Will Collier, and the Professor have some rather less silly thoughts on plagiarism and Big Journalism.

    Update: Speaking of the Professor, he has an excellent suggestion for Domenech's replacement:

    Dave Price emails: "If not Bill Quick, why not Jeff Goldstein? The Left has already been about as abusive to him as they can be." Yep. And it rolls right off. Plus, who could read Goldstein's stuff and even imagine that it had been previously published?
    IndeedTM.

    I'll second (or third, or 2,423rd) that emotion. Sign 'im up, Post!

    The Keen Machine

    Eric of Classical Values has some thoughts on Andrew Keen of the Weekly Standard, and his negative, somewhat Luddite-ish comments about Glenn Reynolds' An Army Of Davids, Web 2.0 and on Web-based "prosumerism" in general. Regarding the latter, Eric quotes from my own take, written last month.

    The Viable Alternative To The Viable Alternative

    Power Line has some thoughts on the future of the Right Wing Blogosphere. Meanwhile, the Washington Post proves (once again) that it's less obsessed with ideological purity than the New York Times, by adding a blog aimed towards conservative readers.

    Surprisingly though, some are perturbed by the Post reaching out towards a niche market hungry for product.

    The Shape Of News To Come

    Since late November of 2004, I've linked several times to a multimedia Flash presentation on the future of journalism. Among many other predictions, it forecasted that the New York Times would go offline in 2014, focusing their efforts on placting their sclerotic elite and elderly core readers who prefer their news on dead tree. Needless to say, the Gray Lady, beginning with her TimesSelect program, is doing its damndest to make that prediction come true--as I noted in September.

    La Shawn Barber posts that the News From 2014 has been pushed back a year to 2015, and updated to reflect last year's technological developments. She also links to this Onion satire which came all-too-true last week:

    Google Announces Plan To Destroy
    All Information It Can't Index

    MOUNTAIN VIEW, CA—Executives at Google, the rapidly growing online-search company that promises to "organize the world's information," announced Monday the latest step in their expansion effort: a far-reaching plan to destroy all the information it is unable to index.

    "Our users want the world to be as simple, clean, and accessible as the Google home page itself," said Google CEO Eric Schmidt at a press conference held in their corporate offices. "Soon, it will be."

    Betsy Newmark can vouch for that.

    Update: Speaking of the present and future of journalism, they intersected today. Retired Army man Bill Roggio, who in November of 2005 embedded as a journalist with the Marines in western Iraq, appeared on CNN to try to explain the shortcomings of their war coverage--a big part of which are structural:

    I found it very interesting that a large majority of the CNN audience did not "have confidence" in the news they were receiving from Iraq. It would have been interesting to have explored the reasons for this further. After watching the interview again, it was obvious Barbara Starr and I were talking about two entirely different subjects. Ms. Starr was discussing the administration and "strategic communications, information operations, spin, spin, spin," as well as the difficulties reporters encounter in Iraq. I was discussing how the media has failed to provide the proper context for the war, specifically in military operations, and how their reporting plays into the hands of al-Qaeda. There was plenty I wanted to discuss about the media & war reporting, but this was TV, I knew I'd only get a few minutes and had to focus on what I perceive to be a major weakness in the war reporting. This is in itself a major problem with the media's reporting on the war - particularly in television, where time is at a premium and complex issues are reduced to sound bytes.
    In the mid-1960s, Marshall McLuhan proclaimed that the Medium is the Message. But all too often, television doesn't allow for any message to be imparted to its viewers (other than "don't touch that dial", of course).

    Number Four Has A Fourth Network Just Waiting For Him

    Betsy Newmark looks at the quiet success of Brit Hume:

    Brit Hume's evening news show on Fox is must-see viewing for me. In fact, I tape it regularly if I'm not going to be able to watch it in real time. And, it seems that viewers agree.
    The steady creep to the top for Brit Hume's nightly Special Report on Fox--not just the No.1 Washington-originated cable show but also the fourth in all basic cable at 6 p.m.--has the host eyeing the next victim. "We've been having a series of meetings here about how we can beat Nickelodeon," he says. "We just hope that they don't put SpongeBob SquarePants up against us." Fun aside, Hume's hourlong mix of news and debate now reaches 1.5 million nightly while dominating the key 25-to-54 age demographic. And it happened in a very un-Fox-like way: without fanfare, even though Hume has recently surged to the No. 2 spot among all cable news shows, after Bill O'Reilly.
    Of course, 1.5 million on cable is nothing compared to what the three network news shows bring in. Those liberals who bemoan the conservative takeover of the media and point to Fox don't know how to count. Still, it is lovely to have a news show that is intelligent, informative, and also maintains a sense of humor about politics. Congratulations, Brit. As a member of the "key" demographic, you're tops with me.
    I realize there may be scheduling issues with the local nightly news shows produced by their individual affiliates, but as I wrote a year and a half ago, there's a slam dunk opportunity awaiting the primary Fox Network if they want to craft a nightly news show around Hume.

    The Blogosphere Meets Apollo 13

    "Google, I think we have a problem", Betsy Newmark writes; she's finally up and running after her blog was inexplicably nuked:

    If you're going to start deleting blogs and then take four days to figure out and correct what happened, you're going to lose more and more people. DJ Drummond expresses what a lot a people are thinking about Blogger at this point: they are interested in seeing how Google and Blogger address these problems that they have been having. You may think that we have no reason to complain since we're getting the service for free. But, presumably, Google is not in the blogging business out of charitable impulses. They hope to make money from Blogger. And they will not be able to if they have these sorts of problems. I know that I'm going to be looking into other options.
    And fortunately, there are lots of them.

    Welcome to back to the Blogosphere, Betsy!

    Update: Ed Morrissey dubs the incident "The Great Blogger Degaussing Of 2006":

    Failures happen. It's what providers do to correct the situation that differentiates them, and of all industries, the blogging services should understand that most.
    Exactly--and Google doesn't exactly earn Gene Kranz-level accolades over their response here.

    Life Imitates Brando

    In The Weekly Standard, Dean Barnett writes:

    But the most disturbing question raised by Crashing the Gate is if progressives don't know what they're fighting for, then why are they fighting so hard?

    Crashing the Gate provides an invaluable snapshot of the Democratic party and the progressive movement circa 2006. Moulitsas and Armstrong are at the vanguard of the progressive movement, and even they don't know seem to know what it stands for.

    "What're you rebelling against, Johnny?" "Whaddya got?"

    Popular Blog Crashes, Gets Hijacked

    Betsy Newmark has been one my favorite bloggers for at least the past two years (just search my archives). But her Blogspot-based blog crashed earlier this week (apparently along with a bunch of other blogs hosted there), only to reappear today under someone else's ownership!

    Betsy has a long letter on Instapundit explaining her situation that's must reading for any of her fans.

    When I launched my blog in early 2002, I had watched numerous Blogspot-based blogs frequently go offline for hours at a clip (including, at the time, Instapundit himself). So I quickly decided that while I'd use Blogger's templates to put my site together, but actually having it hosted there would be counterintuitive. I had thought that since being purchased by Google, Blogger and Blogspot had gotten things together, and outages/crashes such as what happened to Betsy would be a thing of the past. Obviously, I was mistaken.

    Update (11/17/06, 11:55 AM PST): Betsy has control over her Blogspot domain name again, but it looks like it will be a while before her blog is up and running again.

    If I were her, I'd consider registering my own domain name and putting a Movable Type blog on a hosting site such as Living Dot. They've been great to work with--and are certainly cheap enough.

    Good Night And Good Blog

    ...Or not: George Clooney claims that Arianna Huffington used quotes he provided her to make it appear that he was one of the celebrity posters on the Huff-Blog:

    Oscar-winner George Clooney may make politically provocative films like "Syriana." But he doesn't write politically provocative blogs.

    So imagine his ire when Arianna Huffington used some of his recent answers to political questions in a way that makes it look as if he wrote one for her Huffington Post blog site.

    "He doesn't object to the quotes," says Stan Rosenfield, Clooney's rep. "He said those things and those are his views. Arianna asked for permission to use the quotes and he gave it to her. What he didn't give permission for was the use of his quotes without source attributions to make it appear that he wrote a blog for her site. Which he did not. When he saw the posting Monday, we called and asked her to make the change, to simply attribute the quotes and make it clear that he did not write a blog. But she refused. And it's now Wednesday."

    Rather than keep waiting, Clooney got pro-active and issued this statement:

    "Miss Huffington's blog is purposefully misleading and I have asked her to clarify the facts. I stand by my statements but I did not write this blog. With my permission Miss Huffington compiled it from interviews with Larry King and The Guardian. What she most certainly did not get my permission to do is to combine only my answers in a blog that misleads the reader into thinking that I wrote this piece. These are not my writings - they are answers to questions and there is a huge difference."

    Maybe Clooney's still channeling the 1950s of Good Night And Good Luck--I do like the "Miss Huffington": Since "Ms." came into fashion in the 1970s, it's rather charmingly retro. As is the large box Clooney is shown carrying, which contains hundreds of micro-thin slices of cellulose pulp (as opposed to celluloid pulp) that can be decorated and assembled into some sort of pre-Internet era communications device by skilled artisans and tradesmen.

    Update: Miss Huffington responds to Mr. Clooney.

    Another Update: Max Boot urges Clooney to come out of the closet and reveal once again the secret inner-neocon of his past. And while Syrianna trashes American business, it's worth noting that Clooney once happily portrayed one of the most powerful--and unilateral--American millionaires of them all...

    Just Click

    Don't miss The American Enterprise magazine's great interview with Shelby Steele.

    Compare And Contrast

    Roger L. Simon writes that Dr. Wafa Sultan is "more dangerous to Islam than the Danish cartoons". Expatriate Saudi blogger The Religious Policeman writes that Sultan's appearance is "like porn for moderate Muslims".

    Wretchard of the Belmont Club compares her actions to Tom Fox, the Christian activist sadly--but not ironically--killed by the very terrorists his actions propped up:

    Both Fox and Sultan employed nonviolent methods to achieve their ends. Given the death threats leveled on Hirsi Ali, the Danish caricaturists of Mohammed, Salman Rusdie and others it is arguable that Dr. Sultan by her open opposition to Islamism is showing as much personal courage as anyone in the CPT. Since Dr. Sultan probably has relatives and friends in Syria or the Muslim community in America, she is likely in a more vulnerable situation than a Western Peace Activist who is only in the Middle East temporarily.

    To Tom Fox's question "How do you stand firm against a car-bomber or a kidnapper?" -- a question to which he never provided an answer except to say it was not fighting -- Wafa Sultan's answer is that you start by denouncing it. You begin by intellectually opposing the ideology that drives it; that legitimizes it; that portrays it as attractive to children from their cradle. The CPT website, on the other hand, says that denunciation is part of the problem, because it dehumanizes the denounced; hides our Western guilt; and shows a lack of tolerance and respect for Islam.

    Nevermind the actions of those whom Fox supported do likewise.

    (Via Austin Bay.)

    In The Future, Everyone Will Be Famous To 15 People

    Great T-shirt slogan. And pretty much everyone who's on the Internet qualifies!

    (Via Geek Entertainment TV.)

    More Candid Photos Of Dick Cheney

    Man, the Veep's got to be more careful in choosing his backdrops...

    (Via Michelle Malkin.)

    Update: Conspiracy theorists' worst nightmares come true!

    Compassionate Libertarianism

    Virginia Postrel (whose Dynamist e-zine was one of our original blogging inspirations) recently, courageously, donated a kidney to an ailing friend. Postrel writes that donor and donee are fortunately, both doing fine.

    The Online Disinhibition Effect

    (Not to be confused with The Completion Backwards Principle, of course.)

    Via Dr. Helen, psychologist and blogger John Suler has an interesting take on why people act the way they do online--and why it's often very, very different from how they'd act in person.

    Think of some of the coarser language floating through the Blogosphere. Think most of those bloggers drop that many F-bombs whilst talking to their friends and relatives? No! Their conversation is slanted more towards using words such as whilst...

    Evan Coyne Maloney: DIY Video 101

    I interviewed documentary video maker/blogger/fellow Pajamas Media colleague Evan Coyne Maloney for my recent TCS Daily piece about the future of video on the Web. Unfortunately, because of the article's structure, I could only use a couple of paragraphs of Evan's detailed responses in the article, so I asked him if he'd mind if I reprinted the rest over at Pajamas Theater 3000, my home theater/home music/home video/home automation technoblog.

    For anyone interested in DIY video--whether it's for the Web, DVD, or their own personal archives, there's a wealth of information in Evan's responses.

    Update (9/21/06): Article now found here.

    Headline of the Day

    The Professor asks:

    BLOGS, THE SLUTTY ONE-NIGHT STANDS OF THE MEDIA WORLD?
    Well, my blog is easy, but I have it on good authority that he's not cheap: dinner, wine, dessert, and a good movie are all requirements before the evening climaxes in a rich creamy, pixilated bukkake-like explosion of news and opinion.

    Update: Of course, some new media offshoots prefer the simpler life...

    Out Of The Boondocks--And Into The Cool


    Rand Simberg has an idea whose time has come: Replace the clapped-out "Boondocks" comic strip with Chris Muir's brilliant "Day By Day".

    An idea whose time has come? Actually, it's long overdue.

    The Multiple Deaths And Long Healthy Life Of The Blogosphere

    While Mark Steyn in the Chicago Sun-Times is focusing on the death of Europe, the Chicago Tribune, its cross-town rival, explores the death of blogs. The Trib ends its story on a much more rational note, but first tolls the expected bells of doom:

    Gallup finds only 9 percent of Internet users saying they frequently read blogs, with 11 percent reading them occasionally. Thirteen percent of Internet users rarely bother, and 66 percent never read blogs. Those numbers, essentially unchanged from a year earlier, put blog-reading dead last among Gallup's measures of 13 common Internet activities. E-mailing ranks first (with 87 percent of users doing so frequently or occasionally), followed by checking news and weather (72), shopping (52) and making travel plans (also 52).
    If this sounds to you like a perennial theme for big media, you'd be right. Here's what I wrote for TCS Daily right around this time two years ago, in response to a similar story on CNN.com, back when there were "only" five million blogs for Technorati to follow, as opposed to the 28.9 million they track today:
    The Pew Internet and American Life Project, in a study released Sunday, found that somewhere between two percent and seven percent of adult Internet users in the United States actually keep their own blogs.

    Let's examine those numbers a little further! As I wrote on my own Weblog about the story, the numbers tell a very different story than its slant.

    According to one study, there are 146 million adult Internet users in the US alone. The article claims that between two and seven percent of those Internet users keep blogs. If we round that number to five percent, it means that there are 7,300,000 Weblogs in the US alone. And that's a lot of Weblogs!

    This is the sort of cynical, "glass half empty/glass half full" story that bloggers love to parse, and many Weblogs had a field day with it. Scott Ott, the humorist whose Scrappleface Website is a Blogosphere favorite (in January of 2003, Ott coined the brilliant "Axis of Weasels" meme that later graced the cover of The New York Post), put things into sharp perspective. In one of his typical satiric news articles, he wrote that if only about two percent of Internet users actually write Weblogs, it means that there are more bloggers writing, than people reading USA Today (whose circulation is 2.6 million), The New York Times (1.6 million) or The New York Daily News (805,000).

    Ott doesn't mention CNN, but since the article most prominently appeared on CNN's Website, it's probably worth noting that in the US, CNN's typically daily viewership is only about 450,000 viewers. (The Fox News Channel, the cable news ratings leader, gets an average of 799,000 viewers during their broadcasting day.)

    Of course, if I were CNN, I'd be worried about having, in a manner of speaking, all of my viewers, and then some, owning Weblogs.

    Fortunately, the author of the Trib article begins to pull up on the controls about halfway through the piece, but not before more alarm sirens go off:
    The pixels hadn't faded on Gallup's downbeat report when Slate.com columnist Daniel Grossman chimed in with another requiem, "Twilight of the Blogs." Grossman says: "There are troubling signs--akin to the 1999 warnings about the Internet bubble--that suggest blogs have just hit their top." Among those signs: too much corporate money trying to buy into what could be a fad (including Time Warner paying a reported $25 million for Weblogs Inc.). Is too much money chasing not enough revenue? As Grossman aptly notes: "In the end stages of any investment mania, the clueless and the greedy flood in."

    Even if blogging flops as a business and doesn't attract more readership, many bloggers will still have loyal followings.

    That last sentence is exactly right--in fact, it sounds very much like something I wrote last November when Pajamas Media first launched, amidst the height of the bi-partisan epidemic of Pajamas Derangement Syndrome that seemed to sweep through the Blogosphere, during the brief period that PJM was known as OSM:
    The funny thing is, living in Silicon Valley, I watched lots of dot.coms crash and burn, interviewed their staffs for magazines, and had lots of friends who had signed up for all-too-brief tours of duty. And my wife has served as attorney for more than a few start-ups. I’ve also written for a surprising number of start-up magazine ventures that didn’t make it past their first year. (Not to mention writing some of the first articles for National Review Online’s nascent Financial section, some of the first pieces for Blogcritics, and starting a blog three and a half years ago, back when you still had to explain to everyone what the heck a frickin’ blog was.

    You don’t have to do that any more. Thanks, Ms. Mapes! Thanks Mr. Klein!

    But do I think that OSM is a sure bet? No, of course not. And I’ve never drunk the Tony Robbins-ish Kool-Aid that makes you believe that you must not think any bad thoughts at all or you’ll ruin all that positive thinking. Will OSM succeed? I don’t know--and more importantly, the members of the Complainy-American Community who’ve bitched, moaned and pecked at its ankles for the past few months really don’t know. (Jealousy and paranoia make for a bitter cocktail when mixed together.) But what’s the downside? If OSM fails, it’s not going to be the Internet equivalent of the wreck of the Penn Central: this is as demassified a business as possible, which will make long-term casualties virtually nil: Roger, Charles, Glenn, Michelle Malkin and the other "Names" aren't going to lose their massive readership. Nor will anybody else involved in the project. Do you care whether your broker works for Smith Barney or Paine-Webber if he’s been doing great work for you for a decade?

    The Trib piece ends:
    So blogging has a future, however indefinite. At least till Al Gore invents the Next Big Thing.
    And even that's pretty bulletproof, as I noted as recently as this past week, when I explored a possible video-oriented future for blogs at TCS. To borrow from something I posted here last month, it's possible the form of blogging could change radically in the coming years, but individual self-publishing on the Internet--or, pace Al Gore, whatever its successor is called--is here to stay for a very long time, indeed.

    The Yosemite Sam School of National Politics

    Daniel Henninger writes that when it comes to politics, it's Tex Avery's world, we just live in it:

    Witnessing the political reaction this week to the administration's Dubai ports-management decision, the phrase that insistently called out from memory was the title of a famous essay by the late Sen. Daniel Patrick Moynihan, "Defining Deviancy Down." One would not have thought it possible, but Washington's political class is defining our politics down.

    After nearly seven days of elevating the Cheney bird-hunting accident to the level of a national crisis, now comes this week's flap over managing the ports. To be sure, the matter of secure U.S. ports trumps the hunting of quail as an affaire d'état. But it was the strikingly low quality of the politicians' commentary and behavior that attracted notice.

    Within hours, if not minutes, Sen. Hillary Clinton and Rep. Robert Menendez announced "emergency" legislation to "ban foreign governments from controlling operations at our ports." No matter that most of the current operators of our ports are from Denmark, Britain and, uh-oh, China. Chuck Schumer: "It's hard to believe that this administration would be so out of touch with the American people's national security concerns." Yes, that is hard to believe.

    Once the match was put to the ports decision in Washington, the bonfire spread quickly to the governors' mansions. New Jersey Gov. Jon Corzine, until recently a U.S. senator, told Ron Insana he was filing a federal lawsuit to thwart the move because the roads near the Port of Newark are "the two most dangerous miles in America." They are? Maybe he should put warning signs on the Jersey Turnpike.

    What we have here is the dawn of the new Yosemite Sam school of national politics. Put any news event in front of our politicians now--Hurricane Katrina, Terri Schiavo, Dick Cheney's quail or this week the ports--and like Bugs Bunny's hair-triggered nemesis they'll start spraying the landscape with wild remarks and opinions decoupled from what is knowable about these events. Wait to learn the facts--as almost alone, Sen. John McCain, suggested? Why bother?

    As Henninger notes, it's a tripartite issue: Republicans, Democrats, and the media are all responsible for creating the Looney Tune world of Washington.

    Henninger writes, "in our jacked-up media age, first impressions--false or true--becomes powerful and hard to alter". And the conventional wisdom is that the Blogosphere has done the most since the development of 24 hour cable news to jack up the speed that first impressions are formed. So it's been quite fascinating to watch the second, and even third opinions form regarding the Dubai port control issue. That's a level of thoughtfulness that's absolutely impossible in, say, television news, and is nearly almost as rare in newspapers as well.

    More Video Blogging

    I received a nice email this morning from Mickey Kaus on the TCS Daily article about Web video--and a reminder that he has his own v-blog, where he debates issues with Pajamas' own David Corn.

    A year from now, if I do a sequel to this piece, no doubt there'll be lots more joining them. If I was a network TV producer, I'd be scared. Or, as I wrote in the TCS piece, hopefully smart enough to start co-opting the burgeoning Videosphere.

    Bringing It All Back Home

    Just to tie our two major themes today together, Pajamas Media has several videos, featuring Roger L. Simon interviewing key figures on Iraq's WMDs and the recordings Saddam made before his fall in 2003.

    Don't miss them.

    And You May Ask Yourself, "My God, What Have I Done?"

    If I'm responsible for inspiring what is to come, then all I can do is to apologize profusely to America in advance: "And we have HughTV on the way, so Ed is once again ahead of his time".

    As that cryptic hint implies, Hugh Hewitt, and Duane, his producer are being very secretive as to what the final product will look like. But one fellow closely associated with the project seems to have smuggled out a single frame of the test footage.

    Will Video Kill The Blogosphere Star?

    Why yes, that is my essay on the future of video on the Web and in the Blogosphere, on TCS Daily today. (Big thanks to Evan Coyne Maloney, Glenn Reynolds, Ian Schwartz, Justin Hart, and Slingbox's Brian Jaquet for their quotes and background material.)

    Incidentally, here's an important, and utterly non-related tip: if you do decide that video-podcasting is for you, don't choose this jacket as part of your on-screen wardrobe--even Johnny looks a might embarrassed in that rig.

    Gentlemen, Start Your Documentaries

    Just in time for the next Liberty Film Festival, Sony unveils a high-definition camcorder.

    Be Careful What You Wish For

    Glenn Reynolds writes:

    Hugh Hewitt...observes "The Party ought to require every member read An Army of Davids. (Who's got the rights in the PRC Glenn?)". Why limit it to Party members? I think that everyone in China should read it!
    And they very well may. But Alvin Toffler told C-Span's Brian Lamb an instructive story about how The Third Wave circulated through China in the early 1980s:

    Read More »


    The Ultimate Rejection Letter

    Anybody who's ever proposed a magazine article or a book knows what it's like to get a rejection letter. Keep this one in mind next time you strike out.

    Write It Right

    While few in the New York Times would admit it, one of the great joys of blogging has been how many non-professional writers its given voice to. For those who wish to bone-up on their chops however, John Scalzi's "Whatever: Writing Tips for Non-Writers Who Don't Want to Work at Writing" is really well-worth reading (just to keep the alliteration flowing).

    Like Scalzi himself, I have a tendency to violate rule #2 all the time--when I'm just letting it flow somewhat subconsciously, my writing frequently seems to follow the rule, the more nested parentheticals in a single sentence, the better.

    But as with music, the better you know what the rules are, the better you can break them--if you know what you're doing in the first place.

    Who's On Frist?

    Like I said in the post below, it's not the 1972-era media anymore: the InstaDrPunditHelen Podcast has Senate Majority Leader (did you know he's a doctor?) Bill Frist discussing Avian Flu preparations in the US--which at the moment, apparently aren't much.

    Who's On First?

    Like a number of other bloggers, I started using the joking "legacy media" epithet a few years ago; especially when they don't get how asynchronous news can be these days. When Marlon Brando died in 2004, there was an incredulous piece in the journalism house organ Editor & Publisher that many in the press were angered that a small TV news show scooped them on Brando's death:

    What newspaper was first to report the unexpected death of actor Marlon Brando?

    The winner, by a wide margin, appears to be the New York Post, if only in an unconfirmed manner.

    In its Friday morning edition, on page 11, the Post printed a small story, with a picture of Brando from "The Godfather," under the headline: "Brando is dead: TV report." It cited a bulletin on the Web site of Phoenix-based KPHO-TV, of all places. The paper said police had not confirmed the death but claimed that relatives were gathering at the actor's Los Angeles home.

    As I wrote back then in response:
    Given the Internet, the Blogosphere and wall-to-wall cable TV, why the condescending tone that it wasn't AP/Reuters/UPI/NYT but a Phoenix-based TV station "of all places" that broke the story?
    We saw a similar reaction a week ago, when Senator Durbin (D-IL) questioned the credentials of Paul Mirengoff, guest-blogging the Senate for Pajamas Media, as a way to stall for time and deflect Paul's questions.

    Now, don't get me wrong: I can certainly understand not taking an advance interview request from someone--or a publication--you've never heard of, but once someone has a mic in your face, if what you say is of sufficient news--or if you're sufficiently newsworthy because of your status or title, it's going to disseminate rapidly enough. It doesn't really matter these days whether the news begins first on Fox, CNN, the New York Times, or via a blogger living in Podunk, Arkansas with a core base of 200 readers, but who stumbles onto a great story.

    Besides their pure hatred of the man, one of the reasons why the media are so outraged over the Dick Cheney hunting incident is that he gave the story first to the Corpus Christi Caller-Times rather than immediately getting on his cell phone and dialing up Helen Thomas (who was an unintentional riot today) or Dana Milbank.

    As Stephen Spruiell wrote yesterday:

    Cheney and his friends, the Armstrongs, went through the local press because they did not trust the White House press corps to break the news in a professional and responsible manner. After all, would you trust this man with such a sensitive story? How about this guy?
    And of course, they're even angrier that Cheney chose Fox News' Brit Hume to be interviewed first by, rather arranging would be a shouting match of a press conference or an Oprah weep-a-thon.

    It's tough to watch your monopoly on the news end. Especially when you've got so much of your life and ego invested in playing who's on first: being first was a lot easier in the days of the 1972-era media than it is today.

    Understanding Begins One Step At A Time

    LA Times media writer James Rainey profiles Michael Yon, but doesn't seem to get the difference between a one-man blog, and a multimillion dollar newspaper. Fortunately, Tim Blair is available to provide helpful assistance, kindly bridging the often unassailable gap between the legacy media and its successors.

    The State of the Blogosphere

    On the Technorati Weblog, Dave Sifry writes that "The blogosphere is over 60 times bigger than it was only 3 years ago".

    I remember when I started this blog back in early 2002, I had to constantly explain to people what the heck a Weblog was. Don't have to do that anymore, huh?

    Taqiyya!

    No sooner did I finish drafting an article on the growing popularity of video on the Web, did I come across this video on Junk Yard Blog: "Taqiyya: Anatomy of the Comic Jihad". In about 30 seconds, it provides more expository information about how the Great Cartoon Crisis of 2006 began than you'll get on any network television news broadcast.

    And it's got a good beat, and you can dance to it.

    (Via Michelle Malkin.)

    Roundtable Discussion On The Cartoon Crisis

    Yesterday, Hugh Hewitt hosted a roundtable discussion on the Cartoon Intafada, involving himself, fellow radio talkshow hosts Michael Medved and Dennis Prager, and from Evangelical Outpost, Joe Carter. You can read a transcript, and/or listen online, here. Here's an excerpt, with some amazing statistics--or at least speculation--from Dennis Prager:

    HH: I have a question for all three of you. I'm going to start with you, Dennis Prager. What percentage of Islam worldwide do you think is now radicalized?

    DP: I would say...I would say at least 20%.

    HH: And of the remaining 80%, how much of that do you think is susceptible to radicalization?

    DP: Half. I'll give you an example.

    HH: Please.

    DP: I don't just draw these out of thin air. The Egyptian pilot who brought down the Egypt Air airline in an act of suicide and murdered everybody aboard?

    HH: Right.

    DP: The Egyptian government and people and press all backed the idea that it was Boeing's fault, and that it was an American plot to blame the Egypt Air pilot. The ability to self-criticize in that part of the world right now is as close to zero as I have seen in my lifetime.

    Absolutely. And needless to say, read or listen to the rest.

    Update: Glenn Reynolds has numerous related links (there's a shocker, huh?), including this observation from Austin Bay:

    "The Danish 'Cartoon War' is an information warfare operation conducted by Islamist terror groups and at least two Middle Eastern dictatorships (Syria and Iran)."

    Jim Geragthy Takes The Blogosphere's Pulse

    Jim Geragthy, who as the proprietor of National Review Online's TKS Blog, knows a thing or three about the genre, has some thoughts in The Washington Times on the growing role of bloggers in politics:

    From the lefty bloggers, one would never know that polls showed Samuel Alito was supported by about 53 percent to 55 percent of Americans, and opposed by only 27 percent to 30 percent. Democrats in Bush-supporting red states couldn't dare support a filibuster of a popular nominee, and every Republican senator except Lincoln Chafee of Rhode Island knew the political wind was at their backs -- and even Chafee couldn't bring himself to support a filibuster of a qualified, well-liked nominee.

    In the Miers case, it could be argued that bloggers on the right saved the president from making a critical mistake, and nudged him onto the path that ultimately led to a enormously significant part of his presidential legacy. But bloggers on the left are pushing their party into a difficult wilderness. The angry "net-roots" denounce any Democrat for deviating from their agenda, without a moment's thought of trying to run for re-election with a liberal record in West Virginia, North Dakota or Nebraska.

    Republicans can find strength and success by listening to their like-minded bloggers; Democrats can find strength and success by ignoring theirs.

    I think it's safe to say that Michael Barone would agree with that last observation.

    (Via Laura's Miscellaneous Musings)

    Pajama Line!

    While screedy leftwing dinosaurs like Helen Thomas continue to prowl the halls of power in Washington, bloggers such as Power Line's Paul Mirengoff, pinch-hitting for Pajamas Media, are shaking things up:

    A veteran Senate GOP staffer who requested anonymity offered this observation about the significance of the Durbin-Mirengoff exchange:

    "The mainstream news media that covers Congress is tightly controlled by the House and Senate press galleries and they would never be so aggressive in pressing a Member of Congress. So this was big, it was unprecedented to have a blogger asking such questions. We need more bloggers up here asking questions because they aren't controlled by the galleries."

    I agree, the more bloggers are covering Congress, the more likely it is that Members will be asked and, as Durbin discovered today, have to answer questions they never expect to hear from mainstream journalists.

    It is exactly the kind of aggressive, don't-let'em-off-the-hook questioning by Mirengoff that I have long lamented as being a thing of the past among establishment media journalists. They are either afraid to ask the tough questions, or they don't know the tough questions.

    So come on up to Capitol Hill, bloggers!

    Sounds good to me! Meanwhile, Power Line's John Hinderaker writes:
    It occurs to me that in all the years that Ted Kennedy and Dick Durbin have stood before microphones on Capitol Hill, answering questions posed by the Washington press corps, they might never have had to answer a question asked by someone who wasn't a fellow Democrat. This may, indeed, have been a watershed moment.
    Naturally Durbin attempted to deflect the question with a "where are you from"-style question, which (as we've noted before) is rather silly these days: given how rapidly news disseminates, where it starts off is much less important than its actual content.

    "A Revolution of Conscience"

    The prepared text of President Bush's State of the Union address is online, here.

    Glenn Reynolds has a list of live bloggers; in a shocking turn of events, Stephen Green is booze blogging the speech, replacing his trademark vodka with "a nicely icy gin martini with my patented 'confetti twist' of lemon".

    Michelle Malkin writes, "CNN is reporting that Capitol Police arrested Sheehan after she unfurled an anti-war banner inside the House chamber".

    Like Dennis Rodman, Cindy's the consumate self-promoter.

    Meanwhile, K-Lo notes two mentions of the phrase "Radical Islam", which means, thankfully, "CAIR didn't write this speech"--much as they wanted to.

    And Betsy Newmark writes:

    It's so funny to see what lines the Democrats have decided that they won't applaud for. Having military decisions made by the military and not by politicians in Washington is apparently something that they oppose and won't applaud.
    Because that worked so well for LBJ and Robert McNamara during Vietnam.

    Update: Robert Byers looks at what he called "Zen Politics: The Sound of One Party Clapping".

    Update: Mark Steyn writes, "Nancy Pelosi's Not Wrong". Now there's a sentence you won't see me type very often.

    One More: Jonathan Last has a round-up of "The Best and Worst of SOTU '06" (subtitled, "Putting the trivial back into politics"--and taking it out of show business, I guess) with this tidbit:

    Best Howard Dean moment: Democrats erupting in applause when the president began a sentence saying, "Congress did not act last year on my proposal to save Social Security . . ."
    Michael Graham notes a missed opportunity for Bush to lob one out of the park had he planned for that applause.

    Dave's World--In The Blogosphere

    The San Francisco Chronicle has a profile of Dave Barry, who tells the newspaper that "Newspapers are dead":

    Several years ago, Barry created the blog www.davebarry.com. It features typical "Barryisms," odd news stories sent in by ubiquitous "alert readers," columns, and a recurring feature called "A Fine Name for a Rock Band." (Most recent submission: Loincloth Outrage.)

    "About five years ago, I went to the Herald and I told them, 'I've got this blog and maybe you'd like to run it,' '' Barry said. "And they said, 'It's a what?' But then they had a committee meeting or something and now they want everybody to have a blog. They want the security guard to have a blog."

    Barry's blog has taken off like gangbusters, and like podcasts, blogs are the Next Big Thing in journalism. More and more newspapers are offering blogs covering everything from the local sports scene to the business world. (See The Chronicle's "culture blog" and others at sfgate.com.)

    So it's clear that although there may be doubts about the future of the newspaper industry, there are directions in which it can expand and thrive. The future is digital.

    It has to be said, however, that Barry is not optimistic. A little more than a year ago, he announced that he was taking a sabbatical from his column, and has now decided to make the break permanent. The reason, he stresses, was not that he had a lack of faith in the industry, but that he was ready to move on. Still, he has grave doubts about the future of newspapers.

    "It has to start with the kids," he said. "My son is 25. He's been around newspaper people all of his life. He doesn't get the paper. That's the first problem. The second problem is: We can no longer compel people to pay attention. We used to be able to say, there's this really important story in Poland. You should read this. Now people say, I just look up what I'm interested in on the Internet."

    Meanwhile, Arnold Kling asks, "Is Blogging a Fad?"

    He doesn't think so, and I don't either--but with one caveat: individual self-publishing on the Internet is not a fad--but it's possible its form could change radically in the coming years. I picked up the February 7th issue of PC Magazine to read on a flight to L.A. last week--and wide swatches of the issue are devoted to its cover story: video on the Web. It's entirely possible that within a few years, Blogs could be supplemented by much more dynamic multimedia formats. But in a way, that just proves Kling's argument. There will still be millions of blogs, just as television didn't eliminate movies, and didn't eliminate radio--and the 'Net hasn't eliminated any of those mediums either. (Pace Dave Barry, it's a fairly safe prediction that any metropolitan area with a large number of commuters will have dead tree newspapers of some sort for decades to come--but they probably won't have the same level of prominence they once took for granted.)

    Needles in Haystacks

    Mary Katharine Ham and Andy Roth of the Club for Growth are compiling a list of newspapers across the countries with conservative editorial pages.

    Not surprisingly, it's a faily short list so far, but feel free to post or email them suggestions to add to it.

    Vanity Editing

    In the old days of the Internet (many, many moons ago, my son--'round about, say, 1999), vanity searches ruled the Internet (that's how I ultimately discovered InstaPundit, and ultimately, the then-budding Blogosphere, back in 2001, just before 9/11). These days, vanity editing is apparently the in-thing among the really cutting-edge digerati:

    The staff of U.S. Rep Marty Meehan wiped out references to his broken term-limits pledge as well as information about his huge campaign war chest in an independent biography of the Lowell Democrat on a Web site that bills itself as the "world's largest encyclopedia," The Sun has learned.

    The Meehan alterations on Wikipedia.com represent just two of more than 1,000 changes made by congressional staffers at the U.S. House of Representatives in the past six month. Wikipedia is a global reference that relies on its Internet users to add credible information to entries on millions of topics.

    Matt Vogel, Meehan's chief of staff, said he authorized an intern in July to replace existing Wikipedia content with a staff-written biography of the lawmaker.

    The change deleted a reference to Meehan's campaign promise to surrender his seat after serving eight years, a pledge Meehan later eschewed. It also deleted a reference to the size of Meehan's campaign account, the largest of any House member at $4.8 million, according to the latest data available from the Federal Election Commission.

    Betsy Newmark and Will Collier have further thoughts.

    Conservative Canada?

    Apparently, it's not on oxymoron anymore. I haven't been following the Canadian elections as closely as I probably should have, but Glenn Reynolds and Michelle Malkin are loaded with links, including to some who are live blogging the election returns tonight.

    Meanwhile, Publius Pundit (found perchance via Pajamas, if you'll pardon my persnickety alliteration), reviews the pros and cons of the results so far.

    Update: In an essay uploaded shortly after midnight on election Monday, John Tabin of The American Spectator takes stock of Canadian anti-Americanism, and its new prime minister:

    Canadian anti-Americanism may be broad -- a 2003 SES Canada Research poll showed only 13% of Canadians wanting Canada to be more like the U.S.; a 2004 Ipsos-Reid poll found that 82% believe that President Bush is not a friend of Canada -- but it isn't deep. An SES/Buffalo University poll in 2005 showed that a majority of Canadians want closer relations with the U.S. on security, antiterrorism, and energy policy. Canadians don't want to be Americans, but they do want to be American allies. The Grits have made this tough over the years, with periodic anti-Bush and anti-American outbursts from the back and front benches.

    The Tories won't have that problem. Though [Stephen Harper] has made pains to distance himself from the perception of excessive deference to Washington, even writing to the Washington Times to dispute an op-ed characterizing him as "Mr. Bush's new best friend internationally," the fact is that he'll be the most pro-American Canadian Prime Minister in a long time. He may not send Canadian troops to Iraq, but he has praised the U.S. for pursuing democracy there and would stand with the U.S. (and Israel) in international disputes where his predecessors would stand against us. In a dangerous world, the good guys are about to gain another strong leader. And that's bad news for the bad guys.

    Sounds good to me.

    Another Update: Channeling Doug and Bob McKenzie, VodkaPundit has mixed emotions about the election results ("Canada's election was so screwed up, all I could think of was SCTV"), but National Review's John O'Sullivan writes that tonight's election may signify the beginnings of a longer-term trend in Canada:

    A good but not great night in Canada. The Tories will form a minority government, but one with a more precarious plurality in parliament [What is it about Canada that brings out the alliteration?--Ed] than looked likely from the polls. The Liberals are beaten and out but not humiliated. The Quebec separatist party has done worse than expected but still dominates the province. And the leftist New Democrats improved their position but failed to break through dramatically. In Canada's four-party system that gives the Tories the government for something less than a full term.

    What's going on? Well, if Canada were a single individual, we would say that he (or maybe she) wanted to commit to the Tories but had developed cold feet at the last minute. This is exactly what happened one year ago but this time there was slightly more willingness to move rightwards. On that basis, the Tories will probably win a majority in a couple of years as the nation gets used to seeing the untried Tories in the Cabinet--and the roof fails to fall in.

    Dead Dog

    In a case of fish meeting barrel, P.J. O'Rourke reviews Dog Days, the new novel by Ana Marie Cox, the Novelist Formerly Known As Wonkette.

    It's a case of shooting fish in a barrel, and O'Rourke has plenty of ammo to use up. I found it via Frank Martin, who highlights this paragraph by O'Rourke:

    Creative writing teachers should be purged until every last instructor who has uttered the words "Write what you know" is confined to a labor camp. Please, talented scribblers, write what you don't. The blind guy with the funny little harp who composed The Iliad , how much combat do you think he saw?
    Spot-on.

    Gettin' Siggy With It

    Speaking of Sigmund, Carl And Alfred, here's an article and two blog posts with some interesting psychological takes.

    First up, in the middle of a longer piece on the negative impact that Maryland's legislature singling out Wal-Mart will have to the state's economy as a whole, Arnold Kling looks at confirmation bias:

    Chances are, you will look for some errors in my reasoning, so that you can dismiss everything that I have to say. All of us tend to read this way. We overlook flaws in the arguments of sympathetic writers, and we go all-out to find the flaws in arguments of others. In psychology, this double standard is known as confirmation bias. What it means is that we tend to seek support for what we already believe, rather than to seek out information that might undermine our beliefs. Confirmation bias helps to account for the persistence of disagreement.
    Meanwhile, in a post titled, "Identification With The Aggressor", Dr. Sanity looks at just that, or as it's commonly known today, Stockholm Syndrome. (Read the whole thing, as all the cool psychbloggers say...)

    And finally, Neo-Neocon looks at those who think Bush lied concerning WMDs in Iraq, and debates the problem of the false negative vs. the false positive:

    They are both bad. But in the case of self defense, the false negative is, as Callimachus points out, a good deal more dangerous, if one is looking at it from the point of view of the need to prevent a threat from becoming a reality.

    In the case of the "Bush lied" or "Bush cherry-picked the information" people, however, they seem to act as though a false (or partly-false) positive is far worse than a false negative would be. Is this because they feel this country is so invincible that they don't believe any threats are real? Or is it because, in their hearts, the most important thing is to keep their own hands clean? Or is it some combination of the two? Sometimes it even seems to me as though they think the function of prewar intelligence was to have acted as defense attorney for Saddam---to make sure he was considered innocent till proven guilty.

    Actually, I'm probably being too kind to them--or, at least, to some of them. For a certain number, if in fact Bush's intelligence-gathering had been guilty of a false negative rather than the false positive that appears to have been the case, they'd be saying the false negative was worse, instead (just look at the 9/11 Commission for examples). The bottom line seems to be, at least for some, that whatever Bush happens to have done is defined as worse--false negative or false positive. And unrealistic perfection is the standard by which he is to be judged.

    In this respect, those who act this way are very fortunate to have been out of power during these trying post-9/11 times. As such, they have the wonderful luxury of constant Monday-morning quarterbacking. They get to criticize errors, whether those be of the false negative or the false positive variety. They get to pretend they had nothing to do with the situation that built up to those errors, such as 9/11. They get away with being altogether vague about what they could do differently to prevent such errors, if they were in power. Or, if they are specific, they get the luxury of knowing that, at least for now, their suggestions will not be tried and found wanting in the field of reality (this is always true of a party out of power, by the way).

    And, most importantly, they get to enjoy whatever the Bush Administration may have actually done to prevent further attacks on this country, and thus to have preserved their right to speak out in any way they see fit. And this, of course, is as it should be.

    IndeedTM.

    Meanwhile, Hugh Hewitt eschews Freudian theory for a extraterrestrial assumption as to the reason why so many of the usual suspects appear extra stuck-on-stupid this week.

    Indiana Geraghty And The Last Crusade

    Just keep scrolling for some pretty cool photos: Jim Geragthy of National Review Online's TKS blog visits the "set" where the climactic scenes of a well-known Steven Spielberg/George Lucas movie were shot.

    "No, It Is Not A 'War' Against The Homeless"

    Dr. Helen debunks an article on MSNBC.com that's little more than a press release for homeless advocates, and in contrast, has some typically cogent thoughts on what actually is their current state in the US.

    Mondo Hollywood

    Welcome readers from Pajamas' new Mondo Hollywood blog!

    An Army of Davids

    In the mail on Friday was a galley edition of Glenn Reynolds' upcoming An Army of Davids book. It's a great read and a terrific topic, and I'll have lots more to say about it in the not too distant future.

    (And chances are, if you have a blog, so will you...)

    Alito Seen In Pajamas!

    Don't want to seem caught in a Tule Fog? Then stop by Mondo Alito, where it's all Alito, Alito the time!

    (I know...I know.)

    InstaPodcast On Campus

    Glenn Reynolds and Helen Smith's next InstaPodcast is online, featuring an interview with Evan Coyne Maloney on independent documentary production.

    There's a priceless tip for anyone who wishes to do with Maloney has done contained within the podcast: when Evan was preparing for his first documentary, he rented a large, very professional-looking camera to shoot it, even though the sort of small camcorder you can purchase for a few hundred dollars at Best Buy would have done much the same thing. But having a cameraman following him with a bulky piece of hardware in his mitts would make him look far more like A Serious Professional Documentarian than any tiny camera.

    Maloney is doing yeoman work opening up what I dubbed "The Culture War's Newest Front" when I interviewed Brian Anderson for TCS Daily about his South Park Conservatives book last year:

    With some measure of parity achieved in the media, what's the next front in the culture war? Academia of course, which is where Anderson chooses to end "South Park Conservatives" (before an index and a volley of footnotes, including -- full disclosure time -- me, for this TCS article).

    Anderson's ultimate objective isn't to achieve some sort of ideological reversal, where conservatives dominate campuses in the same fashion that the left currently does. Instead, he's trying to ensure that academia "isn't a machine for left-wing political advocacy". Anderson says that students "are trending to the right on issues from how to view capitalism to attitudes about abortion and many view campus PC orthodoxy with abhorrence -- which is why so many of them love South Park."

    Anderson concedes that reforming academia is going to be a long slog. "Changes are only just underway, and the prospects for any quick turnaround somewhat remote".

    You know colleges have a problem when a man in a San Francisco audience can say to Tom Wolfe at a lecture to promote his fictional account of on-campus PC run amok, "Mr. Wolfe, I'm a father, and my daughter is going off to college. I don't mind if you lie to me, but tell me it's not going to be Sodom and Gomorrah U".

    How could a correction of sorts play out in the next few decades? Last month, one of Mark Steyn's readers emailed him concerning the Red States and collge indoctrination:

    Demographics of blue state composition no doubt do indicate falling numbers. However, red staters continue to send their children to universities for indoctrination. They, too often, come out of those institutions as blue staters, even if they return to red states. This, in my opinion, counteracts the demographic trends.
    Steyn replied:
    There is a degree of truth in that. However, the loathsome propagandizing of the educational establishment rests in large part on the fact that the academic elites have a political party whose beliefs are broadly the same. The 2010 census will further reduce representation in the north and east and transfer it to the south and west, and so will the 2020 census, and after that, unless they change, the academy will risk becoming a kook fringe unsupported by either party, increasingly abandoned by parents, and less and less able to justify their huge public subsidies.
    If what Steyn predicts becomes a reality, then Evan's documentaries (and the groundwork laid by books such as Wolfe's I Am Charlotte Simmons, and the granddaddy of 'em all, William F. Buckley's God And Man At Yale) will have succeeded in their ability to point out the wild hypocrisies of modern day college.

    As I said, it's a long slog, but it's not an impossible one: would anybody five years ago have predicted the way in which a new medium would bring Dan Rather's career as a network anchorman to its ignominious conclusion?

    But Then My Homework Was Never Quite Like This

    I took numerous courses on video, audio, and film production in college. Sadly, I can't recall any professors like these, who explain the basics of video podcasting in an extremely enjoyable (not to mention PG-13 or R rated) fashion.

    (Via the Egoist blog.)

    InstaPodcast!

    The Professor and Dr. Helen go multimedia with a nifty halfhour podcast (playable on most any MP3-compatable PC) featuring Michelle Malkin and musician Audra Coldiron.

    (I'd say how much I enjoyed it, but I guess I can't, as "conservatives don't like personal audio players".)

    Quotes of the Year

    Tim Blair is rounding up, month-by-month, the most important--and more often, the most astonishing--quotes from 2005.

    While this year has only just begun, Michelle Malkin has a videoclip that may well end up making many Blogosphere highlight reels in 2006: a soldier who confronts Democrat Congressmen Jim Moran and John Murtha at a town hall meeting in Arlington, Va.:

    "Yes sir my name is Mark Seavey and I just want to thank you for coming up here. Until about a month ago I was Sgt Mark Seavey infantry squad leader, I returned from Afghanistan. My question to you, (applause)
    "Like yourself I dropped out of college two years ago to volunteer to go to Afghanistan, and I went and I came back. If I didn't have a herniated disk now I would volunteer to go to Iraq in a second with my troops, three of which have already volunteered to go to Iraq. I keep hearing you say how you talk to the troops and the troops are demoralized, and I really resent that characterization. (applause) The morale of the troops that I talk to is phenomenal, which is why my troops are volunteering to go back, despite the hardships they had to endure in Afghanistan.

    "And Congressman Moran, 200 of your constituents just returned from Afghanistan. We never got a letter from you; we never got a visit from you. You didn't come to our homecoming. The only thing we got from any of our elected officials was one letter from the governor of this state thanking us for our service in Iraq, when we were in Afghanistan. That's reprehensible. I don't know who you two are talking to but the morale of the troops is very high."

    Moran - who is one of the few congressmen supporting Charlie Rangel's call to restore the draft - responded quickly: "That wasn't in the form of a question, it was in the form of a statement. But, uhh... let's go over here." And he took the next question.

    Cutting and running quickly, as Michelle notes in her transcription of Sgt. Seavey.

    Rich Bloggedy Goodness

    Good to see: the Pajamas mothership changed to a more blog-oriented format today, with lots more content available on the homepage at any one time.

    Breakdown; Go Ahead And Give It To Me

    Speaking of transformative media, Glenn Reynolds writes:

    First the Katrina reporting fell apart. Then there was the whole wolf fiasco. Now there's the misreporting of the trapped-miners story.

    If bloggers had made these kinds of mistakes, Big-Media folks would be pointing them out as evidence that the blogosphere can't be trusted. But where were all those editors, filters, and fact-checkers?

    And those were just in the last four months (the latter stories that Glenn links to were just in the last couple of weeks). Makes you wonder how many other stories the media got wrong before there was a Blogosphere--no wonder so many in the MSM despise it.

    Update: Regarding the mining disaster and media meltdown, Sissy Willis writes, "The rumor spread, the church bells rang, Anderson Cooper & Co. fanned the fires, and there you were with a community of potential mourners believing in miracles and set up for a horrific letdown."

    Another Update: Much more from Tim Blair.

    One More: Great quote from Jeff Jarvis:

    in our age of instant news and ubiquitous communication, the public sees this process as it occurs. It’s not the news that’s live; it’s the process of figuring out what to believe that’s live.

    David Letterman, Bill O'Reilly, and Transformative Media

    Pardon me while I go a little Mcluhan.

    Someone (and naturally, I can't remember whom) once said that the best art transforms how we perceive the art that came before it. New media forms can have that effect has well. The populist tone of Fox News dramatically transformed how millions view other television networks, and if anything, the Blogosphere has impacted how we view the legacy media as a whole. (The very phrase "legacy media" defines the shift.)

    /McLuhan

    Bill O'Reilly appeared on David Letterman last night. I haven't watched O'Reilly regularly since his debut, but I have to give him credit: his mere appearance and willingness to hold his positions brought out the ill-informed MSM talking points in Letterman. Or as Ace of Spades wrote:

    My friend Steve actually was in an argument with a college hippychick one time, and she said, "Well, I may not know all the (finger quotes) 'facts' but I just feel that..." At least she was 19 and not 87, or however old Letterman is.
    Heh.

    Update: Charles Johnson compresses into three words what I spent a whole paragraph attempting to define: The Letterman Emergence.

    Quick Predictions For 2006

    Bill Quick has some thoughts on what's to come this year.

    Numbers one and five won't exactly help you sleep more soundly tonight.

    2005, It's A Helluva Year: The Blogs Are Up And The MSM's Down

    James Lileks writes that he never trusts odd-numbered years; Paul Mirengoff of Power Line writes that 2005 was "an up-and-down year in which the MSM ignored the 'up'":

    Duncan Currie sees 2005 as a good year for democracy. It's too early to know whether the progress made in the Middle East this year will be the start of something big but, says Currie, "if the coming decades do in fact witness a democratic reformation in Middle Eastern politics, historians will likely trace its roots back to the events of 2005--namely, to the purple fingers of Iraqi voters."

    In many other respects, 2005 was an up-and-down year. Gas prices went up and then they went down. President Bush's approval ratings went down and then they went up. The estimated death count from Hurricane Katrina went way up and then it went way down. The temperature of the Plame investigation story went up and then it went down. The level of violence in Iraq went up and down, but overall the security situation improved significantly due in major part to the fact that tens of thousands of Iraqi security forces now effectively participate in the security effort. Highly publicized danger areas (the road from the airport to downtown Baghdad, the Haifa road, Sadr City) became relatively safe, and thus no longer highly publicized. The MSM also failed to report on the substantial progress the U.S. made in training Iraqi security forces, and President Bush waited far too long to fill the void. The public hasn't turned fundamentally against our action in Iraq, nor does it necessarily want a timetable for the end of our involvement -- it simply (and reasonably) wants evidence that we're making progress. Once the administation finally figured that out, the tide began to turn back in its favor.

    The economy, by contrast, did not have an up-and-down year. Economic growth (including job creation) was robust and continuous except for a brief period following Hurricane Katrina. The MSM, which had harped on poor job and other economic performance reports earlier in the Bush administration, choose to ignore the economic success story of 2005. President Bush is planning to start telling that story too, which could help turn the tide further in his favor.

    Meanwhile, Patterico looks at the L.A. Times' down and nearly out year, and Michelle Malkin looks at the MSM's War On Blogs.

    Regarding the latter, Betsy Newmark adds:

    Touch, touchy, aren't they? Well, blogs are no different from the rest of the media. Some are good, some are partisan, and some are no good. However, many are written by people with expertise who comment knowledgeably about events. Why shouldn't journalists want to read commentary from experienced lawyers and law professors, for example, when questions come up concerning the law? Haven't you ever wondered where journalists get the so-called experts that they use to quote in stories and often to validate what they really want to say themselves? Lots of time, they're just calling around to universities and other journalists to get a likely name. Or they're searching around on the web trying to find the name of a likely-sounding expert. Or they're returning to someone they've used or seen before, someone about whose positions on a question the reporter already has a pretty good idea of. Why should such an "expert" be any more reliable than any lawyer or professor who operates his or her own blog?

    And when it comes to politics, you don't need much of any special expertise. What expertise do reporters or TV pundits offer except that they have been observing politics for a long time? For some of the more partisan pundits, you can almost see the talking points that they've received from the DNC or the RNC before they went on the TV? Well, why should that make them considered some sort of political expert more so than someone who sits at home, watching C-Span and reading as much of the news as he or she (or I) can? With the Internet and Lexis-Nexus, any Average Joe can offer up do-it-yourself political analysis just as well as any "expert" called into a cable news studio for a two-minute interview.

    It seems to me that the big advantage that professional journalists have is that they are being paid to get out in the field and ask questions to research a story. That's why having a blogger like Michael Yon or Bill Roggio actually go out to Iraq and report back via a blog is such a threat to regular journalists. Of course, it seems that half the time, journalists don't seem to be asking the right questions or pressing for more of an answer. How many times have you watched one of the Sunday talk shows and seen a politician not answer a question and then seen some big foot reporter like Tim Russert just drop the ball?

    That's why I think that journalists and bloggers should embrace each other as a grand symbiosis of information and insights. There are things that journalists can do that we in the blogosphere live off of. If they weren't publishing their stories every day, what would we blog about? I don't want the MSM to go away; I just want it to improve. And there are ways that good journalists can use the blogosphere. If I were a journalist getting ready to interview a politician, I'd check out blogs on both sides of the spectrum. See what each side is hot about. Also, if I was a journalist, I'd be using a tool like Technorati to see what bloggers are saying about stories that I wrote. I'd discard whatever I thought was just ideological bombast. But, there are many kernels of insight in all that blogging. And a journalist could get some insights of different ways to look at events that he or she might lack while staying within the bubble that exists as journalists and politicians talk to each other every day. They might find that the so-called conventional wisdom is just a bunch of other bubble-people talking to each other and holds very little wisdom.

    Of course, the smearing of the Blogosphere by the MSM is nothing new--we documented a decade's worth of attacks on citizen journalism back on July 4th.

    Update: As I was saying...

    The Most Important Poll of the 21st Century

    Who will have the honor of First Post of the Year in 2006 at NRO's Corner? Vote early and often!

    The New Counterculture And The Counter-Counter-Counterculture

    In the American Enterprise magazine, Kelly Jane Torrance asks, "Will 2005 be seen as a watershed year for conservative books?"

    It certainly looks like it. And not just because conservatives seem to have beaten liberals in sales (although liberals did very well, at least when it comes to the most overtly political books).

    Amazon.com has posted a list of the Top 50 bestselling books of the year. At Number 21 is Mark Levin’s Men In Black: How the Supreme Court Is Destroying America. Two places down is The FairTax Book by syndicated radio host Neal Boortz and Congressman John Linder (R-GA).

    Liberal books—by which I mean polemics, as it’s probably the case that most of the books on the list, like novels, were written by liberals—didn’t fare so well. In fact, the highest one on the list was Jim Wallis’s God’s Politics: Why the Right Gets It Wrong and the Left Doesn’t Get It at Number 13. But the book, as noted in the subtitle, takes liberals to task almost as much as it does conservatives.

    100 People Who Are Screwing Up America (And Al Franken Is #37) by Bernard Goldberg, author of the bestselling Bias: A CBS Insider Exposes How the Media Distort the News, made the cut, at Number 27. But Al Franken’s own The Truth (with jokes) didn’t.

    How did these books sell so well? After all, conservative books weren’t getting glowing reviews in the New York Times or the Washington Post. The authors of The FairTax Book, for example, advocate replacing income taxes with a national sales tax. The New York Times reviewer declared, “No reputable economist of any political stripe would support it.” But his very next sentence was puzzling: “The honest truth is that replacing the current tax system with any system that raises the same amount of revenue (as Boortz and Linder claim their plan does) may make us better off, but only by redirecting our resources away from dealing with complex filing requirements and improving our incentives to work, save and innovate—not by creating the kind of free-lunch miracle suggested here.” Sounds pretty good to me—but I guess I’m not a “reputable economist.”

    The New York Times didn’t even review Mark Levin’s Men In Black. But books like these found an audience anyway. By 2005, conservatives had learned to market their ideas without having to rely on the mainstream press that historically hasn’t been sympathetic. Regnery, the conservative publisher of Men In Black, has created bestsellers primarily by preaching to the choir. The company’s public relations firm markets directly to conservatives through talk radio and television hosts like Rush Limbaugh, Bill O’Reilly, and Sean Hannity. It worked for Men In Black and found particular success before last year’s election with the influential Unfit for Command: Swift Boat Veterans Speak Out Against John Kerry.

    The New York Times itself took notice. The annual Year in Ideas issue of the Magazine declared that “Conservative Blogs are More Effective.” Writer Michael Crowley of The New Republic says “what really makes conservatives effective is their pre-existing media infrastructure, composed of local and national talk-radio hosts like Rush Limbaugh, the FOX News Channel and sensationalist say-anything outlets like the Drudge Report—all of which are quick to pass on the latest tidbit from the blogosphere.” It’s this same network that has made books by, for example, Michelle Malkin, so successful—and it doesn’t hurt that she has her own blog as well.

    As Patrick Ruffini noted this past February, during the astonishingly low-rated Oscars broadcast:
    Liberals get all pissy when conservatives decide to tune out institutions that don't represent them and create new ones -- just look at the sneering at "Faux News" and Rush and homeschooling and values voters. In Hollywood as in mainstream media, there is a price to be paid when an institution decides to leverage its prestige to push a political position where none is warranted; it's a price that is paid in viewership, influence, and profit -- in this case, a 30% falloff in viewers.
    What's curious is that shortly after 9/11, the left began copying these alternative networks with an infrastructure of their own, launching Air America to compete with Rush Limbaugh, Al Gore's Current television network as a sort of alternative to Fox, and so on.

    At some point, it must be puzzling to the boys in the Manhattan skyscrapers why they can't please either side: the conservatives whom they tried to shut out, and the modern left, to whom the mainstream media isn't nearly leftwing enough.

    The traditional components of the MSM will soldier on for quite some time of course--but it must seem strange to no longer always be able to control the arguments--or introduce all of the new ideas.

    "Now That's Blogging"!

    Over Christmas Eve dinner, my wife and a couple of friends and I discussed the growing amount of firsthand reporting in the Blogosphere, including Iraq the Model's real-time reporting for Pajamas on the Iraqi elections. I mentioned that such efforts are having an impact beyond the Blogosphere. For example, when the Miami NBC affiliate reported the story of a Chalk's seaplane crash last week, the first photo to accompany the story was taken not by a professional reporter or photographer, but someone who simply happened to be on the scene with camera-equipped cell phone.

    One friend sardonically quipped that eventually, we're going to start seeing people sending photos from their cell phones from inside a plane as it goes down.

    Fortunately, that latter half of that equation wasn't an issue for blogger and licensed private pilot Jeremy Hermanns, but on a recent Alaska Airlines flight when the cabin accidentally depressurized, he was able to document the event with his cell phone camera and later, blog about it.

    Linking to him, the Blogfather exclaims, "Now that's blogging", and notes that Jeremy's apparently earned the wrath of Alaska Airlines' employees, who apparently don't appreciate his efforts to document a flight gone wrong.

    Alaska also apparently doesn't understand how increasingly common Jeremy's efforts will be in the coming months and years, as more and more people acquire cheap digital cameras, camera-phones, and of course, blogs.

    Welcome VodkaBaby!

    It's a boy! Meet Preston Davis Green, the newest member of the VodkaPundit family.

    And fortunately just in time, another member of the Blogosphere has written the guide to child-rearing...

    When Worlds Collide

    Interesting attempt to bridge the left/right divide by Tim Blair and the readers of his blog. Be sure to read the comments.

    It's Deja Ed!

    The Hotline has a round-up of events in the Blogosphere titled, "12/22: The Year Of Blogging Dangerously".

    Gee, why does that title ring a bell....?

    It'll come to me sooner or later.

    (Seriously--it's a great megapost. Even if the title is strangely... hauntingly... familiar.)

    The Paper Holds Their Folded Faces To The Floor

    Interesting look at politics and residential density over at TCS Daily, by Patrick Cox:

    A partnership, maybe even symbiosis, developed over time between the Democratic Party and the MSM. By the Vietnam era, journalists were doing the heavy lifting for the Democratic Party, puzzling out politically profitable angles and prompting politicians with precisely loaded questions. Liberal politicians got their "talking points" daily from the headlines and lead stories of the MSM and the DNC could focus on fundraising.

    For ideologically grounded conservatives and libertarians, it was infuriating; the undecided swing vote could be swayed and Democrats prospered. Already, however, things had begun to change.

    Technology and the Paperboy

    Telephones, when they finally came to rural America lowered the cost of rural news collection. The shift of advertising expenditures from radio to television created low cost distribution opportunities for red state radio commentators.

    And then, of course, along came the Internet, which is taking, at an increasing rate, market and advertising revenues away from newspapers and their colleagues in radio and television. Today, the cost of production and delivery of online news has plummeted; witness Matt Drudge, TCS Daily and the blogosphere. The balance of power has shifted as anybody with a modem can now self-publish or seek out news and commentary according to individual tastes, needs and preferences. Paperboys hardly matter anymore.

    In the short run, these changes have been of tremendous benefit to the formerly underserved political right -- the red state people. It is not, however, simply that they now have some outlets that are respectful of their views. The right has the enormous benefit of decades of frustration with the MSM neglect and mischaracterization of their perspectives. Conservatives and libertarians had been talking back to their televisions and growling at newspapers for most of their lives, and still haven't got over the exhilaration of finding news sources that publish the debates they were having privately.

    Liberals, however, were spared the best conservative arguments by editors who didn't like or understand them. Nodding at Walter Cronkite's and Dan Rather's interpretation of events, the left was lulled into the complacency of consensus in a world where consensus did not truly exist. The few alternative voices, hidden on the pages of mostly liberal editorial pages, were easy to dismiss as irrelevant or extremist.

    Today, you can see this lack of familiarity with the fine points of public debate clearly as Howard Dean and Nancy Pelosi continue to act as if they were living inside the old ideological news monopoly. It is why Democrats thought they could specifically contradict themselves on Iraq policy and expect not to be called on it. In the old days, they wouldn't have been -- except in the slow to arrive albeit brilliant monthlies and bi-monthlies like National Review and Reason, typically read only by cadres. (Both publications now have a robust web presence to compliment the dead tree publications).

    The Situation Is Changing Again

    The Bush administration, however, has been masterful in its use of the new media. Schooled by years of exclusion and disdain, they have consistently played ideological "ropeadope" until their own constituency is begging for a response, and unchecked liberals have taken their arguments over the edge into parody.

    This MSM embargo of non-liberal ideas has led, as well, to a more effective Internet presence for the right, and is seen clearly in the differences between the two most important of the partisans, Instapundit and the Daily Kos. I don't think it would be too controversial to say that Glenn Reynolds is more gracious toward his detractors as well as more interested in building consensus on controversial issues than are Kos and his readers.

    And as Michael Barone noted a year ago:
    What hath the blogosphere wrought? The left blogosphere has moved the Democrats off to the left, and the right blogosphere has undermined the credibility of the Republicans’ adversaries in Old Media. Both changes help Bush and the Republicans.
    Cox ends his piece thusly:
    Most importantly, the world wrought by the current Internet technology, enabled most spectacularly by Marc Andreessen when he and his Netscape democratized the Web, is on the verge of the next anarchic and unexpected seismic shift, which I'll get to in a later article.
    Needless to say, I'll be very interested to see his follow-up.

    Seaplane Crash Off Miami Beach

    A Miami NBC affiliate reports:

    A seaplane carrying 20 people crashed into the water off Miami Beach Monday afternoon, killing 19 people, authorities said. The other person has not been found.

    Nineteen bodies were recovered after the Chalk's Ocean Airways propeller plane crashed around 2:30 p.m. after takeoff en route to Bimini in the Bahamas, Coast Guard officials said.

    Roger Nair, general manager of Chalk's Ocean Airways, said two crewmembers were aboard along with 18 passengers, including three infants.

    Glenn Reynolds links to Rand Simberg's look at impromptu rescue efforts organized by local boating enthusiasts:
    I heard on the radio that when the plane went down off Miami Beach this afternoon, a flotilla of private boats were on it almost immediately to try to find survivors. It's similar to what happened in 911, when a large number of people spontaneously evacuated lower Manhattan across the rivers to New Jersey and Brooklyn.

    Unfortunately, this time, even as rapid as the response was, it looks like the people were beyond saving.

    Glenn and Rand filed their posts under Glenn's trademark "A Pack, Not A Herd" heading to highlight the independent rescue efforts. It's also worth noting the caption under the photo on the NBC page:
    Witness Photo
    A witness sent this picture to NBC 6. The man said he snapped the photo with his cell phone right after the plane crashed into the water.
    From photos to blog posts, more and more, we're seeing both elements of reportage, and even whole articles, coming from citizen journalists, rather than the traditional media. But then again, if you're reading this, you probably knew that already...

    (Macabre bit of synchronicity: This past week, I was sent the DVD of the second season of Miami Vice to review for Blogcritics. I watched an episode Saturday with my wife and quipped, "If there's one thing I've learned from Miami Vice, if you're a bad guy who needs to skip town in a hurry, you always fly Chalk's Seaplanes". They featured prominently in several episodes, but I didn't know until just now that they still flew.)

    Bloggers of the Year

    Since Time magazine dropped their "Blog of the Year" award after awarding it to Power Line last year, Michelle Malkin has posted an excellent list of her own.

    I'd just add to it Charles and Roger, for starting Pajamas Media to pay bloggers for their efforts, and encourage original journalism from bloggers. That they took more flak than a B-17 over Berlin during the past six months and survived only adds to the accomplishment.

    Update: I just received a press release--Time is scrambling to rectify the omission of this category...

    These Boots Are Made For Blogging

    Power Line's Paul Mirengoff writes:

    The other key development is the blurring of the distinction between the blogger and the traditional political commentator. As John has pointed out, the Harriet Miers confirmation struggle was conducted largely on the internet, but the key players who brought about the demise of that nomination were not traditional bloggers. Rather they were print media types like David Frum and others associated with the National Review. Had they been confined to writing in the hard copy versions of the National Review or the Weekly Standard, they probably would not have been able to reach their audience frequently enough to have made a difference. But the internet left them unconstrained, and thus able to produce the steady drumbeat that helped sink Miers.

    The MSM's power is at its greatest when it has boots on the ground and bloggers don't. Hurricane Katrina demonstrated this. When bloggers have boots on the ground, we tend to win. And bloggers are getting boots on more and more ground all the time.

    You betchum, Red (State) Ryder!

    Cairo: "This Probably Looks Stalinist To You"

    Michael J. Totten, Pajamas' man in Lebanon, visits the capital of Egypt:

    “You have to revise your expectations downward in Cairo,” Praktike said, as though he knew what I was thinking. “This probably looks Stalinist to you.”

    “It isn’t that bad,” I said. “Libya is Stalinist, and this is better than that. But it’s not pretty.”

    “No, it’s not pretty,” he said. “But you get used to it.”

    He led me into what counts in Cairo as a nice restaurant. The floors were orange tile. The chairs were made of wicker. A mild feeling of gloom hung over the place like a cloudy day just before rain. It was not even remotely like what you can easily find in Beirut’s fashionable neighborhoods.

    “Do you like living in Cairo?” I said as we sat down. A beaming waiter brought us two menus and bowed.

    “Well, it’s a big sprawling mess,” he said. This was certainly true. “You either hate it or love it. I think I’m in the latter category. I was bored back home in the States, and I’m not bored here at all.”

    I worried that I would be bored and alienated into depression if I lived in Cairo after I saw all the sights. Going from Beirut to Cairo was like descending into a poorly lit basement. Some Americans who would visit Cairo and expect to like it won’t go anywhere near Beirut. This is incredible to me. For one thing, far more people have been killed by terrorists in Egypt than in Lebanon over the past fifteen years. Forget its reputation: Beirut is culturally, intellectually, economically, and politically more advanced by an order of magnitude. It’s unfair when Lebanon is described as Third World. Egypt, though, without question is Third World.

    How far the mighty do fall. Fifty years ago Cairo was a relatively wealthy, liberal, cosmopolitan jewel of North Africa and the Middle East. Don’t even think of blaming Islam for its present wretched condition. Gamal Abdel Nasser and his secular Free Officer regime demolished this place with intellectual, political, and economic bulldozers. Hosni Mubarak’s ridiculously named National Democratic Party, which is really just a euphemism for the calcified military regime from the 1950s, has done absolutely nothing to improve things in the meantime. Wall Street Journal reporter Stephen Glain aptly described Egypt as a “towering dwarf.” I don’t think the description can be improved on.

    Read the rest for a study in Egypt's political factions.

    "We Got Our Purple Fingers!"

    Pajamas Media has exclusive live blogging from the Iraqi elections.

    Co-Maximum Pajamahadeen Roger L. Simon writes:

    Omar and Mohammed of Iraq the Model have done a remarkable job lining up reporters in eight provinces for PJM: Erbil, Kirkuk, Mosul, Babil, Najaf, Kerbala, Samawa, Basra as well as Baghdad of course. For those of you who don't know, the newspapers have been closed in Iraq for security reasons. Some of their reporters will be working for Pajamas Media. A translator has been hired to translate their material from Arabic into English. Omar and Mohammed have the first (Reynolds blessed) Sonys sent to bloggers in the field by PJMedia. Several of the reporters will have rented cameras. We have no idea what we are going to get. This is an experiment.
    As for the subject of all of this new, new media attention, VodkaPundit adds:
    The election won't be perfect. It might not even be good. But they are trying.

    We're doing what we can, but in the end it's up to them.

    Wish them luck.

    Like Roger says, purple (at least in spirit) fingers are crossed.

    Word To Your Murtha

    Betsy Newmark (who just cancelled her Newsweek subscription) explains American--and French--history to Jack Murtha.

    Update: Further thoughts from Hugh Hewitt.

    The Faith-Based Encyclopedia

    Over at TCS Daily Robert McHenry explores Wikipedia after the John Seigenthaler debacle and says that very little has changed.

    How can it? The very concept is fatally flawed, McHenry notes:

    A little more than a year ago I first wrote about Wikipedia. In that article I attempted to make two points: that the basic premise of the project is fatally flawed and can only be embraced as an article of faith, and that the project lacks a proper concern for ordinary users, those who are not in on the game.

    The premise is this: By making every article open to the revisions, corrections, and updates offered by any and all users, the collective knowledge and wisdom of the whole community will find expression in each article. In short, every article will get better and better. The flaw is this: Many revisions, corrections, and updates are badly done or false. There is a simple reason for this: Not everyone who believes he knows something about Topic X actually does; and not everyone who believes he can explain Topic X clearly, can. People who believe things that are not the case are no less confident in their beliefs than those who happen to believe true things. (In case this point interests you, I have written extensively on it.) Consequently, it is far more reasonable to expect that, while initially poor articles may indeed improve over time, initially superior ones will degrade, with all tending to middling quality and subject to random fluctuations in quality. Note that this has nothing to do with the vandalism or the ideological “revert wars” that are also features of Wikipedia’s insistence on openness and that apparently occupy much of the volunteer editors’ time and effort.

    That last item is a fatal flaw in and of itself. Given how polarized America's ideologies are, just as with journalism, I'd like to know a little about the background and biases of the person or organization proffering me research material before I put it to work. That seems impossible with Wiki.

    The Bonfire than Wouldn’t Burn Out

    Over at the new incarnation of TCS Daily, Michael Rosen examines the lasting appeal of Tom Wolfe's first (and arguably best) novel: The Bonfire of the Vanities.

    At the start of the year, we looked at Radical Chic, one of Wolfe's most prescient examples of non-fiction, and in November of last year, one of our most heavily trafficked posts reported on his appearance in San Francisco, very shortly after the presidential election.

    Just Desserts

    The marzipan meme: The Long Tail of the Internet Cake is born!

    Photo of the Year

    The Political Pit Bull notes:

    Michael Yon's heart-breaking photo of Major Beiger holding an Iraqi girl in his arms is nominated for photo of year in TIME Magazine.

    You can see the other nominees and then vote for Yon's photo here.

    I just did.

    It's currently at 59 percent in the voting--and it will be interesting to see where it finishes.

    TCS Daily: New Look, New Name, Same Great Content

    I guess I was one of the few folks who didn't mind the name Tech Central Station--but it's now TCS Daily (short for Technology, Commerce and Society) with a swanky new look.

    And speaking of TCS, Libertas links to my recent article there on Hollywood's woes. Thanks guys!

    Lileks' 2005 Rollick

    James Lileks has a round-up of the big events of 2005 in his typically witty style, which begins:


    Behold: 2005 was the most important year in human history.

    Okay, maybe not. There have been better years, and worse ones. The Goths did not sack New York City.

    Well, we tried.

    More Lileks:

    It certainly didn’t feel like a golden age. It’s difficult to believe you live in the best of times when Hollywood recreates The Dukes of Hazzard and the producers are not stoned in the public square on general principle. We all recognize hard times—when you’re in a gas line, you feel it. But good times we sometimes notice only in the rearview mirror.

    There was something of a peevish quality to 2005. Perhaps it’s the year itself; odd-numbered years sound indecisive and inconclusive—shave-and-a-haircut without the two bits. Odd- numbered years never have an Olympics. No great clanging election campaigns. They slump and wander. By contrast, even-numbered 2006 has a hard, clear sound to it, a ring of promise and purpose.

    Most of what occurs in any given year will be forgotten. 2006 will be the same, unless aliens land, or someone perfects cold fusion, or North America is depopulated by bird flu and tumbleweeds bounce down the streets of Fargo (more than the usual number, that is). But toting up tomorrow’s details will have to wait. For now, let us review what was memorable and forgettable in the year just now ending.

    Read the rest.

    Meanwhile, On The Other Coast...

    If the L.A. Times doesn't know who the blogs in their own backyard are, it's abundantly clear that The New York Times isn't exactly wired into the heart of the Blogosphere, either.

    Update: Ed Morrissey adds:

    If any one article proved how out of touch the Exempt Media truly is regarding the blogosphere, [Michael Crowley's piece in the New York Times Magazine] is it. And if [Editor & Publisher magazine] wanted to demonstrate that its reputation for news analysis is vastly overblown, they've managed to do it here.

    The Way The World Works

    Cathy Seipp explains how the Blogosphere works to the L.A. Times:

    KINDER-HEARTED people than me have been fretting lately about the impending loss of 85 editorial jobs at the Los Angeles Times. But I'd up the number to include anyone who had anything to do with the unbelievably lame cover story on the L.A. blogosphere in the Dec. 1 Calendar Weekend, including the editors responsible for it.

    If you missed that piece, allow me to summarize. An article called "Blogging L.A." included neither the much-hyped L.A.-based commercial blogging enterprises that began this year (the Huffington Post and Pajamas Media, of which I'm a member), nor any of the major L.A. blogs (Kausfiles, the Volokh Conspiracy, Little Green Footballs, et al) except L.A. Observed and Defamer, and then only in passing.

    Readers of this story would also have no idea that proto-blogger Matt Drudge began the Drudge Report here (his right-hand man, Andrew Breitbart, who still lives in L.A., recently began a news service called Breitbart.com) nor that the rise of influential (and profitable) big political blogs is, I'm sure, one reason traditional newspapers have been losing circulation and advertising — thus the loss of those 85 editorial jobs.

    Instead, Times readers were told about tiny, diary-style L.A. blogs, the kind that defined the medium about five years ago. You'd also have no idea that since the post-Sept. 11 explosion of political blogs, L.A. has been the capital of the blogosphere. [Not the least of which is because it's where Pajamas Media's HQ is located as well--Ed] But The Times — which has a sorry tradition of ignoring trends in its own backyard — has been missing that story from its beginning.

    In October 2001, a staff writer wrote a seminally off-target piece that seemed almost entirely innocent about L.A. blogs, focusing instead on those in New York. And the paper's longtime media writer, the late David Shaw, was famously hostile to blogs, when he bothered to notice them at all.

    How obscure are the blogs discussed in Calendar Weekend? The story opened with one that gets just 15 daily visits, and closed with another that no longer exists. What kind of L.A. blogs did these upstage? Just as one example, Little Green Footballs, which played a major role exposing CBS' National Guard memos story as a hoax last year, gets at least 50,000 hits a day. A cynic might suspect that The Times tries to make blogs seem as boring and inconsequential as possible, in order to staunch the flow of readers and advertisers from newspapers to the Internet.

    "Politics runs heavy too," staff writer Scott Martelle wrote, "with intense, phlegm-flecked rants…." That would be spittle, obviously, in such an instance, not phlegm, and thanks a lot for making me stop to consider the difference. Then there's his strange reporting and analysis. "Blogging has yet to break out of its relatively small corner of the Internet," he (mis)informs readers. "Only about 5% of all adults contribute to blogs."

    In other words, more than the number of people who read the L.A.--and New York--Times, combined.

    Update: Jim Geraghty has some related thoughts:

    A year ago, Michael Barone wrote, “what hath the blogosphere wrought? The left blogosphere has moved the Democrats off to the left, and the right blogosphere has undermined the credibility of the Republicans’ adversaries in Old Media. Both changes help Bush and the Republicans.” The left side of the blogosphere grew a bit more sophisticated this year, and got better at getting their arguments in the mainstream media. But Media Blog and many other right of center blogs focused on the blogosphere's fact-checking biased, bad, and sloppy reporters.

    Democrats had a nice year in the off-year races, with the wins by Kaine and Corzine, and shooting down Arnold’s referenda. But there’s nothing persuasive to suggest that the blogs on the left were any big help to the party in those fights. The midterm elections of 2006 may be a better measuring stick of the effectiveness of each sides’ blogs.

    Absolutely.

    Wiki, We Hardly Knew Ye

    PunditGuy predicts that "By this time next year, Wikipedia won’t be Wikipedia anymore". Which makes sense: it's just far, far too easy to cook the books, as former RFK staffer John Seigenthaler, Sr. recently discovered to his horror.

    And remember when the Wiki model worked so well on the L.A. Times' op-ed pages?

    Wolfe, Buckley, Chomsky, Vidal, and Homer Simpson

    National Review is celebrating its 50th anniversary with their next issue, which features this excerpt from Tom Wolfe (registration required to read the rest):

    Twenty-five years ago, as I approached the ballroom of the Plaza Hotel for National Review’s 25th-anniversary fête, a reporter beckoned me aside and asked, “Would you call this a reunion of the Neo-conservative clan?”

    So I said, “How are you spelling clan?”

    When he assured me it was with a c, not a k — given the level of intellectual wit in 1980, that was still a distinction you had to make — I gazed out over the crowd in the ballroom and said, “No . . . what I think you’re looking at are 2500 people who in most cases never laid eyes on each other before but all of whom for one reason or another can’t go along with the party line.”

    Now I had to assure him. No, I wasn’t talking about that party. I was talking about the prevailing zeitgeist of the intellectuals — which, it probably won’t surprise you to know, has not changed from that day to this.

    I hasten to point out the difference between an intellectual and a person of intellectual achievement. An intellectual is a person knowledgeable in one field who speaks out only in others. When Noam Chomsky was merely the most original, arresting, and widely talked-about linguistic theorist in America, he was never referred to as a leading American intellectual. That came only after he expressed his outrage over American involvement in the war in Vietnam, about which he knew nothing, since he read The Nation instead of Parade. It was the outrage that gained him entry into that “charming aristocracy,” to borrow the words of Catulle Mendès. Or as Marshall McLuhan once put it, “Moral indignation is a standard strategy for endowing the idiot with dignity.”

    Heh.

    And speaking of Wolfe, in what surely must be a sign of the impending apocalypse, he'll be appearing in animated form--cartoon like, not necessarily all that agitated--along with Gore Vidal...and Homer Simpson.

    The Reactionary Media

    I've linked several times to Radley Balko's post on "The Conservative Left", because its a great meme, but the specific example that Radley used is worth repeating:

    You know, you sometimes get the feeling the day after the polio vaccine was invented, today's left would have run editorials lamenting the good ol' days, when we were a little more cautious about what swimming pools we jumped into, and expressing sadness that we'd now have no new stories about the afflicted overcoming their disability to inspire the rest of us.

    I'm not kidding. They're that resistant to change. Every mill that shuts down is a "sign of our sad times." No matter that the new mill will do things better, faster and cheaper than the old one. New farming techniques grow more food on less land. But dammit, if there wasn't something romantic about the old-stye "family farm" that's deserving of government protection. Innovation isn't celebrated, it's excoriated for displacing some idealized vision of the way things once were. In matters of progress and dyanmism, the left is far more conservative than the conservatives are.

    And this time, as The Goldengate.net illustrates today, instead of reporting on a family farm or antediluvian steel mill, it's legacy media journalists themselves who feel threated by the rise of Craigslist, a sprawling regional Internet help wanted/classified ad/personals BBS:
    Well, I suppose self-pity and bellyaching and sour grapes coming from a dead-tree media outlet over the success of a slick and widely-loved new media outfit like Craigslist really doesn’t come as much of a surprise.

    But, holy cow, to make a COVER STORY out of the fact that you and your fellow dead-tree Old Media outlets are getting whupped by better service and greater efficiency (and more timeliness and accuracy)? And then to expect media savvy readers to cry big splashy tears over the fact that you can’t seem to adapt your performance and business models to the new reality? That takes real chutzpah and brings navel-gazing to a whole new level.

    Here’s the boldface text from the COVER of the latest SF Weekly. (I exercised restraint in the headline to this post and refrained from calling it by it’s more commonly-known street moniker—“SF, WeAkly.”)

    Craig$list.com
    The much-loved Web site is taking millions from Bay Area newspapers and causing layoffs that adversely affect coverage. And its founder’s well-intentioned support of citizen journalism has a slim chance of fixing the problem.
    Well, gosh, we’re just all broken up for you, New Times Media (parent company of SF Wea…er SF Weekly.)

    But the hard fact is, oh mainstream media, the public doesn’t OWE you readers or subscribers or ad revenue. No business is OWED customers. So I’d humbly suggest that perhaps you ought to spend a little MORE energy on “lighting a candle”—delivering better service and adapting your practices to the new reality—and a little less energy on “cursing the darkness”—hating on Craigslist and expecting us in the media buying public to beweep your sad, sad fate.

    As Ian Schwartz recently noted, Mike Wallace seems to think that the president has an obligation to sit down to an interview with him. Here's a whole industry that thinks the public has an obligation to support it.

    Gee--and after all they done to earn our trust.

    (Via the Blogfather, who notes--and I agree--that not all newspapers are this stuck-on-stupid.)

    Update: Geez, speaking of engendering trust...

    From The Home Office In El Segundo, California...
    Wiki Woes

    John Seigenthaler, Sr. was the assistant to Robert Kennedy when he was attorney general under JFK. His Wikipedia entry originally read as follows:

    "John Seigenthaler Sr. was the assistant to Attorney General Robert Kennedy in the early 1960's. For a brief time, he was thought to have been directly involved in the Kennedy assassinations of both John, and his brother, Bobby. Nothing was ever proven."
    Needless to say, Seigenthaler is--to say the least--not happy, and has harsh words for the Wiki concept in USA Today.

    Meanwhile, Pajamas has a round-up of additional Wiki coverage.

    Why Doesn't Anybody Ever Interview Cosmo?

    Right Side Redux has an MP3 of Jonah Goldberg's recent interview on the Bay Area's KSFO on Iraq, immigration, and other topics.

    PJM+RSS=A-OK

    Pajamas Media now has RSS feeds for both its top stories, and the Best of the Blogs links. Click here to add them. (As I just did to My Yahoo page. And speaking of which, just click here or follow the link on the sidebar to add this site to your My Yahoo page, as well.)

    Why They Changed It I Can't Say, People Just Liked It Better That Way

    Istanbul was Constantinople, now it's Istanbul, not Constantinople.

    But OSM was once Pajamas Media. Now it's Pajamas Media again, not OSM--and Charles and Roger explain the change back.

    (I have a feeling a few other tweaks are also in the works.)

    Beyond The Zabar's Zeitgeist
    Look back, In Pajamas

    Over at OSM, Glenn Reynolds and about 50 other bloggers do what the MSM refuses to: pry open the Memory Hole and look inside.

    Notes From The Overfed

    Pamela of Atlas Shrugs has a great collection of photos from the impromtu pre-launch party at the Brasserie in the Seagram Bulding on Tuesday night that Neo-Neocon and I organized. It was originally concieved as a little get-together for three people (Neo, Nina and I) and--sort of like a Weblog itself--just grew like Topsy, as you'll see.

    Scenes From A Launch

    Yesterday, I left New York’s Penn Station on an Amtrak Acela bound for the District of Columbia, to have a blogger confab with Senate Republicans. The Senate Republicans seemed to have gotten an incredible case of the wobblies recently, so it will certainly be interesting to here their rationales. That they were smart organize this meeting with a variety of conservative bloggers is a helpful sign, I suppose.

    Naturally, there’s no Wi-Fi onboard Acela, and I stupidly forgot to bring a dongle to connect my laptop to my cell phone to send data at 56k-ish rates, so I wrote this long rambling piece to upload later (if you’re reading this, you know it’s "later"), rather than a bunch of short hit and run individual posts. On the plus side, the seats are larger and more comfortable than the Amfleet cars that have been in service since Amtrak commissioned them in the mid-70s after absorbing the aging fleet of the nation’s post-World War II passenger cars. There are several spots on each car where the seats face each other and a fold-open table can be deployed to do some work. Except, because this is Amtrak, the row with those style seats didn’t have any power.

    But the side I’m now sitting on does. So with juice to spare, here are some thoughts on Wednesday’s launch:

    Like Penn Station, Pajamas Media is fading into the distance, as OSM itself leaves the station: we had a blow-out cocktail bash Wednesday night in the W, and then around 9-ish Roger, Charles, Nina and I slipped out to the Smith & Wollensky Grill Room (as opposed to the Smith & Wollensky Pool Room, I guess...) Seriously though, the S&W Grill is a little less formal, and open until much later, which was fine with us: we all needed time to decompress after an crazy day, and even crazier six months. We all agreed we had the best waiter: loud but cheerful, with a vaguely Philadelphia-ish accent, and nice shock of salt & pepper hair. He was enthusiastic and efficient, but unlike most similarly eager California waiters, never showed you pictures of his children or asked your thoughts on whether or not he should reamortize his 30 year adjustable rate mortgage.

    We had tried to talk Steve Green of VodkaPundit into joining us, but we couldn’t pry him away from his many groupies. And it’s not too surprising: in his navy double-breasted suit, pocket square, and perfectly coifed hair, Steve was fighting off bloggerwomen all night. But somehow, I don’t think he minded the attention.

    About an hour into our roast beef hash (which Nina and I had previously sampled late Sunday night, when they were the only thing open), we were joined by Andrew Breitbart, co-author of the terrific Hollywood: Interrupted and the man behind not only Matt Drudge, but Arianna Huffington's Huffblog.

    Breitbart knows the X’s and O’s of Internet news much the same way that Bill Walsh knows the West Coast Offense. You can almost see the sparks flying as he talks. And we were all happy to listen and absorb his advice.

    Afterwards, I had one last Martini at the W’s bar, served by the thin brunette with the endless legs who’s been tending bar there all week. When I ordered a Martini, she asked in the most dulcet and demure Noo Yawk tones why I wasn’t drinking the same thing I had the night before. (A MAHTEEENEEEE?! WHAAAAT! NO LILLET BLONDE?!) But I guess I shouldn’t complain: only an octopus could have worked more efficiently tending that crowded bar alone. And it wouldn’t have the legs for the uniform’s high slit skirt and tight-fitting top.

    Tim Blair was still down there, and I don’t care with Jeff Goldstein keeps telling me--he looks a lot taller than 5’1” to me! And more importantly, seems like a heck of a nice guy. (And come to think it, I still owe him a Martini, after he spotted me a Lillet on Tuesday.) We met a blogger who’s name or blog I didn’t catch, but she was a hoot: she noticed I was wearing a Hamilton tank watch and immediately wanted to show it to her husband, a very well polished looking 30 or forty-something investment banker. (I bought it in Hawaii in 2000, not knowing anything about it except that I admired its 1920s-ish looks--which go with my 1920s-ish suits. Mister, we could use a man like Calvin Coolidge again!)

    Beyond its thoroughly well-lubricated bloggers, (I wonder if Roger has ever asked Steyn or Lileks what they drink, so he can send a case to all his writers…) all-in-all, OSM certainly had a first class launch Wednesday--a couple of bumps on the way out of the drydock, but nobody expected the launch to be entirely frission-free.

    Which reminds me: these fellows misinterpreted my feverish stenograph-style typing Wednesday morning as a case 1999-style dot.com fever. The funny thing is, living in Silicon Valley, I watched lots of dot.coms crash and burn, interviewed their staffs for magazines, and had lots of friends who had signed up for all-too-brief tours of duty. And my wife has served as attorney for more than a few start-ups. I’ve also written for a surprising number of start-up magazine ventures that didn’t make it past their first year. (Not to mention writing some of the first articles for National Review Online’s nascent Financial section, some of the first pieces for Blogcritics, and starting a blog three and a half years ago, back when you still had to explain to everyone what the heck a frickin’ blog was.

    You don’t have to do that any more. Thanks, Ms. Mapes! Thanks Mr. Klein!

    But do I think that OSM is a sure bet? No, of course not. And I’ve never drunk the Tony Robbins-ish Kool-Aid that makes you believe that you must not think any bad thoughts at all or you’ll ruin all that positive thinking. Will OSM succeed? I don’t know--and more importantly, the members of the Complainy-American Community who’ve bitched, moaned and pecked at its ankles for the past few months really don’t know. (Jealousy and paranoia make for a bitter cocktail when mixed together.) But what’s the downside? If OSM fails, it’s not going to be the Internet equivalent of the wreck of the Penn Central: this is as demassified a business as possible, which will make long-term casualties virtually nil: Roger, Charles, Glenn, Michelle Malkin and the other "Names" aren't going to lose their massive readership. Nor will anybody else involved in the project. Do you care whether your broker works for Smith Barney or Paine-Webber if he’s been doing great work for you for a decade?

    But I do know that like George Steinbrenner, or Jerry Jones when he bought the Dallas Cowboys, Roger and Charles and their backers have acquired some incredible talent. Now it’s time to put ‘em in position, on the field, and turn them loose, as OSM begins to deliver news on as timely a basis as possible, and a variety of opinions from 70 or so very smart bloggers who don’t lack for ideas or shy from controversy.

    Update: IowaHawk explains the OSM business model, using detailed PowerPoint slides and precise mathematical calculations. When it comes to analytical business journalism, Larry Kudlow's got nothing on this guy!

    Mr. Driscoll Goes To Washington

    I have a round-up of the Senate GOP meets the Blogosphere confab over at the brand spanking new OSM site, complete with my photo of Sen. George Allen; speaking of photos, RightWing Redux has a shot of your humble narrator blogging away.

    (I was going to call this post "Mr. Ed Goes To Washington", but that might send the wrong message to the Nick At Nite/TV Land demographic. More to follow in a bit: I just got into a South Jersey Marriot, as my parents lack broadband--which isn't too surprising, as they pre-date the Nick At Nite/TV Land demographic.)

    Update: More thoughts, here.

    Open Source Bear

    Can't get enough Pajamas/OSM coverage? Truth Laid Bear is your one-stop shop for launch day linkage.

    Off shortly to the blow-out Open Source Open Bar Media Party.

    Take Five

    I'm inbetween events, trying to recharge the batteries between the launch at the Rainbow Room, and the BYOL (bring your own lampshade) party tonight here at the W.

    Thank you to Glenn Reynolds, La Shawn Barber, and Dave Johnston linking to my stream of conciousness real-time, typo-filled blogging of the events this morning.

    Perhaps the most postmdern experience I felt was sitting at an opposite table during the morning sessions to La Shawn (who I had only just met about 20 minutes prior) and to Dave Johnston (whom I wouldn't actually get to greet until after lunch), and doing a Technorati search to see them mentioning my live blogging.

    I suspect in a few years though, simultaneous live-blogging of events is going to be much more common.

    (Almost as common as vanity Google and Technorati searches are today by Internet savvy journalists...)

    Both La Shawn and Dave have comments about the after-lunch speakers, and Jeff Goldstein, live blogging the launch in-person direct from his home in Colorado, notes that a potential gatecrasher was turned away in a rather dramatic--and some might even say erotic--fashion.

    Update: Very minor housekeeping note: I just adjusted the timestamps on all of today's posts to reflect Eastern Standard Time, unlike this blog's usual California-based Pacific Standard Time stamps.

    Live Streaming The Launch

    The Pajamas Media homepage has streaming live audio via Windows and Real Media.

    Check out the blog post below for more on-the-scene updates.

    Live Blogging The OSM Launch

    Unlike Jeff Goldstein, I'm actually here, so the following will be tempered by a generous interaction with reality. But here goes...

    10:05: Folks are wandering in: Neo-Neocon is talking to my wife about hate email; Evan Coyne Maloney just introduced himself to Charles Johnson.

    10:06: Announcement to take a seat.

    10:07: Andrew Breitbart is at the podium, introducing OSM to the audience, which looks to be about 90 to 100 people, based on a very, very quick and rough table count.

    10:10: Breitbart: "Roger and Charles have gone on a shopping spree and linked together 50 of my favorite bookmarks."

    10:12: Breitbart introduces Roger L. Simon.

    Roger's speech explains the origins of the Pajamas Media meme. Here's the final draft, Roger may have made a few extemporaneous minor changes:

    I would like to welcome you all to the launch and – before we ignite our site – say a few words about what was once Pajamas Media and is now OSM – Open Source Media – the new media paradigm for the 21st Century.

    Pajamas Media, as many of you know, was a name conceived in ironic recognition of a moment in the history of the Internet, that moment when supposedly-amateurish bloggers in pajamas accused a major figure of the mainstream media, an anchorman, no less, of deceiving the American public with forged documents. Despite a sea of denials, that same anchorman has now resigned his position and, a year or so later, some of those same bloggers stand before you today to inaugurate a new and fully-funded online media company.

    So times have changed.

    But with changing times comes responsibility. We don’t want just to criticize – a short run thing. We want to be constructive – a long run thing. We’re here to stay. And so we needed a new name. But what does that name mean and what’s this new company about?

    Open Source Media is a new meeting ground for opinion and news online - a unique home for the growing movement of citizen journalism. It amalgamates over 70 thoughtful webloggers from around the globe with mainstream media journalists sympathetic to our goals. Even though we will emphasize bloggers, this is, to our knowledge, the first deliberate blend of these factions to create the next phase in online media, that new media paradigm. As our numbers increase, we will carefully evolve even further into what we hope will be the global news service of the future, replete with a clear and definitive firewall between news and opinion and detailed fact-checking protocols to go along with that. The Internet, via instant messaging and other technologies, is an ideal place to develop new methodologies to assure the accuracy of content and we welcome everyone’s input in this regard. With hundreds of thousands of potential fact checkers online, we have the potential to be more credible and reliable than mainstream media outlets from CBS to the New York Times. We would also point out that such events as the revolutions in the Ukraine and Lebanon, the Asian tsunami and hurricane Katrina have already shown us that blogs on the scene are fully capable of scooping the mainstream media.

    Our criticism of traditional media has been its inability, whether through bias or negligence, to correct itself when the inevitable mistakes occur. (We’ve already made plenty ourselves.) And when mainstream media finally makes corrections, they are usually buried in the back pages of a newspaper, sometimes weeks after the actual error was made. We, at OSM, in our allegiance to openness, take the opposite approach. We will publicize our errors on our front page on a continuing basis, inviting readers, bloggers and other interested parties to engage with us in the search for truth.

    But we are only beginning this effort. That blog news service, limited or elaborate, is still in our future. We have other more immediate and developed approaches to news and blogging we will show you in a few minutes. But our guiding principle, now and in the future, will be this openness as practiced by citizen journalists in a free and respectful manner.

    When we speak of citizen journalism, we mean journalism created not by elites, as in the top-down traditional media, but from the bottom-up by citizens using their observations and knowledge, informed by a desire to speak honestly.

    Not all who have joined this effort are or will be bloggers. Some are professional journalists, prominent writers who work from this position of openness and responsiveness, like Claudia Rosett of the Foundation for the Defense of Democracy and David Corn of The Nation, both members of our editorial advisory board. David also blogs, of course. Others are bloggers of long standing and respect like our Australian editor Richard Fernandez of the Belmont Club… who has flown in from Sydney to be with us today…

    [Richard says hello]

    …and our Western European Editor Jose Guardia of Barcepundit, who greets us from Barcelona…

    [a greeting from Barcepundit on webcam here]

    And the Fadhlil Brothers, Omar and Mohammed, who have gained world recognition for their blog Iraq the Model…

    [UNFORTUNATELY, A LINK TO OMAR AND MOHAMMED WAS IMPOSSIBLE--ED]

    Others will be lesser-known emerging bloggers to whom we make a special commitment to promulgate and encourage their work. We are designing a system for spotlighting them and will feature it on our site in forthcoming months.

    Taking our themes from the foundations of democracy itself, we expect all who join us to be willing to have their opinions challenged by the humblest competitor, and to acknowledge the truth quickly and wherever it falls. Citizen journalism at its best means the pursuit of this often-elusive truth above all things, including partisanship and the financial interests of the medium publishing it.

    OSM seeks to expand the influence of weblogs by finding and promoting the best of these citizen journalists. We will provide a forum for them, and a platform from which they can increase their financial viability through advertising and syndication. In so doing, we do not intend to overthrow the mainstream media but to enhance it – and maybe change it a little bit by making it more responsive.

    We also - and this is especially important - have already affiliated bloggers and journalists across the political spectrum and are continuing to reach out to all sides. This is quite deliberate. Mainstream media frequently fosters partisanship. We intend to foster dialogue. The interactive nature of the Internet facilitates this and we would like to maximize it. We believe that Americans are not as easily categorized politically as the mainstream media would have us believe. Toward that end, OSM has already commissioned some studies in conjunction with Princeton Research. We will be issuing more extensive conclusions shortly, but preliminary results are dramatic. According to our poll, taken by Princeton, a full forty-three percent of Americans are uncomfortable being labeled liberal or conservative - or even moderate.

    [shows page from poll]

    That’s far more, obviously, than any of the other categories by themselves. Americans, apparently, just don’t like to be labeled; at least not with the labels they’ve been given.

    Hybrids aren’t just for cars. We are a nation of political hybrids. The mainstream media, however, has preferred to regard politics as sports, placing all of us in rigid categories like sports fans, as if supporting a political party or point of view were as unified and unthinking as allegiance to the Lakers or the Celtics. OSM questions that.

    But speaking of sports, OSM is not going to be all politics, all the time. Far from it. We already have many lifestyle blogs--you'll be hearing from The Manolo later on! in areas from fashion to spelunking, some of which are going to be featured here today.

    On the business side, our demographics are already remarkably high. Our larger blogs frequently get over two hundred thousand visitors a day with many millions of page views a month. From our own internal studies, the average visitor on these blogs has a profile similar to the New Yorker in income and education – six figures in income and graduate to post graduate in education. Also, they are the kind of early adopters that should be attractive to advertisers in terms not just of purchasing power, but also in word of mouth. They are the people who create trends and fashion. But you need not trust us about this. We are already embarked on official studies via Nielsen and iPro that will be made available to you.

    But enough of this theoretical palaver, let’s have a look at our site – or what we call our common pages.

    My partner in crime, co-founder of OSM, Charles Johnson of the enormously popular Little Green Footballs blog and I will now ignite our site ….

    10:25: Charles does indeed ignite the site. "At the top of the page, you'll see the sexy visage of Alan Greenspan..."

    "Our next study is about a tranvsite turbot. This story will be changing often--very often, in the case of this story..."

    "We solicit all of you to give us lots of tips, because we rely on the Blogosphere."


    [Charles ignites site and shows the various parts, how they are done and work…

    Top News – blogs meshed with mainstream media
    News feeds from Newstex
    Blog Jams… shows some examples of private jams we did, talks about forthcoming jams
    Links to bloggers and contributors
    Where the corrections go!!!]

    "I invite you all to log on to the site and check it out at your leisure!"

    10:30: Roger's back on the podium:

    Read More »


    Deja Vu Is Sort Of Like Surrealism, Right?

    The Philadelphia Inquirer's "Daily Bling Blog" doesn't seem to get that Jeff Goldstein isn't actually attending the launch festivities:

    Starting today there's a new confederacy of bloggers.

    Originally to be called Pajamas Media, appropriated from a swipe a CNN exec leveled at the riff raff who snipe from home in states of relative undress, it's now Open Source Media, as in an invitation for citizen contributors. It's planning a press conference and launch for later today. Headline-grabbing Judith Miller is to speak.

    Protein Wisdom is liveblogging the press conference. A taste:

    My cab pulled up outside the W a little before 9 PM New York time, and after checking in and dropping my suitcase on the bed, I immediately made my way to the hotel bar, where I found Tim Blair, Roger Simon, and Ed Driscoll bunched around a small table near the restrooms. Ed and Roger were nursing Gibsons, while Tim (who at 5’1” is much shorter than I thought he’d be) was drinking what looked to be IPA out of a pilsner glass inscribed with the legend, “Bloggers Do It In Their Pajamas."

    Of course, this isn't the first time that Jeff's surrealism has spaced out the same folks that can't tell a Microsoft Word document from the output of a 1972 IBM Selectric.

    Update: More here.

    Then: Pajamas. Now: OSM

    The secret's finally out the bag today: Pajamas Media is now OSM:

    NEW YORK -- A media Web site scheduled to debut Wednesday will seek to blend traditional journalism with the freeform commentary developed through the emerging Web format known as blogs.

    Some 70 Web journalists, including Instapundit's Glenn Reynolds and David Corn, Washington editor of the Nation magazine, have agreed to participate in OSM - short for Open Source Media.

    OSM will link to individual blog postings and highlight the best contributions, chosen by OSM editors, in a special section. Bloggers will be paid undisclosed sums based on traffic they generate.

    The ad-supported OSM site will also carry news feeds from Newstex, which in turn receives stories from The Associated Press, Knight-Ridder/Tribune News Service and other traditional media organizations.

    "We're deliberately trying to do something new by affiliating blog and mainstream people," said Roger L. Simon, a blogger and the venture's co-founder.

    According to the Pew Internet and American Life Project, about 9 percent of adult Internet users in the United States have created their own blogs, and about 25 percent read them. The audience tends to be more influential: blog postings can affect what news organizations cover or politicians discuss.

    Many details of OSM remain unsettled. For example, OSM wants to create a mechanism for citizen journalists, including bloggers, to submit original news during natural disasters, civil unrest and other newsworthy events. Simon said organizers still have to come up with ways to check submissions for accuracy.

    Initially, OSM will create blog-like discussion panels surrounding major news events, with three or four bloggers and non-blogging experts chosen to contribute.

    Although Simon and co-founder Charles Johnson are often described as conservative, Simon said the site will transcend labels and include bloggers of all political leanings.

    OSM was founded last year as Pajamas Media, a play on bloggers' ability to opine from home at all hours, day or night. It has raised $3.5 million from venture capitalists.

    Click on over, early and often: www.osm.org.

    And now, I have to take my pajamas off--literally and figuratively--and get ready for the launch festivities!

    (I organized an impromptu pre-launch party last night. OSM-member Jeff Goldstein couldn't make it, and blogged about it from Denver. But as with his wall-to-wall coverage last year's backstage at the NYC GOP convention (which he also covered live and in person from Colorado), he manages to craft a superb piece of Gonzo Gibson-fueled journalism that captures its essence via surrealism surpassing the actual event. And that's saying something!

    UPDATE: Fortunately, a photo was taken of the festivities.

    Pajamas HQ Update

    Greetings from the eastern command post of Pajamas Media! (A.K.A. the W Hotel in Manhattan, which has a man on staff who changes the incense sticks in the elevator--no, really--but whose shaky Wi-Fi network seems to run, intermittently at best, on rubberbands and fairy dust.)

    Shared an exceptional Tanqueray Gibson in the bar last night with Roger L. Simon and Tim Blair, the latter of whom I had never met in person before.

    And I'll see both of them--if not sooner--tomorrow at the launch; of which Andrew Leigh of National Review Online writes:

    Johnson and Simon insist that ideology will not play a role in their quest to locate the best blog posts. Both are former liberal Democrats who turned to the right after 9/11. They've made a deliberate effort to include all angles on their board of editors. For example, "you've got David Corn on one side, and Michael Barone on the other," Simon said. "And in the middle Tammy Bruce."

    Other editorial board members include Tim Blair (Australia), Jose Guardia (Barcepundit in Spain), and NRO contributors Michael Ledeen, Cliff May, and John Podhoretz.

    Simon and Johnson loathe ideological labels. In their view the Internet is creating, in Simon's words, "hybrid political thinking" — people who may be social liberals and foreign policy hawks, for instance, or liberal economically but conservative socially.

    "This whole left-right thing kind of sprung out of the French Revolution," Johnson said. "And I don't want to define myself by the French."

    Pajamas Media is already edging away from their humble origins a little bit. They plan to change their name to something more respectable. What is it? They're not telling. They plan a kick-off party in New York City on November 16, when they will reveal their new company name, as well as other details of the venture.

    Isn't this all a little pie-in-the-sky, however? Who could imagine supplanting the venerable Associated Press wire service, for instance?

    "We'd be foolish not to try," Simon replied, grinning toward Johnson. "You're sitting four feet away from the guy who ended Dan Rather's career."

    Heh, as the fellow I interviewed last week is prone to say.

    Reality Versus Mapes: Reality 175, Mapes 0

    In Tech Central Station, James Pinkerton writes:

    Welcome to the next installment of the continuing saga: Mary Mapes vs. the Blogs, in which, for good measure, she takes on reality, too. And at the same time, we can consider the rise, fall -- and possible comeback -- of Mapes as part of the ongoing power-struggle between the MSM (Main Stream Media) and the New Media (NM).
    Pinkerton writes, correctly, that the discovery that Mary cooked the books was "a hinge moment in the history of the media:
    The smackdown of CBS in 2004 compares to such earlier media-hinges as the Drudge Report's revelation about Monica Lewinsky in 1998 and the televised Kennedy-Nixon debates of 1960.
    He notes that CBS seems to have gotten the message (sorta, kinda), even if Mapes herself hasn't.

    Meanwhile, Power Line turns to page 175 of the Thornburgh Report on Mapes and Rather's escapades:

    As the segment with Salon's Eric Boehlert and me was closing, Boehlert said that Thornburgh "couldn't" and "wouldn't" conclude that the documents were forgeries. I responded, "It's on page 175."

    It's true that the Report avoids stating a definitive conclusion that the documents are fakes; it merely endorses Peter Tytell's analysis that the documents are "not authentic." It does so on page 175. This is a little-known fact that simply hasn't penetrated the mainstream media reporting on the Mapes fraud. If the documents are not authentic -- if they are not what they purport to be -- they are fakes.

    At pages 174-175 the Report notes that typeface expert Tytell told CBS on September 10, 2004, two days after the broadcast, that the documents had been prepared in Times New Roman typeface -- "a typeface available on modern computers but one that didn't exist on typewriters in the 1970s." On page 175, the Report states: "The [Thornburgh] panel met with Tytell and found his analysis sound in terms of why he believed the documents were not authentic." The Report cites its detailed summary of Tytell's analysis included in Appendix 4 to the Report, adding that no conclusion was reached "as to whether Tytell was correct in all respects."

    If the Thornburgh Report finds Tytell's analysis regarding the inauthenticity of the documents to be "sound," as it does on page 175, the only rational conclusion one can draw is that the documents are fakes. But ratiocination is a commodity in short supply among members of the alternate-reality based community.

    JOHN adds: While some issues of typography relating to the documents are disputed, others are not. To my knowledge, no one has questioned Tytell's statement that no typewriter of the early 1970s (or, I believe, any other time) was licensed to use Times New Roman font. That being the case, the documents are blindingly obvious fakes.

    Indeed.

    Going UFO Hunting With Mary Mapes

    In Tech Central Station, Douglas Kern writes that the Internet has silenced many of the folks searching swamp gasses for flying saucers:

    you're looking for one of those famous, big-eyed alien abductors, try looking on the sides of milk cartons. The UFO cultural moment in America is long since over, having gone out with the Clintons and grunge rock in the 90s. Ironically, the force that killed the UFO fad is the same force that catapulted it to super-stardom: the Internet. And therein hangs a tale about how the Internet can conceal and reveal the truth.

    It's hard to remember just how large UFOs loomed in the public mind a mere ten years ago. The X-Files was one of the hottest shows on television; Harvard professors solemnly intoned that the alien abduction phenomenon was a real, objective fact; and Congressmen made serious inquiries about a downed alien spacecraft in Roswell, New Mexico. Still not enough? You could see the "Roswell" movie on Showtime; you could play "Area 51" at the arcade; you could gawk at stunning pictures of crop circles in any number of magazines; and you could watch any number of lurid UFO specials on Fox or the Discovery Channel. And USENET! Egad! In the days when USENET was something other than a spam swap, UFO geeks hit "send" to exchange myths, sightings, speculations, secret documents, lies, truths, and even occasionally facts about those strange lights in the sky.

    * * *

    Yet in recent years, interest in the UFO phenomenon has withered. Oh, the websites are still up, the odd UFO picture is still taken, and the usual hardcore UFO advocates make the same tired arguments about the same tired cases, but the thrill is gone. What happened? Why did the saucers crash?

    The Internet showed this particular emperor to be lacking in clothes. If UFOs and alien visitations were genuine, tangible, objective realities, the Internet would be an unstoppable force for detecting them. How long could the vast government conspiracy last, when intrepid UFO investigators could post their prized pictures on the Internet seconds after taking them? How could the Men in Black shut down every website devoted to scans of secret government UFO documents? How could marauding alien kidnappers remain hidden in a nation with millions of webcams?

    Just as our technology for finding and understanding UFOs improved dramatically, the manifestations of UFOs dwindled away. Despite forty-plus years of alleged alien abductions, not one scrap of physical evidence supports the claim that mysterious visitors are conducting unholy experiments on hapless victims. The technology for sophisticated photograph analysis can be found in every PC in America, and yet, oddly, recent UFO pictures are rare. Cell phones and instant messaging could summon throngs of people to witness a paranormal event, and yet such paranormal events don't seem to happen very often these days. For an allegedly real phenomenon, UFOs sure do a good job of acting like the imaginary friend of the true believers. How strange, that they should disappear just as we develop the ability to see them clearly. Or perhaps it isn't so strange.

    Not really--especially when a true believer puts it this way:
    Within a few minutes, I was online visiting Web sites I had never heard of before: Free Republic, Little Green Footballs, Power Line. They were hard-core, politically angry, hyperconservative sites loaded with vitriol about Dan Rather and CBS. Our work was being compared to that of Jayson Blair, the discredited New York Times reporter who had fabricated and plagiarized stories.

    All these Web sites had extensive write-ups on the documents: on typeface, font style, and peripheral spacing, material that seemed to spring up overnight. It was phenomenal.

    Hey, Clarke wasn't kidding around when he wrote his Third Law.

    Update: And speaking of Mapes...

    The War On Terror's Most Important Frontline

    Written the very night of 9/11, I've thought from literally the first time I read it to this day that Charles Paul Freund's "Apocalypse By Deed" was one of the most perceptive essays on that nightmarish day's events. As Freund wrote, the events of 9/11 were planned to be a spectacular television horrorshow as much as they were coordinated to actually cause death and destruction.

    In a long, detailed, and absolutely related essay, Steve Green has written that essay's bookend: he looks at the most important front in America's astonishingly postmodern War On Terror.

    The Woman Who Makes Kofi Annan Shudder In Fear

    If you know anything at all about the Oil For Food Scandal that is at the heart of the United Nation's corruption, you learned about it largely through the efforts of one woman: Claudia Rosett, whom I'm thrilled to see is an editorial board member of Pajamas Media (soon to be renamed).

    As Roger L. Simon (who's played a large role in building PJM's all-star editorial board) writes:

    I would imagine the name Claudia Rosett is almost a household word to readers of this Oil-for-Food obsessed blog. All I can say about her is that she is the living proof that the Pulitzer Prize is corrupt. So it goes without saying that we in Pajamas are proud to have her on our Editorial Board.
    Indeed, to invoke the New Media's favorite adverb.

    Putting The New Into The New, New Journalism!

    Orrin Judd has a new book coming out soon. I have a new article profiling it over at Tech Central Station--which also has a review by Dr. Helen Smith (aka The InstaWife) of James Lileks' equally new Mommy Knows Worst.

    (And I'm actually transcribing my interview with James earlier today in-between taking breaks to post here.)

    Holidays In Purgatory

    Michael Totten looks at the ghost city of Varosha, surrounded by barbed wire on the island of Cyprus:

    In 1974 the Turkish military invaded and carved up the island. Greek Cypriots in the north were forced to move south side of the line. Turkish Cypriots from the south were forced to move north. Greek Cypriot citizens in Varosha fled the Turkish invasion in terror. They expected to return to their homes within days. Instead, the Turks seized the empty city and wrapped it in fencing and wire. They forbid anyone from entering it to this day.

    You can walk right up to it, though, and take a look. Photographing the dead city is not permitted. But if no one is watching there is nothing to physically stop you.

    And that's just what Michael did--don't miss the eerie photos that accompany his post.

    (Which makes a nice double-feature with this visual tour of the abandoned ruins of Chernobyl.)

    Ed Meets The Lord Of Jasperwood

    Just had a fun telephone interview with James Lileks about his new book, Mommy Knows Worst.

    Much like how Emmet Ray viewed Django, I'm in awe of Lileks' seemingly effortless chops as a writer. Other than exchanging a couple of emails, this was the first time I had spoken with him, and now I know how Luca Brasi felt before he had his audience with the Godfather. I probably sounded equally articulate when I spoke with James: I don't think I said "And may Jasper's first child be a masculine child", but who knows?

    In contrast, as anyone who's ever heard him on Hugh Hewitt's show, or his own podcasts knows, Lileks is a great conversationalist; needless to say, when the profile/review/encomium is finished, I'll let you know when it's online.

    Worth A Thousand Words

    Michelle Malkin has a new book, which she's introducing on her Website:

    The book is about turning MSM conventional wisdom on its head and showing that the standard caricature of conservatives as angry/racist/bigoted/violence-prone crackpots is a much better description of today's unhinged liberals than of us.

    You know how the NYTimes assigns a reporter (David Kirkpatrick) to cover conservatives like aliens from another planet? Well, this book turns the tables. I'm your conservative Margaret Mead covering the unhinged creatures of the Left like Australian aborigines. Kinda the same way Maureen Dowd writes about men...without all the bitterness.

    As I noted, there were many photos providing vivid documentary evidence of my thesis that didn't make it into the book. So as an exclusive supplement, I present to you without further ado...

    Unhinged: The Mugshot Collection

    Just keep scrolling, as they say.

    Coming Out Of The Closet In Hollywood, Take Two

    The folks profiled in the article the previous post linked to are certainly brave, but far braver is the admission of Pajamas member Cathy Seipp, also based in Los Angeles. Just click.

    (Via Instapundit.)

    Flypaper

    Austin Bay (recently profiled by Pajamas Media, where he's an editorial board member) writes:

    October 2005: Peter Jennings has passed away, Al Jazeera is still with us -- though arguably less antagonistic since the Iraqi presidential election of January 2005. The terror war within Iraq continues to pit terrorist hell against democratic hope. A multitude of economic and governmental challenges linger.

    But current combat in Iraq is not simply the result of slapdash postwar planning. The United States has two strategic goals that have taken years to mesh in terms of political, economic and military operations.

    Goal One: engage Al-Qaida on military and political battlefields in order to destroy its claim to "divine sanction" and to "speak on behalf of Islam."

    Goal Two: seed development of modern, democratic states in the politically dysfunctional Arab Muslim Middle East.

    Achieving both goals defeats Al-Qaida. Goal Two is a multi-decade project. Reaching it requires sustained, courageous effort, but Iraq's January election and its constitutional process are signs of progress. Sensational carnage and "expert pessimism" dominated the international media's January election coverage. Despite the dour predictions, Iraqi voters responded, waving ink-stained fingers -- a terror-defying demonstration of political change. Al Jazeera didn't miss it.

    Military defeat in Afghanistan dealt Al-Qaida's claim of "divine sanction" a hard blow.

    However, smashing Al-Qaida's claim to act on behalf of "all Muslims" is far more complicated than killing or arresting terrorists. Undermining its megalomaniacal appeal meant exposing it as the inhuman, ungodly Mass Murder Inc. it is. The optimal outcome would be to expose Al-Qaida as a threat to Muslims and detrimental to the best ideals of Islam.

    When Al-Qaida's zealots blow up trains in Spain or subways in London, those are attacks of their choosing conducted on "infidel terrain." The genius of the war in Iraq is a brutal but necessary form of strategic judo: It brought the War on Terror into the heart of the Middle East and onto Arab Muslim turf. In Iraq, Abu Musab al-Zarqawi's theo-fascists have been spilling Arab blood, and Al Jazeera has noticed that, too.

    Arabs have also seen the Iraqi people's struggle and their emerging political alternative to despotism and feudal autocracy.

    Read the whole thing. As the man says, every last word.

    Surging Schadenfreude?

    Elsewhere, Teachout wonders if "schadenfreude" is becoming more popular. It's a word that does seem to get around in the Blogosphere these days, doesn't it?

    Who Gets To Be A Journalist?

    Matt Drudge once said, "Roger Ailes told me early on, you don't need a license to report. You need a license to do hair". Naturally, as Jonah Goldberg notes, most in Big Media would like that to change:

    Many putative First Amendment voluptuaries defend their position against the most absurd hypotheticals. My favorite example (as some readers may recall) comes from the columnist Michael Kinsley. A "very distinguished New York Times writer" once told Kinsley that "if the Times ballet critic, heading home after assessing the day's offering of plies and glissades, happens to witness a murder on her way to the Times Square subway, she has a First Amendment right and obligation to refuse to testify about what she saw." Why? Because she's a member of the priestly caste.

    Other than the obvious problems - that the First Amendment is not a blanket protection to conceal crimes, that nowhere in case law or in the Constitution itself has such a right been established - there's a sticky public policy problem. Who gets to be a journalist? That question is why federal shield laws are the camel's nose under the tent of journalism licenses. If everybody can be a journalist simply by pecking away at a keyboard, then tens of millions of bloggers, newsletter writers and coupon-clipper weekly editors are journalists. If that's the case, then such a sweeping right is unenforceable and dangerous. If, on the other hand, only some people get to be called "journalists," then we've got the makings of a trade guild here.

    There's been some interesting economic research in recent years on the role of guilds (i.e., professional associations, including some unions, that work with the state to require licensing for people seeking similar occupations). Morris Kleiner, a University of Minnesota economist and visiting scholar at the Minneapolis Federal Reserve, recently summarized some of his findings in The Wall Street Journal. Apparently, even though guilds don't lead to better or safer service, they're on the rise. Why? Well, one reason is that guilds have been very successful at persuading the public they're better for the consumer even though much of the time they're really better only for the members of the guild themselves. In states where a license is required to become, say, a hairdresser, salaries are higher by some 10 to 20 percent. This is partly because the licensing - the fees, the extra training, etc. - becomes a barrier to entry to others seeking employment. In states where strict state licensing isn't required, job growth is 20 percent higher.

    The same dynamic would surely play out if elite journalists got their way. The resentment and vitriol aimed at bloggers and the "New Media" is palpable at journalism school symposiums and panel discussions. Is there any doubt that the key masters of any new state-sanctioned journalism guild would translate that animosity into higher wages for themselves and fewer opportunities for the untrained masses nipping at their heels?

    This illuminates the fundamental problem with the "enlightened" media's fashionable pose on the First Amendment: It's anti-free speech for anyone without keys to the clubhouse. They want special rights for "real journalists." Well, special rights for some mean weaker rights for others. The editors of The New York Times rightly demand untrammeled opportunities to criticize politicians, but they want complex rules and regulations for everyone else - including other politicians! They think the First Amendment offers blanket protection to strippers "expressing" themselves, but citizens eager to criticize a candidate by taking out an ad can be muzzled if they want to take out that ad when it will be most effective - i.e., near election day.

    The First Amendment was intended to keep political speech free; everything else was open to debate. Today, the leaders of the First Amendment industry see it exactly the other way around.

    I think it's a pretty safe bet to say that Pajamas Media will definitely be keeping a close eye on this issue.

    Number #23 #22 With A Bullet

    Glenn Reynolds has been tracking the progress of James Lileks' new book on Amazon, and is of course, partially responsible for its quick and blinding success. (I had no idea it would be out so soon, and immediately ordered a copy yesterday. Incidentally, can you still use "with a bullet"? Probably not if you're a New York teacher; fortunately for my sanity, I'm not.)

    The other reason for its success is its theme, which sounds great, based on Lileks' own description:

    It’s called “Mommy Knows Worst,” and the short description is thus: The Gallery of Regrettable Parenting. It’s a compendium of archaic child-rearing advice, going back to the 1920s, when parents were urged to give their kids sunburns and linseed enemas. It’s perhaps the only book I will ever write that devotes a substantial chapter to the greatest problem of the 1940s: CONSTIPATION. You have no idea how slow the bowels of American children moved in the forties. Dads will enjoy how stupid and useless they were made to look in the 50s; Moms will enjoy the detailed how-to-give-birth-at-home section from the WW1 era, and everyone will love the 1960s pamphlet on dealing with home stresses via industrial tranquilizers. It’s the usual retro-fest with many ads, laden with unfair commentary, and attractively priced; perfect for everyone who’s ever had a kid or a mother. I think that covers it all.

    Many thanks to the Prof for the push. Now let’s get this thing into the top ten – if only for a minute. It’ll make me happy. It’ll make you happy, knowing that the continued success of these books keeps lileks.com ad-free. AND, if you like the Joe Ohio series, well, good sales figures on this one will make the book version more likely.

    Twelve bucks! Cheap. And hours of laughs.

    I thank you. Now buy! Or I’ll podcast twice as hard on Friday!

    His last book, Interior Desecrations is still worth picking up as well of course--here's what I wrote about it last year for Electronic House magazine, when I suggested it would make a great Christmas gift:

    Interior Desecrations
    By Edward B. Driscoll, Jr.

    12/09/04 - With the holidays rapidly approaching, you're probably looking for fun gifts for the holiday season. One book that might make a great gift, and at 24 bucks or less, not break the piggybank, is James Lileks' new "Interior Desecrations: Hideous Homes From The Horrible '70s".

    How hideous? The book's back cover flashes a stern WARNING! in a 48-point all caps bold sans-serif classic-1970s font, followed by this disclaimer:

    This book is not to be used in any way, shape, or form as a design manual. Rather, like the documentary about youth crime "Scared Straight", it is meant as a caution of sorts, a warning against any lingering nostalgia we may have for the 1970s, a breathtakingly ugly period when even the rats parted their hair down the middle.

    What does this have to do with furniture? Nothing. Everything. The kind of interior design you'll see in these pages is what happens when an entire culture becomes so besotted with the new, the hip, the with-it styles that they cannot object to orange wallpaper— because they fear they'll look square.

    Please note that the author and publisher are not responsible for the results of viewing these pictures.

    Hideous Photos, But Captions Make The Book

    Hear me now and believe me later, these photos are staggering in their horrific ugliness. If any of your rooms look like those in "Interior Desecrations", you don't need a Roomba; you need a flamethrower and a gallon of napalm to start fresh.

    But as frightening as the photos are, it's Lileks' captions that make the book so much fun. Lileks, who toils during the day for the "Minneapolis Star-Tribune" newspaper, and writes one of the Internet's best Weblogs at night, is a humor writer on par with Dave Barry and P.J. O'Rourke.

    Underneath a particularly horrendous area rug combining patches of blue, teal, green, yellow, red, orange, and a dozen other colors not found in nature, arranged in a pattern charitably described as "abstract", Lileks writes:

    "Mommmmmmmmmmm! Fido threw up Smurfs all over the rug again! To fully grasp the horror of the era, you have to realize a crucial, telling fact: this was the perfect rug for someone's room. They were happy when they found this rug."
    Blame Park Avenue

    Lileks alludes to the subtext of his book in its introduction, but it's worth repeating: by and large, these aren't photos of average, everyday 1970s American interiors. Rather, they're photos that Lileks has collected and scanned from 1970s-era home decoration magazines.

    In other words, these photos reflect the collected wisdom of decorating pros working inside posh office buildings high above Manhattan's Park and Madison Avenues in the 1970s, and their take on what would be best for homes that wanted to stay contemporary.

    I gotta say though, as much as I hate everything else pictured in "Interior Desecrations", that "2001"-style bathroom with the curved Orion Space Shuttle walls is pretty radical. Next time we remodel Casa de Ed, I'm soooo there! I wonder if I can find that abstract Smurf rug on ebay?


    Resource Links

  • Amazon.com: If it sounds intriguing, you may buy the book here.
  • SmartHome.com: What the intelligent home wears—inside its walls.
  • Lileks.com: Both a sneak preview at the horrors of "Interior Desecrations" and an extension of the book: this section of Lileks' personal site contains material found after the book went to press.
  • When Worlds Collide: Watching A Tectonic Media Shift In Progress

    In his 2001 obituary for Katharine Graham (deliciously titled, "Kay, Why?" and reprinted this weekend on his site), Mark Steyn describes the legacy media at its peak:

    Read More »


    The Wall Street Journal Versus The Blogosphere

    Gates of Vienna disagrees with the Wall Street Journal and Cathy Young of Reason on their take concerning the Oklahoma U. suicide bomber (who fortunately only killed himself). They note much use of ad hominems by both parties.

    Currently Up At PJM HQ

    I first came across the excellent Gates of Vienna Weblog in late September. It was via a post describing (I'd use the world 'infiltrating', but it was all out in the open) a weekend gathering cheerfully promoting itself via bumper stickers that read "VISUALIZE INDUSTRIAL COLLAPSE!"

    Fortunately, the couple who helm the Gates of Vienna have a rather diametrically opposite worldview, as does Pajamas Media, where they're currently profiled at the top of the homepage.

    The Man With The Flan And The Impossible Tan

    Sporting a tan that would make George Hamilton bronze with envy, and posting food and drink recipes that leave Emeril Lagasse in the dust, Stephen Green of VodkaPundit is the current profile on the Pajamas Media site.

    Life Imitates The Manolo

    In his Pajamas Media profile yesterday, the Manolo, (celebrating the first anniversary of his Super Fantastic blog!) he say the childhood of the Manolo was hardly the out of the ordinary experience:

    From these earliest moments the Manolo he developed in the usual ways that the young boys develop, kicking the football with the other boys, playing the hooky from the school, making the tiny designer shoes out of the tinfoil for the household pets, the usual sorts of the things.
    Which of course, prompted my wife and our friend Susan to attempt just that with Susan's dog, Bea.

    Bea was certainly a good sport about it--God knows what was going through her mind though, while humans attempted to mummify her front paws in Reynolds Wrap. (No, not that Reynolds. No blenders were involved in this project, much to Bea's relief.)

    Incidentally, it's not at all surprising that Manolo was photographed wearing a fine pair of kicks himself. In a nice bit of synchronicity, I was wearing my brown suede monkstraps for my profile's photo--although unlike the shoes of the Manolo--and the Bea--they were out of the camera range.

    Update: Welcome Super Fantastic readers of the Manolo! Please look around; hopefully you'll find other material that will be of the interest.

    Quote of the Day

    Heh:

    "After high school and college, I worked for a while in a foundry, pouring molten aluminum. I think it’s not that different from journalism school, really, which is the equivalent of having molten aluminum poured into your head."
    --Tim Blair, today's Pajamas Media profile.

    Sleep Tight, America!

    If the words "Jamaat ul-Fuqra in Virginia" sound like an Appalachian equivalent of Star Trek's "Darmok and Jalad at Tanagra" catchphrase, they won't after you read this. On the other hand, it's not a post that's conducive to sound sleep, either.

    (Via Instapundit, who has additional, related links.)

    Update: Speaking of "sleep tight, America", Power Line looks at the mainstream media's blackout on coverage of the would be-University of Oklahoma bomber.

    Hey, we don't call 'em the legacy media for nuthin'.

    "The Newspaper: A Viable Alternative to Staring Into Space"

    Leave it to James Lileks, discussing the redesign of his employer, The Minneapolis Star-Tribune, to come up with the money quote:

    You'll love it. Or not. You can't please everyone. I expect some of the youngsters will love it too, particularly after we unveil our new ad slogan for Gen Y:The Newspaper. A Viable Alternative to Staring Into Space.
    Meanwhile, in the latest profile over at the HQ of its successor medium, John Podhoretz says that newspapers may not even be that within a few decades (apparently long after 2014, though):
    I don’t think anybody knows where this is going. But it’s clear to anybody who has a sense of the future, and has gotten into the business of writing or reporting or opinion, that many things that were done pretty much the same way for that last 100 years -- in terms of words -- are undergoing a gigantic transition to something else.

    Back in 1995, Bill Gates himself didn’t understand that the internet was the direction computing was going. This guy, who became the richest person the world had ever seen by inventing software, didn’t understand this, you know? And nobody does. My view is that any effort to figure out how to combine the internet with the act of gathering and processing and relaying info and opinion and analysis to people is very important.

    The mayor of my own city, Michael Bloomberg, years ago invented a proprietary system for relaying bond prices to people, and now he is worth $9 billion and has a company that if sold would be worth $30 billion. None of that existed before. And until 1996, Matt Drudge was working at gift shop at CBS. That is what happens in a time of change. So getting in the game with citizen journalism, which Pajamas Media represents, provides one possibility. Thirty years from now, we may say ‘Can you believe 30 years ago there was a group of people called reporters, and they were hired by things called newspapers?’

    And they all claimed to represent the vast populace of a diverse nation, while thinking exactly the same way on every major issue!

    At the Corner of Barber and Israellycool

    Isreally Cool and LaShawn Barber are the latest featured profiles on the Pajamas Media homepage.

    The Jawa Report Giveth And Taketh Away

    On Saturday, when news of this decade's Oklahoma bomber (there's an ominous pair of words, huh?) first broke, I wrote, "I'll be very interested to hear the outcome of the investigation". The Jawa Report's Dr. Rusty Shackleford assembles some of the first details released, and wonders (probably rhetorically) where the legacy media is on this story.

    Elsewhere, one of the good doctor's esteemed colleagues ponders the question:

    What Happened to Men?

    Has the kinder, gentler world started taking over mainstream manliness? Are metrosexuals the new de facto standard in what men are supposed to be? I ask for numerous reasons but let me start off by saying I sure am glad I have a daughter and not a son. Why?

    Reason #1: It's not okay to wear pink, son.

    Pink is for girls, son. Just because a few of your friends are wearing pink (or any color with a semblance of pink) doesn't make it okay. Just because your girlfriend thinks you look manly in pink doesn't make it right for you to wear.

    I point out this pink fashion trend mainly because of a shopping experience yesterday. My wife, daughter, and I were at some outlet mall here in Ohio and were searching for winter clothes for me (the daughter got squared away; don't worry). We walked into a Polo Ralph Lauren store after we walked out of the Tommy Hilfiger store and I was absolutely stunned. Polo had pink everything; from sweaters to shirts to pants if it could be made pink it was pink. There was more pink in the man's clothing store than there was in the Limited Too we had been in an hour earlier. It was simply disturbing. It shows a trend in today's society that if thought through can be traced back a long way.

    To Brooks Brothers catalogs 50 years ago?

    It gets even worse though: I know really far gone guys who wear pink shirts...with contrasting club collars--and even (so it's rumored) French cuffs.

    Now that's disturbing.

    This Is Good To See

    The Electronic Frontier Foundation writes, "Delaware Supreme Court Protects Anonymous Blogger--Requires Plaintiffs to Meet Strict Standard Before Unmasking Critic".

    My wife, who's down in L.A. today on Pajamas-related legal business, notes that they'll be tracking cases such as this.

    MSM: Top-Down Omniscience. Blogosphere: A Dialogue

    At the height of the RatherGate scandal last fall, I wrote:

    One thing that [Dan] Rather has in common with both Walter Cronkite, and Ted Baxter, another (albeit fictional) ex-CBS employee, is the belief that as a newsman, if he doesn't appear omniscient, he can't succeed. Imagine any blogger saying, "And that's the way it is", as Uncle Walter did every night and expecting his readers to trust him solely based on his word, without the reader following the links and doing his own digging.

    No wonder Fox, with its "We report, you decide" motto, and the Blogosphere, with its "we link, you decide" --and probably start your own blog to tell us why if we're wrong [creed]--are pummeling CBS into the ground.

    In the latest Pajamas Media profile, Dean Esmay says:
    The internet and blogs show us there is a great deal more intelligence, knowledge and perspective among common everyday people than was ever suspected. There are bloggers who make me look like an idiot, but they make me smarter too. And they learn from me. It’s a synergy you cannot get in normal journalism, and this project is a way of exposing more people to that synergy.

    For example, The Jawa Report is run by a political scientist. Is he the most brilliant political scientist in the world? Not the most, but he offers a lot. He can educate, yet also learn from, his readers -- and do it in a way not possible before. And Glenn Reynolds is a good law professor, yet he will tell you he has learned from readers and legal bloggers because the channels of communication are open. What we are doing here will open opportunities to explore a universe of ideas that used to be tucked away in editorial pages and obscure corners of academia.

    I'll happily take a dialogue over top-down omniscience, the appearance of which almost always hides the emperor's lack of wardrobe--and assumes his audience would rather be spoon-fed than make up their own minds on an issue.

    Update: Speaking of RatherGate...

    TCS On Katrina Updated

    Tech Central Station continues its thorough job in analyzing Katrina and its aftermath. Click on over to read their coverage.

    "There's A Whole Bunch Of Stuff Out There That Never Happened At The Dome"

    On Tuesday, I linked to several new media critiques of its predecessor's failures in covering the real news of Katrina. Matt Welch has a must-read interview with a public affairs officer for the Louisiana National Guard, who was at the Superdome for eight days, during the height of the period that the media portrayed in such lurid terms. He says. "There's a whole bunch of [laughs] stuff out there that never happened at the Dome, as I think America's beginning to find out slowly".

    Welch begins his piece by writing:

    We are now into Week Two of elite news organizations' re-evaluation of the New Orleans horror stories they helped transmit to the world in the first seven days after Hurricane Katrina devastated the Gulf Coast. It was known already by September 6 that tales of evacuee ultra-violence in refugee centers like Baton Rouge and Houston were both false and strikingly similar to one another, but it took much longer to begin clearing the muck from the Big Easy.
    I wonder which version history will ultimately remember--the media's Weekly World News-style first draft, or what actually happened. Sadly, something tells me it will be the former.

    (Via Betsy Newmark.)

    Sound Advice

    Glenn Reynolds links to this piece by self-described postmodernist new media consultant Terry Heaton and quotes this passage:

    [Demographer Hazel Reinhardt] pulls no punches in describing her "Perfect Storm."
    What does the future hold? Change. The status quo can't be the way forward, for the coming together of profound demographic and technological changes will restructure the media, and we are at the beginning of it. This will be geometrically larger than the advent of television in 1950.
    The extent to which the public - in the form of citizens media - can undercut the revenue bases of professional journalism will determine how well institutional media will withstand the onslaught. Since media revenue is audience-driven, however, this is one institution that's headed for the tar pits, because - at core - the advertising industry doesn't really care about things like tradition and history. Where that wealth gets redistributed in the economy is anybody's guess, and that's why the entry of Venture Capitalists into the citizens media game is so significant.
    Near the end of his article, Heaton writes:
    As Ms. Reinhardt noted, no one can really stop the perfect storm. That's why it's important for mid-career journalists to get their hands dirty in using the technology of the personal media revolution instead of thinking about how and where to learn about it. Become a "doer" of the word instead of a "hearer" only. Learning is always accelerated by experience, so those who feel their careers slipping away need to get involved. Start a blog. Build a Web page. Pick up a camera. Play a video game. Get close to young people who are comfortable using technology, and ask questions. Read a book, or better yet, go online and look around for tutorials. They're everywhere. Most of all, don't let fear get in the way. It's only technology. DO something!
    I concur; here's some background reading to help kick things off:

  • "The New, New Journalism": From the late, lamented SpinTech Website, my February 2002 look at Weblogs immediately after 9/11.
  • "The Year Of Blogging Dangerously", the top ten moments in the Blogosphere in 2004.
  • My interview with Hugh Hewitt on his early 2005 book, "Blog", and his take on Weblogs.
  • My discussion of Chris Anderson of Wired magazine's concept of "The Long Tail of the Internet", and how its impacting culture in general. The role of Weblogs are included. (This is a great piece, if I do say so myself...)
  • That should get you started!

    Like Lawrence At Aqaba

    Michael Totten appears, in my opinion in the best photo of all of the Pajamas Media profiles thus far. Reminiscent of Lawrence overlooking production designer John Box's recreation of Aqaba, Totten appears, frame left, in a perfectly composed photograph taken in Beirut, where he's currently living and blogging.

    In other words, be sure to check out Michael J. Totten's Middle East Journal.

    The Sea Refuses No River

    ...and the Blogosphere no blogger: Pete Townshend is serializing his upcoming novel by posting chapters on his own blog.

    (Which, in perfect synchronicity, I discovered whilst burning my copy of 30 Years of Maximum R&B, a laser disc of live performances by The Who, to DVD-RW.)

    From P.J. To P.J.s

    In the post below, P.J. O'Rourke said, "I don't think that a person is left wing or right wing according to whether or not they are compassionate". Tammy Bruce is someone to whom that adjective certainly applies, and is finding herself, like many of the writers associated with Pajamas Media, with opinions that transcend those on both the far left and the far right. Her profile is currently attop the Pajamas Media homepage, and it includes this amazing quote:

    In 1998 I took Bill Cosby's wife to task for saying her son's killer was "taught by America to hate black people." Here you had a woman from one of the richest couples in the world -- a person whose family has really experienced the love of the American people -- making an outrageous claim. My calling attention to that was forbidden, and as a result I lost my radio gig at a previous station I worked for. There's a reticence in dealing with racial issues because of racist attitudes that in many cases emanate from the black elite. The real racism is not what Mrs. Cosby imagined, it is in allowing the left to continue to condemn people of color to the ghettos of victimhood and marginalization.
    Now that's a soundbite.

    (And to be fair, while I don't know anything about his wife's current opinions, Bill Cosby does seem to get the message these days.)

    Pajamarama

    I'm serving as the crash test dummy beta-beta-tester of the Pajamas Media blogger ads. So if the site looks or acts funny, it's probably as an unintentional result of that.

    Of course if the actual writing on the site is funny--then it's an intentional byproduct of its owner and his skillful wordplay...

    Fact Checking Your Donkey

    As Wizbang notes, unlike the San Francisco Chronicle, the members of the Conservative Undergound forum know how to use Google.

    As I noted earlier this year, the long tail of the Internet (which includes both one-man blogs and several thousand member forums) is a concept that the mainstream media simply does not understand. "They've never worried about the tail, ever", Hugh Hewitt once told me. "And now they've got the tail just eating them, all day, 24/7."

    Update: Found via Instapundit, Clayton Cramer explores the Moby angle, adding:

    It makes you wonder, doesn't it, if the reason that the left is so focused on calling Bush a liar has something to do with projection? This crowd can't be bothered with telling the truth about even something as trivial as their party affiliation.
    Indeed, as The Blogfather would say.

    Magritte The Newest Member of Pajamas

    Neo-Neocon, with a Magritte-inspired apple carefully placed to protect her identity, is the subject of the current profile on the Pajamas Media homepage.

    Her blog is well worth checking out--it's fast becoming a daily stop for many. (Like myself!)

    Never Mind The Bullocks

    Andrew Sullivan brands Hugh Hewitt "the Sid Blumenthal of the Bush administration".

    Hugh, rather remarkably, agrees.

    Update: Power Line disagrees with Sullivan. A few years ago, that would have been more surprising than it is today.

    Another Step On The Path To 2014

    Compare and contrast the intertwining paths of new media and old, via two items going online simultaneously today: Pajamas Media announces the roadmap to its official launch in November.

    Meanwhile, this Washington Post article explains that starting next week, The New York Times' columnists will only be available online for the true believers willing to pay for the privilege of reading them. As Glenn Reynolds says in the Post:

    "It seems to me that it's a fairly narrow market that's going to pay for the privilege of reading columns by Maureen Dowd and Paul Krugman and such".
    The Post quotes The Professor as saying he's "completely mystified" by the Times' decision.

    I'm not. They're just doing their damndest to make the roadmap to 2014 clearer and clearer...

    Update: Speaking of the Times and the Post, Bizzy Blog looks at the two papers' recently disclosed headline sharing agreement, and asks, "Are you still a 'conspiracy nut' when the conspiracy is acknowledged?"

    What's Wrong with Think Tanks?

    Virginia Postrel tells all.

    Currently Up At PJM HQ

    I'm sure from the outside, Pajamas Media seems like The Vast Blogospheric Conspiracy, a sort of online Stonecutters Society that wears PJs instead of monks' robes at its secret meetings. The reality is something far less centrally planned and conspirative, as I literally had never heard of this fellow until his profile was online there.

    ...But based on his excellent milblog, it certainly won't be the last time.

    As I said at the end of my profile:

    Hopefully, the [Pajamas Media] portal will be a way for new writers to emerge. That's always thrilling for me -- discovering new writers who, before the blogosphere, I didn't even know existed.
    Looks like it's already working just that way--even before the final version (complete with what will probably be, sadly, a less whimsical name) goes online!

    Taking The Boeing

    Dave Johnston of the popular NewDave.com Weblog is now Internet Content Manager for the Cato Institute. Congrats on the new gig!

    "Terror War All But Forgotten On Home Front"

    Mark Steyn's latest Chicago Tribune piece is a must-read:

    As part of their ongoing post-9/11 convergence, the left now talks about Bush the way the wackier Islamists talk about Jews. I thought the Australian imam who warned Muslims the other week to lay off the bananas because the Zionists are putting poison in them was pretty loopy. But is he really any more bananas than folks who think Bush is behind the hurricane? Bush is apparently no longer the citizen-president of a functioning republic, but a 21st century King Canute expected to go sit by the shore and repel the waters as they attempt to make landfall. Instead, he and Cheney hatched up the whole hurricane thing in the Halliburton research labs to distract attention from their right-wing Supreme Court nominee . . .

    On this fourth anniversary we are in a bizarre situation: The war is being won -- in Afghanistan, Iraq, the broader Middle East and many other places where America has changed the conditions on the ground in its favor. But at home the war about the war is being lost. When the media look at those Bush approval ratings -- currently hovering around 40 percent -- they carelessly assume the 60 percent is some unified Kerry-Hillary-Cindy bloc. It's not. It undoubtedly includes people who are enthusiastic for whacking America's enemies, but who don't quite get the point of this somewhat desultory listless phase. If the "war" is now a push for democratization and liberalization in Middle East dictatorships, that's a worthy cause but not one sufficiently primal to keep the attention of the American people. You'd have had the same problem in the Second World War if four years after Pearl Harbor we were postponing D-Day in order to nation-build in the Solomon Islands.

    Four years ago, I thought the "war on terror" was a viable concept. To those on the right who scoffed that you can't declare war on a technique, I pointed out that Britain's Royal Navy fought wars against slavery and piracy and were largely successful. Of course, since then we've had the shabby habit of presidents declaring a "war on drugs" and a "war on poverty" and, with hindsight, that corruption of language has allowed Americans to slip the war on terror into the same category -- not a war in the sense that a war on Fiji or Belgium is a war, but just one of those vaguely ineffectual aspirational things that don't really impinge on you that much except for the odd pointless gesture -- like the shoe-removing ritual before you board a flight at Poughkeepsie. The "war on terror" label has outlived whatever usefulness it had.

    And, as the years go by, it becomes clearer that the war aspects -- the attacks in New York, Washington, Bali, Madrid, Istanbul, London -- are really spasmodic flashes of a much more elusive enemy. Although Islamism is the first truly global terrorist insurgency, it shares more similarities with conventional terror movements -- the IRA or the Basque separatists -- than many of us thought four years ago. Terror groups persist because of a lack of confidence on the part of their targets: the IRA, for example, calculated correctly that the British had the capability to smash them totally but not the will. So they knew that while they could never win militarily, they also could never be defeated. That's what the Islamists have bet.

    Only a tiny minority of Muslims want to be suicide bombers, and only a slightly larger minority want actively to provide support networks for suicide bombers, but big majorities of Muslims support almost all the terrorists' strategic goals: For example, according to a recent poll, over 60 percent of British Muslims want to live under sharia in the United Kingdom. That's a "moderate" Westernized Muslim: He wants stoning for adultery to be introduced in Liverpool, but he's a "moderate" because it's not such a priority that he's prepared to fly a plane into a skyscraper.

    As with IRA killers and the broader Irish nationalist population, these shared aims provide a large comfort zone in which terror networks can operate.

    Over at his Website, Steyn also flashes back to a number of pieces he wrote four years ago.

    "Turn On The TV!" "What Channel?" "Any Channel."

    Four years ago, at about 6:45 AM PST, that's how the day began for my wife and I--and quite possibly, you too. In a Blogosphere retrospective, Lorie Byrd of PoliPundit was kind enough to include this post from the year after, which collects a bunch of items I wrote about 9/11. (When I saw her link, I updated it with a couple of more items, and replaced a couple of previously expired hyperlinks.)

    If a writer as great as Virginia Postrel can look back on March 11, 2002 and conclude, "Much of what I wrote on this site six months ago, now seems banal or confused, although I can't say I'd take anything back", then keep similar thoughts in mind when reading my work about that day.

    PoliPundit also has a look back on what has changed since that terrible day, and Orrin Judd links to what has become one of the most important and iconic photographs of the day, entirely because of the Blogosphere and other grass roots Websites--and equally entirely despite the best efforts of the legacy media to block it. (The Pajamas Media homepage has a retrospective slideshow of many additional photos. The simple fact that the Blogosphere exists is itself a testiment to 9/11, of course.)

    Not everything has changed though. In his speech about the event nine days later, President Bush said, "Every nation, in every region, now has a decision to make. Either you are with us, or you are with the terrorists". On October 1st, Rudy Giuliani added:

    On one side is democracy, the rule of law, and respect for human life; on the other is tyranny, arbitrary executions, and mass murder.

    We're right and they're wrong. It's as simple as that.

    And by that I mean that America and its allies are right about democracy, about religious, political, and economic freedom.

    The terrorists are wrong, and in fact evil, in their mass destruction of human life in the name of addressing alleged injustices.

    For many Americans, 9/11 was the end of much moral equivalency when it comes to dealing with evil--but as Roger L. Simon notes, sadly, there's still a fair amount of what Paul Johnson, in Modern Times called moral relativism left in many who should know better.

    Update: Speaking of moral relativism, events such as this and this, happening so closely to the anniversary of 9/11, help to define exactly what the term means.

    Sharply contrasting the meaning is a decision by Alex Tabarrok.

    "The Super-Cranky Libertarian Your Mother Warned You About"

    Bill Quick, the man who gave us the word "Blogosphere", is today's profile on the Pajamas Media homepage. He makes a great point in his conclusion:

    To me, the only function the media serves is to give us the raw material. The other day, cable news did a story on a network reporter sitting by an oil drum with a laptop. He was going to upload directly to ABC News. I have the very same capability, but I'd upload to you. So we will see news come from a broader and broader base.
    Sounds good to me.

    Update: Nice bit of synchronicity (or deliberately planned symbolism by the all-knowing evil geniuses behind PJM!): the biography of the man who gave us the name for the Blogosphere is appearing on the one year anniversary of the event that did the most to put it on the national radar--and set in motion the whole "pajamas" buzzword to boot!

    The Food Chain of Suffering Doesn’t End 'Til The Last Lawsuit

    Frank Martin looks at what's to come in Louisiana--"Lawyers. Lots and Lots of Lawyers":

    The people who lived in New Orleans have suffered and they will continue to suffer, but the suffering doesn’t end there. The “Food Chain” of suffering doesn’t end until the last lawsuit is settled out of court. Our children will have kids of their own before that happens.

    Remember, everything is just "a problem" until someone checks their tires one day and finds dioxin, asbestos, or PCB’s and someone else discovers that its been driven all over town, then it’s "a real BIG problem". Every miscarriage, every cancer victim, every case of autism in the lower Mississippi will result in a lawsuit against the City and State.

    For those of you who find yourself mystified at the attitude and behavior of the Governor and Mayor as of late this little problem might help you understand one reason why they are acting so odd(besides the fact that they were odd before the Hurricane). The real problem we now face isn’t the potential decontamination costs its that there isn’t enough money in the world to cover all those lawsuits and the threats of lawsuits. Do the words " Federal Superfund" spring to mind? Yeah, it does me too.

    Add to this ‘witches brew’ of lawyers and potential lawsuits is a history of political corruption that goes back centuries in Louisiana. This corruption was overlooked and in some cases downright tolerated so long as it was kept within the family but what Katrina has done is bring attention to the outside world of a true American shame, the plight of the people who previously lived below sea level on the lower Mississippi. What the Mayor, The Governor and every official in Louisiana above "city dog catcher" is looking at is the one thing they have rarely seen in their careers and that is scrutiny by the press, by lawyers who will be crawling through every transaction looking at every relationship, trying to find every bit of corruption they can find. Insurance companies as well as a whole host of Federal agencies are about to lose a great deal of money and its always been my experience that people will leave you alone so long as you don’t mess with their money, but if you mess with their money, they will make it their lifes work to see that you pay for your error.

    Once the Lawyers start finding corruption it will be very much like the effects of a second flood only this time, it’s a flood that will sweep away the Democrat political machine that has run Louisiana since the Civil War.

    To the Democrat party, its as if they just lost a capital city in their domain during wartime. Think of it like the impact of the fall of Atlanta on the Confederates during the Civil War. Louisiana just lost its last solid Democrat voting districts, and any part of the existing Democrat machine that is still standing is about to be tied down in a Gulliverian web of lawsuits and Federal corruption charges which will surely come as a result of the floods.

    Katrina didn’t just end a way of life in the lower Mississippi, but it has brought an end to a way of doing business in Baton Rouge.

    In the end, It wont be 'conservative values' that will have beaten the Democrats, it wasnt the "Reagan revolution" and it wont be the Bush family.

    It will be the lawyers.

    Read the rest. This sounds like a spot-on preview of the next phase of Katrina's aftermath--and one that's probably being completely ignored by the current coverage by what Hugh Hewitt calls CNN and its clones: "The Hysterical News Network".

    TCS On Katrina Updated

    Tech Central Station has new items online in their section devoted to Katrina and its aftermath.

    "I'm OK" Registry

    Virginia Postrel writes:

    Two Fort Lauderdale-based companies have put together a simple but powerful site that lets Katrina survivors register so loved ones can find out their fate. Katrina.im-ok.org works with phone numbers, avoiding spelling problems and name duplications.

    Tom Foster of CompuNex Corp., which did the programming, sent me an email asking blog readers in Dallas (and presumably other cities with a lot of refugees) "to take their portable laptops and wireless air cards and put them to work." I'm not exactly sure of the best way to connect readers' wi-fi cards with displaced hurricane victims, but consider this a solicitation. Check out I'm OK's site for more background.
    Sounds good to us; we just added them below the Red Cross on our sidebar.

    Meanwhile, Silicon Investor has links to other Katrina-related missing persons sites.

    We Just Live In It

    Earlier today, we linked to an article by Cathy Siepp, the proprietor of Cathy's World. She's also the Pajamas Media profile of the day.

    But does she like Dewar's...?

    Update: Cathy exposes the soft, sensitive side of MSNBC's "Senior Political Analyst".

    Los Angeles: A City Of Pajamas...

    Sorry for the lack of posts--Nina and I are in L.A. for the Labor Day extended weekend, as she has Pajamas-related business. Posting will be sporadic until Wednesday.

    The Timetable

    RedState.org posts an excellent timetable of early events in New Orleans and concludes:

    There will be a time for the settling of accounts, and that time is not now. When the time comes, we’ll find that the oversight was been more grievous, and deadly, and immediate, than failing to conduct a four-year feasibility study. It is time, as Brendan Loy says, for “No more lies; we saw this coming.” For failing to evacuate New Orleans until the last minute – despite the clear warning signals and a danger many times greater than in any other coastal American city – history will remember the hapless duo of C. Ray Nagin and Kathleen Blanco – and not kindly.
    Meanwhile, Nicole Gelinas of City Journal has another excellent essay, this time on the vicious looters of New Orleans--and their victims.

    "The Infamous Ray Nagin Memorial Motor Pool"

    Junkyard Blog has an amazing post-Katrina overhead shot of a parking lot in New Orleans with 255 unused buses visible:

    we count 255 buses in that one lot. That means at a capacity of 66 on board, 16,830 New Orleans residents could have been evacced out in one trip. Even if you have a lower capacity per bus, say 50 per bus, you're still getting nearly 13,000 out in one run. In an emergency mandatory evacuation, you could probably get away with putting more than 66 on each of those buses.

    When we said that the buses are now expenses instead of assets, this is what we meant. Not only are those buses ruined, their disuse resulting in lives lost, but now they're spilling oil and gas out into the already polluted water. A spark near that slick could cause yet another fire and a whole new set of explosions.

    Read the whole thing.

    More TCS On Katrina

    Tech Central Station has new items online in their recently created section on Katrina and its aftermath. Click on the banner below to read the articles there, including Nick Schulz's memories of President Reagan's visit to the Big Easy.

    Flood Aid

    Earlier today, I donated to the Red Cross via Amazon.com (After busting Amazon's chops yesterday, it seemed the least I could do to make up for it.)

    Feel free to click over and do the same--or choose from another of the charities on Glenn Reynolds' list. Every little bit really does help--as Austen Bay said the other day, "There's no America out there except America to respond to [Katrina]. We've got to do it ourselves."

    Update: Bumped to top. Just copied the Red Cross logo from Amazon and and pasted it into sidebar on the right, along with a link to the Red Cross relief page.

    Click on it early and often.

    Technorati Tags: flood aid, Hurricane Katrina.

    Astrodome Blogging

    The Lone Star Times Weblog has exclusive photos and posts from inside the Houston Astrodome, where many of the survivors of Katrina who spent days in the New Orleans Superdome have de-camped.

    They also note that the Craigslist Internet bulletin boards in Houston and New Orleans have pitched in to help, and its readers are posting available housing.

    "State Of Anarchy"

    Michelle Malkin's latest posts are must-reads, as she continues her incredible job of blogging Katrina's aftermath. Meanwhile, Hugh Hewitt has a two-part series with excellent recommendations for rebuilding the area and returning some semblance of normalcy to its people.

    TCS On Katrina

    Tech Central Station has created a new section devoted to coverage of Katrina. Click on the banner below to read the articles there:

    What Sort Of Man Reads Pajamas?

    Just had a great chat with Jill Stewart of Pajamas Media on Thursday night. Watch for my Dewar's Pajamas Contributor Profile to go online, possibly as early as next week.

    Update: Just to tie this post in with the previous topics earlier this evening, linking to The Anchoress, Co-Maximum Pajamahadeen Roger L. Simon writes:

    I think CNN would turn Noah's flood into a partisan attack on George Bush. Even such a hardened politico as James Carville had to tell their brain dead reporter to shut up and deal with the reality in front of him, rather than casting blame. What is wrong with these CNN people? What culture do they come from? Their lack of moral and psychological sophistication is truly stunning.

    When I see this kind of reporting, I know we are doing the right thing at Pajamas Media in trying to organize the blogosphere, just a little bit, as the beginning of an antidote.

    Amen.

    Jawas In Pajamas

    I always liked the old Dewar's Profile ads. But recently, there's been an even better modern equivalent, as the latest contributor's profile on the Pajamas Media homepage is up: Dr. Rusty Shackleford, proprietor of The Jawa Report.

    A Modest Proposal

    Also via the latest Carnival of the Classiness, Dean Esmay has a simple idea whose time has come--thanks to the technology that allows you to read this (and/or start a blog of your own):

    I say that having a pack of baying jackals in your basement who pound you and your staff every day with a ridiculous set of hypercritical and often shallow second-guessing "questions" has probably done more to make Presidents feel isolated than any other force in modern life. I know that if I were President, I'd feel more worried about that gaggle of hostile monkeys and my supposed need to appease them than I would be about assassination attempts.

    We, the people, do not need any self-appointed "interlocutor" to the President. The White House can issue its statements, and the Congress can issue its statements, and the people can weigh them. When the next election comes around, we will make our choice at the ballot box.

    I for one would find it enormously refreshing if the entire White House press corps was summarily ejected en masse. The White House can issue daily briefs over the internet, and perhaps hold a small--emphasis on small--press conference once or twice a month, with a handful of seasoned, respected and respectful reporters who get to ask the press secretary a few salient questions. When the President felt he (or she) needed to address the public directly, he could do so as he already does, via speeches. If he occasionally felt the need to talk the press, he could do so at the times of his choosing, to members of the press of his choosing.

    All of this would not make the President more isolated. It would make him more able to do the job he was elected to do without the constant distraction that the feces-flinging monkey corps--I mean, the White House press corps--creates.

    You want "someone" to ask harsh questions of the President? I think the leaders of the opposition party in Congress are more than capable of doing that. I also think that the President is as capable of reading the paper and watching the news as I am, and that neither the President nor the public has any pressing need for instantanteous responses to publicly-aired questions.

    I note again, by the way, that I do not mean this President. I mean any President, of any party. I utterly despise the self-appointed "interlocutor" press corps. When I don't just despise them, I outright hate them. And I don't care if I hate whoever's President, because I hate the feces-flinging monkey corps even more.

    We the people do not need the press to be our stand-in. Indeed, the very notion represents everything I hate about journalism as it has functioned since the Nixon years. Which is part of why I cheer whenever I notice these people being bypassed.

    Exactly.

    The State of the Media

    Hugh Hewitt has some thoughts on new media and old.

    The Carnival of the Classiness

    I'd like to share a belated (for reasons discussed here) welcome to readers of Will Franklin's more or less eponymously-titled Willisms, as this post of ours on the horrors of modern architecture was nominated to be part of his latest "Carnival of the Classiness". He's got a great list of posts--be sure to click on over and read them all, including #19, a three word review of Oliver Stone's Alexander that's no doubt entirely correct in its assumptions.

    (And greetings from the Chicago American Airlines Admirals Club, where I'm between flights back to the West Coast.)

    To Boldly Go Where No PJs Have Gone Before

    "The co-founders will say only that there will be a significant unveiling in the fall of 2005." That's from the About Us page of the new--and very temporary--Pajamas Media site, and it's safe to say they mean it. But it's great to see the first phases of their Web site up. Click on over to read it.

    (Might as well bookmark it now--you'll be there a lot in the coming months.)

    Update: Charles Johnson has some additional thoughts and background material on his own Little Green Footballs site.

    Welcome Hugh Hewitt Readers

    We were permalinked yesterday by Hugh Hewitt, and wanted to thank him publicly.

    Incidentally, here's our profile of his Blog book in Tech Central Station, and also in TCS, our look at the Long Tail of the Internet, with Hugh's thoughts on how it impacts the Blogosphere. In the photo above, the owner of the New York Inquirer is giving copies to his employees to explore ways his network of newspapers can compete in the 21st century.

    (Naturally, given the family nature of his radio show, I promised Hugh in an email that we'd steer clear of hot Hummel on Hummel action.)

    Quote of the Day (Maybe the Decade)

    "Well sir, I'd tell you, if I got my news from the newspapers I'd be pretty depressed as well."

    --Captain Sherman Powell, serving in Iraq, talking to Matt Lauer of The Today Show.

    In related posts from the Blogosphere, Frank Martin celebrates his blog's one year anniversary. And Dean Barnett has invaluable advice about tone, that naturally, will go unheeded by the bloggers who need it the most.

    Update: Speaking of tone-deaf newspapers...

    "Over 10,000,000 Served"

    Eric Olsen's Blogcritics is celebrating its third anniversary--I was honored to have been there at the beginning ("Since before the beginning, young man" as Mr. Bernstein said in Citizen Kane), and continue to post reviews there from time to time.

    "It Shines For All"

    The New York Sun now has a Weblog. Click on over; there are several interesting posts to kick it off, and as New York elections heating up for 2006 (Bloomberg, Hillary, Spitzer, et al), it could be a regular read for many.

    Instant History

    Betsy Newmark links to this fascinating blog featuring individual posts devoted to analyzing historic Time and Newsweek covers and highlighting the content inside. You can learn a lot about the transformation of modern liberalism, and how it impacted journalism, by going back into the past and reading how magazines like Time and Newsweek, and newspapers such as the New York Times viewed the world, versus their current slant.

    And you can learn much about society at large. Perhaps the most interesting cover that the blog studies is this one, Newsweek's look at the Beatles' invasion of America in 1964. Like most adults who came of age in the Depression and World War II, my father, who grew up in a musical universe built around big bands, Bing Crosby, and Nat "King" Cole would have probably concurred instantly with Newsweek's initial take:

    "Visually they are a nightmare: tight, dandified, Edwardian-Beatnik suits and great pudding bowls of hair. Musically they are a near-disaster: guitars and drums slamming out a merciless beat that does away with secondary rhythms, harmony, and melody. Their lyrics (punctuated by nutty shouts of "yeah, yeah, yeah!") are a catastrophe, a preposterous farrago of Valentine-card romantic sentiments."
    Even a fellow product of the British Invasion of the 1960s would say that year, "My dear girl, there are some things that just aren't done, such as drinking Dom Perignon '53 above the temperature of 38 degrees Fahrenheit. That's just as bad as listening to the Beatles without earmuffs!"

    How such comments appear in retrospect (both 007's and Newsweek's) show how much pop culture has changed--and how much the Beatles changed it--although as David Frum noted, the decade that most transformed America would the one that followed their break-up.

    Day By Day--Eight Days Early

    This is great to hear:

    Before And After

    On Tuesday, Chris Muir of the "Day By Day" cartoon strip asked us, and several other bloggers, to post this cartoon and a link to the American Cancer Ablation site, as they're treating Chris's sister. Here's the result:

    Keep up the good work--as we said on Tuesday, click here early and often:

    Click Early And Often

    Chris Muir, the artist behind the wonderful "Day By Day" cartoon, emailed us today with the following cartoon and link:


    (Blogging will continue in its usual sporadic fashion tonight, below this post.)

    Upcoming Rocky Mountain Blogger Bash

    Speaking of Jeff and Steve, whom I met at last year's RMBB, there will be another munch for Denver-era bloggers (and those who wish to stop by the neighborhood, as I did) on August 20th. Sadly, I doubt I can make that one, but click on the above link if you'd like to meet some of the best Bloggers on the 'Net.

    (Would they be anyplace but the 'Net?? We'll no. Except on the 20th--Ed)

    Happy Birthday To James Lileks!

    When I was going through my archives from last year for the Mark Steyn item to go in the post below, I noticed that today is James Lileks' birthday. He has some thoughts on birthdays, then and now, over at his (now much more readable) Bleat.

    If We Say It's a Weblog--It's a Weblog! Except When It's Not

    Sweet, smokin' Judas--how hard is it for the media to understand what a blog is? This TechWeb article on My Yahoo homepage starts off well, and then veers far off the tracks about halfway through:

    The number of people in the United States who visited web logs in the first quarter of the year reached 50 million, and each of the top four hosting services for blogs on the Internet topped 5 million visitors, a web metrics firm said Monday.

    The number of Americans visiting blogs amounted to 30 percent of the total online U.S. population, an increase of 45 percent over the same period last year, ComScore Networks said.

    Other key findings in the report were that the top four hosting services for blogs had more than 5 million unique visitors. Those sites in order, starting with the largest, were Blogspot.com, Livejournal.com, Typepad.com and Xanga.com.

    Blogspot.com's 19 million unique visitors amounted to more visitors than the NYTimes.com, USAToday.com and WashingtonPost.com. The numbers were "clear evidence that consumer-generated media can draw audience on par with traditional online publishers," the report said.

    Five individual blogs had more than a million unique visitors. In order, starting with the largest, were FreeRepublic.com, DrudgeReport.com, Fleshbot.com, Gawker.com and Fark.com.

    With the exception of the two Nick Denton-owned blogs sandwiched in the middle, (Fleshbot and Gawker), the rest of that list...aren't blogs! Fark and Free Republic are Internet forums, updated equivalents of the BBS message boards from the online days of yore, and Matt Drudge has gone out of his way to tell interviewers that he's not a blogger. And again, with the exception of the Denton sites, none of those Websites use any sort of blogging software to FTP content up--you know, like blog posts.

    When it comes to "dead tree" publications, most people know instinctively what a magazine is, and how it differs from a newspaper. On TV, most people can separate a sitcom from an infomercial from the six o'clock news. Why is it so hard for the media to understand what a Weblog is, what an online forum is, and what a conventional Website is?

    A Last Look at Fulton Fish Market

    Sometime this fall, the Fulton Fish Market will be moving to the Bronx, after nearly two centuries in lower Manhattan. The New Partisan takes a last look back in an Alfred Stieglitz-style black and white photo essay.

    Posner On The Blogosphere And Big Media

    In his Insta-linked essay in the New York Times, Judge Richard Posner touches upon a number of points that we've addressed here in the past:

    The rise of the conservative Fox News Channel caused CNN to shift to the left. CNN was going to lose many of its conservative viewers to Fox anyway, so it made sense to increase its appeal to its remaining viewers by catering more assiduously to their political preferences.
    Yup. As I wrote last year:
    As William McGowan noted in Coloring The News, by drinking the PC Kool-Aid in the late 1980s, the press pretty much assured that this would be their tone. In their fear to not offend anybody--save for, as "Pinch" Sulzberger was quoted as saying, "white, heterosexual males"--they've also completely lost their moral compass.

    What's interesting though, as a commenter on Charles Johnson's site noted, is that since this tactic has alienated much of the American public (based on the latest Pew Report), their primary readers are increasingly, exclusively the left. And they either had to have seen this coming, or be clueless as to the unintended consequences of the direction that they set out in. So as not to alienate their remaining readers, it becomes increasingly more important to keep them in the liberal cocoon. And the cocoon narrows that much more--on both the readers and the press. But hey, stay quiet, and you'll be OK!

    For somebody the left considers a dummy, this guy is sure on to something.

    More Posner:
    So why do people consume news and opinion? In part it is to learn of facts that bear directly and immediately on their lives - hence the greater attention paid to local than to national and international news. They also want to be entertained, and they find scandals, violence, crime, the foibles of celebrities and the antics of the powerful all mightily entertaining. And they want to be confirmed in their beliefs by seeing them echoed and elaborated by more articulate, authoritative and prestigious voices. So they accept, and many relish, a partisan press. Forty-three percent of the respondents in the poll by the Annenberg Public Policy Center thought it ''a good thing if some news organizations have a decidedly political point of view in their coverage of the news.''
    Exactly. As Posner notes earlier in his essay, that's exactly what our newspapers were like prior to the rise of the big three TV networks and the newspaper consolidations of the post-War World II era. The Internet has allowed a return to that past form, as James Pinkerton once noted.

    Alvin Toffler's The Third Wave is full of examples of past forms being reborn via high tech. In the past, disseminating information required owning, or having access to a printing press (and a means of distribution), or a radio or TV station, none of which were cheap to acquire. These days, anybody can go to Blogger.com and start a blog--and according to Technorati, 14 million people have, returning us to the era of one-man pamphleteers, but with a twist: hyperlinked together, it's possible to check sources, find new writers whose viewpoints might match your own, and network with others in an astonishingly easier fashion.

    Back to Posner:

    A serious newspaper, like The Times, is a large, hierarchical commercial enterprise that interposes layers of review, revision and correction between the reporter and the published report and that to finance its large staff depends on advertising revenues and hence on the good will of advertisers and (because advertising revenues depend to a great extent on circulation) readers. These dependences constrain a newspaper in a variety of ways. But in addition, with its reputation heavily invested in accuracy, so that every serious error is a potential scandal, a newspaper not only has to delay publication of many stories to permit adequate checking but also has to institute rules for avoiding error - like requiring more than a single source for a story or limiting its reporters' reliance on anonymous sources - that cost it many scoops.
    But it's possible to recover from errors--indeed, the history of the Times in the 20th century is bookended by the fabrications of Walter Duranty in the 1930s, and the fabrications of Jayson Blair, beginning shortly after his employment in the late 1990s. Somehow, it has maintained a large subscriber base, even with those obvious and well-known lies. Not to equate Matt Drudge's errors with the willful and frightening lies of Duranty, but he too has maintained a huge readership, despite some of of his rush-to-upload scoops not checking out. Posner touches on this in a couple of paragraphs later:
    What really sticks in the craw of conventional journalists is that although individual blogs have no warrant of accuracy, the blogosphere as a whole has a better error-correction machinery than the conventional media do. The rapidity with which vast masses of information are pooled and sifted leaves the conventional media in the dust. Not only are there millions of blogs, and thousands of bloggers who specialize, but, what is more, readers post comments that augment the blogs, and the information in those comments, as in the blogs themselves, zips around blogland at the speed of electronic transmission.

    This means that corrections in blogs are also disseminated virtually instantaneously, whereas when a member of the mainstream media catches a mistake, it may take weeks to communicate a retraction to the public. This is true not only of newspaper retractions - usually printed inconspicuously and in any event rarely read, because readers have forgotten the article being corrected - but also of network television news. It took CBS so long to acknowledge Dan Rather's mistake because there are so many people involved in the production and supervision of a program like ''60 Minutes II'' who have to be consulted.

    The charge by mainstream journalists that blogging lacks checks and balances is obtuse. The blogosphere has more checks and balances than the conventional media; only they are different. The model is Friedrich Hayek's classic analysis of how the economic market pools enormous quantities of information efficiently despite its decentralized character, its lack of a master coordinator or regulator, and the very limited knowledge possessed by each of its participants.

    In effect, the blogosphere is a collective enterprise - not 12 million separate enterprises, but one enterprise with 12 million reporters, feature writers and editorialists, yet with almost no costs. It's as if The Associated Press or Reuters had millions of reporters, many of them experts, all working with no salary for free newspapers that carried no advertising.

    Well, no--not millions. In his Blog book, published late last year, Hugh Hewitt wrote that there were 7,000,000 Weblogs that Technorati tracked, and about 50,000 of them were updated daily. Technorati's latest numbers double that seven million figure; it's safe to assume that those 50,000 blogs that update daily have doubled as well.

    Big difference though: AP, Reuters and the New York Times are all built on the assumption that "sure, for decades, we've been near monopolies on information, but you can trust us because we're large institutions"--and the second half of that statement has increasingly been proven a specious argument. In contrast, one-man blogs have to earn their reputations solely on their readers' judgement--and will fairly quickly lose them, if their writers fumble too far off the mark. (Notice how quickly Andrew Sullivan's stock, at least on the right-hand side of the Blogosphere, fell last year.)

    Along similar lines, some have called for voluntary standards, or the equivalent of a Better Business Bureau-style of blog overseer. But even that isn't as good a check on standards as the collective marketplace itself. As Alan Greenspan wrote 40 years ago:

    "To paraphrase Gresham's Law: bad "protection" drives out good. The attempt to protect the consumer by force undercuts the protection he gets from incentive. First, it undercuts the value of reputation by placing the reputable company on the same basis as the unknown, the newcomer, or the fly-by-nighter. It declares, in effect, that all are equally suspect…Second it grants an automatic guarantee of safety to the products of any company that complies with its arbitrarily set minimum standards…The minimum standards, which are the basis of regulation, gradually tend to become the maximums as well…A fly by night securities operator can quickly meet all the S.E.C. requirements, gain the inference of respectability, and proceed to fleece the public. In an unregulated economy, the operator would have had to earn a position of trust..."

    "Protection of the consumer by regulation is thus illusory. Rather than isolating the consumer from the dishonest businessman, it is gradually destroying the only reliable protection the consumer has: competition for reputation…Government regulations do not eliminate potentially dishonest individuals, but merely make their activities harder to detect or easier to hush up."

    I'm sure lots of others will have their own thoughts on Posner's essay--which of course, is another sign of the strength of the Blogosphere--as James Lileks once said, it's a conversation, not a lecture.

    "Haughty Enough for You?"

    James Taranto concludes his tripartite retrospective on the first five years of "Best of the Web Today" with a focus on last year's wild election ride.

    Best of the Web Today Part II

    The second part of James Taranto's three part retrospective of the first five years of the Wall Street Journal's "Best of the Web Today" column is online, focusing on the moral equivalence that's been the mark of a few elements of the fringe far right, but a growing component of much of the post-9/11 left:

    Filmmaker Michael Moore explains on his Web site that his first reaction was to think the terrorists should have killed more Republicans:
    Many families have been devastated tonight. This just is not right. They did not deserve to die. If someone did this to get back at Bush, then they did so by killing thousands of people who DID NOT VOTE for him! Boston, New York, DC, and the planes' destination of California--these were places that voted AGAINST Bush!

    Why kill them? Why kill anyone?

    Andrew Sullivan quotes Jerry Falwell as telling his fellow televangelist Pat Robertson: "I really believe that the pagans, and the abortionists, and the feminists, and the gays and lesbians who are actively trying to make that an alternative lifestyle, the ACLU, People for the American Way--all of them who have tried to secularize America--I point the finger in their face and say, 'You helped this happen.' " Robertson's reply: "Well, I totally concur, and the problem is we have adopted their agenda at the highest levels of our government." The mirror image of the Falwell-Robertson calumny is a press release from the Madison, Wis.-based Freedom From Religion Foundation, which declares: "The terrorist disasters of September 11 may well have been the ultimate 'faith-based initiative.' "

    It's worth noting that Falwell and Robertson both apologized, and that both remain fringe figures of the American right. Moore, on the other hand, did not apologize, as far as we remember; he did quietly remove the offending passages, and later the entire Sept. 12 posting, from his Web site. Much of the Democratic establishment later embraced Moore, as we noted recently: He had an honored seat next to former president Jimmy Carter at the Democratic Convention, and when his agitprop film "Fahrenheit 9/11" had its Washington debut, then-senator Bob Graham of Florida observed that "there might be half of the Democratic Senate here."

    Reuters' immediate post-9/11 equivocating--"We all know that one man's terrorist is another man's freedom fighter...To be frank, it adds little to call the attack on the World Trade Center a terrorist attack"--is also discussed.

    Half A Decade Of Monkeyfishing

    James Taranto is celebrating the fifth anniversary of his "Best of the Web" column with the first of a three-part history, which runs from the column's debut in 2000, through 9/11. Taranto's column isn't really a blog per se, but it definitely serves as a great guide to the events of the day--with (as a colleague of Taranto's put it) "a whole sui generis arch style thing" going on, to boot.

    From Daddy Warbucks To Damon

    In the new issue of City Journal, Harry Stein looks at conservative cartoon strips from "Little Orphan Annie" in the 1930s, to 21st century Blogspheric hit "Day By Day".

    For more on the the latter strip and its author, click on our 2003 piece in Tech Central Station.

    Weekend At Bernie's

    Maybe it's been up for years, but I just discovered, via John Hawkins, that Bernard Goldberg has his own Website.

    No word yet if Donny Deutsch will be making a suprise cameo there.

    What's the Matter with Kansas?

    Not very much, writes Orrin Judd in his review of Thomas Frank's book of the same name.

    Talk Radio In Decline?

    BizzyBlog looks at the ratings, and concludes, "bloggers and blog readers might be eating into talk radio’s audience".

    That certainly makes sense--I've been listening less to talk radio, and watching less news and opinion TV, since becoming part of the blog collective. One exception is Hewitt's radio show, partially because he has lots of bloggers, as well as Blogosphere favorites such as Lileks and Mark Steyn on frequently.

    (Via Conservative Grapevine.)

    Hewitt Gets A Facelift

    The pressures of his increasing celebrity profile have caused radio man Hugh Hewitt to go in for severe plastic surgery, getting a radical facelift and newly improved features.

    ....err, on his blog that is, which is newly updated by Sekimori, who remodeled our blog last year, as well as InstaPundit, Power Line, VodkaPundit, Michelle Malkin and lots of other cool kids in the Blogosphere.

    Yeah, I Wish He Was Still Blogging, Too

    Elsewhere on her blog, "Neo-Neocon" asks, "Where have you gone, Steven Den Beste? Our nation turns its lonely eyes to you":

    I miss Steven Den Beste.

    No, I never met him; and yes, I know he's not returning to political blogging (he still blogs on anime here).

    He's very ill; and, what's more, even if he weren't, I don't get the sense that he's the type who would respond to pleadings from his audience. He's no Andrew Sullivan, playing the "Hello I must be going" game. He's the type who makes up his mind and that's it. No looking back. At least that's what I imagine.

    But I still miss him, and hope he's doing well. I think, when I reflect on it, that he was my favorite blogger. There was nothing easy about him; no cheap shots, no funny stuff. He didn't pander, and he was the hardest worker imaginable, churning out reams of lucid prose on a daily basis. I never understood how there were enough hours in a day for him to write as much as he did, even if he was working round the clock. And of course I didn't know at the time that it was done at enormous physical cost to him because he was suffering from a progressive degenerative illness. When he quit blogging about a year ago in July, 2004, he cited both the illness and a massive psychological burnout that seems to have come from the fact that almost all the mail he got--and he got a lot of it--was negative.

    I felt guilty, having never written him an e-mail myself that let him know how much I admired and appreciated his work. I wrote one afterwards, but he never replied, nor did I expect him to. I like to think it was because he was inundated with similar missives.

    Someday, we might very well look back at the period of between 9/11 and the presidential election in November of 2004 as the Golden Age of Blogging. And Den Beste's great, lucid writing is going to be a big part of the reason why. Fortunately, all his archives are still online.

    Neo-Neocon And Paul Robeson

    Via Roger L. Simon, (whom she met with yesterday) "Neo-Neocon" is the name of a blogger who calls herself the proverbial "lifelong Democrat mugged by reality on 9/11". In her latest post she looks at Paul Robeson and concludes, "a mind can be an impossible thing to change".

    We've blogged a little about Robeson as well--click here and here. And this quote of Robeson's that The New Criterion unearthed in late 2003 as Robeson was posthumously receiving his commemorative stamp by the US Post Office is staggering:

    Read More »


    Flood Relief

    Mary Anne Lunsford is a contributor to the Riehl World View blog, which we've linked to from time to time. Her Georgia home was flooded recently by Hurricane Dennis and she's looking for help from the Blogosphere.

    (I gave a little via PayPal, in case you're wondering.)

    The Wizards of Weehawken

    Glenn Reynolds links to "The Carnival of The New Jersey Bloggers", a great list of blogs covering my home state.

    Goes best with a cheesesteak from Cherry Hill's Big John's!

    Rinse. Wash. Repeat.

    Betsy Newmark notes the Groundhog Day-like nature of the Plame/Wilson/Rove kerfuffle:

    This Rove/Plame/Wilson scandalette is following the familiar pattern of every such brouhaha we've had in the Bush administration from Halliburton to Abu Ghraib to Tom DeLay to Gitmo. Something comes out in the press that looks terribly damaging. The media goes into overdrive hyping the story and focusing on it monomaniacally. The lefty bloggers start drooling in glee. Democratic politicians make somber, seemingly heartsick speeches denouncing the administration in increasingly vituperative language. Then, after a day or so, the right side of the fence kicks into gear. The RNC starts issuing press releases to show how things are being taking out of proportion. Righty bloggers start looking at the actual evidence, going back through old news stories to remind people of the historical facts. Long-forgotten little reports in the media are resurrected to exonerate the Bush people. Conservatives get just as angry as those on the left. The media barely reports any of the debunking of the original story. They continue with whatever storyline they established in the first days of the kerfuffle. Fox News interviews someone like Byron York to show how misleading the original storyline was. Maybe there is a story in the Wall Street Journal or the New York Post, but barely anything in the Washington Post, New York Times, network news et al. Conservatives get angrier and more cynical about the MSM. Liberals get more gleeful, but also more frustrated. Because polls come out showing that few people care about the story that has so excited both sides. The story eventually dies down with both sides convinced that dirt was done somehow somewhere. They just don't agree who did what that was dirty.
    That sounds spot-on.

    Update: Over at his MSNBC blog, Glenn Reynolds has some related thoughts in a post appropriately titled, "Empty-headed TV people". (Wonder what the MSNBC folks think of that title?)

    The Blogometer

    As its title implies, "The Blogometer" is The National Journal's round-up of daily Blogospheric action. Stop on by and give it a test spin.

    Life Imitates The Brothers Judd

    On their Opinion Journal site, there's a Wall Street Journal op-ed that begins:

    The Central American Free Trade Agreement passed the Senate last week, as everyone expected, but the more interesting news is who voted against it. Hint: This isn't Bill Clinton's Democratic Party anymore.

    Nafta was one of the former President's signature achievements, and free trade one of the issues he used to define himself as a New Democrat. But last week only 10 Senate Democrats found the nerve to support Cafta, as opposed to 27 who voted for Nafta in 1993. Support among House Democrats looks even worse, with 10 or fewer expected to support Cafta when it comes up for a vote this summer, compared with 102 who backed Nafta.

    Just as startling is which Senators voted against free trade with our southern neighbors. They include Joe Biden, who is often lauded as a statesman-internationalist; Chris Dodd, the self-avowed friend of Latin American democracy; Evan Bayh, the alleged heir to the New Democrat mantle; Jon Corzine, who made a fortune from free global capital markets at Goldman Sachs; and John Kerry, who lost last year's election in part because voters suspected he wasn't what he claimed to be (e.g., a free trader).

    The biggest surprise, at least to us, is the no cast by New York Senator Hillary Rodham Clinton. We'd have thought that a modest trade-opening deal with a few poor countries was an ideal chance to continue her march to moderation and demonstrate to business that she'd follow in the path of her husband as she seeks the White House in 2008. Apparently not.

    A week ago, Orrin Judd wrote a post titled, "Nothing Left of Clintonism":
    On C-SPAN it looked like every Democratic leader voted against it and Hillary and all the other '08 contenders. That might be explained by internal party politics, but guys like John Corzine voted against it. Can he explain that to any of his friends on Wall Street? Can anyone explain why any businessman would contribute to the Democratic Party?

    The weird one on the GOP side was the two Maine Senators voted against--anyone know why?

    Here's the roll call and it does look like not a single one of the Democrat leaders or their '08 hopefuls voted in favor of free trade. Amazing.

    Advantage Orrin!

    Secret Neo-Con Cabal Plots High Above Hills Of Silicon Valley

    Yesterday evening, my wife and I met Roger L. Simon and Charles Johnson, along with syndicated columnist Jill Stewart at the AO/Technorati Open Media 100. Technorati chose to have their bash celebrating the cutting-edge of technological revolution at a decidedly non-cutting edge location, the Alpine Inn, a sort of funky roadside bar and grill with a large open air patio, in Portola Valley.

    Roger has his own take on the events there, and of course, there’s no way I can top his description.

    But I can take up the events afterwards. After chatting up folks from Technorati and various VC firms, we piled Roger, Charles, and Jill into the back of Nina’s 1987 Toyota Land Cruiser and headed deep into the hills near La Honda--site of Ken Kasey and the Merry Prankster’s Electric Kool-Aid Acid Tests on the “Furthur” bus. (Life was hard for our forefathers in those stone knives and bearskins pre-spell check 1960s.)

    But unlike that lysergic era, we had more high-tech discussions in mind. It was great to finally meet Roger and Charles. Charles, whose blog I’ve been reading since very shortly after 9/11, perfectly fits this description by James Lileks:

    Turned on the Prager show Wednesday and caught half of Charles Johnson’s interview. He’s the webmaster of LGF, your one-stop shopping center for terrorism updates. He sounds exactly like I’d imagined, although I can’t say why - his writing often bores in like a woodburning tool, but I always suspected the man himself was mild in temperament. Something about the combination of web designer / bike fan / musician / Zappa admirer spelled laaaaiiiid back, and that’s what he was: calm, even, and decent.
    As befits a man whose chief hobby is serious long distance bike-riding, on the drive through the winding roads to La Honda, Charles was fascinated by the hills, and if he we had a ten-speed in the back of the Land Cruiser, he’d have happily shot those hills himself.

    Not surprisingly, Roger, who’s written for Paul Mazursky and Woody Allen, was acerbic and funny, even as he fought mammoth jetlag that would have laid low a weaker man.

    Arriving at our secret neo-con safe house, I prepared an appropriate drink for the day: Martinis, whose main ingredient was the very essence of Ye Olde England, and whose invention was in the Bay Area--but needless to say, a very different Bay Area than today’s de facto Blue State capital.

    The house we dined at was not owned by Blofeld or Karl Rove, as the post of this title suggests, but rather is the province of a mutual friend of Nina’s and mine. She has a top-secret dual identity that would make Agent 99 blush: expert money manager and equally expert chef and caterer. She prepared a superb meal including a butter lettuce salad, a lamb shank that just fell off the bone, and peaches in philo dough for dessert, which was equally marvelous.

    We spent quite a bit of the evening discussing China, a country that Roger visited in the 1970s, and all agreed that Jung Chang and Jon Halliday’s new book on Mao has the potential to be a blockbuster.

    On the way back to the Alpine Inn to pick up their rental car, Roger raved about Ronald Radosh’s new Red Star Over Hollywood, and we all wondered why the writers of Hollywood’s past--no matter what their political persuasions--could write rings around today’s writers.

    Of course, I get the feeling that the writers of Pajamas Media, the consortium that Roger and Charles started, along with Jill and others, will be writing rings around today’s writers in the mainstream media as well.

    New Article On Blogs "On Dead Tree"

    Note: I wrote the bulk of this post late last night, before I woke up to the news of the terrorist bombing in London. I've only modified this piece slightly; I apologize if it sounds too exuberant after the news today.

    I have two articles inside the July Nuts & Volts, that are curiously interconnected.

    The first is an update to a piece I wrote for the July 2001 issue of N&V. Back then, I did a piece for N&V on Silicon Valley's Computer History Museum. At the time, it was located in the oddest and funkiest of locations--a Quonset hut on the former US Navy air base at Moffett Field (now controlled by NASA). In early September, I spun that article off into a shorter and slightly less technical version for National Review Online, back when they had their now sorely lamented "NRO Weekend" feature. A new blogger, whose Weblog had only gone up back in late August happened to spot it, which I only found when I did a vanity search on Google. (All writers do Google--and now Technorati vanity search--usually a few times a day...) That blogger? Glenn Reynolds.

    This of course was all in the weeks leading up to 9/11, which would cause literally thousands upon thousands of Weblogs to spring up in response.

    Flash-forward to 2005. Glenn's blog, and Power Line and their "Blog of the Year" sobriquet bestowed by Time magazine are both featured in my new article on Weblogs, along with numerous quotes from multiple interviews I conducted with Hugh Hewitt. The article includes explanations of how that term was derived, how to start a new blog, and what the Long Tail is, and how it benefits new blogs. If you've read the articles I've written for online publications since 2002 on Weblogs, a lot of this will be old hat, but I tried to write the piece as a primer for those coming in cold to the Blogosphere and wondering simultaneously what the heck a Weblog is, how they managed to raise so much hell last year, and how to get in on the fun.

    If you're thinking of starting a blog in light of today's events, it could be a good starting point to get your ideas together before "going live".

    As for the Computer History Museum, they moved into swank new facilities last year, a huge step up from their old Quonset hut days. If you can't make it out to Silicon Valley to visit in person, it's a great primer (at least I think) on the museum, its origin, and some of the rare pieces of computing history that's on display there.

    The Goldberg Variations

    We've gone from Bernard to Jonah, and now back to Bernard this morning, as the second part of Ed Morrissey's interview with Bernard Goldberg is now online.

    We Are The World, We Are The Blogosphere

    Pajama Hadin is your one stop source for all of your Live8 needs. He's got dozens of links to bloggers discussing Bob Geldof's big event, all contained in this post.

    Cat Food Eating Pajama Wearing Extreme Bloggers In Boardroom Bathrooms

    Reading about Garry Trudeau's attack on Bloggers got me thinking about all of the bad press the mainstream media has thrown at the Blogosphere since...well, since before there was a Blogosphere.

    In 1998, a young man (who has since indicated that he hates being called a blogger) burst onto the national scene by the name of Matt Drudge. Here's a little bit of what the mainstream press wrote about Drudge, the first person to gain national recognition as an Internet-based journalist:

    Read More »


    The Blogosphere Never Rests

    Looking for lots of conservative commentary on the Fourth of July? Check out John Hawkins' new Conservative Grapevine, which is a one-stop traffic cop for much of the right side of the Blogosphere.

    The Medium Is The Message

    Nick Stewart (found via Instapundit) has some thoughts on the Doonesbury cartoon that's making the rounds today, which implies that bloggers subsist on a diet of cat food. (Man, I hope that's not what the waiter at the Left Bank served me last night!):

    What we have to realize is that people like Trudeau aren't going to go away, and regardless of how large the readership of a blog gets, the naysayers will assume that it's a fad waiting to die. This applies in a major way to those who fear the growth of blogs, because every dollar spent on advertising in the pages of blogs is another dollars taken away from traditional sources. Trudeau relies on the synidication of his strip in order to make money, as well as the small writing and television ventures he is pursuing. Advertising effects him in a direct way, although the rise of blogging seems to have hit him in more of a personal way than a fiscal way. He talks about how we're "semi-employed losers" who are "too lazy" to get jobs in journalism, which is not only untrue, but completely misses the attributes associated with being a blogger. As bloggers, we retain the ability to have jobs, most of them being pretty good jobs, while divulging our opinions to as many readers we can. We have a form of income that allow us to life comfortably, while taking care of our families, and having some extra time to put together meaningful columns.

    I'll be the first to tell you that by my estimates, only 15 - 20% of bloggers look at blogging as a form of information distribution relevant to local, national, or international news, while the rest use their blogs to post pictures of their family, or talk about their day at school. Some, like myself, use blogs to distribute specialized information. Trudeau creates fiction that mocks reality, not in a funny way, but in a way that makes most turn away with a sour look on their face from the sheer lack of respect [for people of all walks of life] exuded by the comic itself. Trudeau is no better than the so-called artists who pay bums to beat each other within an inch of their lives and then claim it is for "artistic purposes." I'm sure the argument can be waged for an endless number of years as to who holds the moral high ground, and I'm not sure if either medium does, but it's safe to assume that most of us in the blogosphere are not lazy, lacking employment, or filled with enough anger that we can rival Saddam Hussein. The same cannot be said for Gary Trudeau, who seems to take out his anger on whoever he believes will not feel the need to fight back against a comic book character.

    It's fascinating to watch a communications platform attacked over and over during the last three years by people who don't understand the medium, but I guess their definition is fixed by what their first exposure to it was. I'd like to think my understanding of the Blogosphere has changed pretty radically though. I first discovered Weblogs back in the late 1990s, when most of the blogs that I saw were online diaries. As I've written before, during that period (back when broadband finally arrived to my neighborhood), I was reading Virginia Postrel frequently via her link off the Reason site she was then editing, and somewhat less frequently, Mickey Kaus and Andrew Sullivan, but I thought of them as e-zines (a term which undergoing a curious renaissance lately), rather than blogs. It was only right around the time of 9/11, when I started reading Glenn Reynolds' Instapundit blog, which at the time had a prominent Blogger logo, that I began to put two and two together, and it finally dawned on me that Weblogs could be more than just day in the life navel gazing.

    Navel gazing was actually the preferred epithet used for many of the attacks on bloggers by academia and the press shortly after 9/11--because that's what the Blogosphere was still primarily known for. But in the wake of fact checking Trent Lott, John Kerry, Dan Rather, Eason Jordan, the New York Times, Newsweek, Dick Durbin and Brian Williams within an inch of their lives, it's fascinating to watch the still surprisingly clueless mainstream media view all bloggers as lone nut political junkies living in Travis Bickle-style apartments eating Friskies for dinner, rather that as but one subgroup of ten million or so computer users uploading all sorts of disparate stuff, using what is currently the easiest form of online publishing.

    A few months ago, Hugh Hewitt told me that big media has never understood the long tail of the Blogosphere. "And now they've got the tail just eating them, all day, 24/7."

    Tastes better than Fancy Feast.

    What Ever Happened to the Big Media Boogeyman?

    Writing in Tech Central Station, Adam Thierer of the CATO Institute contrasts the late 1990s-era fears of a Big Media Boogeyman with the current malaise of the MSM:

    OK, now let's flash-forward to the present. What a difference a few years makes. Today's headlines about the media industry all scream one consistent message: Traditional media providers and outlets are in big trouble. A recent issue of The Wilson Quarterly featured a cover story / symposium on "The Collapse of Big Media." The Christian Science Monitor recently ran a story entitled, "Newspapers Struggle to Avoid Their Own Obit," which was ironic since the CSM is currently undergoing major changes and is rumored to be considering a switch to an all Internet-based format. In an editorial entitled "Death to the Networks," Broadcasting & Cable magazine posits that several of the traditional TV networks may be extinct within the next few years.

    What has happened over the past few years to lead to such a stunning reversal of fortunes for traditional media? The Age of Scarcity has given way to the Age of Abundance. The code words for our new media environment are customization, personalization, choice, competition, and, above all, abundance. Citizens now enjoy more news and entertainment options than at any other point in American history or human civilization.

    These developments were well underway when the AOL-Time Warner deal and the FCC ownership revisions were announced, but many still feared that the old media giants would just buy up everything in sight and stifle the new forms of competition and choice. That fanciful scenario never developed, of course. Indeed, since the time of AOL-Time Warner, old media operators have done a stunning about-face and engaged in DE-consolidation maneuvers to get back to basics and salvage some value out of deals gone wrong. As a result, beyond the gradual disintegration of AOL-Time Warner, we have seen divestiture moves or spin-off proposals by many large media operators over the past year, including: Viacom, Clear Channel, Disney, Emmis Commnications, Liberty Media, and Cablevision just to name a few.

    In some cases, the "synergies" that many media operators hoped for simply did not develop. In other cases, technological change and the rapid evolution of the media marketplace overtook them and nullified any advantages that might have been gained from the mergers.

    Regardless, this is an example of a well-functioning, dynamic marketplace at work. Media critics seem to think that any merger or acquisition is all just part of some sort of grand conspiracy to destroy democracy or competition, but in the end, things sort themselves out and we end up with an ever-expanding universe of media options at our disposal. Indeed, ask yourself a simple question: Do you have more media options and outlets at your disposal today than you did 5 to 10 years ago?

    Unarguably.

    "Like Baskin-Robbins, We Come In All Flavors"

    Cassandra of Villainous Company explains "Why I Am A South Park Conservative".

    For our interview with South Park Conservatives' author Brian Anderson, click here. For our profile of his book, click here. And for the case against, read Michelle Malkin's piece on whe she isn't a South Park Conservative.

    Best of the Best of the Web

    James Taranto is really on a roll today. Just keep scrolling.

    Further Demassifying The Mass Media

    In our piece on the Internet's Long Tail for Tech Central Station, we quoted a pretty nifty line from Jeff Jarvis about Johnny Carson, who had then recently passed away:

    Carson also represented the golden age of America's shared experience in media. That era lasted about three decades, from the late '50s to the late '80s, when the three networks turned most cities into one-newspaper towns and we all watched the same thing. I don't regret that era dying; it means we now have more choice and choice equals control. But it was a unique time in our culture, when popular culture became a common platform, a common touchstone for Americans. We all got Johnny's jokes.
    Hugh Hewitt writes that the breakup of the mass media-dominated culture is only continuing to accelerate:

    Read More »


    "The U.N. Is So 20th Century"

    When James Lileks begins his syndicated column like this...

    He swore at subordinates. He chased after women, used bad language to underlings, cooked the data to get the results he wanted, and alienated as many people as he attracted. So much for his U.N. ambassadorship, eh? So let's hear no more about giving Bill Clinton that job.
    ...You know he's come to bury the UN--not to praise it. So click on over and read the rest.

    Just Click

    Ed Morrissey has today's must-read post. That his topic hasn't appeared in say, Time, Newsweek, or the New York Times, tells you everything you need to know about why the Blogosphere is flourishing, and the legacy media is, well, the legacy media.

    Update: Morrissey writes:

    Short of ensuring that the Gitmo prisoners belong there and get treated humanely -- three hots and a cot and no abuse -- I couldn't care less about their reading material. If they get Qu'rans, fine. If not, fine. If their Qu'rans get wet, kicked, dropped, laughed at, or ignored, let the military deal with the disciplinary issues, but it isn't newsworthy. Why should we give a damn about it? What happened to our sense of priorities?

    The media and the Leftist establishments such as the ACLU and Amnesty International use crap like this to set up impossible standards of behavior, then pretend that we're no better than our enemies when we fail to perfectly meet them. That's why AI used the "gulag" comparison earlier this week, and why Michael Isikoff and Newsweek decided to break the story that rampant abuse of printed material occurred at Gitmo. It's a deliberate attempt to undermine support for a war they don't like, and pathetically, Americans seem to have fallen for the hype.

    There could be a pretty nifty opportunity awaiting a politician or other prominent figure who wanted to point out to the media that their hyping of Koran abuse stories is hypocrisy squared.

    In other words, it's hypocrisy that hasn't been seen on this level since the left and the media (sorry to repeat myself) turned on a dime from claiming that Clarence Thomas trying to hit on Anita Hill was a Crime Against Humanity, but all of the charges that emanated from Bill Clinton's trousers was just between consenting adults.

    If the media wants to claim that defacing the Koran in a POW camp full of captured terrorists is the crime of the century, then it needs to follow its own logic to its natural conclusion: no more claiming that "art" such as Piss Christ is a bold artistic statement. No more episodes like this on Law & Order and other TV shows, unless they're roundly condemned by the press. An article such as Rod Dreher's "The Godless Party" should be a multi-part investigative feature in the New York Times. There should be regular articles condemning the attacks of the ACLU against religious Christians or Christmas celebrations.

    Because without a similar tone to coverage of religion in the US, Koran abuse stories at Gitmo looks exactly like it is: grandstanding hypocrisy of the worst order.

    So how 'bout it, MSM? We now know how ardently you'll defend a religion which is practiced by about three million Americans according to Daniel Pipes, and roughly double that from other sources. Ready to start defending the Judeo-Christian faiths practiced by--or at a bare minimum, respected by--the other 290 million people in this country?

    No? Then your vaunted claims of neutrality should require to step back a bit--maybe a couple of hundred miles--from hyping this story.

    Update: Ed Morrissey also mentions that Sen. Tom Harkin (D-Iowa) has been going on Air America to refer to Christian broadcasters as "sort of our home-grown Taliban," adding, "They have a direct line to God. And if you don't tune into their line, you're obviously on Satan's line."

    As I said above, if the media expects its claims of Koran abuse to be taken seriously by the American public, anti-Christian rhetoric such as Harkin's (and that of numerous other leftwing politicians) should also be equally strenuously condemned. That it's not speaks volumes of the media's duplicity.

    Very Late Update (10/9/05): Welcome Instapundit readers; more on this topic, here.

    Advice To Future Woodsteins

    James Lileks writes that he recently attented a party along with the parents of his daughter's classmates when the subject of J-school came up:

    One mom was talking about trying to get a niece to attend the U of W at Madison. What field of study? I inquired. Journalism.

    Oh. Hmm. Well – what sort? Print? You know, I’d advise against it. Better to take English classes, learn how to write, then write a lot. It’s not a profession that requires four years of college, let alone a master’s degree.

    They looked at me with a certain amount of amused confusion, so I said, apologetically, that was I was actually in the business, and degrees mattered less than clips and skill. J-school taught you how to teach J-school. How to go to think tanks and peer down your nose at the messy scrum of daily papers. Not to say it was a waste of time, heavens no. But journalism per se can be mastered quite quickly, and if it can’t, you don’t have it. If you regard “journalism” to mean “colorful writing that yearns to be recognized by awards committees for its sensitive yet tough portrayal of the life of a 14 year old meth addict,” then English is still the way to go. I look back at the classic papers of the 30s in this town, and marvel; the authors weren’t college men, I suspect, but had the requisite instincts and judgments to make the front page irresistible. You can hone judgment, but you can’t teach instinct. The first question in any J-school application ought to be “do you want to change the world?” And anyone who answers yes gets kindly turned away. Your job is to describe the way the world changes. Not pretend you’re there to nudge it along towards utopia.

    Don't immanentize the eschaton is especially useful advice for journalists, budding or otherwise.

    Original Blog Reporting

    Glenn Reynolds has long stressed the importance of carrying a digital camera whenever possible for blogs to do their own original reporting.

    Now it all makes sense...

    (Via Willisms.com, which is having a "Carnival Of Classiness" that's well worth perusing.)

    Mo Better Blogs: Homemade News Hits The Road With "Moblogs"

    Paul Thomasch of Reuters looks at moblogs, short for mobile weblogs:

    Cranking out a column after a presidential debate or publishing a prize-worthy photo of the next catastrophe just got a whole lot easier -- no matter where or who you are.

    Google, Yahoo, Microsoft and others have started to offer simple-to-use tools that let anybody with a digital camera or personal computer create blogs and produce homemade news.

    When twinned with new technology like camera phones and handheld computers, it's now possible to publish pictures or jot notes from anywhere: the street, a beach, a restaurant. Seconds later the information is posted to a Website for the world to read -- and suddenly you've got a mobile web blog, or moblog.

    "Text messaging and camera phone have put two powerful storytelling tools in the hands of millions of potential correspondents around the world," Robert Niles, editor of the Online Journalism Review at University of Southern California's journalism school, said in an e-mail exchange.

    "So it is now inevitable that when something newsworthy happens in public, someone will be there to document that event online instantly."

    The recent tsunami in South Asia gave evidence of moblogs' power and widespread use. Shortly after it struck, dispatches began appearing on blogs, often beating mainstream media to the unfolding story. One such blog was Waveofdestruction.org, created by Australian Geoffrey Huntley and made up of video and photos taken at the scene.

    Naturally, this being Reuters, there's no mention in the piece of Glenn Reyolds or Pajamas Media, each of whom has been looking to make laptops, digital cameras and camcorders the centerpiece of one man reporting.

    Who's Side Are They On?

    Roger Kimball has a must-read post at The New Criterion's "Armavirumque" blog, found via Glenn Reynolds, who also some thoughts well worth reading on the future of big media.

    Meanwhile, John Hinderaker of Power Line writes:

    This is just unbelievable. Newsweek publishes a false report libelling the U.S. military, which contributes to riots and fatalities abroad, and, in the eyes of American journalists, who are the villains? The Bush administration, the military, and--how bizarre is this?--Pat Robertson. I guess he's a villain for all occasions.

    At some point, if I were running the administration, I would re-think whether it makes any sense to continue being polite and cooperative toward reporters.

    I dunno--the tone of the Nixon Administration towards reporters was to be pugilistic (remember Spiro Agnew's "Nattering Nabobs" speech? You can also watch the footage of Nixon's press secretary Ron Ziegler in action in All The President's Men. In contrast the Bush administration "being polite and cooperative toward reporters", to borrow John's phrase, has led to the New York Times, the L.A. Times, CBS, CNN and now Newsweek being driven absolutely crazy --and consequently, one by one having large swatches of their credibility demolished (with a little--well, a lot--of help from the Blogosphere).

    It's a strategy that's been paying off handsomely by both a presidential administration that knows how to handle the press, and a press that's so full of hatred, they largely consider themselves at war with the president and his voters.

    Update: It's a strategy that couldn't have worked without "the new, new media", including blogs, talk radio, and e-zines such as National Review Online and Tech Central Station. Speaking of which, in his Tech Central Station column, Glenn Reynolds believes that they've caused "old media" to reach the proverbial tipping point.

    Tomorrow's Headlines Today

    Sam Jaffe (who I assume is not related to Ben Casey's sage mentor) looks at four under-reported stories, which may be bubbling up sooner than you think.

    His thoughts on GM are particularly interesting.

    Good Blogging Advice

    Thinking of starting a blog? (No? Well, why the heck not, everyone else either has or will!) If so, John Hawkins has some excellent advice that you could save you a considerable amount of time and headaches.

    To paraphase one of the sayings of that kindly old Buddhist philospher, Judge Reinhold in Fast Times At Ridgemont High: Learn them. Know them. Live them.

    Update: Here's more very good advice.

    Pot Meets Kettle Department

    The New York Times, with 70 years of reporting bookended by Walter Duranty on one end and Jayson Blair on the other, with this statement by its publisher, "Pinch" Sulzberger sandwiched in the middle...

    One day, the elder Sulzberger asked his son what Pinch calls, "the dumbest question I've ever heard in my life." If an American soldier runs into a North Vietnamese soldier, which would you like to see get shot? Young Arthur answered, "I would want to see the American get shot. It's the other guy's country."
    ...is lecturing the Blogosphere on ethics.

    As the Professor writes:

    the use of ethics establishments as smokescreens [often conceals] deeper institutional problems. I think that most of the late-twentieth-century ethics apparatus, and certainly much of the journalistic ethics apparatus, falls into that category. But competition is coming, and the Times is already starting to feel a touch of discipline. Which I suspect is what motivated [Times reporter Andy Cohen's] column to begin with. . .
    Exactly.

    Update: This item, posted today on Power Line about the filibuster battle is actually about a disengenous Washington Post article, not something in the New York Times, but it underscores exactly what the Times is afraid of: its reporting and analysis (or lack thereof) being open to examination and (if necessary) ridicule in the general public. That's why Matt Drudge took such a beating from traditional journalists when he opened the door to one-man journalistic Websites in the mid-1990s, and with the coming of seven million or so Weblogs for the general public to chose from, the Times is all the more worried.

    The Blair Spot

    Jim Geraghty, who runs National Review Online's "TKS" Blog is your one-stop source for British election coverage. Just keep scrolling.

    (He clearly has faultless taste in his links, by the way.)

    Update: Speaking of the British elections, this comment by Max Boot in the L.A. Times about the Tories makes perfect sense on both sides of the Atlantic.

    Po-Jama People

    I've signed onboard with the new Pajamas Media consortium you've probably already heard about from Roger L. Simon or Glenn Reynolds. It will be interesting to see what comes of this--especially since it was founded by the Blogosphere's equivalent of household names, including (see if you can spot them by their first names alone) Glenn, Roger, Charles, and Hugh.

    But Jonah Goldberg has reservations, in a column in the (also rather new) DC Examiner:

    Read More »


    Hey, We're Site of the Day!

    We're "Site of the Day" today at John Hawkins' Right Wing News. Thanks!

    Welcome to RWN readers--be sure to look around, there's lots of content here, including offsite links to some of our longer articles and essays.

    The Peasants Are Revolting--Against Media Bias

    Tom Bevan of RealClearPolitics looks at Brian Anderson's South Park Conservatives, in an article titled, "The Revolt Against Liberal Media Bias".

    As he says, Brian Anderson has been a busy man promoting his book--and links to our interview and Tech Central Station profile, amongst the many other interviews Brian's done--to prove it. I think this passage is key:

    What's more, the string of publicity for South Park Conservatives isn't likely to stop any time soon. Anderson says he's working through several more Q&A's with bloggers and that there's "no end in sight" to the schedule of talk radio interviews.

    This is all as it should be, because Anderson is now living proof of one of the central arguments of his book: conservatives today are able to reach the public in much greater numbers than ever before thanks to the growth of "new media" outlets like talk radio, Fox News, right-leaning book publishers and the blogosphere.

    After an appearance last week on The O'Reilly Factor (now the top rated show in all of cable news) sent the book zooming up to number seven on Amazon.com's non-fiction best-seller list, South Park Conservatives currently sits at number twenty-nine and is in the top 150 titles carried by Amazon overall.

    Pretty impressive numbers, given that South Park Conservatives has received close to zero attention in traditional "mainstream" media outlets - notwithstanding Frank Rich's rather fatuous critique in The New York Times the other day.

    The reality is that ten years ago Anderson's book probably wouldn't have been published at all. If by some chance South Park Conservatives had made it into print back then, given the ossified structure of the liberal-leaning media establishment the chances of anyone hearing about the book were close to nil.

    I think that's exactly right. In promoting his book, Brian was able to benefit from the Long Tail of Weblogs and Websites, versus what Alvin Toffler would call the Second Wave mass media model of three TV networks, one newspaper per big city and a handful of big publishers.

    Lighten Up, Matt

    Dave Johnston catches Matt Drudge dissing Weblogs. Of course, it's not the first time that that's happened, but I'm not sure why Matt (whose pioneering work we've long been big fans of) is so upset about his site being labeled anything:

    They tried calling it “Me-Zine” before, that was the word they were going to do, which also was offensive, as if the editors of the papers don’t make their own decisions and it’s their own version of a Me-Zine, as if Bill Keller doesn’t make the decision what is on the front page - that’s HIS Me-Zine.

    I just don’t like these negative terms. They’re individuals on the internet, living out their dreams.

    Too a certain extent, it reminds me of what Tom Wolfe once dubbed "the ever-clever Fielding dodge", but whereas 18th century author Henry Fielding didn't want books like Tom Jones being associated with novels (then considered strictly a low rent media), Matt doesn't want to be labeled at all, saying, "This new medium to me is too important to start maginalizing non-corporate people on the internet."

    I dunno--Power Line certainly didn't sound too upset when Time magazine labeled them "Blog of the Year" last year. Maybe it helps to soften the blow to consider that the Long Tail of the Blogosphere has more consumers than virtually all individual big media outlets.

    Decline And Fall

    This weekend marks the 30th anniversary of the fall of Saigon, when the last American personel were helicoptered off the roof of the American Embassy. "Within three years" of our evacuation, David Horowitz wrote this past December, "the Communist victors had slaughtered two-and-a-half million peasants in the Indochinese peninsula".

    What led to that bloodshed? A Democratically-controlled Congress dominated by the Class of '72, and a liberal media.

    More Horowitz:

    Read More »


    Hammertime

    Betsy Newmark says that Brian Lamb will be interviewing the great Charles Krauthammer on C-Span's Q&A tonight at 8:00 PM EST. Set your VCR TiVo.

    Eric Cartman Meets The Fairness Doctrine

    In his latest Wall Street Journal "Wonder Land" column, Daniel Henninger combines a look at Brian Anderson's South Park Conservatives and a look back at how the Fairness Doctrine and its repeal shaped the last 50 years of politics:

    Read More »


    So I Say Welcome; Welcome To The Boomtown

    Reuters reports that Internet ad revenues are surpassing dotcom boom levels:

    U.S. Internet advertising surged 33 percent in 2004 to a record $9.6 billion, surpassing levels seen during the early Web boom, and will grow at a similar rate in 2005, according to data released on Thursday.

    The figures bolster reports from individual advertisers who say they are moving more of their marketing budgets online as consumers devote more time to the Internet and fewer hours to television and other media.

    The data also underscores breakaway earnings results for major Internet media companies and search engines like Yahoo Inc. and Google Inc., as well as the digital divisions of traditional media companies like the New York Times Co.

    "Interactive advertising has clearly become a mainstream medium and one that can no longer be ignored," said Greg Stuart, president of the Interactive Advertising Bureau (IAB).

    Of course, history has already decided that the late 1990s will be remembered as the Internet's boom period, even though ad revenues are growing at a faster rate now then they were back then.

    And that trend is not likely to change for the forseeable future: the Internet's demographics have to be far more appealing to media buyers than television, whose viewing demographic is only going to become greyer and greyer.

    Google To Buy L.A. Times?

    Well, probably not. But Mickey Kaus observes an L.A. Times columnist suggesting that Google or Yahoo--or maybe Google and Yahoo--pony up $15 billion to purchase the badly listing west coast representative of the legacy media.

    Mickey lists numerous reasons why that would be a very bad investment for an Internet portal. And, of course, it seems unnecessary to make this prophecy come true.

    George Meets The Blogosphere

    Remember George magazine? The celebrities meet politics magazine that made a huge splash, lasted a couple of years, and then quietly died? Jim Geraghty says that Arianna Huffington's new "celebrity collective blogging" venture "has 'Tina Brown's Talk magazine' or 'John F. Kennedy Jr.'s George magazine' written all over it--and he's preparing to "savor the impending schadenfreude":

    Let me offer a theory on why blogs took off: Many of the best were written by folks who were either A) professional writers who wanted to write in a non-article or column form (Mickey Kaus, Andrew Sullivan, the Corner gang) B) lawyers/law professors who are used to persuading the public (the Powerline guys, Glenn Reynolds, Volokh, Hugh Hewitt) or C) interesting people who happen to be insightful/funny/great writers (Steven Den Beste, Stephen Green, Amy Welborn).

    You notice few of those folks are celebrities in their own right — or at least, they don't already have a format to offer their thoughts/analysis/reporting on a regular basis.

    If I want to know what Walter Cronkite thinks, sooner or later some journalism magazine will ask him. Warren Beatty, the millionaire who endorses socialism, can tell me what he thinks in movies or in one of his endless glossy magazine profiles. David Mamet gets whole plays to tell the world what he thinks.

    Attention, Arianna: We already know what celebrities think. They're telling us all the time. Large chunks of the mainstream media are devoted to telling us the latest political and philosophical breakthroughs they want to share with the world. I suspect people turn to blogs because they want something different.

    This project, in short, adds to an already huge supply, in a market for which the demand is limited... perhaps exhausted.

    Of course, they can always fall back on this idea if they're looking for additional publicity.

    For Every Action a Reaction

    As we wrote last week, the audience of America's "legacy media" is definitely getting greyer--just check all the ads for Geritol, Depends, Fix-O-Dent, Viagra, Levitra, et al. It's not your father's TV news--it's more like your grandfather's.

    Where are the younger viewers going? Right here. Well, not all of them to us of course--but to the Internet as a whole:

    Read More »


    Friendly Faces Everywhere

    One more for the road: Orrin Judd interviews Brian Anderson about South Park Conservatives.

    (Found, logically enough, via the Brothers Judd.)

    Update: Power Line also has an interview with Brian. And just to be a completist, click here for ours.

    Another Update: Power Line's interview with Anderson is concluded here.

    Advantage: Ed!

    Last week, I went with my first thoughts on the Ann Coulter cover controversy and thought that she and Matt Drudge were trying to crank up the hype machine just a little too much:

    Matt Drudge and Ann Coulter's attempt to create some sort of controversy over the choice of lens used by Time's photographer to shoot Ann for the Time cover this week seems awfully silly to me.

    * * *

    I'm all for pointing out errors and lies and bias coming from the mainstream media, but this seems like trying to hype a pretty minor issue to me.

    Today, Howard Kurtz writes:
    Drudge later zinged Time by quoting his friend Coulter as saying her cover photo -- in which her legs took up half the page -- was distorted. But Executive Editor Priscilla Painton says Coulter went through the photographer's portfolio in advance: "She has great looks. She has great legs. She has great ankles. All of that was on full display on the cover. Lots of women would kill for that kind of display."
    I know full well that conservatives have taken lots of potshots from the legacy media--including unflattering photos. But that Time cover didn't seem like one of them.

    Peter Tork Joins The Partridge Family!

    Mark Steyn says goodbye, as only he can, to Jumpin' Jim Jeffords with a flashback to 2001:

    ‘Jim’s a rock star now!’ raved one local politician of the decaff-latte persuasion as Senator Jeffords (R. -- wait a minute, D. -- no, for the moment, allegedly I-Vt.) brushed past and a cheering throng swept us into the packed lobby of the Radisson Hotel (ah, the charms of small-town Vermont country inns). Jim, who normally looks as if someone’s twisting a pineapple up his bottom, seemed eerily relaxed, enjoying his new-found eminence as the world’s most famous obscure senator.

    But I don’t think he’s a rock star. He’s more Peter Tork from the Monkees, if you can imagine Peter flouncing off in a huff and joining the Partridge Family. Just over a week ago, Jim Jeffords was an amiable goof, whose three-decade ‘Republican’ voting record read like a guy who’s holding the road map upside down – he voted against Reagan’s tax cut but for Hillary’s health plan, against Clarence Thomas but for partial-birth abortion. This is what we in the media call ‘a force for moderation’. But it took a most immoderate act to secure Jim his place in history: in quitting his party, he’s ended the GOP’s hold on America’s longest continuously held Senate seat – Republican for 140 years. Better yet, he’s brought a dash of Westminster horse-trading, a touch of Italian coalition politics to Washington: for the first time in US history, control of the Senate is passing from one party to another without anything so tiresome as an election.

    Read the rest, here.

    Don't Try This At Home, Kids

    On the tenth anniversary of the Oklahoma City bombing, Mark Steyn flashes back to his original Spectator column on the subject.

    Purely coincidentally, Steyn was in Oklahoma at the time, and weaves together coverage of a flop play opening waaay off-Broadway (JFK: The Musical!) with the bombing of Alfred P. Murrah Federal Building. Through the sheer force of his writing chops, he makes the two disparate stories work remarkably well together.

    Update: Speaking of nifty writing chops, James Lileks is in rare form, as he blends thoughts on a new Pope, the tenth anniversary of the Oklahoma bombing...and Scooby Doo Go-Gurt. This line is especially nice:

    To those who want profound change, consider an outsider’s perspective: the Catholic Church is the National Review of religion. You may live long enough to see it become the Weekly Standard. In your dreams it might become the New Republic. But it’s never going to be the Nation. And if ever it does, it will have roughly the same subscriber base.
    Just click for the rest.

    Gotta Give Credit, Redux

    Earlier today, we praised Sam Donaldson for having the courage to admit that nightly network TV news was in big trouble if it remained in its current form.

    Those daring bloggers in pajamas jodhpurs, Power Line, have reprinted an industry article written by one of the seemingly few newspapermen who understand that big media is in the midst of a technology-driven sea change. He's Phil Boas, deputy editorial page editor at The Arizona Republic:

    Here’s what newspaper editors and writers should know about this new Internet phenomenon. Bloggers don’t have much respect for you. You are the "legacy media," the MSM. You’re the Roman Catholic Church to their Martin Luther and his new high-speed cable modem. To Hugh Hewitt (hughhewitt.com), the blogosphere’s leading cheerleader and one of its most polished practitioners, you are Stalingrad in 1944. Your institutions are hollowed out and your walls are scorched.

    But of course, Stalingrad held, didn’t it. And that gets me to the second definition of bloggers. They are your light in the tunnel. The newspaper industry has known for a long time that eventually wood pulp would give way to microprocessors. That long-awaited paradigm shift now seems imminent. We may very soon be predominately an electronic medium and that has many print executives on edge.

    Newspapers have enjoyed some of the biggest profit margins of any industry for decades and it is unclear if those can hold in a Web-based environment. Moreover, when you no longer need the millions of dollars in capital, the multi-million dollar press, the network of delivery people fanning out across the land, to start a newspaper, the door opens to competition.

    If great gobs of capital will no longer separate you from that competition, what will? Information. Or rather, the quality of your information.

    We are headed to the Web in a big way and our readers, especially our most engaged readers – the bloggers - are going with us. They are giving us a taste now of what our new environment will be like. They will challenge and cajole us to confront our biases and our mistakes. And if we don’t confront them, they’ll clean our clocks.

    They’ll be our competitors and our colleagues and they’ll force us to dig deeper into issues, think harder about them. They’ll show us how to coalesce expertise on a breaking story and drill deeper for the more complete truth. They’re already teaching us today how to own up to our mistakes. You don’t stonewall, as Dan Rather did. You fess up immediately and with full transparency. There’s a lot of garbage on the blogosphere, but there is a high tier where the product is superior and is drawing mass readership. On those blogs, correcting error is part of the culture.

    Read the rest--this man gets it.

    The O'Cartman Factor

    Bill O'Reilly meets South Park Conservatives.

    Terrance and Phillip could not be reached for comment.

    (Via PoliPundit.)

    Donaldson Declares Network News Dead

    Gotta give Sam Donaldson credit for seeing the obvious and not sticking his head in the sand. A Broadcasting & Cable article begins:

    Read More »


    Advantage: Anderson

    In his interview with me about South Park Conservatives, Brian Anderson said:

    Where the Right does still come up short in the news media is in its resources to report. The elite media have the power to send out squadrons of reporters to investigate, say, Tom Delay but not Kofi Annan and UN corruption, and that can still shape the public's perception of what's newsworthy, still can provide a narrative to the flux of events and issues.

    That's why Fox News has been so influential--and so despised and feared by many liberals. As the conservative media critic Tim Graham put it to me, Fox arrived as a major professional news organization with the capacity to define the news as something other than what the elite consensus says it is. So the Swift Boat Veterans' charges deserved investigation; so Richard Clarke's conflicting views on the Bush administration's approach to fighting terror were relevant to assessing his credibility; so the troubles with our efforts in Iraq needed to be balanced against the real successes. Before Fox, nothing like this existed.

    In the Washington Post, William Raspberry backhandedly confirms Anderson's take:
    The in-your-face right-wing partisanship that marks Fox News Channel's news broadcasts is having two dangerous effects.

    The first is that the popularity of the approach -- Fox is clobbering its direct competition (CNN, CNBC, MSNBC, etc.) -- leads other cable broadcasters to mimic it, which in turn debases the quality of the news available to that segment of the TV audience.

    The second, far more dangerous, effect is that it threatens to destroy public confidence in all news.

    The latter, I admit, is more fear than prediction, but let me tell you what produces that fear. Fox News Channel -- though the people who run the operation are at great pains to insist otherwise -- is deliberately partisan.

    Orrin Judd amends Raspberry's last sentence:
    He means openly, not deliberately. People trust Fox more precisely because it announces its biases--like thinking America should prevail in the war or that Palestinian bombers are terrorists--than they do the MSM outlets that pretend they're nonpartisan, lying either to themselves, to us, or both.
    As Jonah Goldberg wrote last May:
    Fox News offers a lesson here. I know the network's detractors think it's a right-wing propaganda factory. And, I certainly agree that much of Fox's programming is conservative (though liberals' sudden concern with ideologically loaded coverage is ironic). But at least one of the things that has made Fox News successful isn't that it's right-wing, it is that it's populist.

    This is an important distinction. From the beginning, Fox anchors weren't ashamed to wear American flags on their lapels. They aren't afraid to refer to American troops as "our brave fighting men and women" or some such. They aren't terrified that they will lose their objectivity merit badges if they sound like they hope America wins.

    If Fox goes overboard sometimes, it's only compared to a new standard Ernie Pyle wouldn't recognize.

    Of course, especially after last year's election coverage, and after 9/11, Raspberry must be one of the few newsmen left who hasn't gotten the memo that it's OK for journalists to admit that everyone's biased in one way or another.

    Update: Betsy Newmark also has some thoughts:

    How could [Raspberry] be so dense as not to recognize that FNC is succeeding because there already was that perception among many, many people. Those same people, who distrust the Times and Post, also read blogs. They would be doing so, even without Fox. The distrust existed before Fox came along, before Rush came along. Now, those people who are conservative and don’t have faith in the mainstream media have somewhere else to get their news. Sure, it’s slanted news. But don’t blame FNC for the distrust. Really, I can’t understand how Raspberry would be so obtuse to confuse cause and effect. Doesn’t he remember the appeal of Spiro Agnew’s diatribes against the media? Doesn’t he remember the bumper stickers from the 1992 election, “Annoy the Media. Reelect Bush”? This isn’t a chicken and egg conundrum. It’s quite clear which came first. People have been distrustful of the MSM for decades. Finally, some clever people have found a way to tap into that feeling.
    As I wrote in my Tech Central Station piece last week, I think it was Charles Krauthammer who wrote that Rupert Murdoch somehow stumbled across a niche market in America that felt it wasn't being served properly by the then-existing media--half the country.

    Trackback Pings: Enjoy Them While They Last

    As Ed Morrissey writes, enjoy trackbacks while they last, because it sounds like spammers' abuse of the trackbacks are killing them for everyone. As I wrote in a comment on Ed's site:

    A few months ago, I watched my site get hit with (literally) several hundred spammed trackbacks one night from some sort of Texas Hold'em Poker site. In response, I emailed Stacy Tabb, and she installed MT-Blacklist, and the ability to close trackbacks after a set period of time. The two seem to do a pretty good job of reducing the amount of spam-trackbacks I get, while still allowing legit blogs to trackback to recent posts.

    I've found several worthy, if lesser-known blogs via trackbacks, and I'll click on a trackback ping if the headline or blog name sounds interesting. But I'm verry sorry to see spam artists help to slowly kill a pretty unique feature of the Blogosphere.

    Power Line, Time magazine's debut "Blog of the Year", discontinued their trackbacks for that very reason.

    Bigger. Longer. Uncut.

    Whenever I'm writing for the Web, space is typically not an issue for articles. This is different from magazine writing, where normally, a word count is pre-assigned by the editor, because the article has to fit on a certain number of 8.5" by 11" pages, in-between space blocked out for artwork and ads. But while space is not a critical factor on the 'Net, one of the paradoxes of Internet journalism is that Web-based articles are often shorter than magazine pieces, because, ideally, most articles should be able to be absorbed in a single sitting by a reader staring at a monitor, as opposed to holding a paper magazine that can be read on the commute home from work, put down, picked up at a later date, etc.

    When I interviewed Brian Anderson about his South Park Conservatives book for Tech Central Station, he preferred that it be conducted via email, rather than over the phone as I often do. That was fine with me--I can understand that a professional writer is likely to communicate in more detail and more precisely by typing rather than talking. (Lord knows I do.) But after I wrote the article for TCS, there was far more of my interview with Brian remaining "on the cutting room floor" than normal.

    Brian asked if I'd consider running the actual interview. I kicked it around for a while and thought, sure, why not? So in the spirit of the South Park movie, whose tagline was "Bigger, Longer & Uncut" here's my interview with Brian Anderson in toto:

    Read More »


    Long Tail Marketing In Action

    In his review of Brian Anderson's South Park Conservatives, Orrin Judd wrote:

    A couple years ago he was one of the first editors to contact us and suggest that we blog about stories from his fine publication, City Journal. This struck us then as a very smart use of a relatively new instrumentality to create buzz for a magazine that deserved it. That there are still major newspapers and other publications that haven't figured out the benefits they could reap from having folks steer readers to them for free only makes Mr. Anderson seem further ahead of the curve.
    In South Park Conservatives, Anderson namedrops numerous bloggers and conservative journalists pretty liberally: in addition to myself, Glenn's listed, Orrin's listed, Andrew Sullivan is listed, Jonah Goldberg is listed, Josh Clayborn, and numerous others.

    It's a pretty smart example of marketing to the Long Tail: those writers will draft some thoughts about the book or at least reference that they're mentioned in it; others will link to their blogs or online columns, others will blog about those blogs linking to the original posts, and so on.

    When I asked him about the Long Tail, Hugh Hewitt told me:

    "I would rather have 90 percent of the blogs and none of those top ten percent bloggers writing about my book, than I would have all of the top ten percent and none of the 90 percent doing so.

    "Because the 90 percent of the tail operate in very high trust environments: they're read by their brother in law, they're read by their neighbors, their friends in church, their friends at work. If they say, 'hey you ought to read this book', it'll sell a lot of books!"

    If Anderson's book does well, hopefully more authors will start to pick up on the Blogosphere as a marketing tool.

    Goin' Down To South Park, Gonna Have Myself a Time!

    My review of Brian Anderson's South Park Conservatives is online at Tech Central Station, complete with extensive quotes from my recent interview with Brian.

    Kenny was not harmed in the writing of the article.

    Ample Parking Day or Night

    Orrin Judd reviews Brian Anderson's South Park Conservatives.

    Watch for our take as well, shortly.

    C'Mon--Who Among Us Hasn't...

    In his latest syndicated Newhouse column, James Lileks begins with a rhetorical question:

    Please. C'mon. Who among us hasn't shoved classified documents into his pants and jacket by accident? It happens.

    You're reviewing some notes -- OK, classified notes, but it's not like they're the secret formula for Coke or anything. Somehow they get in your clothing. Maybe you're the sort of person who's always putting things in your pants, and every night you empty out the contents -- a gallon of milk, some lawn statuary, some D-cell batteries, one shoe, loose rosary beads. And hey, what's this? Dang: classified documents.

    Well, better do the right thing, and return them. But somehow they get cut up and thrown away. You're bad. But it's not like you were intending to sell them to the Chinese, or worse, Fox News.

    Should you get sent to the Martha Stewart Memorial Wing of the White Collar Timeout Complex? Not if you're that lovable rapscallion, Sandy Berger, who has admitted that those classified papers didn't leap unaided into his wardrobe.

    His verdict: a $10,000 fine and a three-year suspension of his security clearance. Just in time for 2008, when he could be President Hillary's secretary of -- now what was the name of that office? He wrote it down somewhere. Must be in his other pants.

    When the story first broke, Bill Clinton himself found it risible: Why, that's just Sandy, always a pack rat; once we found him, yelling for help, buried under 200 pounds of documents he'd carted off from the Folger Library.

    Professional chameleon David Gergen suspected the story of Berger's crime was released to draw attention away from the 9/11 commission report. (Apparently Karl Rove made Berger walk off with documents months in advance just to set up the diversion.) No harm, no foul -- the real crime was 40 million uninsured caribou in the Arctic National Wildlife Refuge etc.

    Read the rest--and then check for hidden documents inside your 501s or Ralph Lauren khakis.

    Trickle Down News

    Earlier today, we linked to an article in the Australian, which is just now getting around to noticing that Al Qaeda's recruiting drive isn't exactly signing up the poorest of the poor in their efforts to destroy Western Civilization. This has been fairly common knowledge in the Blogosphere since not all that long after 9/11.

    Also today, Orrin Judd links to this Christian Science Monitor piece, which includes this passage:

    I well remember the foreign-policy conservatives of the 1930s and early 1940s. They were called "isolationists" and charged - often angrily - that President Roosevelt was wrongly pulling the US into the war in Europe. But this isolationist resistance ended suddenly with Pearl Harbor.

    The country seemed to come together behind Bush after the Sept. 11, 2001, attack. But the Democrats never could accept the idea of democracy being spread in a forceful way by the US. So the policy difference grew: The conservative Democrats vs. the liberal Republicans. That's relatively speaking, of course, but still very real.

    Conservative Democrats vs. liberal Republicans--say, where have I heard that before?

    Welcome to the Blogosphere fellows, where it's always 15 minutes into the mainstream media's future.

    Update: Somewhat related thoughts, from Fred Barnes:

    Read More »


    Just Click

    Mark Steyn brings his A-game to make much sport of the media's latest call for an impending crack-up of the GOP due to their support for Terri Schiavo:

    Blog maestro Andrew Sullivan decided that America was witnessing a "conservative crack-up" over Terri Schiavo and the embrace of her cause by extreme right wing fundamentalist theocrat zealots like, er, Jesse Jackson and Ralph Nader. Sullivan was last predicting a "conservative crack-up" during the impeachment era, on the grounds (if I recall correctly) that Republican moralizing would dramatically cut into Strom Thurmond's share of the gay vote. In the '90s, the Weekly Standard ran innumerable special editions devoted to the subject: Conservative Crack-Up; Conservative Crack-Up 2; Conservative Crack-Up -- The Musical; Abbott And Costello Meet The Conservative Crack-Up; Conservative Crack-Up On Elm Street; Four Weddings And A Conservative Crack-Up; Rod Stewart Sings Timeless Favorites From The Great Conservative Crack-Up, etc.

    The point to bear in mind when Hollywood producers, State Department diplomats, respected senators, gay mavericks, the New York Times and the rest of the media offer conservatives advice is a simple one: As that great self-esteem volume has it, He's Really Not That Into You. The preferred media Republican is an amiable loser: the ne plus ultra of GOP candidates was the late Fred Tuttle, the lame, wizened idiot dairy farmer put up for a joke against Sen. Patrick Leahy in Vermont. But, if they can't get that lucky, the media will gladly take a Bob Dole type, a decent old no-hoper who goes down to predictable defeat and gets rave reviews for being such a good loser. Republicans could well run into trouble in 2006 and 2008, but for being insufficiently conservative on things like immigration rather than for anything the media claim they're cracking up over.

    The notion, for example, that poor Terri Schiavo will cost Republicans votes in a year and a half's time is ludicrous. The best distillation of the pro-Schiavo case was made by James Lileks, the bard of Minnesota, responding to the provocateur Christopher Hitchens' dismissal of her as a "non-human entity." "It is not wise," wrote Lileks, "to call people dead before they are actually, well, dead. You can be 'as good as dead' or 'brain dead' or 'close to death,' but if the heart beats and the chest rises, I think we should balk at saying this constitutes dead, period."

    Read the rest.

    Incidentally, many of the calls for a conservative crack-up were due to polls released by the media which show that the majority of the American public were for Schiavo being euthanized. Lori Byrd reminds us to take those polls with a grain of salt.

    Hugh Hewitt (via Impacted Wisdom Truth) also has some related thoughts.

    Update Speaking of poll numbers, President Bush's approval rating is currently at 51 percent. Doesn't sound like he's alienated the public with his handling of the Schiavo case.

    Only The Wrong Survive

    Unlike the Grey Lady, Power Line looks at Senator Robert Byrd with a gimlet eye:

    The New York Times features a predictably fawning profile of former Ku Klux Klan Kleagle and current West Virginia Senator Robert Byrd: "A master of Senate's ways is still parrying in his twilight." By contrast with its coverage of the Pope's death, the Times had no problem finding quotes from supporters of Senator Byrd before press time.

    Robert Byrd is indeed a valuable link not only to the Senate's past, but also to the Democratic Party's history as the party of slavery, segregation, and opposition to equal treatment of blacks. Times reporter Sheryl Stolberg obviously loves Byrd's cornpone constitutional shitck in favor of filibustering a Republican president's judicial appointees. It's a shame that Stolberg exerted no effort to put Byrd's shtick in the context it merits.

    Byrd is old enough, for example, to have vowed memorably regarding the integration of the Armed Forces by President Truman that he would never fight "with a Negro by my side. Rather I should die a thousand times, and see Old Glory trampled in the dirt never to rise again, than to see this beloved land of ours become degraded by race mongrels, a throwback to the blackest specimen from the wilds."

    Even after his resignation from the Klan, Byrd continued to hold it in high esteem, writing to the Klan's Imperial Wizard in 1946: "The Klan is needed today as never before and I am anxious to see its rebirth here in West Virginia."

    And Byrd is old enough to have participated in filibustering the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as well as to have voted against it after cloture along with 19 other Democrats -- in the name of the Constitution, of course. Funny Stolberg didn't invite Byrd to take a walk down memory lane on that subject. It would have been highly illuminating.

    Byrd is also the only Senator to have voted against two black Supreme Court nominees: Byrd voted against a liberal Thurgood Marshall in 1967, and Clarence Thomas, a much more conservative judge, in 1991.

    It's truly fascinating how the Democratic Party has closed ranks behind him, to the point where even Barack Obama, the young black, "great liberal hope" (to borrow Rich Lowry's phrase), along with left's Internet collective, Moveon.org, is shilling reelection funds for him.

    Byrd has become such an obvious punching bag for Republicans, and easy--seemingly weekly--target for Rush Limbaugh. Why on earth doesn't the DNC cast him off? He's 87. Give him a gold watch and send him home, rather than risking a potential Daschle-style upset in '06.

    Did Blankley Go Blank On Blogs?

    Tony Blankley is the editor of the editorial page of the Washington Times, which has done an admirable job for decades as a conservative alternative to the Washington Post. Indeed, prior to the launch of talk radio, Fox News, dozens of conservative and libertarian Websites, and now the endlessly diversified Blogosphere, it was one of the few reliably conservative sources of news in America. Prior to editing the Times, Blankley served as Newt Gingrich's press secretary for seven years, including during the height of the 1994-1995 "Contract With America" phase as a Republican Congress assumed power after 40 years in the wilderness.

    In other words, Blankley is a smart guy who knows his way around Washington, and the media--or at least the "legacy media". His latest opinion piece compares gossip-oriented bloggers (he singles out Wonkette by name) with veteran big media gossiper Liz Smith. If I'm reading it correctly, and it's not an April fools' joke, Blankley doesn't appear to really know his way around the Blogosphere, and seems to conflate the rise of Liz's newest competitors, which he refers to as "digital rumor blogs", with the Blogosphere as a whole.

    In spite of all that, at the end of his essay, Blankley makes a great point about his own industry:

    The impending death of the paper-printed rumor business should be a warning to the news divisions of those papers. While the newspaper's rumor department is at a competitive disadvantage with the digital rumor blogs, the news departments actually have some advantages -- if they choose to use them. Hundreds of trained reporters and editors, if they are committed to objective news gathering, can actually produce more usable, objective news each day than even the most hard-working blogger. But if they print rumor and prejudice masquerading as news, they will surely go the way of their official, certified rumor departments.
    That's fair enough--and as I've repeatedly written (as have numerous others in the Blogosphere), the one thing that newspapers have going for them over bloggers is the ability to put lots of reporters in the field, both massed to cover a single important story, and spread out to report lots of stories.

    But they no longer have a monopoly on opinion and fact-checking. Surely somebody who's an editor on a paper that now sees lots of similar voices where it was once a lonely exception in an otherwise near-monolithic media can see the benefit of that--and understand who's doing a solid job of proffering fact checking and opinion, and who's merely providing gossip.

    If Adventure Has A Name...

    It must be Jim Geraghty, who's posted lots of cool photos from his new home: Turkey. Just keep scrolling.

    The Blogs We Kept To Ourselves

    For the past few years, CNN has had a track record of dissing blogs on their Website, even as those same blogs were fact checking CNN within an inch of its life (see: Jordan, Eason).

    They've since moved on to dismissing them on the air as well, as Patrick Ruffini writes:

    I have to say, I find most cable news segments on blogs to be just incredibly dumb.

    By far the worst offender is CNN's Inside Politics, and its' "Inside the Blogs" segment. How do they report on the fun, exciting, technologically-savvy world of blogging? By having two on-air reporters read printouts from selected blogs to each other. Bloggers' opinions are treated as a world onto themselves. No critical comment is ever made. The worst part is that it's disturbingly similar to way viewer e-mail is presented on air: uncritically, as just another voice in a loud cacophony, and oh! -- aren't we special for airing our viewers' e-mail and blogs?

    If you think segments like this are a good thing, ask yourselves this: would David Brooks and Paul Krugman be treated like this? When their writings are put on air, it's to make news, it's to challenge politicians on a statement they just made. Bloggers should strive for the same level of credibility and influence. It's all too easy for MSM to think of the blogosphere as the yapping chihuahua, as a world onto itself with its own internal validity, but with little or no impact on the real world of commentary and opinion.

    In contrast, Patrick notes:
    MSNBC's Connected Coast to Coast at least gets it somewhat right, by putting bloggers on air, encouraging real cross-pollination and news-making from blogs to cable news.
    That's a start at least.

    The Battle of the Bloggers

    There's little in this UPI article that will be of news to our long-time readers. But it definitely confirms a number of trends we've been discussing over the past three years:

    "There is a democratization of media going on before our eyes," said Scott Anthony, co-author of "Seeing What's Next" (Harvard Business School Press, 2005), and a partner in Innosight LLC in Watertown, Mass. "A small number of people used to determine what was, or was not, newsworthy. Now, it is an online collective that says this is interesting, or not interesting, news."

    Anthony said this is an example of "disruptive innovation" in the media business, which has a parallel to the rise of the personal computer back in the late 1970s.

    "Disruptive innovation uses relatively cheap, relatively simple technologies to give people what they want," Anthony told The Web. "Look at the early days of the computer industry. Back then, Digital Equipment Corp. looked at the (personal computer) and saw no reason why anyone would want one in their home -- but people were delighted with product."

    Anthony predicted that 20 years from now, there will be an entirely new industry based on blogs. [I thought 2014 was the target date--Ed] Just a few years ago, he noted, when eBay was launched, it was selling novelty items, such as Pez candy dispensers. Today, it is a major retail force that even sells automobiles.

    "The established media companies are going to have to deal with the blogs," Anthony said. "This pattern of starting simply and expanding will have profound effects. Thirty years ago, Digital Equipment had delighted customers, and sound management principles, like listening to their customers, but the wave of change caused by the PC overwhelmed them."
    Kind of ironic: this latest wave of change will overwhelm the PC.

    (Since it was found in a post that Steve Green titled, "Linky Love", it's only fair to credit him for the link.)

    Blogs and Small Business

    Had a fun telephone interview with Hugh Hewitt earlier today on the subject of blogs and small to medium-sized business for an upcoming article (details to come). As I told him, when I first read Blog, I was quite surprised at what a business-oriented book he had written.

    Expect many, many small businesses to incorporate weblogs into their marketing strategy--if only to get themselves into their clients' consciousness more frequently (to generate additional sales and referrals), while saving a fortune on postage.

    I'll Second That!

    Hugh Hewitt says that Claudia Rosett should receive a Pulitzer Prize.

    There's nobody more deserving--which, of course, places her odds somewhere over the moon.

    Cats And Dogs

    Thomas Hazlett, writing in the Weekly Standard, is praising Dan Rather--for helping sink the FCC's Fairness Doctrine in 1987:

    Today, talk radio, cable TV networks, and Internet websites all benefit from the First Amendment's protection of electronic media. No single regulatory action advanced that constitutional shield further than the deregulation of broadcast content in August 1987.

    Conservatives have been rejoicing over Rather's departure. A
    glance at their own ranks, however, reveals a number of prominent organizations--the Eagle Forum, Accuracy in Media, and the National Rifle Association--that supported the Fairness Doctrine and petitioned the government to extend it. These conservatives got perfectly wrong what Rather got exactly right. Americans ought to clink their glasses one extra time, without irony, for an anchor who helped new networks take sail.

    Wonder if Rather would do it again, now knowing what it helped to create?

    The Chickenhawk Argument Spreads To Film Criticism

    Libertas is an often interesting Weblog devoted to a conservative take on film criticism. (If only they'd do something about the white type on a black background--not easy on the eyes, and causes college-era flashbacks to viewing microfilms in the library!) But its proprietor, Jason Apuzzo, veers wildly off course when he writes:

    People are obviously free to like or dislike [George Lucas’] films, as they please. But it strains credulity when conservative pundits - who, so far as I know, have never picked-up a camera, focused a lens, mixed a soundtrack, or coached an actor - proclaim that, actually, they know better about the public’s taste, and what makes for good popular entertainment.
    This is the chickenhawk argument (which was already specious when it was used in an attempt to shut down the voices of pro-war proponents prior to the election in November) tarted up to apply to film criticism.

    As Jonah Goldberg reminds us, he has picked up cameras and focused lenses--and produced documentaries for PBS. I'd venture that lots of conservative/libertarian pundits and critics have some sort of media background, and that's only going to increase as the cost of video equipment continues to drop. James Lileks has worked behind the camera as a newscaster, in addition to creating and editing his own videos. Glenn Reynolds has produced music, and his wife is a documentarian filmmaker.

    But it doesn't make Apuzzo's argument any less specious if they hadn't. (Me? I copped a certificate in filmmaking many years ago from NYU, and was mixing audio this past weekend.) The role of the critic isn't to make movies (though lots have--Peter Bogdanovich started off life as a critic before becoming a director, and conversely, Roger Ebert wrote exploitation films for Russ Meyer before becoming the inspiration for Jay Sherman), it's to be a voice for his readers. If Goldberg, Lileks or Jonathan Last likes a film, chances are I will too, because I trust their judgment. I could care less what their background in media production is--because when I watch a movie, I'm not watching it to see which lens the DP chose--I'm watching it to be entertained.

    Similarly, there are plenty of music critics who wouldn't know a Les Paul from a Slingerland snare drum if you put one in their hands, but that doesn't make their criticism any less valid--they're responding emotionally to a finished recording or a concert. And if it's somebody whose judgment as a listener I trust, I don't care what his background--or lack thereof--in music is.

    Quote of the Day

    Jeff Jarvis responds to Newsweek's knee jerk call for "greater blogger diversity":

    When I was raised in this country, we were taught that it was a goal of our culture -- melting-pot nirvana -- to get to the point where race and gender didn't matter. Well, we've finally created a medium where that's possible. But now we're trying to make race and gender matter again. How crazy is that? That is, to paraphrase my West Virginia father [you see, I'm hillbilly, actually], bassackwards.

    * * *

    It's the voice that matters. It's the person that matters. It's the message that matters. Not the race or the gender.

    I don't want to reduce these amazing people I'm meeting in this medium to a simplistic, one-dimensional definition.

    Exactly.

    Built For A 1972 Media, Redux

    Advantage Ed! Back in August, I wrote:

    Kerry's massively invented narrative ("swashbuckling Swift Boat lieutenant"--as Steyn describes him--turned brave defender of soldiers' rights) was built to survive the glancing scrutiny (if you can call it that) of a 1972-era media that consisted of three TV networks with half hour evening news shows, and a few liberal big city newspapers, all of which were staffed with journalists more or less largely sympathetic to Kerry's leftist anti-American beliefs.

    But between the Swift Boat Vets and the Blogosphere, there are far too many people examining Kerry's story, and his "reporting for duty" edifice has crumbled.

    Is that fair? We'll, we're deciding if we want the man to have the key to the most powerful arsenal ever assembled. If he can't survive the scrutiny of the Blogosphere, who James Lileks recently described as an "obsessive sort with lots of time on their hands", is he someone who should be trusted with this power?

    The 1972-style media seems to think so.

    In an interview in the current issue of the American Enterprise magazine, John O'Neill says:
    TAE: Were you surprised when Senator Kerry focused so much on his Vietnam record at the Democratic Convention in late July? How do you account for this when he clearly knew you were out there?

    O’NEILL: I think he thought that he had good control over the mainline media, that they were sympathetic, that they would kill the story. And I think he was very confident that was the case with the New York Times and the three major networks and CNN, and that he could intimidate the portions of the media not already friendly to him. And so he thought the story would never come out. That had been his experience over and over again in Massachusetts.

    TAE: Everything changed in early August, after your first ad.

    O’NEILL: All of a sudden, Kerry and the media were faced with an ad that was actually showing. There was a time when they controlled the entire world of communications. That day is over.

    We don't always call 'em right, but we're happy to see it confirmed when we do.

    (Via PoliPundit and Michelle Malkin.)

    Right Reason

    Right Reason is a new group Weblog (with some contributors whose names you may recognize) devoted to the phillosphies that make up modern conservatism. Stop by today!

    "Blogosphere Created, Women & Minorities Hardest Hit"

    Ed Morrissey skewers this Newsweek article calling for greater diversity in the Blogosphere. Morrissey writes:

    Read More »


    Welcome Slate Readers

    David Wallace-Wells of Slate links to us, along with other bloggers who approved of the Spanish fatwa against bin Laden:

    "Now We're Talking!" cheers self-described "classical liberal" and freelance journalist Ed Driscoll, who hopes that Spanish Muslims will inspire others to follow suit. "It's kind of ironic that they've just shown more backbone against bin Laden and al Qaida than Spain's voters as a whole last year," he adds.
    Thanks for the link!

    Man, linked to by the Kansas City Chiefs, and now Slate. We really get around these days.

    Apple, Trade Secrets, and the Blogosphere

    My wife (who's a business attorney) has some thoughts on the recent decision involving Apple and bloggers: she feels most of the Blogosphere has the wrong take on the issue.

    Legacy Media

    Just click, already.

    (Via Steve Green.)

    Internet Passes Radio For Political News

    This Reuters report doesn't seem all that surprising, actually:

    Read More »


    "Glenn Reynolds Said 'Heh' and My Life has Never Been the Same"

    Frank Martin of Varifrank explains how and why he started blogging. Your humble narrator makes a cameo appearance.

    Steyn Online

    Mark Steyn was on C-Span Friday, in a wide ranging interview by Brian Lamb (and his call-in guests). For those with Real Player software, click here to view it.

    (Via The Brothers Judd.)

    Bloggers vs. MSM: And The Winner is...

    Mark Coffey of Decision '08 has some thoughts on who whens the Long Tail of weblogs compete with the mainstream media.

    Speaking of which, Dave Johnston, writing from a new blog with a beautiful photo on its masthead of the Chicago skyline from Lake Shore Drive inward (love that city's architecture!) links to a piece on Weblogs in Salon from 1999, that could have been written this year. It sort of proves how little the legacy media has learned from its successors.

    New Blog: NRO's Beltway Buzz

    National Review Online has added its fourth weblog (joining the Corner, TKS, and David Frum's blog), which they call "Beltway Buzz". Posting there is Eric Pfeiffer, formerly of the National Journal's "Hotline" daily briefing.

    Blogs Reach the United States Senate Floor

    Mike Krempasky writes:

    Today, for the first time in history, the word "blogs" was said on the floor of the Unites States Senate. And the context gets even better when you look at the legislation in question - the OPEN Government Act, as introduced by Texas Senator John Cornyn and some other guy from Vermont [Democrat Patrick Leahy--Ed]. The first significant reforms of FOIA in more than a decade are particularly designed to be internet and blogger friendly.
    Power Line has some thoughts on this as well.

    Hopefully C-Span has video; no word yet if Cornyn and Leahy were wearing their jammies on the floor of the Senate today.

    Topping EasonGate

    "Accountability...it's a brave new world! What could top that?"

    This.

    (Tip of the Trilby to Chris Muir for the heads up.)

    Update: More here.

    Bloggers And EasonGate

    Mark of Decision '08 has some thoughts on the role that blogs played in Eason Jordan's decision to ease on down the road:

    When Dan Rather's document hoax broke, as in the Trent Lott remarks, the event did stay in the blogosphere for a time, but it was only when the public and media at large grew aware that action was taken. With Easongate, only the faintest of ripples had hit the mainstream; a handful of stories, yes, but certainly no national awareness to speak of outside of the blogging and media communities. CNN still doesn't have the story on their front page as I write this, nor does MSNBC. The New York Times does, in a sidebar; but what did you hear from the Times prior to today?

    No, this one is different. This time it was the bloggers, and the bloggers alone, that pushed this man out. That will be heady stuff for some; it will scare the pants off of others...but what does it mean, really? Have we entered an era where our lives can be destroyed by a pack of wolves hacking at their keyboards with no oversight, no editors, and no accountability? Or does it mean that we've entered a brave new world where the MSM has become irrelevant?

    I would argue that neither of those extremes is the case. What has been shown, though, is that the mass media, mainstream media, MSM, whatever you want to call it, is being held to account as never before by the strong force of individual citizens who won't settle for sloppy research and inflammatory comments without foundation, particularly from those with a wide national reach, such as Rather and Eason. If you are going to slander our troops or our president, you better have the goods...and I don't think that will just apply to liberal voices. Eason Jordan says he is quitting to avoid being 'unfairly tarnished' by the controversy, but it was precisely because he himself unfairly tarnished our fighting men and women, in a very public setting, that he no longer counts himself among the employed.

    Read the whole thing.

    More Columbo, Less Sledge Hammer, Less Coulter

    Jim Geraghty is none too pleased with Ann Coulter's comments to Larry Kudlow on CNBC last night. He writes:

    Here we are, trying to convince journalists to pay attention to this story, trying to persuade them that Jordan’s comments warrant coverage, trying to get them to push Davos to release the tape, and Ann Coulter, in the very first comments of the very first television segment on this story, has to joke about how great it would be if the American military targeted journalists.

    To use the metaphor of T.V. cops, as we bloggers try to build a public consensus that the tape ought to be released in order to clear the air, we need a little more Columbo, and a little less Sledge Hammer.

    Tough to argue with that.

    Everything I Know About Eason Jordan I Learned In The Blogosphere

    Steve Green writes that Howard Kurtz finally has an article in the Washington Post about Eason Jordan, the man whose network also employs Kurtz as a host. Unfortunately, it sounds like it's too little too late, if you've been a regular reader of the various Weblogs who have been all over this story since early last week (scroll down for links to several of them):

    Thanks to a heads-up from reader Fred Manzo, I've read Kurtz's piece -- and there's not one damn thing in it I hadn't already read in the last week. There's no "additional reporting" here that I can see. There's nothing new in Kurtz's news.

    Kurtz is getting big bucks and WaPo-level prestige for giving us what the blogosphere had a week ago for free?

    Hey, at least the story is starting to escape the Blogosphere; that's something at least. But it wouldn't be the first time where the members of the Blogosphere know more collectively than a single superstar columnist.

    It's the long tail at work!

    Update: Via Captain Ed (still no relation, but now permalinked on my links page), here's a link to Kurtz's article. And like Steve, the Captain is none too happy with it:

    It took Kurtz over a week to finally get around to publishing this article on Eason's Fables. In that time, it appears that Kurtz did as little investigation as possible on Jordan. My readers and I found all of Jordan's earlier commentary within 24 hours, and we only have very limited access to Nexis and full-time jobs doing other things than media analysis. Worse than that, all of this information has been repeatedly presented on my blog -- in fact, it was all presented on my blog today, and we know Howard Kurtz read my blog sometime this afternoon. Why didn't Kurtz ask about his remarks in Portugal from three months ago, or about his identical accusations against Israel two years ago? Why didn't Kurtz press Jordan on the entire story? Only Kurtz can answer that, and I doubt he will have much more to say to anyone about Eason's Fables from this point onward.

    Kurtz took the most superficial look at Eason's Fables possible, allowing both Kurtz and Jordan to reclaim some credibility while effectively closing the door on the story. We all know that Kurtz does better work than this. It's enough to make his readers -- myself an enthusiastic one up to now -- wonder if Mickey Kaus didn't get it right earlier today.

    Captain Ed has owned this story since last week. If you're not up to speed on Jordan's transgressions just click on over and start scrolling.

    Chasing The Long Tail

    When I profiled Hugh Hewitt for Tech Central Station last month, Nick Schulz, who is TCS's editor, asked me to expand upon a concept that Hugh discusses in Blog: The Long Tail.

    As I explain at the start of the piece, it was a term first coined by Chris Anderson of Wired magazine last year. As Anderson wrote, it's an example of how the Internet is impacting virtually all aspects of our culture--especially pop culture. And the Blogosphere is no exception.

    This piece went through a few rewrites before Nick and I were both happy with it, and if I do say so myself, it's well worth your time to read.

    This Was Inevitable, I Guess...

    Check out EasonGate, the blog.

    As Scott Johnson of Power Line writes, I hope we won't need it for long.

    Hugh Hewitt's 95 Theses

    I'm safely back in San Jose after a day spent in airplanes and airports, and my interview with Hugh Hewitt about Blog is online at Tech Central Station.

    Fusionism In The Blogosphere

    Back in August, Kenneth Silber explained the definition and origin of the word "Fusionism" in Tech Central Station:

    Like the man who's surprised to learn he's been speaking prose all his life, the fusionist is a political category whose members may operate without much awareness of their label. Fusionism is the idea, named and developed decades ago by Frank Meyer of National Review, that conservatism and libertarianism share a common agenda. Thus, the fusionist believes that conservatives and libertarians ought to be allies -- and indeed that their respective philosophies are largely or essentially combinable into a coherent body of thought.

    Fusionism, whether going by that name or not, has long had both adherents and detractors on the rightward side of the American political spectrum.

    Pejman Yousefzadeh says it's working surprisingly well in the Blogosphere.

    (Via the man who fuses Weblogs, crushed ice, vodka, vermouth and olives.)

    Citizen Hugh

    Just had a great 20-minute telephone interview with Hugh Hewitt about Blog, for an upcoming Tech Central Station piece. Watch this space (or TCS itself) for publication date.

    Now if I could just get a 20-minute interview with Dan Rather for his take on Weblogs...

    ArmstrongGate

    La Shawn Barber and Jon Henke have detailed posts on the Armstrong Williams debacle, and Glenn Reynolds notes the US government's history of paying off public opinion makers when necessary dating back to at least the FDR days.

    I'm not sure what else I can add--other than seeing Williams interviewed once by Brian Lamb on C-Span and knowing that his column is (still) listed with other conservative opinion makers at Townhall.com, I never really followed his career.

    Update: Betsy Newmark posts that on Saturday the New York Times was all over ArmstrongGate, but couldn't be bothered to mention that Hillary Clinton's former campaign finance director was indicted for illegal fundraising in her 2000 campaign. As Betsy writes, "Er, excuse me, but isn't Clinton the senator from....er...New York? Wouldn't that be a story of interest to the Times' readers?"

    Nothing like keeping the readers in the cocoon.

    Best of the Web Today

    James Taranto's "Best of the Web Today" is online, and has lots of items on RatherGate, ArmstrongGate, and is chock-full of link-filled goodness.

    Where No Man Has Blogged Before

    This one is pretty self-explanatory--although there's a special no-prize for anybody who emails me to tell where I found this photo, and what it was originally promoting.

    And this is the last one from me--I think.

    (More Hewitt-a-go-go here.)

    Hewitt of Arabia

    "Dammit, Lawrence! The Middle East is deuce difficult already without your bloody freelancing. That Yank Hewitt has a new book about these-- watchamacallit--these Weblogs. He mentioned one called Little Green Footballs. You and Col. Brighton had best start reading it before you give away the store to Prince Feisal again!"

    (An oasis of additional airbrushing is available here.)

    Roseblog...

    Having recently purchased the New York Inquirer, Charles Foster Kane ponders the information revolution that could eventually put his paper out of business. Looking on are Kane's trusted compatriots, Jed Leland and Mr. Bernstein, along with the paper's exasperated editor, Herbert Carter.

    (More Photoshoppery here.)

    A Long Time Ago In A Blogosphere Far, Far Away...

    One thing is for certain: there is no stopping them; the droids will soon be here. And I for one welcome our new robotic overlords in the Blogosphere. I'd like to remind them that as a trusted freelance journalist, I could be helpful in rounding up others to toil in the spice mines of Kessel.

    (More Blog-spotting, here.)

    Update: Welcome readers of "Generalissimo" Duane Patterson, Hugh's producer.

    Big Sister Is Watching You

    National Review is celebrating its 50th anniversary this year by reprinting some of their classic pieces from the past. One of those was a 1957 review of by Ayn Rand's Atlas Shrugged by Whittaker Chambers, whose climax is this classic line:

    From almost any page of Atlas Shrugged, a voice can be heard, from painful necessity, commanding: "To a gas chamber — go!"
    I'd be tempted to say that they don't write 'em like that anymore, but last June, James Lileks described a review of Fahrenheit 9/11 by Christopher Hitchens as being the "literary equivalent of someone attacking a hanging side of beef with a chain saw". Chambers' review actually isn't as brutal--but it is in the same industrial neighborhood as Hitchens' meat-packing plant.

    Hugh's Book Is Everywhere

    I read Hugh Hewitt's book on blogging last night (I took lots of notes, and I'll go back and reread sections of it a few more times at least), but I'm far from the only one: men and women alike agree that it's well worth reading!

    Video Blogging Breaks Out With Tsunami Scenes

    The Wall Street Journal looks at what could possibly be the Next Big Thing for the Blogosphere: video blogging. It's gotten quite a jump start in popularity as a result of the Indian Ocean disaster.

    As I wrote last month:

    By 2008, expect lots of one or two-man online TV stations--or at least bloggers with lots of multimedia content. And when they start to catch on as personalities, I'd be very, very scared if I was a TV producer.

    (Of course, the smart producers will try to co-opt the best of them--and their audience.)

    Blogger-Creep

    Glenn Reynolds explains that Democratic Underground is not a Weblog to the "Paper of Record", and asks, "Is the NYT going out of its way to try to make blogs look bad, or are their reporters just that clueless?"

    I suppose it works in reverse, too. Last month, when I did my top ten Blogosphere moments for Tech Central Station I was careful to credit Free Republic for launching RatherGate, before devoting most of my copy to the Blogs who advanced the story, since my piece was about, you know, Weblogs.

    Some of the Freepers however, were miffed that I didn't give them more coverage. But as I said, my piece was about Weblogs, specifically, not the 'Net in general. (I wonder if they saw my post about election night, where I went out of my way to praise them.)

    Thanks to RatherGate and Time magazine dubbing Power Line "Blog of the Year", the Blogosphere is the Internet's Flavor of the Month. I wonder if there will be additional examples of "Blogger-Creep" either to ride that wave, or to discredit the Boys in the 'Sphere.

    (Say, now there's a name for a group Blog...)

    D.I.Y.

    "When things get so big, I don't trust them at all; you want some control, you've got to keep it small", sang Peter Gabriel in his 1978 song, "DIY".

    DIY of course, stands for 'do it yourself'. In the mail today were review copies of two books about just that:

    Hugh Hewitt's Blog, which you probably don't need me to tell you about, if you've been reading the Blogosphere for the past few weeks.

    And Guerrilla Home Recording by Karl Coryat, which is a subject near and dear to my heart: its subhead reads, "how to get a great sound from any studio, no matter weird or cheap your gear is".

    These days, recording on my PC, with a gig of ram, 300-odd gigs of HD space, 2.6 GHz of processor, Sonar 4, and a ton of plug-in processors, it's not too hard to get a great sound. But back in the old days (the mid-1980s, for you youngins), home recording meant using a cassette four-track recorder, a couple of outboard processors, a stand-alone drum machine and synth, and whole lot of luck. Forget getting a great sound: getting any completed song felt like a major accomplishment, because all that gear had to work its guts out, and the fellow operating it (me) had to have his mojo working double-overtime.

    But my early efforts in that medium made me want to try other DIY projects--eventually including writing and blogging. The fact that the Professor, Eric Olsen, James Lileks and several other prominent members of the Blogosphere are also technologically adept musicians is no coincidence.

    Look for reviews of both books in the not too distant future.

    Stimulus And Response

    On Monday, Tech Central Station posted my top ten list of Blogosphere moments of 2004: "The Year of Blogging Dangerously"

    Today, Hugh Hewitt looks at the toll the Blogosphere has taken on the legacy media: "A Unified Theory of the Old Media Collapse".

    Incidentally, because I know the "don't get too carried away with yourself" comments are coming for both articles, it's probably worth noting that what Hugh is mostly referring to is opinion. I don't think he expects--or even wants--reportage by the MSM to vanish anytime soon. The infrastructure is too entrenched, and often, most recently in the case of the Christmas earthquake and Tsunami, extremely beneficial. While Bloggers do report on and break news stories with increasing frequency, they can't do what a wire service, TV network, or big city newspaper can do: airdrop a hundred reporters simultaneously to cover a story from a multitude of angles.

    But typically, those same wire services, TV networks and newspapers offer only one angle when it comes to opinion, and increasingly, try to blur reportage and political opinion.

    And that's where the counterforce of the Blogosphere can play its most important role.

    Update: Jonathan Last, Hugh's editor at The Weekly Standard has some thoughts on his own blog.

    The Beauty of Blogger

    For the first two years of its life, our blog ran on software provided by Blogger.com. It wasn't perfect, but it was quick and easy to set up, and got the job done.

    How quick is it to set up? Via Hugh Hewitt, we find that there's already a South-East Asia Earthquake and Tsunami Weblog, with news, ways you can help, and links to photos.

    The New York Times writes:

    For vivid reporting from the enormous zone of tsunami disaster, it was hard to beat the blogs.

    The so-called blogosphere, with its personal journals published on the Web, has become best known as a forum for bruising political discussion and media criticism. But the technology proved a ready medium for instant news of the tsunami disaster and for collaboration over ways to help.

    They're absolutely right. And as the Professor writes, "Nice to see people noticing".

    And Todd Pearson notes:

    Instapundit and the Moderate Voice, among others, are acting as traffic cops to get the wider blogosphere directed to the bloggers on site. It is truly fascinating to witness.
    Indeed, to coin a phrase.

    The Blogger Takes On Issues

    Bruce Bartlett writes about the growing specialization of individual bloggers.

    Since Bartlett's main interests are economics and tax policy, he highlights out a few blogs on both sides of the aisle that specialize in those areas.

    Blogs On The Stock Exchange?

    Patrick Ruffini asks, "are we on the verge of a Dot Blog Boom":

    We may be on the verge of a dot blog boom -- an echo of the dot com boom that gripped the markets in the late '90s. In the next two years, you'll see companies with the word "blog" in them go public on Wall Street. You'll also see their share prices come crashing down, but not before the irreversible forces of creative destruction are set into motion, creating vastly enhanced blogging technologies crafted by profitable dot blog survivors that make the medium a force to be reckoned with in corporate America.
    Fortune magazine seems to agree with him.

    (All of which begs the question: when Samizdata goes public, will they register on the London Stock Exchange rather than the NYSE to avoid Sarbanes-Oxley?)

    We've got a ways to go to reach that point, of course. Whenever I query a magazine on the subject, or request a book title to review for Blogcritics, I still feel compelled to explain to whoemever I'm emailing just what the heck a Blog is. (Often by using my 2002 SpinTech piece as a guide). There's much less need for that (see my Tech Central Station piece for ten reasons why), but knowledge of Weblogs isn't universal yet. Compare them to conventional Websites: 99 percent of the American public knows what a Website is even they're not actually Web surfers. And of course, as James Lileks noted recently, nobody has to explain what AM and FM mean.

    Weblogs haven't reached that point. Yet.

    The Vice President's Wife Has Read My Stuff

    And chances are, your stuff too, if you have a blog that's been linked to by Glenn Reynolds, Hugh Hewitt, or the Power Line guys.

    Betsy Newmark and Dave Friedman have some thoughts on the implications of this, and how blogs are continously end-running the legacy media.

    Speaking of the legacy media, incidentally, Hewitt and PoliPundit examine how they've botched important domestic and international stories.

    Tom.Com

    C-Span has video online of a great recent three-hour interview of Tom Wolfe by Brian Lamb, along with phoned-in questions from viewers.

    When Worlds Collide

    Hugh Hewitt has some excellent suggestions for the legacy media on how they can best utilize the fellows at Power Line, now that Time has dubbed them Bloggers of the Year.

    Time's Man of the Year

    According to the photo on the Drudge Report, it's Dubya. And considering he survived everything that Time and the rest of the legacy media threw at him, he's earned it.

    (Of course, Time could be setting Matt up for a last minute head fake.)

    Update: Nope, it's President Bush. What's perhaps more interesting though, is this tidbit:

    “Before this year, blogs were a curiosity, a cult phenomenon, a faintly embarrassing hobby on the order of ham radio and stamp collecting. But in 2004, blogs unexpectedly vaulted into the pantheon of major media, alongside TV, radio and, yes, magazines, and it was Power Line, more than any other blog, that got them